}'^'

LIBRARY
Brigham Young University

GIFT OF

<^

Cleone Ogilvie

H
<

yfzX

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

BY

BENJAMIN

L.

D'OOGE^

Ph.D.

PROFESSOR IN THE MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE

GINN AND COMPANY

BOSTON

NEW YORK

ATLANTA

DALLAS

CHICAGO LONDON COLUMBUS SAN FRANCISCO

COPYRIGHT,

1909, 1911,

BY BENJAMIN

L.

D'OOGE

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

716.3

GINN AND COMPANY PROPRIETORS BOSTON U.S.A.

THE Ll-RARY BRIGHAM YijUM: LL^IHRSITY

MEO QUI ME NON SOLUM DICENDA SED ETIAM TACENDA DOCUIT HOC OPUSCULUM EST DEDICATUM
FILIOLO

. . . .

PREFACE
To make
of lessons.

the course preparatory to Caesar at the

clear,

same time

sys-

tematic, thorough,

and

interesting

is

the purpose of this series

The
guage,

first
its

pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin

lan-

history,

and

its

educational value.
is

The body

of the book,

consisting of seventy-nine lessons,

divided into three parts.

Part I

is

devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindred

introductory essentials.

Part II carries the work through the

first

sixty lessons,

and

is

devoted to the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some

elementary constructions, a knowledge of which
translation of the exercises
is

necessary for the

first

and reading matter. The

few lessons

have been made unusually simple, to meet the wants of pupils not
well

grounded

in English

grammar.
is

Part III contains nineteen lessons, and

concerned primarily with

the study of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms.

last three of

The
and,

these lessons constitute a review of

all

the constructions
;

presented in the book.

There

is

abundant easy reading matter

in order to secure proper concentration of effort

translation,

upon syntax and

no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies

will

in Part II are reviewed.

It is

hoped that the following features

commend

themselves to

teachers:

The forms
for the

are presented in their natural sequence, and are given,

part, in the

most

body of the book as well as

the verb
is

in a

grammatical

appendix.

The work on

intensive in character,

work

in

other directions being reduced to a

minimum

while this

is

going on.

The forms

of the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the

subjunctive constructions.

vi

PREFACE
The vocabulary has been
selected with the greatest care, using
'*

Lodge's

^^

Dictionary of Secondary Latin " and Browne's

basis.

Latin
exclu-

Word
among

List " as a

There are about

six

hundred words,

sive of

proper names, in the special vocabularies, and these are

the simplest and

commonest words

in the language.

More
times.

than ninety-five per cent of those chosen are Caesarian, and of these

more than ninety per cent are used

in Caesar five or

more

The few words not

Cicero, Vergil,

Caesarian are of such frequent occurrence in

to justify their

and other authors as

to confine

appearance here.
can easily do
so,

But teachers desiring

type.

word study

to Caesar

as the Caesarian words are printed in the vocabularies in distinctive

Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract, root words to

derivatives,

compounds and

even when the latter were of more frequent

assist the

occurrence in Caesar.

To

memory,

related English

words

are added in each special vocabulary.

aration,

the

special

more careful prepvocabularies have been removed from their

insure

To

respective lessons and placed

by themselves. The general vocabulary

contains about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five

per cent are found in Caesar.

The syntax has been

limited to those essentials

which recent

investi-

gations, such as those of Dr.

Lee Byrne and his collaborators, have shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. The constructions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpoint of English, the English usage being given first and the Latin compared or contrasted with
it.

Special attention has been given to the constructions

of participles, the gerund and gerundive, and the infinitive in indirect

statements.

Constructions having a logical connection are not sepa-

rated but are treated together.

Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation

into Latin being, as a rule, only half as long as those for transla-

tion into English.

In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in

Caesar are introduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that
author.

From

first

to last a consistent effort

first

is

made

to instill a

proper regard for Latin word order, the

laid

principles of

which are

down

early in the course.

PREFACE
Selections for reading are unusually abundant

vii

and are introduced

in

from the

earliest possible

moment.

These increase

length as the book progresses, and, for the most part,

integral part of the lessons instead of being

number and are made an

end of the
drill in

massed

at the

book. This arrangement insures a more constant and thorough

forms and vocabulary, promotes reading power, and affords a breathing

drawn from historical and mythological sources, and the vocabulary employed includes but few words not already learned. The book closes with a continued
spell
is

between succeeding subjects. The material

story which recounts the chief incidents in the

last

life

of a

Roman boy. The

much

chapters record his experiences in Caesar's army, and contain

facilitate

information that will

the interpretation of the Commentaries.

structure, the

The

early emphasis placed

on word order and sentence

simplicity of the syntax,

and the

familiarity of the vocabulary,

make

the reading selections especially useful for

work

in sight translation.

Reviews are

called for at frequent intervals,

and

to facilitate this

branch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, covering both the vocabulary and the grammar.

The

illustrations are

numerous, and

will, it is

hoped, do

much

to

stimulate interest in the ancient world

and

to create true

and

lasting

impressions of

Roman

life

and times.
clear

consistent effort has

been made to use simple language and

explanation throughout.

As an

aid to teachers using this

book a

^'

Teacher's Manual " has

been prepared, which contains,

notes on each lesson.

in addition to general suggestions,

The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers who tested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of their experience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion.
Particular

acknowledgments are due

to

Miss A. Susan Jones of the

Central
of the

High School, Grand Rapids, Michigan; to Miss Clara Allison High School at Hastings, Michigan; and to Miss Helen B. Muir
in this institution.
L.

and Mr. Orland O. Norris, teachers of Latin

Michigan State Normal College

BENJAMIN

D'OOGE

CONTENTS
LESSON

To THE Student

By way of Introduction
I.

PAGE

1-4

PART

THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

5-11

Alphabet, Sounds of the Letters, Syllables, Quantity, Accent, How TO Read Latin

PART
ber,

II.

WORDS AND FORMS

I-VI. First Principles

Subject and

Predicate,, Inflection^

Num^
.

Dialogue 12-24 Gender, Agreement of VII-VIII. First or /4-Declension Word Order 25-30 IX-X. Second or (9-Declension General Rules for Declension Predicate Noun, Apposition Dialogue 31-35 XL Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions 36-37 XII. Nouns in -ius and -ium Germania 38-39 XIIL Second Declension {Continued) Nouns and
Verb, Direct Object, Indirect Object,
etc.
. .

Nominative

Subject, Possessive Genitive,

Agreement of
Adjectives,

'

in -er

-ir

Italia Dialogue XIV. Possessive Adjective Pronouns XV. Ablative denoting With Cause, Means, AccompaniThe Romans Prepare for War ment. Manner XVI. The Nine Irregular Adjectives Dialogue XVII. The Demonstrative is, ea, id Present, Imperfect, and Future of sum XVIII. Conjugation Dialogue XIX. Present Active Indicative of amo and mone5 XX. Imperfect Active Indicative of amo and moneo NiOBE and her Children. Meaning of the Imperfect Niobe XXI. Future Active Indicative of amo and moneo AND HER Children {Concluded) The Dative with Adjectives Cornelia XXII. Review of Verbs and her Jewels

39-41

42-43

44-46 46-47 48-50

5i-53

54-56
56-57

58-59
59-61

viii


CONTENTS
LESSON

IX

XXIII. Present Active Indicative of reg5 and audi5 Cornelia and her Jewels {Concluded) XXIV. Imperfect Active Indicative of rego and audio The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs XXV. Future Active Indicative of rego and audi5

PAGE
61-63 63-65

....
....
. .

65-66
66-68

XXVI. Verbs
XXVII.

Present, Imperfect, and Future Active Indicative of capi5 The Imperative Passive Voice Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative of amo and moneo Perseus and Anin -id

dromeda
Passive

68-72

XXVIII. Present, Imperfect,

of rego

and Future Indicative and audi5 Perseus and

Andromeda {Continued) XXIX. Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative

Passive of -io Verbs tive AND Imperative

T^~73

Present Passive Infini-

XXX. Synopses

the Four Conjugations The Ablative DENOTING From Place from Which, Sepain

73-75

ration, Personal

Agent

75-78
79-81

XXXI. Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect of sum Dialogue XXXII. Perfect Active Indicative of the Four Regular
Conjugations
seus

Meanings

of the Perfect

Per-

AND Andromeda

{Continued)

81-83

XXXIII. Pluperfect and~ Future Perfect Active Indicative Perfect Active Infinitive XXXIV. Review of the Active Voice Perseus and

84-85

Andromeda

{Concluded)

%(y-%^

XXXV.

Passive Perfects of the Indicative Perfect Passive and Future Active Infinitive
. . .

88-90
90-93

XXXVI. Review of Principal Parts Prepositions, Yes-orNo Questions XXXVII. Conjugation of possuin The Infinitive used as in
English

Accusative

Subject of

an

Infinitive

93-96

The Faithless Tarpeia XXXVIII. The Relative Pronoun and the Interrogative Pronoun Agreement ofthe Relative The Faithless Tarpeia {Concluded)

97-101
. .
.

XXXIX-XLI. The Third Declension Consonant Stems

XLII. Review Lesson Terror Cimbricus XLIII. Third Declension /-Stems

101-106
107

108-110

X
LESSON

CONTENTS

XLIV. Irregular Nouns of the Third Declension Gender IN THE Third Declension The First Bridge over THE Rhine XLV. Adjectives of the Third Declension The Romans Invade THE Enemy's Country XLVI. The Fourth OR ^Declension XLVII. Expressions of Place Place to Which, Placefrom Which, Place at or in Which, the Locative Declension of domus D^DALUs and Icarus XLVIII. The Fifth or ^-Declension Ablative of Time D^DALus AND Icarus (C^;^//^^^^) Personal and^ Reflexive Pronouns D^daXLIX. Pronouns LUS AND Icarus [Concluded) L. The Intensive Pronoun ipse and the Demonstrative idem How Horatius Held the Bridge A German ChiefLI. The Demonstratives hie, iste, ille How Horatius tain Addresses his Follov^ers Held the Bridge {Continued) How Horatius Held the LII. The Indefinite Pronouns Bridge {Concluded) LIII. Regular Comparison of Adjectives LIV. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives Ablative with

PAGE

111-112

113-115
116-117

117-121

21-123

123-126
126-127

128-130
130-132
133-135

Comparatives

LV. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives {Continued)

Declension of plus

135-136
137-138 138-139
140-142

LVI. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives {Concluded) Ablative of the Measure of Difference LVII. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs
LVIII.

LIX.

Numerals Partitive Genitive Numerals {Continued) Accusative of Extent C^sar in

142-144

Gaul
LX. Deponent Verbs

Prepositions with the Accusative

III.

144-146
, . .

146-147

PART

CONSTRUCTIONS

Inflection of the Present LXI. The Subjunctive Mood Indicative and Subjunctive Compared 148-15 LXII. The Subjunctive OF Purpose 1 51-153 Sequence LXIII. Inflection of the Imperfect Subjunctive
.

of Tenses

53-155

LXIV. Inflection of the Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive

Substantive Clauses of Purpose

156-159

CONTENTS
LESSON

xi
PAGE
160-161

LXV. Subjunctive OF possum Verbs of Fearing LXVI. The Participles Tenses and Declension
LXVII. The Irregular Verbs
Absolute
volo,
nolo,

mal5

Ablative
.

161-164

LXVIII.

LXIX.

LXX. LXXI.

The Irregular Verb f Subjunctive of Result Subjunctive OF Characteristic Predicate Accusative Constructions WITH cum Ablative of Vocabulary Review Gerund and Gerundive Predi10
.
.

164-166
167-168
169-17
1

Specification

71-173

cate Genitive

LXXII. The Irregular Verb eo Indirect Statements ..... 177-180 LXXIII. Vocabulary Review The Irregular Verb fero

LXXIV.

LXXV.
,

Dative with Compounds Vocabulary Review Subjunctive in Indirect Questions Vocabulary Review Dative of Purpose or End for

'^ITr^ll

181-183 183-185

LXX VI.

Vocabulary Review

LXXVII.

Genitive and Ablative of Quality or Description Review of Agreement Review of the Dative^
Genitive^

Which

185-186
186-188 189-190
191-192

and Accusative LXXVIII. Review of the Ablative LXXIX. Review of the Syntax of Verbs

192-193

READING MATTER
Introductory Suggestions The Labors of Hercules P. Cornelius Lentulus: The Story of a Roman Boy
194-195 196-203

....

204-225

APPENDIXES AND VOCABULARIES

Appendix I. Tables of Declensions, Conjugations, Numerals, etc Appendix II. Rules of Syntax Appendix III. Reviews Special Vocabularies Latin-English Vocabulary English-Latin Vocabulary
226-260
261-264
265-282

283-298
299-331

332-343

INDEX

344-348

ILLUSTRATIONS IN COLOR
Plate
I
. . .

pagi
Frontispiec

LENTULUS AD VILLAM SUAM PROPERAVIT"

By
E. Forti,

Rome. From a

facsimile colored under the

direction of the artist.

Plate

II
52

"STABIANA PORTA URBEM INGRESSI SUNT"

By

E. Forti,

Rome. From
artist.

a facsimile colored under the

direction of the

Plate JII
CAPTIVI INTERROGANTUR
1

48

By Edmund H. Garrett, Boston. From an

in
oil.

original painting

Plate IV
ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT
212

By Edmund H.
in
oil.

Garrett, Boston.

From an

original painting

Map
ITALIA ANTIQUA
e

zH

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

TO THE STUDENT BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION
What
site

is

Latin ?

If

you

will

look at the

map

of Italy on the oppo-

page, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and* facing the
district called

west coast a

Latium,^ and

Rome

its capital.

The Latin

language, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the ancient

Romans and
applied to
it

other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin

was the name

the English of

after the armies of

its

Rome

had carried the knowledge of

her language far beyond

to-day
is

original boundaries.

As

not quite the same as that spoken two or three hundred

years ago, so Latin

was not always the same

at all times, but

changed

more or

less in the course of centuries.

The

sort of Latin

you are

going to learn was in use about two thousand years ago.

period has been selected because the language

Aijd that

was then at its best and the greatest works of Roman literature were being produced. This period, because of its supreme excellence, is called the Golden

Age

of

Roman

letters.

The Spread
the

of Latin.

For some centuries

and

after

Rome was founded,

was
by warlike

Romans were a
But

feeble

insignificant people, their territory

limited to Latium,

and

their existence constantly threatened

neighbors.

after the third century before Christ,

all Italy,

Rome's power
over the whole

grew

rapidly.

She conquered

then reached out for the lands

finally ruled

across the sea

and beyond the Alps, and

ancient world.

The empire
1

thus established lasted for more than four

Pronounce LafsM-Hm,
I

TO THE STUDENT

hundred years. The importance of Latin increased with the growth of Roman power, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe

became the universal language. Gradually the language, changed

somewhat, developing
differently in different countries.

In Italy

it

has

become

Italian, in

Spain Spanish, and in France French.

All these

nations, therefore, are speaking a

modernized form of Latin.

The Romans and the Greeks. In their career of conquest the Romans came into conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were inferior to the

Romans in military power, but far superior to them in culture. They excelled in art, literature, music, science, and philosophy. Of all these pursuits the Romans were ignorant until contact with
Greece revealed to them the value of education and
filled

them with

the thirst for knowledge.

And

so

it

came about

that while

Rome

conquered Greece by force of arms,*Greece conquered

of her intellectual superiority and

Rome by force

became her schoolmaster. It was soon the established custom for young Romans to go to Athens and to other centers of Greek learning to finish their training, and the knowledge of the Greek language among the educated classes became poets, artists, universal. At the same time many cultured Greeks flocked to Rome, opened schools, and orators, and philosophers taught their arts. Indeed, the preeminence of Greek culture became so great that Rome almost lost her ambition to be original, and her

writers vied with each other in their efforts to reproduce in Latin

what was choicest

to

in

Greek

literature.

As

a consequence of

all this,

the civilization and national

life

of

Rome became
and her
art.

largely Grecian,

and

Greece she owed her

literature

Rome and
thinking

the Modern World.

After conquering the world,

living,

Rome

impressed her language, laws, customs of

and modes of
Latin continued

upon the

subject nations, and they

became Roman; and

the world has remained largely

to live,

Roman

ever since.

and the knowledge of Latin was

the only light of learning that

burned steadily through the dark ages that followed the downfall of the Roman Empire. Latin was the common language of scholars and
remained so even down to the days of Shakespeare.

Even yet

it is

TO THE STUDENT

more nearly than any other tongue the universal language of the learned. The life of to-day is much nearer the life of ancient Rome
than the lapse of centuries would lead one to suppose.

You and

I are

Romans still in many ways, and if Caesar and Cicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dress and language, much unlike men of to-day.
Latin and English.

Do you know that more than

half of the

words

in the English dictionary are Latin,

and that you are speaking more

this

come about? In the year 1066 William the Conqueror invaded England with an army of Norwhich, you remember, is mans. The Normans spoke French
or less Latin every day.?

How

has

descended from Latin

and spread

their

language to a considerable

extent over England, and so

Norman-French played an important

part in the formation of English and. forms a large proportion of our

vocabulary.

Furthermore, great numbers of almost pure Latin words

have been brought into English through the writings of scholars, and
every

new

scientific

discovery

is

marked by the

addition of

of Latin derivation.

Hence, while the simpler and

new terms commoner words

of our mother tongue are Anglo-Saxon, and Anglo-Saxon forms the

staple of our colloquial language, yet in the realms of literature,
especially in poetry,

and words of Latin derivation are very abundant.

is

Also in the learned professions, as in law, medicine, and engineering,

a knowledge of Latin
technical

necessary for the successful interpretation of

and

scientific terms.

Why

study Latin ?

The

foregoing paragraphs

make

it

clear

why

Latin forms so important a part of

that our civilization rests

modem

education.

We

have seen

upon
if

that of Greece

and Rome, and that

the present.
It is

we must

look to the past

we would understand
own

obvious, too, that the knowledge of Latin not only leads to a

more

exact and effective use of our

language, but that

it is

of vital

importance and of great practical value to any one preparing for a

literary or professional career.

To

this

it

may be added
all

that the

study of Latin throws a flood of light upon the structure of language

in general

and

lays

an excellent foundation for

grammatical study.

4
Finally,
it

TO THE STUDENT
has been abundantly proved that there
is

no more

effective
this

means of strengthening the mind than by the earnest pursuit of

branch of learning.

Review Questions. Whence does Latin get its name ? Where is Latium ? Where is Rome ? Was Latin always the same ? What sort of Latin are we to study ? Describe the growth of Rome's power and the spread of Latin. What can you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish ? How did the ancient Greeks and Romans compare ? How did Greece influence Rome? How did Rome influence the world ? In what sense are we Romans still ?

What

did Latin have to do with the formation of English ?

What

propor-

tion of English

words are of Latin

Latin ?

origin,

and what kind of words are they?

Why should we study

PART

THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

THE ALPHABET
1.

The

Latin alphabet contains the same letters as the English

it

except that
2.

has no

and no

/.
^, /, ^,

The

vowels, as in English, are ^,

^, y.

The

other letters

are consonants.
3.

/ is

used both as a vowel and as a consonant.

syllable
it

Before a vowel
is

in the

same

has the value of a consonant and

called

consonant.

Thus

in lu-li-us the first / is a consonant, the second a vowel.

SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS i

4.

Latin was not pronounced like English.

The Romans

at the

beginning of the Christian era pronounced their language substantially

as described below.
5.

The vowels have

Vowels 2
a as

the following sounds

Latin Examples
hac, stas

m father
first

S like the
S as in
i

in

aha\ never as
'

in hat

a^-mat, ca^-nas

e as in they

teMa, me^-ta
te^-nSt, mer'-ces
ser^-ti, pra^-ti

as in

met machine

! ^N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in this section is, therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the < teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following. 2 Long vowels are marked -, short ones ^.
'/.

6
Vowels
I

PRONUNCIATION
Latin Examples
si^-tis,
,

as in dit

br-bi
o^-ris

6 as in /loly 5 as in wholly^ never as in hot

u*

Ro^-ma,

m5^-d5, b5''-nos
u^-m5r, tu^-ber
lit,

as in rude^ or as oo in boot
in full or as oo in foot
^

u as

tu^-tus

Note. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound, except in the case of a^ between the long and the short vowels. It is not merely a matter of quantity but also of quality.
6.

In diphthongs (two-vowel sounds) both vowels are heard

in a

single syllable.

Diphthongs
ae as ai in aisle

Latin Examples
tae'-dae
gau''-det

au as ou in out
ei as ei in eight

hei

eu as ^'oo (a short e followed

in

by a short u
seu
"^'^^
foe^-dtis

one

syllable)

oe like oi in toil
ui like ob't (a short
in

u followed by a short

/
cui, huic

one

syllable.

Cf. English we)

slur over

Note. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do not them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English.
7.

Consonants are pronounced as in EngUsh, except that

Consonants
c is

Latin Examples
c^^-do, cr-biis, ce'-na

always like c in cat^ never as in cent

always like g in get^ never as in gem
is

g
i

is

gS^-mo, gig^-n5

consonant
before
c^

always like y in yes

iam, i5^-cus
an^-c5-ra (ang'-ko-ra)

11
!

qu^

org is

like

ng in sing (com-

pare the sound of n in aftchor)

qu, gu, and sometimes su before a vowel

have the sound of qw^ gw^ and sw. Here u has the value of consonant v

in'-quit, qui, lin^-gu^,

and
t is

is

not counted a vowel

san^-guis, sua^-de-o
r6^-sa, is

s is like s in sea.,

never as in ease

always like / in native., never as in

rS'-ti-o, na'-tl-o

nation

SYLLABLES
Consonants
is like

7
''Latin

Examples

w vir V X has the value of two consonants (^j- or ^j) and is like x in extract^ not as in exact ex^-tra, ex-ac^'-tiis iirbs, 5b-tr-ne-o bs is like ps and bt like pt ptir-chSr, Phoe^-be,the-a^-trtim ch, ph, and th are like c^p^ t
in wine^ never as in vine

vr-num,

a.

In combinations of consonants give each

its

distinct sound.

Doubled

consonants should be pronounced with a slight pause between the two

sounds.

Thus pronounce

//

as in rat-trap^ not as in rattle;

pp

as in

hop-pole^ not as in upper.

Examples, mit^-to,

Ap^pi-tis, ber-liim.

SYLLABLES
8.

Latin word has as

many

syllables as

it

has vowels and diph-

thongs.
a.

Thus

a^s-ta'-tS has three syllables, au-di-6n'-dus has four.

syllable,

Two

vowels with a consonant between them never make one

as is so often the case in English.

in-si^-de.

Compare English

inside with Latin

9.
1.

Words

are divided into syllables as follows

single

consonant between two vowels goes with the second.

mg-mb'-ri-S, in-t6'-r6-a, a'-b6st, p6-r6'-git.i

Thus S-ma'-bWis,
2. a,

Combinations of two or more consonants

A consonant followed by / or r goes with the / or r.

Thus

pu^-bli-ciis,

r-gri.

Exception. Prepositional compounds of this nature, follow rule b. Thus abMii-o, Sb-riim^-po, ir-le, fer^-rum.
b.

as also //

and

rr,

In

all

other combinations of consonants the

first

consonant goes with

h5s^-pes,

the preceding vowel.^

an^-niis, su-bac^-tus.

Thus

mag^-niis,

e-gSs^-tas,

vic-to^-ri-a,

3.

The

last syllable of

a word

is

called the ur-ti-ma; the

one next

to the last, th^pe-nulf; the

^

one before the penult, the an

-te-pe-nult\

In writing and printing it is customary to divide the parts of a compound, as inter-ea, ab-est, sub-actus, per-egit, contrary to the correct' phonetic rule.
2

The combination

BQt

divided nc-t, as func-tiis, sanc-tiis.

8
10.

QUANTITY
EXERCISE

Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronounce them, placing the accent as indicated

Vade ad formicam, O piger, et considera vias eiiis et disce sapientiam quae cum non habeat diicem nee praeceptorem nee principem,
:

parat in aestate cibum sibi et congregat in messe quod comedat.

[Go

to the ant, thou sluggard

consider her ways, and be wise

which, having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the

summer and

gathereth her food in the harvest.]

QUANTITY
11.

The

quantity of a vowel or a syllable

it.

is

the time

it

takes to

pronounce

Correct pronunciation and accent depend upon the

proper observance of quantity.

12. Quantity of Vowels.

Vowels are

either long (-) or short (-). to

In

this

book the long vowels are marked. Unmarked vowels are

short.
;

be considered
1.

2.

A vowel is short before another vowel or h as pb-e'-ta, trS^-ho. A vowel is short before nt and ndj before final m or and,
/,

except in words of one syllable, before

final /

or

r.

Thus a^-mSnt, Thus

in^-fe-ro,

a-mSn^-dus, a-ma^-bam, a-ma'-bSt, a^-ni-mal, a^-mbr.

3.

vowel

is

long before nf^

ns,

nx, and

net.

re^-gens, san^-xi, sanc^-tus.

4.

Diphthongs are always long, and are not marked.

Syllables are either long or short,

13. Quantity of Syllables.

their quantity
I.

and

must be

carefully distinguished

from that of vowels.

A
If

syllable is short,
it

a.

ends in a short vowel

as S^-m5, pi^-gri.

Note. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a final consoThus the word mS-mo^-ri-Sm contains four short syllables. In the first three a short vowel ends the syllable, in the last the short vowel is followed by a final consonant.
nant.

ACCENT
2.

A
If

syllable is long,
it

a.

contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as cu^-ro, poe^-nae,

aes-ta^-te.
b.

If

it

ends in a consonant which

is

followed by another consonant,

as cor^-pus, mag^-nus.

Note. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, and should be pronounced accordingly. Thus in ter^-ra, in^-ter, the first syllable is long, but the vowel in each case is short and should be given the short sound. In words like saxum the first syllable is long because x has the value of two consonants (cs or gs).
3.

In determining quantity h

is

not counted a consonant.

as much time to the long syllables as to the short about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus a consonant as it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and so these quantities are considered equally long. For example, it takes about as long to say cur^-ro as it does cu^'-ro, and so each of these first syllables is long. Compare mSlMis and

Note. Give about twice

It takes

ones.

moMis,

a-mis^-si

and

a-mi^-si.

ACCENT
14.

Words
Words

of two syllables are accented

on the

first,

as men^-sa,

Cae^-sar.

15.
if

of
is

more than two

long.

syllables are accented

on the penult

the penult

If the penult is short, accent the antepenult.

Thus mo-ne'-mus,
of the syllable

re^-gi-tur, a-gri^-co-la, a-man^-dus.

is

Note. Observe that the position of the accent and not by the length of the vowel

determined by the length

(Cf. 13. 2,

in the syllable.

Note.)

16. Certain
existence, are

little

words
-que,

called enclit'ics^

which have no separate

added to and pronounced with a preceding word. The

most common are

and ;
enclitic

-ve,

or ; and -ne, the question sign.

its

The

syllable before

an

takes the accent, regardless of

quantity.

Thus

populus'que, dea^que, regnaVe, audit^ne.

1 Enclitic means leaning back, and that is, as you see, just what these little words do. They cannot stand alone and so they lean back for support upon the preceding word.

! !

! !

; ;

;!

lO

EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION

HOW TO READ
17.

LATIN
you begin
right.

To

read Latin well

is

not so

difficult, if

Cor-

rect habits of reading should

be formed now.

Notice the quantities

carefully, especially the quantity of the penult, to insure

your getting
its

the accent

on the

right syllable.

(Cf. 15.)
its

Give every vowel

proper sound and every syllable

proper length.

Then bear

in

mind

that

we

should read Latin as

we

read English, in phrases rather

than in separate words.

nected in
18.

Group together words that are closely conthought. No good reader halts at the end of each word.
stanzas of the following

Read the

time, first the English

in parentheses are to

poem by Longfellow, one at a and then the Latin version. The syllables inclosed be slurred or omitted to secure smoothness of meter.

EXCELSIOR [HIGHER]
The shades of night were falling fast. As through an Alpine village passed A youth, who bore, 'mid snow and ice,

A banner with

the strange device,

Cadebant noctis umbrae, dum I bat per vicum Alpicum Gelu nivequ(e) adolesCens, Vexillum cum signo ferens.
Excelsior

Excelsior

His brow was sad

his eye beneath.

its

Frons

tristis,

micat oculus

Flashed like a falchion from

sheath.

Velut e vagina gladius

And
The

like

a silver clarion rung

Sonantque similes tubae

tongue,

accents of that

unknown

Accentus lingu(ae) incognitae.

Excelsior

Excelsior

In happy homes he saw the light

In domibus videt claras

Of household

fires

gleam warm and bright

glaciers shone,

Focorum

luces calidas
acris,

Above, the spectral

Relucet glacies

And from

his lips escaped a groan.

1

Et rumpit gemitus
Excelsior
DTcit senex, "

labqs.

Excelsior
"

Try not the Pass " the old man said " Dark lowers the tempest overhead.
!

Ne

transeas

Supra nigrescit tempestas

Translation by C.

W. Goodchild

in Praeco Latinus^ October, 1898.

! !

! ! !

EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
The
roaring torrent
is

II

deep and wide "

!

Latus et altus est torrens."

Clara venit vox respondens,
Excelsior

And

loud that clarion voice replied,

Excelsior

At break of day, as heavenward The pious monks of Saint Bernard

Uttered the oft-repeated prayer,

lam

lucescebat, et fratres

Sancti Bernard! vigiles

A A

voice cried through the startled

air.

Orabant preces solitas, Cum v5x clamavit per auras,

Excelsior

Excelsior

traveler,

by the

faithful

hound.

Semi-sepultus viator
Can(e) a fido reperitur,

Half-buried in the
Still

grasping in

snow was found. his hand of ice

device,

Comprendens pugno
Illud vexillum

gelido

That banner with the strange

Excelsior

cum

signo.

Excelsior

There

in the twilight cold

and gray.
lay.
far,

lacet corpus

exanimum
;

Lifeless,

but beautiful, he

Sed luce frigida pulchrum

And from

the sky, serene and

like a falling star,

Et

cael5 procul exiens

voice

fell,

Cadit v5x, ut Stella cadens,

Excelsior

Excelsior

PART

II

WORDS AND FORMS

LESSON
19. Subject and Predicate,
I

FIRST PRINCIPLES
i.

Latin, like English, expresses thoughts

is

by means of sentences.
expresses a thought, and
single fact.

sentence

a combination of words that

in its simplest

form

is

the statement of a

Thus,
Galba
is

a farmer

Galba est agricola

The sailor fights Nauta pugnat

In each of these sentences there are two parts

Galba
Galba
'

is

a farmer

est agricola

Subject

Predicate

The sailor ^ Nauta

2.

fights
.

pugnat

The

subject

is is

that person, place, or thing about which some-

thing
the

is said,

and

therefore a

noun or some word which can serve

same purpose.

Pronouns, as their name implies {pro^ " instead of," and noun\ often take the place of nouns, usually to save repeating the same noun, as,
a.

Galba
3.
sists
a,

is

a farmerj he
predicate
is

is

a sturdy fellow.
is

The

that which

said about the subject,

and con-

of a verb with or without modifiers.

verb

is

a word which asserts something (usually an act) concerning

a person, place, or thing.

12

FIRST PRINCIPLES
20.

13

The

Object.

In the two sentences, The boy hit the hall and

The

ball hit the boy, the

different,
act, that

same words are used, but the meaning is and depends upon the order of the words. The doer of the
is

about which something

said,
is

is,

as

we have
is

seen above,

the subject. the verb.

That

to

which something
is

done

the direct object of

The boy

hit the ball

therefore analyzed as follows

Subject
/

Predicate
*
s

The boy
a,

hit the ball

(verb) (direct object)

A verb whose
is

action passes over to the object directly, as in the sen-

tence above,

called a transitive verb.

verb which does not admit of a

direct object is called intransitive, as,

/ walk,

he comes.

21.

The Copula. The verb

was,
it

etc.

does not

to be in its different

forms
;

are,

is,

tell

us anything about the subject

neither does

govern an object.

It

simply connects the subject with the word or

words

in the predicate that possess

is,

a distinct meaning.

Hence

it is

called the copula, that

th^ joiner or link,

22. In the following sentences pronounce the Latin and

name

the

nouns, verbs, subjects,

objects, predicates,

copulas

America est patria mea America isfatherland tny

Filia est lulia

Agricola fHiam

amat

(The) farmer (his) daughter loves

lulia et agricola sunt in insula

(His) daughter is Julia

lulia

Julia
6.

aquam

portat

and (the)farmer are on(the)island Rosam in comis habet

(A) rose in (her) hair (she) has

Julia water carries

lulia est puella pulchra

Domina

filiam pulchram habet

Julia
a.

is (a)

girl pretty

(The) lady (a) daughter beautiful has

some words Latin has no article the or a; thus agricola may mean the farmer, a farmer, or ^\m^\^ farmer. Then, too, the personal pronouns, /, you, he, she, etc., and the possessive pronouns, my, your, his, her, etc., are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence
sentences above

The

show

that Latin does not express

all,

which are necessary

in English.

First of

is

clear without them.

14

FIRST PRINCIPLES
,-v

LESSON
FIRST PRINCIPLES
23. Inflection.

II
(Continued)

Words may change

is,

their

forms

to indicate

some
in-

change

in sense or use, as,

;

are ; was, were ; who, whose,

is is

whom
The

farmer, farmer's
flection of

woman, women. This

called inflection.

a noun, adjective, or pronoun

its

called its declension, that

of a verb 24.
plural.

conjugation.
Latin, like English, has

Number.

two numbers, singular and

-s

In English

we

usually

form the plural by adding

to the plural

or

-es

to

the singular.

So Latin changes the singular

by changing

the ending of the word.

Compare
The sailorfights The sailors fight
in -a in the singular

Naut-a pugnat Naut-ae pugnant

25,

Rule. Nouns that end

end

in -^

in the plural.
26. Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for the

Latin or the Latin for the English.

agri^cola, farmer (agriculture)
ac^ia^
^

Write the plural of each.

fuga, fiight (fugitive)
iriiu^ria,

water (aquarium)

wrong, injury

causa, cause, reason

luna, 7noon (lunar)

do^mina, lady of the house, mistress (dominate)

filia,

nauta, j^/Z^r (nautical)

puella, girl
silva, j^r^i"/ (silvan)

daughter

i^\c)S)

iortvi^ri3i,

fortune
the sentences

terra,

land (t^rxdicc)

27.

Compare again

Nauta pugna-t Nautae pugna-nt

In the
first

The sailorfights The sailors fight

is

sentence the verb pugna-t

is

in the third person singular,

'yn

the second sentence pugna-nt

1

in the third person plural.

The words

in parentheses are English

the words are practically identical,

words related to the Latin. When\ as causa, cause, no comparison is needed.

(\J
28. in
)^A

FIRST PRINCIPLES

Rule. Agreement of Verb. A finite verb must always be the same person and number as its subject. Rule. In
the conjugation of the Latin verb the third per-f ,

29.

son singular active ends in

the third person plural in

-nt.

The

endiftgs

which show the person and num^ber of the verb

are called personal endings.

30. Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each.
sonal pronouns he, she,
it, etc.,

The

per-

which are necessary

the verb's subject
;

in the inflection of the

English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because the personal endings
take their place.

Of

course,

if

is

expressed

we do
is

not

ending by a pronoun the sailor fights, not the sailor he fights.

translate the personal

thus nauta pugnat

translated

ama-t
lab5'ra-t

he
"

(she, it) loves, is loving,

does love (amity, amiable)

"

'-'

labors, is laboring, does labor

nuntia-t^"
porta -t
"
"

" " "

"

announces,

is

announcing, does announce

"

carries, is carrying, does carry (porter)

pugna-t

" fights, is fighting, does fight (pugnacious)

31.
I.

EXERCISES
I.

The daughter
4.

loves, the
3.

daughters love.

2.

The

sailor

is

carrying, the sailors carry.

labor.

The farmer does

girls

labor, the farmers

5.

The

girl is

announcing, the

do announce.
Puella
4.

The

ladies are carrying, the lady carries.

II.
I.

Nauta pugnat, nautae pugnant.

3.

2.

amat, puellae

amant.

Agricola portat, agricolae portant.

5.

Filia laborat, filiae

laborant.

Nauta

nuntiat,

nautae nuntiant.

6.

Dominae amant,

domina amat.
1

The u

in nuntio is long

by exception.

(Cf. 12. 2.)

DOMINA

6
1

FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON
32. Declension of Nouns.

III
(Continued)
differ-

FIRST PRINCIPLES

We

learned above ( 19, 20) the

ence between the subject and object, and that in English they

may

be distinguished by the order of the words.

order
is

Sometimes, however, the

such that

we

are left in doubt.

For example, the sentence

either that the lady loves her

T/ie lady her

daughter loves might

mean

daughter, or that the daughter loves the lady.

I
.

If the sentence

were

in Latin,

no doubt could

arise,

because the

subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the words,

but by the endings of the words themselves. Compare the following

sentences

Domina

filiam

amat
The lady loves her daughter

Ffliam domina amat

Amat

domina Domina amat filiam

filiam

dominam amat Dominam filia amat Amat dominam filia Filia amat dominam
Filia
a.

The daughter loves the lady

Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in -a and the object in -am. The form of the noun shows how it is used in the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on the essential
meaning.
2.

As

stated above ( 23), this change of ending

different

is

called declen-

sion,

and each

ending produces what

all its

is

called a case.

When

we

decline a noun,

we give

different cases, or

changes of endings.

In English

we have

three cases, -r- nominative, possessive, and objec-

tive; but, in

nouns, the nominative and objective have the same form,

^s

and only the possessive case shows a change of ending, by adding

or the apostrophe.
declension,

The

interrogative pronoun, however, has the fuller

?

who ? whose 1 whom

FIRST PRINCIPLES
33.

17

The

following table shows a comparison between English and

Latin declension forms, and should be thoroughly memorized

English Cases
Declension

Latin Cases
Declension of domina
'

oiwho?

Name

of case and use

and translation
do''min-a

Name

of case and use

Who?

Nominative
subject

Nominative
subject

2
c:

case of the

the lady

case of the

Whose?

Possessive

domin-ae
the lady's

Genitive

case of the

case of the

possessor

Whom?

Objective
object

of the lady

possessor

domin-am
the lady

Accusative

case of the

case of the
direct object

Who?

Nominative
subject

domin-ae
the ladies

Nominative
subject

case of the

case of the

Whose?

Possessive

domin-a''rum
the ladies'

Genitive

^
c:

case of the

case of the

possessor

Whom?

Objective
object

of the ladies
domin-as
the ladies

possessor

Accusative

case of the

case of the
direct oJ)ject

When
a.
d.
c.

the nominative singular of a

noun ends

in -a,

observe that

d.

The nominative plural ends in -ae. The genitive singular ends in -ae and the genitive plural in -arum. The accusative singular ends in -am and the accusative plural in -as. The genitive singular and the nominative plural have the same ending.
EXERCISE

34.

P^x>nQUQce the following words and give their general meaning.

give the nunaher and case, and the use of each form.

Then
uses.

Where

the same

form stands
I.

for

more than on^

silvam.

case, give all the possible cases

2.

and

Silva,

silvas,
4.

Fugam,
7.

fugae, fuga.
5. Flliae,

3.

Terrarum,

terrae, terras.
6.

Aquas, causam,

lunas..

fortunae, lunae.

Initirias,

agricolarum, aquarum.
agricolas, nautas.
9.

Iniuriarum, agricolae, puellas.

8.

Nautam,

Agricolam, puellam, silvarum.

FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON IV
FIRST PRINCIPLES
35.
(Continued)

We

learned from the table ( ^^) that the Latin nominative,

in general, to the nominative, posin the

genitive,
sessive,

and accusative correspond,

and objective
will

in English,

and that they are used

same

way.

This

be made even clearer by the following sentence

Filia agricolae

nautam amat, the fa7'mer''s daughter (ox the daughter of the farmer) loves the sailor

What
case

is

the subject? the direct object?

What

case

is

used for the subIn what

ject? foi the direct object?

is it ?

What word

denotes the possessor?

36.

in the 37.

Rule. Nominative Subject. The subject of a finite verb is Nominative and answers the question Who ? or What ? Rule. Accusative Object. The direct object of a transitive

verb is in the Accusative

and answers

the question

Whom ?

or

What?
38.

Rule.

Genitive of the Possessor.

is
ifi

The word denoting the

the Genitive

owner or possessor of something the q7iestion Whose ?

and answers

DIANA SAGITTAS PORTAT ET FERAS NgCAT

FIRST PRINCIPLES
39.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

I.

I.

Diana

est dea. est

7.

2.

Latofta est dea.

5.

3.

Diana

et

Latona sunt
6.

deae.

4.

Diana

dea lunae.

Diana

est

filia

Latonae.

Latoria

Dianam amat.
9.

Diana
portat.

est 10.

dea silvarum.

8.

Diana silvam amat.

necat.
11.

Diana

sagittas

Diana feras

silvae

Ferae

terrarum pugnant.

For the order of words imitate the Latin above.

_Sr^. The

daughter of Latona does love the forests.

3.

2.

Latona's
4.

daughter carries arrows.

The
6.

farmers' daughters do labor.

5.

The

farmer's daughter loves the waters of the forest.

The

sailor is

announcing the
7.

girls' flight.

The

girls
8.

announce the

sailors'

wrongs.

The

farmer's daughter labors.

Diana's arrows are killing the

wild beasts of the land.

40.

CONVERSATION

Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. The answers may be found in the exercises preceding.
1.

Quis est Diana

Cuius
filia

4:
5.

Quis silvam amat

Cuius

2.

est

Diana?

Quis sagittas portat?

filiae

3.

Quis Dianam amat?

6.

laborant?

LESSON V
FIRST PRINCIPLES
41. The Dative Case.
(Continued)

In addition to the relationships between

words expressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusative (objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express

which

in English

we

use such words 2is/rom, with^

by^ to, for, in,

;

at}

makes frequent use of such prepositions but often it expresses these relations without them by means of case forms which
Latin, too,
1

Words

like to, for, by, from, in, etc.,

which define the relationship between

words, are called prepositions.

20

FIRST PRINCIPLES
One
of the cases found in the Latin declen-

English does not possess.

sion

and lacking

in English is called the dative.

42.

When

the nominative singular ends in -a, the dative singular

-is.

ends in -ae and the dative plural in

Note. Observe
nominative plural

that the genitive singular^ the dative singular^

all

have the same ending,

cases are entirely different. The makes clear which case is intended.
a.

and the but the uses of the three general meaning of the sentence usually
-ae
;

Form

the dative singular and plural of the following nouns: fuga,

causa, fortuna, terra, aqua, puella, agricola, nauta, domina.

The Dative Relation. The dative case is used to express the relations conveyed in Enghsh by the prepositions to^ towards^ for.
43.

These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion, such as She went to town^ He ran towards the horse Columbus sailed for America, In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as motion through space is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is used to denote that to or towards which a benefit, injury, purpose, feeling, or quality is directed, or thaty^r which something serves or exists.
^

a.

What

dative relations

do you discover

in the following

her questions a good example

The

teacher gave a prize to John because he replied so promptly to

for the rest of us.
it is

all

It is

a pleasure to us to

hear him

recite.

Latin

is

easy for him, but

very hard for me.

Some

are fitted for

one thing and others for another.

44. The Indirect Object.

Examine the sentence

Nauta fugam nuntiat, the sailor announces the flight

Here

the verb, nuntiat, governs the direct object, fugam, in the

If,

accusative case.

however,

we wish

to

mention the persons to

whom

the sailor announces the

flight, as,

The

sailor announces the flight to

the farmers, the verb will have two objects

1.

Its direct oh]Qct, flight

(fugam)

2.

Its mdiirtct oh]^ct^

farmers
section, to the farmers is a relation cov-

According to the preceding

ered by the dative case, and

we

are prepared for the following rule

FIRST PRINCIPLES
45.

21
indirect object of

Rule.

Dative Indirect Object.

The

verb
a.

is in the

Dative.

The

indirect object usually stands before the direct object.

46.

We may now

complete the translation of the sentence The

sailor announces the flight to the farmers^

and we have

Nauta

agricolis

fugam nuntiat

47.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

Point out the direct

possessor
I.
I.

and

indirect objects

and

the genitive

of the

Quis nautis pecuniam dat?

3.

2. Filiae

agricolae nautis pecti4.

niam dant.
agricolae
8.

Quis fortunam ptignae nuntiat?

5.

Galba

agricolis
6. Filiae

forttinam pugnae nuntiat.

Cui domina fabulam narrat?

7.

domina fabulam

narrat.

Quis Dianae coronam dat?

9.

Puella Dianae coronam dat quia

Dianaiti amat.
10.

Dea

lunae

sagittas portat et feras silvarum necat.

Cuius victoriam Galba

nuntiat?

11.

Nautae victoriam Galba

word order

nuntiat.
'

Imitate the
II.
I.

of the preceding exercise.

The girls give a wreath to Julia, because Julia loves wreaths. 3. The sailors tell the ladies^ a story, because the ladies love stories. 4. The farmer gives
the girls give a wreath?
2.

To whom do

his ( 22. a)

daughter water.
6.

5.

Galba announces the

of the

caiise of the

battle to the sailor.

The goddess
is

moon

loves the waters of

the forest.
^

7.

Whose wreath

Latona carrying? Diana's.

Observe that

in English the indirect object often stands without a prepoit,

sition to to

mark

especially

when

it

precedes the direct object.

22

^o

FIRST PRINCIPLES

LESSON VI
FIRST PRINCIPLES
48. The Ablative Case.
(Continued)

Another

case, lacking in English but

found

in the fuller Latin declension, is the ab^a-tive,

49.

When

the nominative singular ends in -a, the ablative singular

-is.
is

ends in -a and the ablative plural in

a.

Observe that the

is

final -S of

the nominative

short, while the final -a

of the ablative

long, as,

Nom,
h.
c.

filia
is like

AbL

filia

Observe that the ablative plural

the dative plural.

:

Form

the ablative singular and plural of the following nouns

fuga>

causa, fortuna^ terra, aqua, puella, agricola, nauta, domina.

\--

The Ablative Relation. The ablative case is used to express the relations conveyed in English by the prepositions ^^w, with^ by,
50.
at, in.
1.

It

denotes

That from which something

it is

or of which
2.
it is

deprived

is

separated, from which

it

starts,

generally translated hy from,

That with which something is associated or by means of which translated by with or by, done

3.

The
by

place where or the time

when something happens

trans-

lated
a.

in or at,
ablative relations

What

do you discover

in the following

come from home with

Latin with great zeal.

In our class there are twenty boys and girls. Daily at eight o'clock they their books, and while they are at school they study
In a short time they will be able to read with ease

the books written by the Romans.

in this world can be overcome.

By

patience and perseverance

all

things

51. Prepositions.

While, as stated above (41),

many

relations

expressed in English by prepositions are in Latin expressed by case

forms,
still

prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with the

accusative or ablative.

"

FIRST PRINCIPLES
Rule. Object pi^eposition must be
52.
of a Preposition.

23

noun governed by a

in the Accusative or Ablative case.

53. Prepositions denoting the ablative relations from^ with, in, on,

are naturally followed by the ablative case.

Among

these are

a^ or ab, from^ away from

^jy>M^M^^^'^^^6j^,from,
e
I.
^

cum, with
in, in,

down from

on

or ex, from, out from, out of

Translate into Latin, using prepositions.

In the water, on the

land,

down from

the forest, with the fortune, out of the forests, from

the victory, out of the waters, with the sailors,

down from

the moon.

54. Adjectives.
Puella parva

Examine the sentence

the little girl loves the good goddess

bonam deam amat,

{little)

In

this

sentence parva

and bonam {good) are not nouns, but

are descriptive words expressing quality.

tives,^

Such words are

called adjec-

and they are

tell

said to belong to the

noun which they

describe.

by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. The ending of parva shows that it belongs to puella, and the ending of bonam that it belongs to deam. Words that belong together are said to agree, and the belonging-together is called agreement. Observe that the adjective and
its

You can

noun agree
55.

in

number and case.

Examine the sentences

little

Puella est parva, the girl is

Puella parva

bonam deam amat,

the little girl loves the good goddess

is

In the

first

sentence the adjective parva

in the

separated from
It is

its

noun

by the verb and stands

predicate adjective.
^

predicate.

therefore called a

In the second sentence the adjectives parva and

;

a and e are used only before words beginning with a consonant ab and ex

are used before either vowels or consonants.

Pick out the adjectives in the following : "When I was a little boy, I that one cold winter's morning I was accosted by a smiling man with an ax on his shoulder. ' My pretty boy,' said he, ' has your father a * grindstone?' 'Yes, sir,' said I. You are a fine little fellow,' said he.
^

remember

'

Will you

let

me

grind

my

ax on

it ?

'

ok

24
bonam are
and are
a.

FIRST PRINCIPLES
closely attached to the

nouns puella and deam

respectively,

called attributive adjectives,

Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the following

Do

you think Latin

is

hard? Hard studies make strong brains.

Lazy

students dislike hard studies.

We

are not lazy.

56.

DIALOGUE
Julia and Galea

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

I.

Quis, Galba, est Diana

lulia, est

G. Diana,
I.

pulchra dea lunae et silvarum.

?

Cuius

filia,

Galba, est Diana

G. Latonae
I.

filia, lulia,

est Diana.

Quid Diana portat ? G. Sagittas Diana portat. I. Cur Diana sagittas portat
G. Diana
I.

sagittas portat, lulia,

quod malas feras silvae magnae necat

^

Amatne Latona filiam t G. Amat, et filia Latonam amat.

I.

Quid
Cui

filia

tua parva portat

filia

G. Coronas pulchras
I.
filia

mea parva
?

portat.

tua coronas pulchras dat

dat.

G. Dianae coronas
I.

Quis est

cum
;

filia

tua

Estne sola
parva est

G. Sola non est

a.

filia

mea

cum

ancilla

mea.

When

a person

is

called or addressed, the case used is called the

").

voc'ative (Latin vocdre, " to call

the nominative.
in the sentence.

In form the vocative

is

regularly like

In English the

name

of the person addressed usually

stands

first

The Latin vocative rarely stands first.

Point

out five examples of the vocative in this dialogue.

Observe that questions answered by yes or no in English are answered in Latin by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to answer in Latin the question Is the sailor fighting ? Pugnatne nauta? you would say Pugnat, he is fightings or Non pugnat, he is not fighting,
b.

THE FIRST DECLENSION r LESSON VII

THE FIRST OR i-DECLENSION
57. In the preceding lessons
singular

25

we have now gone

over

all

the cases,
in -a.

and

plural, of

nouns whose nominative singular ends

in -a

All Latin

nouns whose nominative singular ends

It is also called the

belong to the

First Declension.

^-Declension because of the

in the formation of the cases.

prominent part which the vowel a plays

We

have also learned what relations are expressed by each case.

results are

These
Cash

summarized

in the following table

Noun

Translation
Singular

Use and General Meaning of Each Case

*

Nom.
Gen.

do'min-a
domin-ae^

the lady

of the lady, or the

lady's
to ox for the lady

The subject The possessor

of something

Dai.

domin-ae

Expressing the relation

io

ox for,

especially the indirect object

Ace.

domin-am
domin-a

the lady

The
by, in,

direct object

Abl.

from, with,
the lady

Separation {from), association or means {with, by), place where

or time

when

{i7i,

at)

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

domin-ae
domin-a^rum
domin-is

the ladies

of ihe
io

ladies, ox ihe

ladies^

Dai.
Ace,

The same
ox for the ladies
the ladies

as the

singular

domin-as
domin-is

Abl.

from, with,
ihe ladies

by, in,

The Base. That part of a word which remains unchanged in inflection and to which the terminations are added is called the base.
58.

Thus, in the declension above, dominof the nominative singular.

is

the base and -a

is

the termination

26

GENDER
Also give them
orally.

59. Write the declension of the following nouns, separating the

base from the termination by a hyphen.

pugna, terra, luna, ancilla, coro^na, in^sula, silva

60. Gender.
or feminine, and

In English, names of living beings are either masculine

names of things without life are neuter. This is called natural gender. Yet in English there are some names of things to which we refer as if they were feminine as, " Have you seen my yacht ? She is a beauty." And there are some names of living beings
;

to

which we refer as

if

they were neuter

as,

'^

Is the

baby here

No,

the nurse has taken

//

home." Some words, then, have a gender quite

is

apart from sex or real gender, and this

called

grammatical gender.
of males are usually

Latin, like English, has three genders.

Names

masculine and of females feminine, but names of things have grammatical gender

and may
Lapis
is

be either masculine^ feminine^ or neuter.

Thus
and
neuter.

we have
saxum, a

in Latin the three words, lapis,

rock.

a stone ; rupes, a

cliff;

masculine^ rupes feminine^

and saxum

The gender can

must always he

usually be determined
learned^ for without

by the ending of the word, and

it is

knowing the gender

impos-

sible to write correct Latin.

61. Gender of First-Declension Nouns.

sion are feminine unless

Nouns of the they denote males. Thus silva

first
is

declen-

feminine,

but nauta,

sailor^

and

agricola, farmer^ are masculine.

62.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284.

I.

I.

Agricola
parat.
4.

cum
Cena
filia

filia

in casa habitat.

2.

Bona

filia

agricolae
filiam

cenam
laudat.
filiam
7. Filia

3.

est grata agricolae^ et agricola

bonam
5.

Deinde

agricolae gallinas ad
6.

cenam

voQat.

Galllnae

agricolae

amant.

Malae

filiae

bonas cenas non parant.

agricolae est grata dominae.

9.

8.

Domina

in insula

magna

habitat.
1

Domina bonae
(Cf. 43.)

puellae parvae pectiniam dat.

Note

that the relation expressed

by the dative case covers

that to which a

feeling

is directed.

EXERCISES
II.
I.

27
2.

Where does
3.

the farmer live?

lives
5.

The farmer
?

lives in the

small cottage.
lives

Who

with the farmer

4.

(His)

little

daughter

with the farmer.

farmer.

(His) daughter
6.

is

getting (parat) a good

dinner for the

7.

The farmer
is

praises

the

good dinner.

The

daughter's good dinner

pleasing to the farmer.

What

Latin words are suggested by this picture

63.

CONVERSATION
the questions in Latin.
1

Answer

Quis

cum

agricola in casa habitat

f ilia

2.

Quid bona

agricolae parat

.^

3.
4. 5.

Quem
Cuius

agricola laudat?
filia

Vocatne

agricolae galllnas ad

cenam ?

filia

est grata

dominae?

6.

Cui domina pecuniam dat ?

28

NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

LESSON
64.

VIII
(Continued)

FIRST DECLENSION

We

have for some time

now been

using adjectives and nouns

in case

together,

and you have noticed an agreement between them

in gender. in -a agreeing with

and
silva

in

number (54). They agree also magna, we have a feminine adjective noun
in -a.
of

In the phrase
a fem-

inine

65.

Rule. Agreement

Adjectives.

Adjectives agree with

their

nouns in gender, number, and

case.

66. Feminine adjectives in -a are declined like feminine nouns in

-a,

and you should learn

to decline

them together as follows

Adjective

Noun
domina (base domin-),
f .,

lady

bona (base

bon-),

good

Singular

terminations

Nom,
Gen,

do'mina

Dat,
Ace,

dominae dominae

bona bonae bonae

-a

-ae nae

dominam
domina

bonam
bona

-am
-a

Abl,

Plural

Nom,
Gen,

dominae domina^rum
dominis

bonae
bona^'rum

-ae

-arum
-is

Dat,
Ace,

bonis

dominas
dominis

bonas
bonis

-as
-is

Abl,
a.

In the same
little

parva, the

way decline together puella mala, the bad girlj maid; fortu^na magna, great fortune,
dea, goddess,

anciria

67.

The words

and

filia,

daughter, take the ending

-abus instead of

-is in

the dative

and ablative plural. Note

the dative

and ablative plural in

the following declension

ORDER OF WORDS
Singular

IN LATIN

29

dea bona (bases de- bon-)

Plural
deae bonae

Nom,
Gen,

dea bona
deae bonae
deae bonae

dea^rum bona^rum
dea^bus bonis

Dat.
Ace,

deam bonam
dea bona

deas bonas
dea^bus bonis

Abl,
a.

In the same

way

decline together filia parva.

68. Latin

Word

Order.

The

order of words in English and in Latin

sentences

is

not the same.

in a fairly fixed order.

In English we arrange words

sentence
alter the

Thus, in the

My

daughter

is

getting dinner

for the farmers^ we cannot

order of the words without spoiling the sentence.

We

can,

however, throw emphasis on different

words by speaking them with

by putting
special

more
force

force.

Try the

effect of reading the sentence

on my^ daughter^ dinner^ farmers. In Latin, where the office of the word
ending
(cf.

in the sentence is

shown by
words
is

its

32.

i),

and not by
is

its

position, the order of

more
can

free,
is

and position

used to secure the same

effect that in

English

secured by emphasis of voice.

To

a limited extent

we

alter the

order of words in English, too, for the same purpose.

Compare

the sentences
order)

/ saw a game offootball at Chicago last November (normal Last November I saw a game offootball at Chicago At Chicago, last November, I saw a game offootball
I
.

importance
subject
is

In a Latin sentence the most emphatic place is the first; next in Generally the is the last; the weakest point is the middle.
the most important word, and
is is

placed T^rj-Zy usually the verb

is

the next in importance, and

placed last.

The

other words of the sentence

stand between these two in the order of their importance.

normal order of words

Hence
is

the

that

is,

where no unusual emphasis

expressed

is

as follows

subject

modifiers of the subject

indirect object

direct object

adverb verb

Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire for throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. Notice the order of the

30

ORDER OF WORDS

IN LATIN

Latin words when you are translating^ and imitate it when you are turning English into Latin, 2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as filia mea, my daughter; mea filia, my daughter; casa Galbae, Galba's cottage;
Galbae casa, Galba^s cottage. Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following
sentence in different ways
Filia

mea
filia

Mea

Agricolis

cenam parat (normal order) agricolis parat cenam (mea and cenam emphatic) filia mea cenam parat (agricolis emphatic)
agricolis
its

3.

An

adjective placed before

noun

is

follows.
its

When
Filia

great emphasis

is

desired,

more emphatic than when it the adjective is separated from

noun by other words.

mea casam parvam non amat (parvam not emphatic) Filia mea parvam casam n5n amat (parvam more emphatic) Parvam filia mea casam non amat (parvam very emphatic)
4.
5.

Interrogative words usually stand

first,

the same as in English.

it

The

copula (as est, sunt)

last,

is

of so litde importance that

it

frequently

does not stand

but may be placed wherever

sounds

well.

69.

EXERCISE

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284.

Note the order of the words in these sentences and pick out those that are not normal in position and hence are unusually emphatic,

I.

Longae non sunt tuae

viae.

2.

Suntne tubae novae

in

mea

casa?

Non

sunt.

3.

Quis

lata in silva habitat?

4.

Diana, lunae clarae

pulchra dea, lata in silva habitat.

Nautae altas et latas amant aquas. 6. Ubi 5. Quid ancilla tua portat ? Ancilla mea tubam novam portat. sunt Lesbia et lulia? In tua casa est Lesbia et lulia est in mea. 7. Estne Italia lata terra? Longa est Italia, non lata. 8. Cui Galba
agricola fabulam

novam

narrat?

Filiabus
Sicilia.

dominae clarae fabulam

10.

novam

narrat.

9.

Clara est insula

Quern laudat Latona?

Latona laudat

filiam.

THE SECOND DECLENSION

First

31

Review

of

Vocabulary and Grammar, 502-505

LESSON IX
THE SECOND OR 0-DECLENSION
70. Latin nouns are divided into five declensions.

The

declension to which a

genitive singular.

noun belongs is shown by the ending of the This should always be learned along with the nominative

and the gender.

71.

The nominative
Nouns

singular of nouns of the Second or

O-Deden-i.

sion ends in -us, -er,

-ir,

or -um.

The

genitive singular ends in

72. Gender.

in

-um

are neuter.

The

others are regularly

masculine.
73. Declension of nouns in -us and -um.

Masculines in -us and

neuters in

-um

are declined as follows

dominus (base domin-), m., master

pilum (base

pil-), n.,

spear

Singular
TERMINATIONS

TERMINATIONS

Nom,
Gen.

do'minus ^

-US
-i

pilum
pili

-um
-i

domini

Dat,
Ace.

domino

-0

pTl5

-6

dominum
domino domine

-um
-0 -e

pTlum
pTlo

-um
-0

Abl.
Voc.
1

pilum

-um

Plural
domini
-i

Nom.
Gen.

pila

-di

domino^rum
dominis

-orum
-is

pil5^rum
pilis

-orum
-is

Dat.
Ace.

Abl.

dominos dominis
^

-OS
-is

pila
pilis

-a
-is

Compare the declension

of domina

and of dominus.


32
a.

THE PREDICATE NOUN

Observe that the masculines and the neuters have the same terminations excepting in the nominative singular and the nominative and accusative plural.
b.

The

vocative singular of words of the second declension in -us ends

in

-e,

as domine,

O masterj

serve,

O slave.

This

is

the most important ex-

ception to the rule in ^6, a,

74. Write

side

by

side the declension of domina, dominus,

and

pilum.
rules,

comparison of

the

forms

will

lead

to

the

following
all five

which are of great importance because they apply to

'

declensions:
a.

The

native.

That

vocative, with a single exception (see 73- ^), is like the nomiis, the vocative singular is like the nominative singular, and
is like

the vocative plural

b.

the nominative plural.

The
The

nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuter nouns are alike,

and
c.

in the plural

end

in -a.

accusative singular of masculines and feminines ends in

-s.

-m and

the accusative plural in

d.
e.

The

dative
-i

Final

and ablative plural are always alike. and -o are always long; final -a is shorty except in the
declension.

abla-

tive singular of the first

75.

Observe the sentences

Lesbia est bona, Lesbia
is

good
is

Lesbia est ancilla, Lesbia

a maidservant

have learned ( 55) that bona, when used, as here, in the predicate to describe the subject, is called 2. predicate adjective. Similarly a
7ioun^ as ancilla,

We

used

in the predicate to define the subject is called

a predicate noun.
76.

Rule.

Predicate Noun.

predicate noun agrees in case

with the subject of the verb.

=^
PILA

THE SECOND DECLENSION

77.

33

DIALOGUE

Galea and Marcus

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285

G. Quis,

Marce, est

legatus gerens (bearing)

pilum et tubam

M. Legatus,
est Sextus.

Galba,

G. Ubi Sextus habitat?^

M. In oppido Sextus cum filiabus habitat. G. Amantne oppidan!

Sextum Sextum
pugnat.
?

M. Amant magna cum

G. Ubi,
ancilla

oppidan!

et laudant,

quod

constantia

Marce,

est

tua?

Cur non

cenam parat? M. Ancilla mea, Galba, equo legat! aquam et LEGATUS GERENS PILUM ET TUEAM frumentum dat. G. Cur non servus Sext! equum domin! curat ? M. Sextus et servus ad murum oppid! propera:nt. Oppidan! bellum
parant.^
1

habitat

is

here translated does

live.

Note the
lives
is

three possible translations

of the Latin present tense

{he
he

living

he does live

Always choose the translation which makes the best sense. 2 Observe that the verb paro means not only to prepare but for, and governs the accusative case.

also to prepare

34
78.

NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

CONVERSATION
them
4.

Translate the questions and answer

1

in Latin. ancilla curat

?

2.

Ubi filiac Sexti habitant ? Quern oppidani amant et

dant
?

Cuius equum

lau-

5.

Quis ad

murum cum
?

Sexto

properat

3.

Quid

ancilla

equo

legati

dat?

6.

Quid oppidani parant?

-^

LESSON X
SECOND DECLENSION
79.
(Continued)
like bona, in

We

have been freely using feminine adjectives,

first

agreement with feminine nouns of the

like

declension and declined

them. Masculine adjectives of

like

this class are declined like

dominus,

and neuters

pilum.

The

adjective

and noun, masculine

aiittneuter,

are therefore declined as follows

Masculine Noun and Adjective

dominus bonus, the good master
Bases domin- bon-

Neuter Noun and Adjective

piXum bonum, the good spear
Bases
pll-

bon-

Singular
TERMINATIONS

terminations

Nom,
Gen,

do^minus bonus

-us
-i

domini boni

pTlum bonum pili boni

-um
-i

Dat,
Ace,

domino bon5

-6

dominum bonum
domin5 bono domine bone

-um
-6 -e

Abl
Voc.

bono pTlum bonum pilo bono pilum bonum

pil5
^

-0

-um
-6

-um

Plural

Nom, domini
Gen,

boni

-i

pTla

bona
bonis

-a

domin5^rum bono''rum -orum

dominis bonis
-is

pTlo^rum bono''rum -orum

pilis
-is

Dat,
Ace,

Abl,

dominos bon5s dominis bonis

-OS
-is

pTla
pilis

bona
bonis

-a
.-is

APPOSITION
Decline together bellum longum, equus parvus, servus malus,
alius, f rumentum

35

mums

novum.

80. Observe the sentences

Lesbia ancilla est bona, Lesbia^ the maidservant^
Filia Lesbiae ancillae est bona, the
is

good

daughter of Lesbia^ the maid-

servant^ is good

Servus Lesbiam ancillam amat, the slave loves Lesbia^ the maidservant
In these sentences ancilla, ancillae, and ancillam denote the class of persons to which Lesbia belongs and explain who she is. Nouns so related that the second is only another name for the first and explains it are said
to

be in apposition, and are always in the same

81.

case.

Rule. Apposition. noun which it explains.

82.

An appositive
EXERCISES
.

agrees in case with the

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

I. I.

Patria servi boni, vicus servorum bonorum, bone popule.

2.

Populus oppidi

magni, in oppido

magno, in oppidis magnis.

latos.
4.

3.

Cum

pills longis,

ad

pila longa,

ad muros

Legate male,

amici legati mali, cena grata domino bono.

jC
6.

Friimentum equorum
in
8.

parvorum, domine bone, ad legates

mania, patria mea.
7.

claros.

Sextus legatus

Rhenus est pilum longum portat.

9.

GerOppi-

dan! boni Sexto legato claro pecuniam dant

Mali servi

equum
bona

bonum Marci domini

laborant.
11.

necant.

10.

Galba agricola

et Itilia filia

Marcus nauta in insula Sicilia habitat. II. I. Wicked slave, who is your friend ? Why does he not praise Galba, your master ? 2. My friend is from (ex) a village of Germany,
3.

my fatherland. 4. Who is caring

where
is

My
^

friend does not love the people of Italy.

?

for

the good horse of Galba, the farmer

?

5.

Mark,
little

Lesbia, the maidservant

6.

She

is

hastening ^ to the

cottage ^ of Julia, the farmer's daughter.

^

See footnote

i,

p. 33.

Remember
2

that curat
dative.

is

transitive

and governs a

direct object.

Not the

(Cf. 43.)

36

ADJECTIVES

LESSON XI
ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
83. Adjectives of the
first

and second declensions are declined

in

the three genders as follows

^

Singular
MASCULINE
FEMININE

NEUTER

Norn,
Gen.

bonus
boni

Dat.
Ace.

bon5

bona bonae bonae

bonum
boni

bono

bonum
bono bone

bonam
bona bona

bonum
bon5

AM.
Voc.

bonum

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

boni

bonae

bononim
bonis

bonarum
bonis

bona bonorum
bonis

Dat.
Ace.

bonos
bonis

bonas
bonis

bona
bonis

AM.
a.

Write the declension and give

Decline gratus,
-a,

it

orally across the

page thus giving

^

the three genders for each case.

b.

-um malus,
;

-a,

-um

altus, -a,

-um

parvus, -a,

-um.
84.

Thus

far the adjectives

have had the same terminations as the

adjective

nouns.

However, the agreement between the

and

its

noun

does not
adjective
will, in

mean

that they

must have the same termination.

For example, nauta,

If the

and the noun belong

cases, not

to different declensions, the terminations

sailor^ is

many

be the same.
first

masculine and belongs to the

the adjective bonus
sailor
is is

declension.

The masculine form

agricola malus.

of

of the second declension.

So, the wickedfarmer
is

Consequently, a good

nauta bonus.

Learn

the following declensions

EXERCISES
85.

37
good sailor
Plural
nautae

nauta bonus (bases naut-

bon-), m., the

Singular

Nom.
Gen.

nauta
nautae
nautae

bonus
boni

boni

nautarum
nautis

bonorum
bonis

Dat.
Ace.

bon5

nautam
nauta

bonum
bono bone

nautas
nautis

bonos
bonis

AM.
Voc.

nauta

nautae

boni

86.

EXERCISES

^
(^

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

I.

I.

Est^ in vico nauta bonus.

2.

Sextus est amicus nautae boni.

4.

3.

Sextus nautae bono galeam dat.

laudat.
5.

Populus Romanus nautam

bonum

Sextus
et

nauta bone, sunt arma

cum nauta bono praedam portat. 6. Ubi, tela legatl Roman! ? 7. Nautae boni ad belest clara.
9.

lum properant.

8.

Fama nautarum bonorum

10.

Pugnae sunt
11. Cur,

gratae nautis bonis.

OppidanI nautas bonos curant.

nautae boni, mall agricolae ad

Rhenum properant?

12. Mall agricolae

cum

bonis nautis pugnant.

I.

II.

booty.

The wicked farmer is hastening to the village v^ith (his) 2. The reputation of the wicked farmer is not good. 3. Why
?

does Galba's daughter giye arms and weapons to the wicked farmer
4.

Lesbia invites the good

sailor to dinner.
?

5.

Why

is

Lesbia with
is

the good sailor hastening from the cottage

6.

Sextus, where

my

helmet?
8.

7.

The good

sailors are

hastening to the toilsome battle.

The horses of the wicked farmers are small. 9. The Roman people give money to the good sailors. 10. Friends care for the gDjQud. sailors. 1 1 Whose friends are fighting with the wicked" farmers ?
.

Est, beginning a declarative sentence, there

is.

GALEAE

38

NOUNS IN -lUS AND -lUM

^
87.

LESSON
NOUNS IN
-lUS

XII

AND -lUM
-i in

Nouns
from

of the second declension in -ius and -ium end in

-ii,

the genitive singular, not in

as, fill

and the accent

rests

on the penult

filius (son)^ praesi'di

from praesi^dium
and

(garrison),

88. Proper

names

of persons in -ius,
-S,

filius,

end

in -i in the
as,

vocative singular, not in

and the accent

rests

on the penult;

Vergili,
a.

Vergil ;

fili,

O son,
alike.

Observe that in these words the vocative and the genitive are
n.,

89. praesidium (base praesidi-),

garrison

filius (base fili-), m.,

son

Singular

Nom.
Gen,

praesidium
praesi'di

filius
fili

Dat,
Ace,

praesidiS

filio

praesidium
praesidio

filium
filio
fili

Abl,
Voc,

praesidium

The

plural

is

regular.

Note that the

-i-

of the base

is lost

only

in the genitive singular,

and

in the vocative of
filius

words
;

like filius.

Decline together praesidium parvum ; long river J proelium clarum, the famous

bonus

fluvius longus, the

battle,

90.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285.

I.

I.

Frumentum bonae
fili, filii

terrae, gladi mall, belli longi.

2.

Constantia

magna, praesidia magna,

oppidum, male
deabus

clare Vergili.
fili

3.

Male

serve,

clarum

mali,

mali.

4.

Fluvi longi,
5.

fluvii longi, fluvi-

orum longorum, fama

claris,

praesi'di magni.
claros.
6.

Cum

gladiis parvis,

cum

ad nautas

Multorum proeliorum, praedae

magnae, ad proelia dura.

NOUNS

IN

-ER AND -IR

39

Germania
II.

Germania, patria Germanorum, est clara

fluvii multi.

terra.

In Germania

sunt

silvls latls

Germaniae est. In Germaniae sunt ferae multae. Multi GermanI in oppidis

et latus fluvius

Rhenus magnus

magnis
proelia

et in vicis parvis habitant et multi sunt agricolae boni.

Bella

Germanorum
amat

sunt
et

magna et clara. Populus Germaniae helium et 5 saepe cum finitimis pugnat. Fluvius Rherius est-

finitimus oppidis^ multis et clans.

LESSON
91. Declension of

XIII
{Continued)
-ir.

SECOND DECLENSION
Nouns
in
-er

and

In early Latin
-os.

all

the

masculine nouns of the second declension ended in

This -os later

became -us

in

words

like servus,
-r, like

and was dropped

entirely in

words

with bases ending in

puer, doy ; ager, field; and vir,

man.

These words are therefore declined as follows

92.
puer, m., boy
ager, m.^ field
vir, m.,
.

man

Base puer

Base agr

.^

Base

vir-

Singular
ISlnfjt J. V U ffl' .

TERMINATIONS
vir
viri
-i

puer
pueri

ager
agri

Gen,

Dat,
Ace,

puero

agr5

vir5

-5

puerum
puero

agrum
agro

virum
viro

-um
-6

AM,

Plural

Nom.
Gen,

pueri

agri

viri

-i

puerorum
pueris

agrorum
agris

virSrum
viris

-orum
-is

Pat,
Ace,

pueros
pueris

agros
agris

viros
viris

-OS
-is

Abl

Dative with finitimus.

(See 43.)

40
a.

ADJECTIVES IN -ER
The
vocative case of these words
is like

the nominative, following the

general rule ( 74. a), b. The declension differs from that of servus only in the nominative and
vocative singular.
c.

Note

that in puer the e remains

all

the

way through, while

in ager

it is

present only in the nominative.

In puer the e belongs to the base, but in

and was inserted in the nominative to make it easier to pronounce. Most words in -er are declined like ager. The genitive shows whether you are to follow puer or ager.
ager (base agr-)
it

does not,

93. Masculine adjectives in -er of the second declension are declined like

nouns

in -er.

few of them are declined

like puer,

but

most of them

like ager.

The feminine and

neuter nominatives show

which form to follow, thus,

Masc.
liber

Fem.
libera

Neut.
liberum
{free)
is like
is like

puer
ager

pulcher

pulchra

pulchrum

^pretty)

For the

full

declension in the three genders, see 469.

b, c.

94. Decline together the words vir liber, terra libera,

frumentum liberum,

puer pulcher, puella pulchra, oppidum pulchrum.

95.

Italia^

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286.

Magna
domina

est Italiae fama, patriae

Romanorum,

et clara est

Roma,

orbis terrarum.^

Tiberim,^ fluvium
?

Romanum,

quis

non laudat
Agri boni

et pulchros fluvio finitimos agros

Altos muros, longa et dura bella,

Italia.

claras victorias quis

5 agricolis

non laudat

Pulchra est terra

praemia dant magna,

et vicos portant.
Italiae sunt

et equi agricolarum

copiam frumenti

ad oppida
servl.
Sicilia.
1

In agris populi Roman! laborant mult!

Finitima Italiae est insula

Viae

longae et latae.

In

this selection note especially the

2

the words.
case.

orbis terrarum,

emphasis as shown by the order of ^ Tiberim, the Tiber, accusative of the world.

ADJECTIVES IN -ER
96.

41

DIALOGUE

Marcus and Cornelius

C. Ubi
est,

Marce,

filius

tuus

Estne in pulchra terra

Italia

M. Non
copils

est, Cornel!, in Italia.

Ad

fluvium

Rhenum

properat

cum

Romanis quia

est^

fama

novi

cum Germanls. Liber Germaniae populus Romanes

belli

non amat.

C. Estne

filius

tuus copiarum
?

Romanarum

legatus

M. Legatus non est, sed apud legionarios. C. Quae ^ arma portat ^ ?

est

M. Scutum magnum et lorlcam duram et galeam pulchram

portat.

C.

Quae

tela portat

M. Gladium et pilum longum

portat.

C.

Amatne
et

legatus

filium

tuum?

M. Amat,
praemia

saepe
et

filio

meo
LEGIONARIUS

pulchra

praedam

multam dat. C. Ubi est terra Germanorum ? M. Terra Germanorum, Cornell,

et alto.
1 est,

est finitima

Rheno,

fluvio

magno

before

its

subject, there is; so sunt, there are,

^

an interrogative adjective pronoun.

lations of the present tense
.'*

What

^ Quae, what kind of, are the three possible trans-

42

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS

LESSON XIV
THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS
97. Observe the sentences

This

is

my

shield
is

This shield
In the
is

mine
;

first

sentence

my

is

a possessive adjective

in the second

mine
is

a possessive pronoun, for

it

takes the place of a noun, this shield

mine being equivalent

to this shield is

my

shield.

Similarly, in Latin the

possessives are sometimes adjectives and sometimes pronouns,

98.

The

possessives my^ mine^ your^ yours etc. are declined like

^

'adjectives of the first

and second declensions.

Singular

1st Pers. meus, mea,

meum

2d Pers,

tuus, tua,
suus, sua,

jd Pers,

tuum suum
Plural

mine your^ yours

Tny^

his (pwn)^ her (pwn\ its (own)

jst Pers. noster, nostra, nostrum

our^ ours

2d Pers.

vester, vestra,

vestrum

your^ yours
their

jd Pers,
O my
a.

suus, sua,

suum

(pwn\

theirs

Note. Meus has the

son,

irregular vocative singular masculine mi, as

mi

fili,

The

possessives agree with the

case.
is

name

of the thing possessed in gender,

number, and

Compare
,r.
,

the English

and Latin in
"1

Sextus

calling his boy

Sextus
,-,.

Juha

,.

IS calling her

boy

lulia

^ j

suum puerum
is

vocat

Observe that suum agrees with puerum, and

of Sextus or Julia.
b.

unaffected by the gender

When

you7'^ yours^ refers to

;

one person, use tuus

when

to

more

than one^ vester

Lesbia^

as,

Girls

your wreaths are pretty your wreaths are pretty

Cor5nae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchrae

Coronae vestrae, puellae, sunt pulchrae


EXERCISES
43
c, Suus is a reflexive possessive, that is, it usually stands in the predicate and regularly refers back to the subject. Thus, Vir suos servos vocat means The man calls his (own) slaves. Here his (su5s) refers to man (vir), and could not refer to any one else.

d.

Possessives are used

much
is

less frequently

omitted whenever the meaning

is

than in English, being clear without them. (Cf. 22. a.) This

especially true of suus, -a, -um, which,

when

inserted, is

more or

less

emphatic, like

our his own^ her own^

etc.

99.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286.

I. I.

Marcus amico

Sexjto consilium

frumenti in agrls nostris.

laudant.
4.

suum nuntiat 2. Est copia 3.^Amici mei bonam cenam ancillae vestrae
fill,

Tua

lorica,

amice, in castris
Sunt.
7.

mi Romanis

est dura.
6.

5.

Scuta nostra et
viri patriae

tela,

mi

sunt.

Suntne

tuae liberi?
galea, Sexte,

Ubi, Cornell, est tua galea pulchra?

8.

Mea

est in casa

meay/9. Pilum longum

est

tuum, sed gladius est meus.

ID. lulia gallinas suas pulchras II. 13.

amat

et gaUinae

dominam suam amant.

Nostra castra sunt vestra.

12. Est copia praedae in castris vestris.

Amici
I.

tui miseris et aegris

cibum

et

pecuniam saepe dant.^^

2.

^_J
is

II.

Our

teacher praises Mark's industry.

My

son Sextus
girls are

carrying his bopty to the

aid to the\^sick
villages.
5.

Roman
is

camp.^

3.

Your good
^

giving

and wretched.^
son,

4.

There are

frequent battles in our

My

where

the lieutenant's food? ^6.

The camp

is

mine, but the weapons are yours.

1

Not the

dative.
^

Why

like nouns.

Where

2 Here the adjectives sick and wretched are used ? should sunt stand ? Cf. I. 2 above.
;

AGRICOLA ARAT

44

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH

LESSON XV
THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH
100.
there
is

Of

the various relations denoted by the ablative case ( 50)

in English
it

none more important than that expressed

This
little

by the
It

preposition with.

v^ord

is

not so simple as
is it

looks.

does

not always convey the same meaning, nor

alv^ays to

be translated

by cum.

This
a.
b.
c.

will

become
feeble

clear

from the following sentences

Mark
Diana

is

with {for or because of) want of food

kills

the beasts with (or by) her arrows

d.

with Sextus The men fight with great steadiness

Julia is
a^

a,

\n sentence

ness.

This idea

is

with want (offood) gives the cause of Mark's feebleexpressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition,
is

and the construction

called the ablative of cause

cibi

Marcus est infirmus inopia

b.
\xi

with (or by) her arrows tells by means of what Diana kills the beasts. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition, and the construction is called the ablative of means
sentence
^,
:

Diana sagittis suis feras necat

c.

In sentence c

we

are told that Julia

is

not alone, but in company with

Sextus.
tion

This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative with the preposicum, and the construction is called the ablative of accompaniment
:

Julia est
d,

cum Sexto

d we are told how the men fight. The idea is one of This is manner. expressed in Latin by the ablative with cum, unless there is a modifying adjective present, in which case cum may be omitted. This
\n sentence
construction
is

called the ablative of

manner

Viri

(cum) constantia magna pugnant

able to

101.

You

are

now

form four important

rules for the ablative

denoting with

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH

102.
tive

45

Rule.

Ablative of Cause.

Cause

is

denoted by the abla-

without a preposition.

This answers the question Because

of what ?
103.
tive

Rule.

Ablative of Means.

Means

is

denoted by the abla-

without a preposition.

This answers the question

By means

of what? With what?

N.B.
means.

Cum must

never be used with the ablative expressing cause or

104.

Rule.

Ablative

of

Accompaniment.

Accompaniment

is

denoted by the ablative with cum.

This answers the question

With
105.
to

whom ?
Rule.
Ablative of Manner.
action.

The ablative with cum

is

used

denote the

manner of an

Cum may

be omitted, if an

adjective is

used with the ablative.

This answers the question

How ?
106.

In what manner ?

What

uses of the ablative do you discover in the following

.?

passage, and what question does each answer

The

soldiers

marched

to the fort with great speed

gate with blows of their muskets.

The

inhabitants, terrified

and broke down the by the din,

attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but the stream

was swollen with {or by) the rain. Because of this many were swept away by the waters and only a few, almost overcome with fatigue, with great
difficulty

succeeded in gaining the farther shore.

107.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286.

I.

The Romans prepare for War, Roman!,

clarus Italiae populus,

bellum parant.

Ex

agris suls, vlcis, oppidisque

legati

magno
ex

studio viri validi

ad arma properant. lam

cum

legionarils

Italia

ad Rhenum,

fluvium Germaniae altum et latum, properant, et servi equis et earns

cibum frumentumque ad castra Romana portant.

telorum infirmi sunt German!, sed
,scut!s,

Inopia bonorum
galeis,
loricls,

Roman! armati

gladils,

pllisque sunt valid!.

46
II.
I.

THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

The
2.

sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with great

Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son
37
is

diligence.

Mark
Lesbia

are fighting

with the Germans.

spears.
4.

The Roman
5.

legionaries are
?

armed with long

is

Where

Lesbia, your maid, Sextus

with

my

friends in Galba's cottage.

Many

are sick because of bad water

(their)

and for lack of food.

6.

The Germans, with

and wagons.

sons and daughters,

are hastening with horses

LESSON XVI
THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES
108. There are nine irregular adjectives of the
first

and second

declensions which have a peculiar termination in the genitive and

dative singular of
all

genders
Masc.

Fem.
-ius
-i

Neut.
-ius
-i

Gen,

-ius
-i

Dat,

Otherwise they are declined

like bonus,

-a,

-um.

Learn the

list

and the meaning of each

alius, alia,

dXwA^^ther^ another

(of

nullus, -a, -um, none,

solus, -a,

no

several)
alter, altera,

-um, alone
-um,
all,

alterum, the one, the

totus, -a,

whole, entire

other (of two)

unus,
-a,

uter, utra,
(in

utrum, which?

-um, one, alone;

only

the
\

{pi two)

plural)
ullus, -a,

neutetj neutra, neutrum, neither

(of two)

-um, any

109.

PARADIGMS
Singular

MASC

FEM.
nulla
nulli^us
nulli

NEUT.

MASC.
alius

FEM.
alia

NEUT.
aliud

Nom.
Gen.

nullus
nulli^us
nulli

nullum
nulli^us
nulli

airus
alii

airbus
alii

alfus
alii

Dat, Ace, Abl,

nullum
nulls

nullam
nulla

nullum
nulla

alium
aliS
is

aliam
alia

aliud
alio

The Plural

Regular

THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

a.

47
The genitive

Note the

peculiar neuter singular ending in -d of alius.

it

alius is rare.
b.

Instead of

use alterius, the genitive of alter.

These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of pronouns (see 114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes called
the pronominal adjectives.

110. Learn the following idioms

alter, -ra,

-erum
.

alter, -era,

-erum, the one

the other (pi two)

alius, -a, -ud

alii, -ae,

alius, -a, -ud,

one
,

another {pi any number)

-a

alii, -ae, -a,

some

others

EXAMPLES
Alterum oppidum est magnum, alterum parvum, the one town is small (of two towns). 2. Aliud oppidum est validum, aliud infirmum, one town is strongs another weak (of towns in general).
1.

large^ the other

3. Alii gladios, alii sciita

portant,

some carry swords^ others

shields,

111.
I.

EXERCISES
In utra casa est lulia?
lulia est in neutra casS.
3. Alter
2.

I.

Nulli
alter

malo puero praemium dat magister.

agricola.
4. Alii viri

puer est nauta,

5.

aquam,
laborat.

alii

terram amant.

Galba tinus {or

in
8.

solus)
7.

cum
parat.

studio

6.

Estne uUus carrus

alterius.

agro

meo?

Lesbia est ancilla alterius domini, TuUia

Lesbia sola
10. Lesbia

cenam

null! alii viro

Cena nuUlus cenam dat.

9.

alterius ancillae est bona.

Note. The pronominal and not after their nouns.

II.
I.

adjectives, as

you observe, regularly stand before

The men
4.

of

all

Germany

are preparing for war.

3.

2.

Some
fort.

towns are great and others are small.

another horses.
5.

One boy

likes chickens,
is

Already the booty of one town

in

our

Our whole village is suffering for (i.e. weak 6. The people are already hastening to the the Romans (there) is no lack of grain.

because of) lack of food.

other town.

7.

Among

48

THE DEMONSTRATIVE

IS,

EA, ID

LESSON XVII
THE DEMONSTRATIVE
112.
/S,

EA, ID
definitely,
as,

A demonstrative
hear these
?

is

a word that points out an object

as this^ that^ these, those.

Sometimes these words are pronouns,

adjectives, as,

Do you
men
?

and sometimes

Do you

hear these

In the former case they are called demonstrative pronouns,

in the latter demonstrative adjectives.

113. Demonstratives are similarly used in Latin both

diS

pronouns

and as

adjectives.

The one used most

masculine
r
;

is

is,

ea, feminine

id,

neuter

Singular

this

^
\^

these Plural J

that

\
Compare
eits

those

114. Is

is

declined as follows.

declension with that

of alius, 109.

"K/^-

Base

Singular
MASC.

Plural
NEUT.
id

FEM.
ea
eius
ei

MASC
ei

FEM.
eae

NEUT.
ea

Nam,
Gen.

is

{or

ii)

eius
ei

eius
ei

eorum
eis (or
iis)

earum
eis (or iis)

eorum
eis (or iis)

Dat.
Ace.

eum
eo

eam
ea

id

eos
eis (or iis)

eas
els (or
iis)

ea
eis (or iis)

AM,

eo

Note that the base e- changes to i- in a few cases. The genitive singular eius is pronounced eh'yus. In the plural the forms with two i's are preferred and the two i's are pronounced as one. Hence, pronounce ii as i and iis
as
is.

115. Besides being used as demonstrative pronouns and adjectives

the Latin demonstratives are regularly used for the personal pronoun
he, she,
it.

As

a personal pronoun, then,

is

would have the following

meanings

COMPARISON BETWEEN SUUS AND

'

IS

49
^//

Nom,
Gen,

is,

he J ea, she;
or its

id, //

eius,

of him or his;
ox for

eius,

of her,

her, or hers; eius,

Sing.

<

Dat,
Ace,

ei, /^

him;

ei,

/^ ox for
id, //

her;

ei, /^

ox for it

eum,

^//;^y earn,

^^ry

AbL
^

eo, 7///^,

from,

etc., ^/;;^y ea, w//>^,

from,

etc.,

^^ry

eo,

with, from,
ei or
ii,

etc., //

'Norn,
Gen,
Plur.
.

eae, ea, they

eorum, earum, eorum, of them, their

eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis, to ox for

Dat,
Ace,

them
etc.,

eos, eas, ea,

them
with, from,

'

'

AbL

eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis,

them
c)

h
116. Comparison between suus and
that suus
is
is.

We
his,

learned above ( 98.

a reflexive possessive.

When
;

her (poss.),

its,

their,
its

do

not refer to the subject of the sentence,

eius, the genitive singular of is, ea, id
plural,

we

express his, her,

their

by

and

by the genitive

using eOrum to refer to a masculine or neuter antecedent noun

to refer to a feminine one.

and earum

EXAMPLES
Galba calls his-^^xi) son, Galba suum filium vocat Galba calls his son (not his own, but another's)^ Galba fulia calls her(pv^xi) children, lulia suos liberos vocat fulia calls her children (not her own, but another's),
vocat
eius filium vocat

liilia

eius liberos

The men praise their (own) boys, viri suos pueros laudant The men praise their boys (not their own, but others'), viri eorum pueros
laudant

117.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287.

I.

He

praises her, him,

it,

them.

2.

This

cart, that report, these

teachers,
garrison,

women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That strong among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness,
those
other

those frequent plans.

4.

The

woman

is

calling her chickens {her own),

6.

5.

Another
praises

woman

is calling

her chickens {not her own),

The Gaul

50
his
8.

EXERCISES
arms
(his

own),

7.

The Gaul

praises his
fields.

arms (not

his own).

This farmer often plows their

long for their master (their own).

for their master (not their own).
land.
12.
11.

10.

Those wretched slaves Those wretched slaves long

9.

Free

men

love their

own

father-

They

love

its

villages

and towns.

118.

DIALOGUE 1

Cornelius and Marcus

M. Quis est vir, Cornell, cum puero parvo ? Estne Romanus et liber ? C. Romanus non est, Marce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium
est in silvls Galliae.

M. Estne puer
C. Neutrius

filius

eius servi

an

alterius

filius est

puer.

Is est filius legatl Sexti.

M. Quo puer cum eo servo properat ?

C. Is

cum

servo properat ad latos Sexti agros.^

Totum frumentum
*

\st iam maturum et magnus servorum numerus in

Italiae

agris laborat.
?

M. Agricolaene
C.

sunt Galli et patriae suae agros arant

Non
eos

agricolae sunt.
viri

Bellum amant

Galli,

non

agri culturam.

Apud

pugnant

et

feminae auxilio liberorum agros arant

gratas Gallorum f abulas saepe

parantque cibum.

M. Magister noster pueris puellisque

narrat et laudat eos saepe.

C. Mala est fortuna eorum et saepe miseri servi multis

cum

lacri-

mis patriam suam desiderant.

There are a number of departures from the normal order in this dialogue. 2 When a noun is modified by both a Find them, and give the reason. genitive and an adjective, a favorite order of words is adjective, genitive, noun, 3 A modifying genitive often stands between a preposition and its object.
1

Secoad Review, Lessons IX-XVII, 506-509

CONJUGATION

51

LESSON XVIII
CONJUGATION

THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES OF SUM

119.

The

inflection of a

verb

is

called its conjugation (cf. 23).

In

English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meanings

being expressed by the use of personal pronouns and

auxiliaries, as,

/ am

carried^

we

have carried^ they shall have carried^ etc.

In Latin,
auxiliary

on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and

verbs, the

form changes with the meaning. In

^

this

way

the

Romans

expressed differences in tense mood^

120. The Tenses.
ent times are called
present, past,

voice,

person^ and number.

differ-

The
its

different

forms of a verb referring to

tenses.

The

chief distinctions of time are

and future
is,

The

present, that

what

is

happening
is

"

now^ or what usually happens^ pressed by

ex-

THE PRBSENT TbNSS

The
or
3.

past, that
to

is,

what was happenings

^

used

has happened, hi ^-^ happen^ happen, happened happened, ^-^ ^^

is

I
'

"^"^ Imperfect, Perfect,

had happened^
future, that
is
is,

AND Pluperfect Tenses

expressed by
is

The

what

going

to

pen,

expressed by

hap- \ ^he Future and Futui^e Perfect Tenses J

'

121. The Moods.

Verbs have

inflection of

manner

in

which they express

action.

mood 'The moods of

to indicate the

the Latin verb

are the indicative, subjunctive, imperative, and infinitive.

a.

A verb is

in the indicative

mood when
fact.

it

makes a statement or asks

All the verbs

a question about something assumed as a

thus far are in the present indicative.

we have used

122. The Persons.

first

There are three persons, as

;

in English.

The

person

is

the person speaking (/ sing)

;

the second person the

person spoken to (^you sing)

the third person the person spoken of

52
(he sings).

CONJUGATION
Instead of using personal pronouns for the different per-

sons in the two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the
personal endings
(cf.

22 ^

29).

We

have already learned that

-t is

the ending of the third person singular in the active voice and -nt of the third person plural.
active voice
is

The complete

list

of personal endings of the

as follows

Singular
1st Pers,

Plural

I
thou ox you
he, she, it

-m
-s
-t

or -5

we
you
they

-mus
-lis

2d Pers,

jd Pers,
123.

-nt

Most verbs form

their

and are

called regular verbs.

moods and tenses after a regular plan Verbs that depart from this plan are
Latin as in English.
indicative

called irregular.

The verb

to be is irregular in

The

present,

imperfect,

and future tenses of the

are

inflected as follows:

Present Indicative SINGULAR

JSt Pers.
su-m,
e-s,

PLURAL
su-mus,
es-tis,

/ am
^

we
^

are

2d Pers,

you are
or it is

you are

^d Pers,

es-t, he, she,

su-nt, they are

Imperfect Indicative
jst Pers.
er-a-m,
er-a-s,

2d Pers,

/ was you were

or //

er-a^-tis,

you were

jd Pers,

er-a-t, he, she,

was

er-a-nt,

they were

Future Indicative
jst Pers,
er-o,

/ shall be
you will
be

2d Pers.

er-i-s,
er-i-t,

we shall be er'-i-tis, you will be

erM-mus,
er-u-nt, they

jd
a.

Pers.

he will be

will be

Be

careful about

vowel quantity and accent in these forms, and con-

sult

12.2; 14; 15.

plural.

Observe that in English you are, you were, etc. may be either singular or In Latin the singular and plural forms are never the same.

H
^z;

ifi

m en W Pi O
;z:

HH

/N.

^ M
(i^

oo

o N s P4 V

8)

Pi \D

< ^

EXERCISES
124.

53

DIALOGUE

The Boys Sextus and Marcus

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287.

S.

Ubi
mult!

es,

Marce
puerl.

Ubi

est

Quintus

Ubi

estis,

amici

M.
silva

Cum
Nunc

Quinto, Sexte, in silva sum.

Non
eras.

soli

sumus

'

sunt in

alii

S.

laetus es, sed

nuper non laetus

M. Miser eram quia amlci mel erant in alio N"unc sum apud socios meos. Nunc laeti sumus et
S.

Cur miser er^s ? vico et eram solus.

erimus.

Eratisne in ludo hodie

M. Hodie non eramus

S.

in ludo,
?

quod magister

erat aeger.

Eritisne

mox

in ludo

M. Amlci mei ibi erunt, sed ego (/) non ero. 5. Cur non ibi eris ? Magister, saepe iratus, inopiam tuam
iiligentiaeque

studi

non

laudat.
et

M. Nuper aeger eram

125.
I.

nunc infirmus sum.

EXERCISE
are,

You

you were, you

3.

will be, (sing,

and plur^,
4.

2. I

am,

was, I shall be.

He

is,

he was, he

will be.

We
sick.

are,

we

were,

we

shall be.

5.

They

are,

they were, they will be.

I

6.

Why

were you not

in school to-day?

was

7.

Lately he

was a
I

sailor,

now he

is

a farmer, soon he will be a teacher. 8. To-day

I

am

happy, but lately

was wretched.

9.

The

teachers were

happy

because of the boys' industry.

PUERI ROMANI IN LUDO

54

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

LESSON XIX
THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO

126. There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. These conjugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the

present conjugation-stem.^
vowel^

This vowel

is

called the distinguishing

and
is

is

best seen in the present infinitive.

Below

given the prese7it infinitive of a verb of each conjugation,

the present stem, and the distinguishing vowel.

_ Conjugation
I.

Pres. Infin.

t^

Pkes.

o Stem

distinguishing

ama^re, to love
mone^re, to advise
re^gSre, to rule

II.

III.

amamonereg^
audi-..-

vowel a
e S
i

IV.
a.
-re,

audrre, to hear

V..-'

Note

that the present stem of each conjugation

is

found by dropping

the ending of the present infinitive.

infinitive of

Note. The present

127.

sum

is

esse,

and

es- is the present stem.

From
The

the present stem are formed the present, imperfect, and

future tenses.
128.
inflection of the Present Active Indicative of the first
is

and of the second conjugation

a^mo, ama^re (love)
Pres. Stem
'

as follows
mo^neo, mone^re {advise)
Pres. Stem mone-

ama-

endings
-5
-s

I.

a'mo,

I love
you
love
(she, it) loves

mo^neo,

I advise
you advise
(she, it)

Sing.

2. 3.

a'mas,

mo'nes,

a'mat, he

mo'net, he

advises

-t

{I

ama^mus, we love
ama'tis,

mone'mus, we advise
mone^tis,

-mus
-tis

2. 3.
1

you

love

you advise

a'mant, they love

is

mo'nent, they advise

-nt

The

stem

the body of a

word

It is often identical

with the base

(cf. 58).

vowel, the latter does not appear in the inflectional terminations. This point

which the terminations are attached. If, however, the stem ends in a the base, but is variously combined with
to
is

further explained in 230.

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

1.

55

present stem, and

by adding the personal endings to the -o and not -m. The form ^mo is for ama-o, the two vowels a-o contracting to o. In moneo there is no contraction. Nearly all regular verbs ending in -eo belong to the second conjugation. 2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before another vowel (mone-o = mo^'neo), and before final -t (am^t, monet) and -nt
present tense
is

The

inflected

its first

person uses

(amant, monent).

Compare

12. 2.

129. Like

am6 and moneo

^

inflect the

present active indicative of the

"ollowing verbs

Indicative Present

Infinitive Present
ara^'re, to

I plow cii^ro, / care for *deleo, / destroy desi^dero, / longfor d5,2 I give *hal)eo, I have ha^bito, / live^ I dwell *iu^beo, / order lab5^ro, / labor lau^do, I praise matu^r5, / hasten "^mo^veo, / move nar^ro, / tell ne^co, / kill nun^tio, / announce pa^r5, I prepare por^to, / carry prospers, / hasten pug'no, Ifight *vi^deo, / see vo^co, I call
a^ro,

plow

cura^re, to care for

dele^re, to destroy

desidera^re, to
da^'re, to

longfor

give

habe^re, to

have
dwell
order

habitable, to live^ to
iube're, to

labora're, to labor

lauda^re, to praise

matura^re, to hasten

move^re, to

move

narra^re, to tell
neca^re, to kill

nuntia^re, to
para^re, to

announce prepare

porta^re, to carry

propera^re, to hasten

pugna^re, to fight
vide^re, to see

voca^re, to call

130. The Translation of the Present.

vvays of expressing present action.

In English there are three

say, for example,

We may

I live,

T am
ill

living, or

I do

live.

In Latin the one expression habito covers

three of these expressions.

1 The only new verbs in this list are the five of the second conjugation 2 Observe that in do, dSre, the a ^hich are starred. Learn their meanings. not da-. The only forms of do and is dapresent stem that :s short, and the imv.), and dans (pres. part). (pres. da indie), are (pres. :hat have a long das

56
131.

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

EXERCISES
voice^

Give the
I.
I
.

mood^

tense^ person^

and number of each form.

2.

Vocamus,
6.

properatis, iubent.
4.

Movetis, laudas, vides. 3. De5. lubet,

letis,

habetis, dant.

Maturas, desiderat, videmus.

7.

mo-

vent, necat.

Narramus, moves, vident.

8. Delet, habetis,

Laboratis, properant,

portas, parant.

iubemus, das.
in trans-

lating a Latin verb form.

II.
I.

N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance Give that your first attention.

We

plow,
for,

we
4.

are plowing,

they are caring

they do care

we do plow. 2. They care for, for. 3. You give, you are having,
6.

you do have
5.
is

{sing?),

We
7.

destroy, I do long for, they are living.

He

calls,

they see,

we

are telling.

We

do

fight,
kill,

we

order, he

moving, he prepares.

They

are laboring,

we

you announce.

LESSON XX
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMD AND MONEO
132. Tense Signs.

Instead of using auxiliary verbs to express

^

differences in tense, like was^ shall

will^

etc.,

Latin adds to the

verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs.

These are

called tense signs,

133. Formation and Inflection of the Imperfect.

of the imperfect
is

The

tense sign

-ba-,

which

is

added

to the present stem.

The

imperfect consists, therefore, of three parts

Present Stem

Tense Sign
ba-

personal ending

amaloving

m
I

was

The

inflection is as follows
I

Conjugation
1.

ama^bam,
ama'bas,

I was

loving

2.

3.

ama^bat, he

you were loving was loving

Conjugation II SINGULAR mone'bam, I was advising mone'bas, you were advising mone'bat, he was advising

personal ENDINGS

-m
-s
-t

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

PLURAL
1.

57
PERSONAL ENDINGS

2.

3.

amaba^mus, we were loving you were loving ama^bant, they were loving
amaba^tis,
a.

moneba^mus, we were advising -mus moneba^tis, you were advising -tis mone^bant, they were advising -nt
is

before

Note that the a of the tense sign -bam and t when final. (Cf. 12. 2.)
inflect the

shortened before -nt, and

In a similar manner

verbs given in

129.

134. Meaning of the Imperfect.

The

Latin imperfect describes

time, like the English past-

an act as going on ox progressing in past

progressive tense (as,

I was

walking^.

It is the regular tense

used

to describe a past situation or condition of affairs.

135.
I.
I.

EXERCISES
Videbamus, desiderabat, maturabas.
3.
2.

Dabant, vocabatis,
lubebant, propera6.

delebamus.
batis,

Pugnant, laudabas, movebatis.

5.

4.

portabamus.

Dabas, narrabant, laborabatis.

7.

Videbant,

movebas, nuntiabamus.
II.
I.

Necabat, movebam, habebat, parabatis.

(sing,

and plur,), we were killing, they were laboring. 2. He was moving, we were ordering, we were fighting. 3. We were telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They were living, I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were giving, you were moving, you were announcing, (sing, and plur,), 6. They were caring for, he was plowing, we were praising.

You were having

136.

Nl'OBE AND HER CHILDREN

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287.

Niobe, regina Thebanorum,

erat
^

pulchra femina sed

superba.

Erat superba non solum forma

sua maritique potential sed etiam

magno liberorum numero.^

filias.

Nam

habebat^ septem

fllios et

septem
^

Sed ea superbia erat reginae * causa magnae

tristitiae et liberis

causa durae poenae.

Note. The words Niobe, Thebanorum, and mariti will be found in the general vocabulary. Translate the selection without looking up any other words.
1

Ablative of cause.

Translate had;

it

denotes a past situation.

(See

134.)

Dative,

cf. 43.

58

FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE

LESSON XXI
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO
137.

The

tense sign of the Future Indicative in the

is -bi-.

first

and second

conjugations

This

is

joined to the present stem of the verb

and followed by the personal ending, as follows

Present Stem
amalove

Tense Sign
bi-

personal ending
s

will

you
is

138.

The Future
I

Active Indicative

inflected as follows:

Conjugation
1

Conjugation
SINGULAR
mone'b5,
mone'bis,

II

ama'bo,
ama'bis,

/ shall love
you will
love

/ shall advise
you will advise

2.

3.

ama^bit, he will love

mone'bit, he will advise

PLURAL
1

2.

we shall love ^vci^'\A\S%^ you will love

ama'^bimus,

mone'bimus,
mone'bitis,

we

shall advise

you will advise

3.

ama'bunt, Ihey will love

mone'bunt, they will advise

a.
first

The

personal endings are as in the present.

is

The ending
-bi-

-bo in the

person singular

contracted from -bi-o.

The

appears as -bu- in

the third person plural.

future of sum.

Note that the

inflection is like that of ero, the

Pay

especial attention to the accent.

inflect the

In a similar manner

verbs given in 129.

139.
I.

EXERCISES
Movebitis, laudabis,
arabo.
2. Delebitis,

I.

vocabitis,

dabunt.

3.

Maturabis, deslderabit, videbimus.

4.
6.

Habebit, movebunt, necabit.

5.
7.

Narrabimus, monebis, videbunt.

Laborabitis, curabunt, dabis.

8.

Habitabimus, properabitis, iubebunt, parabit.

Nuntiabo, porta-

bimus, iubebo.
II.
I.

We
will

shall

announce,

we

shall see, I shall hasten.

3.

2. I shall

carry,

he

plow, they will care for.

You

will

announce, you

will

THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

move, you
will give,

59
we
7.

{sing,

and plur^.
5.

4.

We

shall fight,

shall

destroy, I shall long for.

{plur.).
6.

He

will call,

they will see, you

will tell

will labor,

They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. we shall kill, you will have (sing, and plur.)^ he will
Ni'oBE AND HER CHILDREN (Concluded)

They

destroy.

140.

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Apollo et Diana erant

parabant.^

liberi

Latonae.

lis

Thebani sacra crebra

Id superbae
sacra

OppidanI amabant Latonam

^*

et llberos eius.
^^

reginae erat molestum.

paratis?

Cur," inquit,

Latonae

et liberis

Duos

liberos

habet Latona;

quattuordecim habeo ego.

^

Ubi sunt mea sacra ?

"

Latona

ils

verbis

irata liberos suos vocat.

Ad

earn volant Apollo Dianaque et sagittis^ suls miseros liberos

reginae superbae delent.

Niobe,

nuper

laeta,

nunc misera, sedet

apud
decim.

liberos interfectos et

cum

perpetuls lacrimls^ eos deslderat.

Note. Consult the general vocabulary for Apollo, inquit, duos, and quattuorTry to remember the meaning of all the other words.

LESSON XXII
REVIEW OF VERBS

THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

sum and

141. Review the present, imperfect, and future active indicative,

both orally and in writing, of

142.

the verbs in 129.

We

learned in

expect the dative, and in

43 for what sort of expressions we may 44 that one of its commonest uses is with
It is also

verbs to express the indirect object.

adjectives to express the object

very

common

with

toward which the quality denoted by have already had a number of cases

the adjective

is

directed.

We

1 Observe the force of the imperfect here, used to prepare^ were in the habit ^ Ablaofpreparing; so amabant denotes a past situation of affairs. (See 134.) ^ Ablative of means. * This may be either manner or active of cause. companiment. It is often impossible to draw a sharp line between means, manner, and accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinc-

tion.

It

was enough for them

if

the general idea

demanded the

ablative case.

6o

THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES

to,

where gratus, agreeable

last lesson

was so followed by a
to,

dative

and

in the

we had

molestus, annoying
explicitly stated

followed by that case.

rule

The

usage

may be more
Rule.

by the following

143.

Dative with Adjectives.

The dative

is

used with
also

adjectives to denote the object

is directed.

toward which the given quality

Such

are, especially, those

meaning

near,

fit,

friendly, pleasing, like,

and

their opposites,

144.

Among

such adjectives memorize the following

molestus, -a, -um, annoying
(to),

idoneus, -a, -wm, Jit, suitable (for)

amicus,

-a, -urn, friendly (to)

troublesome
agree-

(to)

inimicus, -a, -um, hostile (to)

gratus, -a, -um, pleasing
(to),

finitimus, -a, -um, neighboring (to)

proximus,
(to)

-a,

-um, nearest, next

able

(to)

145.
I.
I.

EXERCISES

Roman! terram idoneam

inim!c! erant.
3.

agri culturae habent.

2.

Gall! copils
?

Romams

Cui dea Latona am!ca non erat

erat.
5.

4.

Dea
erit

Latona superbae reglnae am!ca non

armatls viris gratus.
6.

Cibus noster, Marce,

Italiae.^
7.

Quid

erat

molestum populis

Bella

cum Gallis erant molesta popul!s Italiae. 8. Agri Germanorum fluvio Rheno f!nitim! erant. 9. Roman! ad silvam oppido proximam castra movebant. 10. Non solum forma sed etiam superbia reg!nae
longa
erat

magna.

11.

Mox

reg!na pulchra
laeta
?

erit

aegra

tristitia.

12.

Cur
filiis

erat Niobe, regina

et filiabus.

Thebanorum,

Laeta erat Niobe multis

The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughty queen. 2. The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also to Diana. 3. Diana will destroy those hostile* to Latona. 4. The
II.
I.

punishment of the haughty queen was pleasing

to the

goddess Diana.
^

The Romans camp. 6. Some

5.

will

move

their forces to a large field

suitable for a
to

of the allies were friendly to the

Romans, others

the Gauls.
1

Why

not the dative

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

146.

Cornelia and her Jewels

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Apud
Filii

antiquas dominas, Cornelia, African!

filia,

erat

maxime
li

clara.

eius erant Tiberius

Gracchus

et

Gaius Gracchus.

pueri

cum

Roma, claro Italiae oppido, habitabant. Ibi eos curabat Cornelia et ibi magno cum studio eos docebat. Bona femina erat Cornelia et bonam disciplinam maxime amabat.
Cornelia in oppido

Note. Can you

translate the paragraph above

There are no new words.

LESSON XXIII
PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO
147.

As we

learned in 126, the present stem of the third con-8,

jugation ends in

and of the fourth

as follows
III

in

-i.

The

inflection of the

Present Indicative

is

Conjugation
Pres.

Conjugation IV
au^dio, audrre [hear)

re^g5, re^gere {rule)

Stem lege-

Prks. Stem audi-

SINGULAR
1

re^go,
re^gis,
re'git,

/ rule
you
he
rule
(she^ it) rules

au'di5, au'dis,
au'dit,

/ hear
you hear
he
{she, it)

2.

3.

hears

PLURAL
1.

re'gimus,

we

rule
rule

2.

re^gitis, jK^^

dMdVtiSj

3.

re^gunt, they rule

audrmus, we hear you hear au'diunt, they hear

1.

2.

The The

personal endings are the same as before.

final

short -e- of the stem rege- combines with the -6 in the

-i-

first

person, becomes -u- in the third person plural, and becomes

elsewhere.

The
1

inflection is like that of er5, the future of

sum.

Observe that

all

the imperfects denote continued or progressive action,

affairs.

or describe a state of

(Cf. 134.)

62
3.

HR^ESpFT ACTIVE I^Nr^CAlrivk

In audio the personal endings are added regularly to the stem audi-.
is

and the personal ending, as audi-u-nt. Note that the long vowel of the stem is shortened before final -t just as in am5 and moneo. (Cf. 12. 2.) Note that -i- is always short in the third conjugation and long in the fourth, excepting where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf. 12. 1,2.)
In the third person plural -uinserted between the stem

148. Like rego and audio inflect the present active indicative of
the following verbs

Indicative Present

Infinitive Present
agere, to drive
dicere, to

/ drive dico, / say diico, / lead mitto, / send miinio, Ifortify reperio, Ifind
ago,
venio,

say
lead

ducere, to

mittere, to

send

miinire, to fortify
reperire, to find

/ come

venire, to

come

149.
I.

EXERCISES
Quis
?

I.

agit.^

Curvenit.^ Quern mittit? Quern ducis?

2.

Quid

mittunt

Ad quern veniunt ?
Quid puer
reperit
5.

Cuius castra muniunt

?

? ?

3.

Quern agunt ?
reperitis,

Venimus.
citis?

4.

Quern mittimus
venltis, dicit.
8. Agitis,

Cuius equum du-

Quid dicunt?
7.
I.

Munimus,
dicis.

6.

Agimus,

munis.
II.

Reperis, ducitis,

audlmus, regimus.

What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he come? 2. Whose camp are we fortifying? To whom does he say? What are we saying ? 3. I am driving, you are leading, they are hearing. 4. You send, he says, you fortify {sing, and plur.), 5. I am coming, we find, they send. 6. They lead, you drive, he does fortify. 7. You lead, you find, you rule, (all plur,),
150.

Cornelia and her Jewels (Concluded)

Proximum domicilio Comeliae erat pulchrae Campanae domicilium. Campana erat superba non solum foi'ma sua sed maxime ornamentis " suis. Ea^ laudabat serpper. '^ Habesne tu ulla ornamenta, Cornelia ?
t^Ea, accusative plural neuter.

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

inquit.

63
filios

"Ubi sunt tua ornament^?'' Deinde Tiberium et Gaium vocat. " Pueri mel," inquit,

Cornelia
sunt

suos

''

mea ornamenta.
maxime
tuA
clara."
^

Nam boni llberi

sunt semper bonae feminae ornamenta

"^NoTE.

The only new words here

are Campana, semper, and

**

PUERI MEI SUNT MEA ORNAMENTA'

LESSON XXIV
IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF REGO AND AUDIO DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS
151.

THE

PARADIGMS
Conjugation
III

Conjugation IV
SINGULAR
audie'bam,
audie'bas,

rege'bam,
rege'bas,
rege'bat,

2.

3.

/ was ruling you were ruling he was ruling

PLURAL

/ was hearing you were hearing audie'bat, he was hearing

we were hearing

1.

regeba''mus,
regeba^'tis,

2.

we were ruling you were ruling

audieba^mus,
audieba^tis,

you were hearing

3.

regS'bant, they were ruling

audie'bant, they were hearing

64
1.

DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS

tense sign is -ba-, as in the first two conjugations. Observe that the final -e- of the stem is lengthened before the tense sign -ba-. This makes the imperfect of the third conjugation just like the imperfect of the second (cf. monebam and regebam). 3. In the fourth conjugation -e- is inserted between the stem and the
2.

The

tense sign -ba- (audi-e-ba-m).

4.

In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in 148.

152.
I. I.

EXERCISES
Agebat, veniebat, mittebat, ducebant.
3.
2.

Agebant, mittebant,
4.

diicebas, muniebant.

Mittebamus, ducebatis, dicebant.

5.

Muniemuni-

bamus,
6.

veniebatis,

dicebas.

Mittebas,
7.

veniebamus,

reperiebat.

Reperiebas, veniebas, audiebatis.

8.
I.

Agebamus,

reperiebatis,

ebat.
II.

Agebatis, dicebam, muniebam.

They

w^ere leading,
2.

you

v^ere driving {sing,

and plur.), he
was com-

was
ing.

fortifying.
3.

They were

sending,

we were

finding, I

You were
4.

sending, you were fortifying, (sing,

hearing,

and plur,\ he

was
I

saying.

They were

you were leading

(sing,

and plur,),

was driving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying. 6. They were coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were ruling {sing, andplur.), we were coming, they were ruling.
153. The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs.

We

learned

'

above ( 20. a) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object Many such verbs, however, are of is called an intransitive verb.
such meaning that they can govern an indirect object, which
of course, be in the dative case ( 45).
intransitive
will,

Learn the following

list

of

verbs with their meanings.

is

In each case the dative

indirect object

the person or thing to which a benefit, injury, or

(Cf. 43.)

feeling

is

directed.

credo, credere, believe (give belief to)

fave5, fayere,
noceo, nocere,

favor (show favor to) injure (do harm to)

pareo, parere, obey (give obedience to)

persuades, persuadere, persuade (offer persuasion to)

resisto, resistere, resist (offer resistance to)

studeo, studere, be eager for (give attention to)

FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE

154.

65
the

Rule.

Dative with Intransitive Verbs.

The dative of

indirect object is

used with the intransitive verbs

credo^ faved,

noceo, pared J persuaded y resistOy studedy

and others of like meaning.

155.
I.

"y

EXERCISE
?

Credisne verbis sociorum

finitimi consilio tuo

Multi verbis eorum non credunt.

non favebunt, quod bello student. 3. Tiberius et Gaius discipllnae durae non resistebant et Corneliae parebant. 5. Dura poena et per4. Dea erat inimica septem filiabus reginae.
2.

Mel

petua

tristitia

reginae non persuadebunt.

7.

6.

Nuper ea

resistebat et

nunc

resistit

potentiae Latonae.

Mox

sagittae volabunt et liberis

miseris nocebunt.

LESSON XXV
FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF BEGO AND AUDIO
156. In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations

we
and
-e-

meet with a new tense

second conjugations,
in the rest of the tense.

sign.

Instead of using
first

-bi-,

as in the

first

we

use -a-^ in the

person singular and

In the third conjugation the

this tense sign
;

final -8- of the

stem

is

dropped before
the stem
is

in the fourth conjugation the

final -i- of

retained.^

157.

PARADIGMS
Conjugation
1

III

Conjugation IV
SINGULAR
au'diam,
au'dies,
au'diet,

re'gam,
ranges,
re'get,

/ shall rule
rule

/ shall hear

2.

you will

you will hear

he will hear

3.

he will rule

PLURAL
1

rege^mus,

2.

we shall rule itg^\\Sy you will rule

we shall hear a.udie^tiSy you will hear

audie^mus,
au'dient, they will

3.
1

reagent, they will rule

is

hear
-nt.

The'-a-

shortened before -m
2

final,

and

-e-

before

-t final

and before

(Cf. 12. 2.)

The

-i- is,

of course, shortened, being before another vowel.

(Cf. 12. I.)

66
1.

VERBS IN -10 OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION

Observe that the future of the third conjugation
first
is like

the present of

the second, excepting in the

2.

person singular.
verbs given in 148.

In the same manner

inflect the

158.
I.

EXERCISES
Dicet,
ducetis,

I.

muniemus.

2. 4.

Dicent,

dicetis,

mittemus.
aget,,

3.
5.

Munient, venient, mittent, agent.

Muniet, reperietis, agemus.
6.

Ducet, mittes, veniet,

Mittam, veniemus, regent.

7.

Au-

dietis, venies, reperies.

bitis,

8. Reperiet,

agam, ducemus,

mittet.

9.

Vide-

sedebo, vocabimus.

II.

I.I

shall find,

he

will hear,

they will come.

2. I shall fortify,

he

will send,
4.

we

shall say.

3. I shall drive,

you

will lead,

they will
will say.

hear.

You
^

will send,

you

will fortify, {sing,

and ^lur^^ he

5. I shall

come,

we

shall find,

they will send.

.^

6.

Who
?

will believe the story

shall believe the story.

8.

7.

Whose

friends do

you favor?

weapons

They will was not injuring your

Who will resist our Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him t persuade him. 10. Why were you injuring my horse I
favor our friends.
.^

We

horse.

11. 12.

Whom

does a good slave obey?

for another

A good
battle.

slave obeys his master.

Our men were eager

LESSON XXVI
VERBS IN
-70

OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION TIVE MOOD

THE IMPERAwhich do not

third.

159. There are a few

common

verbs ending in

-io

belong to the fourth conjugation, as you might

infer,

but to the

The

fact that they belong to the third conjugation is

infinitive.

shown by

the

ending of the

(Cf. 126.)

Compare

audio, audi^re (Jieaf)^ fourth conjugation

capio, ca^pere {take)^ third conjugation

Remember
it is

that quis, who^ is singular in number,

Express by

ego,

because

emphatic.

PRESENT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE

160.

67

The

present, imperfect,

and future

active indicative of capio

are inflected as follows

capi5, capere, take

Pres. Stem cape-

Present

Imperfect
SINGULAR

Future

I.

ca^pi5
ca^pis

capie'bam
capie^bas
capie^bat

ca^piam
ca^pies
ca^piet

2.

3. ca'pit

PLURAL
I.

ca^pimus
ca'pitis

capieba^mus
capieba'tis

capie^mns
capie^tis

2.

3.

ca'piunt

capie^bant
-i5

ca'pient

1.

Observe that capio and the other

capiunt, audiunt

verbs follow the fourth conju-

gation wherever in the fourth conjugation

(Cf. capio, audio
; ;

two vowels occur in succession, and all the imperfect and future.) All
.

other forms are like the third conjugation. (Cf capis, regis ; capit, regit ;
2.

etc.)

Like capio,

inflect

facio, facere,

make^ do

iaci5, iacere,

hurl

fugio, fugere, flee

rapio, rapere, seize

161. The

Imperative Mood.
as,

The

imperative

mood

expresses a
is

command;

come! send/ The present tense of the imperative

plural.

used only in the second person, singular and

the active voice is regularly the

The singular in same in form as the present stem. The

plural

is

formed by adding

-te to the singular.

Conjugation
I.

Singular
ama, love thou
mone, advise thou
{a) rege, rule
(b) cape,

Plural
ama^te, love ye
mone^te, advise ye
re^gite, rule

II.

III.

thou

ye

take thou

ca^pite, take ye

IV.

audi,
(irregular)
es,

sum
I.

hear thou be thou

final -e-

audrte, hear ye
este, be

ye
-i-

In the third conjugation the

of the stem becomes

in the

plural.

68
2.

THE PASSIVE VOICE

The verbs
dico,

say j duco, lead; and

facio,

make^ have the irregular

plural, of yenio,

forms
3.

die, due, and fae in the singular. Give the present active imperative, singular and

duco, voe5, doeeo, laudo, dieo, sedeo, ago, faeio, miinio, mitto, rapi5.

162.
I.
I.

EXERCISES
Fugient, faciunt, iaciebat.
facietis.
6.
2.

Dele, ntintiate, fugiunt.

fugiebant.
7. 5.

3.

Ve-

nite,

die,

4. Dticite, iaciam,

Fac, iaciebamus,
iacient, rapies.

fugimus, rapite.

Sedete, reperi, docete.

9.

Fugiemus,

8. Reperient, rapiebatis, nocent.

Favete, resiste, parebitis.

11.

10.

Vola ad multas terras etda auxilium.

12.

Ego

tela

mea capiam

et multas feras delebo.

Quis fabulae tuae credet? 13. Esteboni-,

her arms and her weapons.

puerl, et audlte
II.
2.
I.

verba grata magistri.

will seize

The goddess
4.

will hurl

With her weapons she

She

will

destroy

aid to the weak.^

flee.
5.

will fly to

many beasts. 3. She will give many lands and the beasts will

Romans, telP the famous

story to your children.

Third Review, Lessons

XVm-XXVI,

510-512

LESSON XXVII
THE PASSIVE VOICE
163. The Voices.
voice; that
is,

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF AMO AND MONEO

Thus

far the verb

forms have been

in the active

they have represented the subject as performing an

action

as,

j^e
said to

lion

-^ killed ^ the hunter

when
it

verb

is

be

in the passive voice

;

represents

its

sub-

ject as receiving

an action
lion -*

as.
-^

The
Note the
1

was killed by the hunter

first,

direction of the arrows.

Plural.

An

adjective used as a noun.

The

imperative generally stands

99. as in English.

(Cf.

II. 3.)

Imperative.

PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF
164. Passive Personal Endings.
different set of personal endings.
'

AMO AND MONEO

are as follows
1.

69
a

In the passive voice

we use

They

I.

-r,

/
-re, you

-mur,

we

Sing. < 2. -lis,

3.

Plur.

<

2.

-mmly you
-ntur, they

-tur, he^ she^ it

3.

a.

endings.

Observe that the letter -r appears somewhere This is sometimes called the passive sign.

in

all

but one of the

165.

PARADIGMS
amo^ amare pRES. Stem amamoneo, monere Pres. Stem monepersonal endings

Present Indicative
a'mor,
Sing.

/ am

loved

mo'neor,

/ am

advised

-or 1
-ris

ama'ris or ama^re,

you are

mone'ris^rmone're,jK^/^
are advised

or -re

loved
ama'tur, he is loved
'

mone^tur, he

is

advised

-tur

ama'mur,
ama^mini,

we

are loved
are loved

mone'mur, we are advised

-mur
-mini

Plur.

you

mone'mini, you are advised

monen^tur, they are ad-

aman^tur, they are loved

-ntur

vised

Imperfect Indicative (Tense Sign

'

-ba-)

ama'bar,

/ was

being loved

mone^bar,

/ was

being

-r

advised
2im2iha.^ns

SiNG. ^

or 3.m3ha.^re, you were being loved

he

moneba^ris or moneba^re, you were being

advised
moneba^'tur, he

-ris

or -re

amaba^tur,

was being

was

be-

-tur

loved
"

ing advised

Plur

amaba^mur, we were being loved amaba^mini, you were being loved amaban^'tur, they were being loved

moneba^mur, we were being advised moneba^mini, you were being advised moneban^tur, they were being advised
first

-mur

-mmi
-ntur

In the present the personal ending of the

person singular

is -or.

70

EXERCISES
Future (Tense Sign
'

-bi-)

endings
ad-r

ama'bor,

/ shall be

loved

mone'bor,

/ shall be

vised
ama'beris or ama^bere,
Sing.

you

mone^beris or mone'bere,

will be loved
ama'bitur, he will be loved

you will

be ad-

-ris

or -re

vised
mone'bitur, he will be
-tur

advised

ama^bimur, we shall be
loved
Plur.

morie^bimur,

we shall be

mur
-mini

advised
monebi^mini, you will
be advised

amabi^mini, you will be

loved
amabun^tur, they

will be

monebun^tur, they will

be advised

-ntur

loved

1.

The

tense sign and the personal endings are added as in the active.
first

2.

In the future the tense sign -bi- appears as -bo- in the

Inflect laudo, neco, porto,

person,

-be- in the second, singular

3.

and future

indicative,

number, and as -bu- in the third person plural. move5, deleo, iubeo, in the present, imperfect, active and passive.

166. Intransitive verbs, such as maturo,

I hasten;

habito,

I dwell

do not have a passive voice with a personal subject.

167.
I.
I.

EXERCISES
Laudaris ^r laudare, laudas, datur, dat.
3.
2.

Dabitur, dabit, videdelebimini.

4.

minl, videtis.

Vocabat, vocabatur,

delebitis,
5.

Para-

batur, parabat, curas, curaris or curare.

Portabantur, portabant,

videbimur, videbimus.
bare, laudabas.
8.

6.

luberis or iubere, iubes, laudabaris or lauda-

Moveberis or movebere, movebis, dabantur, dabant.

Delentur, delent, parabamur, parabamus.

II.
I.

We

prepare,

we

are prepared, I shall be called, I shall

carried.
2. I

call,
it

you were

carrying,

you were being

will

see, I

am

seen,

was being announced, he was announcing, they

be ordered.
3.

will order,

they

will

You

be

killed,

you

will kill,

you move, you are

moved, we are

praising,

we

are being praised.

4. I

am

called, I call.

EXERCISES
you
will

71
are seen, they see,

have, you are cared for.

5.

They
will

we were

teaching,

we were

being taught, they

move, they

will

be moved.

PERSEUS

ANDROMEDAM SERVAT

168.

Per'seus and Androm'eda

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288.

Perseus

filius

erat lovis,^

maximi ^ deorum.
magica arma

De

eo multas

f abulas

narrant poetae.

Ei favent

del, ei

et alas dant.

Els

tells

armatus et

alls

fretus ad multas terras volabat et

monstra sa^va

dele-

bat et miserls infirmisque auxilium dabat.

1 lovis,

the genitive of luppiter.

miseris

Used

substantively, the greatest.

So

below,

1.

4,

and

infirmis are

used substantively.

72

PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF

REGO AND AUDIO

Ei^
et mittit^
latls

Aethiopia est terra Africae.

Earn terram Cepheus^ regebat.

Neptunus, maximus aquarum deus, erat iratus

monstrum

saevum ad Aethiopiam.
5

Ibi

monstrum non solum

pulchrisque

Aethiopiae agris nocebat sed etiam domicilia agricolarum delebat, et

multos viros, feminas, llberosque necabat.

et

Populus ex agris fugiebat

oppida muris

validis

muniebat.

Tum
et

motus ad lovis oraculum properat

agri

Cepheus magna tristitia comita dicit "Amici mel necantur

:

me! vastantur.

Audi verba mea,

luppiter.

Da

miseris auxi-

lium.

Age monstrum saevum ex

patria."

LESSON XXVIII
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF BEGO AND AUDIO
169. Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of
rego and audio, and learn the passive of the
a.

same tenses ( 490, 491).

Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same as in the active voice, and that the passive personal endings ( 164) are added instead of the active ones. b. Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular present of the third conjugation. There the final -e- of the stem is not changed to -i-, as it is in the active. We therefore have re^geris or re^gere, not re'giris, re^gire. c. Inflect ago, dico, duco, munio, reperio, in the present, imperfect, and
future indicative, active and passive.

170.
I.
I..

EXERCISES
Agebat, agebatur, mittebat, mittebatur, ducebat.
3. Mittor, mittar,
2.

Agunt,

aguntur, mittuntur, mittunt, muniunt.

cere,
5.

mittam, du-

ducere.

4.

Dicemur, dicimus, dicemus, dicimur, muniebamim.

reperlmur,
reperiar,
7.

Ducitur,

duciminl,
reperiris,

agitur.

6.

Agebamus,

agebamur,
1

reperiemini.

Munimim, veniebam, ducebar,

2 gi,

Pronounce

in

two

syllables, Ce'pheus.

at him, dative with iratus.

in

The present is often used, order to make the story more

2

as in English, in

speaking of a past action,

vivid

and

exciting.

PASSIVE INDICATIVE OF CAPIO

dicetur.
dicit,

73
9. Dicitur,

8. Mittimini, mittitis, mitteris, mitteris,

agebaminl.

muniuntur, reperient, audientur.

II.

I.I was being driven,

led,

was

driving,

we were

leading,

we were

being
find,

he says,
will

it is

said.

2. I shall

send, I shall be sent, you will

3. I

you

be found, they

lead, they are led.

am

found,
4.

we

are led, they are driven, you were being led {sing,
shall drive,

and plur,),
led,

We

we

shall

be driven, he
5.

leads,

he

is

being

they will come,

ruled,
6.

they will be

fortified.

They were
sent,

ruling, they
sent, (sing,
{sing,

were being

you

will send,
led,

you
he

will

be

you are

was being
171.

will

come, you are said

and plur.), and plur^,

He

Perseus and Andromeda {Continued^

p*.

First learn the special vocabulary,

288.
est fortuna tua.

Turn oraculum

ita

respondet

''
:

Mala

Neptunus,

magnus aquarum
Sed para
irato

deus, terrae Aethiopiae inimlcus, eas poenas mittit.

ex. patria

deo sacrum idoneum et monstrum saevum

filia

tua agetur.

Andromeda

tua est monstro grata.

tui."

Da eam

monstro.
erat 5

Serva caram patriam et vitam populi

puella pulchra.

Andromeda autem

Eam amabat Cepheus

maxime.

LESSON XXIX
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF "10 VERBS PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE

172. Review the active voice of capio, present, imperfect, and

future,
a.

and learn the passive of the same tenses

( 492).

The

present forms capior and capiuntur are like audior, audiuntur,

inflect the passive of iacio

and the
<^.

rest of the tense is like regor.

In like manner

and

rapid.

173.

The

Infinitive.

The

infinitive

mood
;

gives the general mean-

ing of the verb without person or

number

as,

amare,

to Idve,

Infinitive

means

unlimited.

The forms

of the other moods, being limited by

Xkit finite^

person and number, are called

or limited, verb forms.

: :

74
174.

THE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE

The forms
of the Present Infinitive, active and passive, are

as follows
CONJ.
I.

Pres.

Stem

Pres. Infinitive

Pres. Infinitive

Active
ama're, to love

Passive
ama'ri, to be loved

II.

amamonerege-

mone^re, to advise
re^gere, to rule

mone'ri, to be advised
re'gi, to be

III.

ruled
taken

cape-

ca^pere, to take

ca'pi, to be

IV.

audi-

audrre, to hear
to

audrri, to be

heard
-re to the

1.

Observe that

form the present

active infinitive

we add
passive.

present stem.
a.

The

present infinitive of

sum

is esse.

There

is

no

2. Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the active by changing final -e to -i, except in the third conjugation, which changes final

-ere to
3.

-i.

euro, mitto, duco,

Give the active and passive present infinitives of doceO; sede5, vol5, munio, reperio, iacio, rapio.

175.

The forms

of the Present Imperative, active and passive, are

as follows

Active 1
CONJ
I.
.

Passive
sing.

sing.

PLUR.

plur.

II.

a'ma ama'te mo'ne mone'te

re'ge
re'gite

ama're, be thou loved

ama^mini, be ye loved
regi'mini, be ye ruled

mone^re, be thou advised mone'mini, be ye advised

re^gere, be

III.

thou ruled
thou taken

ca'pe

ca'pite

ca'pere, be

capi'mini, be ye taken

IV.

au'di

audrte

audrre, be thou heard

audrmini, be ye heard

Observe that the second person singular of the present passive imperative is like the present active infinitive, and that both singular and plural are like the second person singular ^ and plural, respectively, of the
1.

present passive indicative.

2.

Give the present imperative, both active and passive, of the verbs in

174.3^
is,

^ That For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from 161. using the personal ending -re. A form like amare may be either indicative^

infinitive^ or imperative.

X.

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM

176.

75

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289.

I?^i.

Turn Perseus

alls

ad terras multas

volabit.

2.

Monstrum
3. Si
4.

sae-

vum

per aquas properat et

mox

agros nostros vastabit.

ita

autem
Quis

Cepheus ad oraculum properabit, oraculum Multa monstra tells Persei superabitur?

5.

respondebit.
eius

tells

superabuntur.

Cum

curls
,6.

magnis

et lacrimis multis agricolae et

ex domiciliis carls

aguntur.
7.

Multa loca vastabantur

est validum,

multa oppida delebantur.

8.

Monstrum

tamen superabitur.
persuadebunt.
10. Si

Credesne semper

verbis oraculi?

Ego

iis

non semper credam.

ei

"^9.

Parebitne Cepheus

oraculo? Verba oraculi

non fugiemus,

oppi-

dum
II.

capietur et oppidani necabuntur. .11. Vocate pueros et narrate

>w^^^-^;~15

fabulam claram de monstro saevo.

I.

Fly thou, to be cared

for,

be ye
3.

sent, lead thou.

2.

To
5.

lead,

to
to

be

led,

be ye seized,
4.

fortify thou.

To

be hurled, to

fly,

send thou,

be found.

To be

sent,

be ye

led, to hurl, to

be taken.

Find

thou, hear ye, be ye ruled, to

be

fortified.

LESSON XXX
SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS DENOTING FROM
177.

THE ABLATIVE

You

should learn to give rapidly synopses of the verbs you

^
:

have had, as follows

Conjugation

Conjugation
Indicative

II

ACTIVE
Pres.

PASSIVE

ACTIVE

PASSIVE

a'mo

a'mor

mo^neo

mo'neor

Imperf.
Fut.
1

ama^bam
ama'bo

ama^bar
ama'bor

mone'bam
mone'bo

mone^bar mone'bor

Synopses should be given not only in the first person, but in other pefsons as well, particularly in the third singular and plural.
^-"ULy'^

\^

j>J/

76

SYNOPSES OF VERBS
Conjugation
ACTIVE
I

Conjugation
Imperative
active

II

PASSIVE

PASSIVE

Pres.

a'ma

ama^re

mo'ne
Infinitive

mone^re

Pres,

ama're

ama^ri
III

mone're

mone^ri
III

Conjugation
ACTIVE
Pres,
re'go

Conjug ATION
r

Indicative
PASSIVE
re'gor

(-io

verbs)

ACTIVE
ca'pio

PASSIVE
ca^pior

Imperf,
Fut,

rege'bam
re^gam

rege'bar
re'gar

capie^bam

capie^bar
ca'piar

ca^piam

Imperative
Pres,
re'ge
re'gere

ca'pe

ca^pere

Infinitive
Pres.
re'gere
re'gi

ca'pere

ca^pi

Conjugation IV
Indicative ACTIVE
Pres.
au'dio

PASSIVE
au'dior

Imperf,
Fut,

audie^bam
au'diam

audie^bar
au^diar

Imperative
Pres.
au'di

audrre
Infinitive

Pres.
I.

audrre

audfri
dico, ago,

laudo, port5,

Give the synopsis of rapio, inuni5, reperiS, doceo, video, and vary the person and number.

178.

We

learned in 50 that one of the three relations covered

is

by the
This
is

ablative case

expressed in English by the preposition from.

ablative^

sometimes called the separative

and

it

has a number
first

of special uses.

You have

already

grown

familiar with the

mentioned below.

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM

179.
is

77

Rule.

Ablative of the Place From.

The place frofn which

ah, de,

expressed by the ablative with the prepositions a or

or
ex.

Agricolae ex agris veniunt, the farmers

a.
;

come from the fields

it
;

a or ab denotes yh?^ near a place e or ex, out from from it. This may be represented graphically as follows

and

de,

down

<

a or ab

Place

e or ex
^>

de

180.

Rule.

Ablative of Separation.

Words expressing
to

sepa-

ration or deprivation

require

an ablative

complete their

meaning.
a.

If the separation is

actual and literal of one material thing from

is

another, the preposition a or ab, e or ex, or de

actual

generally used.

If

no
is

motion takes place of one thing from another, no preposition

necessary.
{cC)
>

Perseus terram a monstris liberat

Perseus frees the landfrom monsters (\itcrdl separation

actual

motion

is

expressed)

(d)

Perseus terram tristitia liberat

Perseusfrees the landfrom r^rr<c7'K/ (figurative separation no actual motion is expressed)

181.

Rule.

Ablative of the Personal Agent.

The word

express-

ing the person from

is

whom an action starts, when not the subject

put
a.

in the ablative with the preposition a or ab.

a,

In this construction the English translation of

is

ab

is

3y rather than

from. This ablative

person by

regularly used with passive verbs to indicate the

whom

the act was performed.

is

Monstrum a Perseo necatur, the monster by Qit. from) Perseus

being slain

78
b.

EXERCISES

Note that the active form of the above sentence would be Perseus monstrum necat, Perseus is slaying the monster. In the passive the object of the active verb becomes the subject^ and the subject of the active verb becomes the ablative of the personal agent with a or ab. c. Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent. Both are often translated into English by the preposition by, (Cf. loo. b^ Means is a thing; the agent or actor is a person. The ablative of means has no preposition. The ablative of the personal
^

agent has a or ab.

Compare
is

Fera sagitta necatur, the wild beast

killed by

Fera a Diana necatur, the wild beast

Sagitta, in the
first

is

killed by

an arrow Diana

sentence,

is

the ablative of means; a Diana, in the

second,

is

the ablative of the personal agent.

182.

EXERCISES

y^V
'

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289.

I.
I.

''^j^Pc^
2.

Viri inopia cibi defessi

ab eo loco discedent.

Germani

Romanis adpropinquab'ant, tamen legatus copias a proelio continQbat. 3. Multa Gallorum oppida ab Romanis capientur. 4. Turn Romani totum populum eorum oppidorum gladiis pllisque interficient. 5. Oppidani Romanis resistant, sed defessi longo proelio fugient.
castris
6.
7.

Multi ex Gallia fugiebant et in

Germanorum
^

vicis

habitabant.
8. Dis-

Miseri nautae vulnerantur ab inimJcis

saevis et cibo egent.

vini.

cedite et date viris

frumentum

et

copiam
10.

9.

Copiae nostrae a

proelio continebantur ab Sexto legato.

Id oppidum ab provincia

Romana
II.
I.

longe aberat.
the god3.

dess

The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to Diana. 2. They were without food and without wine.

Then

Galba and seven other

4.

men
5.

are sent to the ancient island by Sextus.

Already they are not far away from the land, and they see armed
a high place.

men on

with spears and arrows.

They are kept from the land by the men 6. The men kept hurling their weapons

down from

the high place with great eagerness.

1 inimicis,

here used as a noun.

See vocabulary.

PERFECT TENSES OF

SUM

79

LESSON XXXI
PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF
183. Principal Parts.
are of so

SUM
them the

There are certain parts of the verb that

in tense formation that

much consequence

we

call

principal parts.

In English the principal parts are the present, the past, and the
past participle
;

as, go^

went, gone ;

see,

saw,

seen, etc.

The

principal parts of the Latin verb are Xht Jirst person singular
indicative, \he present infinitive, Xht first person singular

of the present
of the perfect

indicative,

and

\}i\^

perfect passive participle,

184. Conjugation Stems.

From

the principal parts

we
is

get three

conjugation stems, from which are formed the entire conjugation.

We

have already learned about the present stem, which

(cf.

found from

the present infinitive

perfect

126.^).

The

other two stems are the

stem and the

participial stem.

185.

The Perfect Stem.

but

The

perfect stem of the verb

-i

is

formed
the

in various ways,

may

always be found by dropping

from

first person singular

of the perfect, the third of the principal parts.

From

the perfect stem are formed the following tenses

The Perfect Active Indicative The Pluperfect Active Indicative (English Past Perfect) The Future Perfect Active Indicative
All these tenses express completed

action in present, past, or

future time respectively.

186. The Endings of the Perfect.

inflected

The

perfect active indicative

is

by adding the endings of the perfect

different

to the perfect stem.

These endings are

are as follows

from those found

in

any other

tense,

and

I.

-I,

/
you
Plur.
-

'

I.

-imus,
-istis,

we
you

Sing,

2.

-isti,

2.

3. -it, he, she, it

3.

-erunt or -ere, they

8o

PERFECT TENSES OF
sum

SUM
and future perfect

187. Inflection of
indicative

in the perfect, pluperfect,

Pres. Indic.
Prin. Parts

Pres. Infin.
esse

Perf. Indic.
fui

sum

Perfect Stem fu-

singular
ful,

Perfect
fulmus,
fuis^tis,

plural

/ have

been^

I was
been^

we have
you have

been^

we were
you were
have
been^

fuis^ti,

yoM have

fult, he

has been^

you were he. was

been^

fue^runt or

fue^re, they

they were

Pluperfect (Tense Sign

fu'eram,
fu'eras,
fu'erat,

-era-)

/ had been you had been he had been

been been

fuera'mus,
fuera^tis,

fu'erant,

we had been you had been they had been

-eri-)

F'^URE Perfect (Tense Sign

fu'ero,
fu'eris,
f u'erit,
1.

/ shall have

fue^rimus,
f ue^ritis, f u'erint,

we

shall have been

been

you will have

you will have

he will have been

they will have been

Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding eram, the imperfect of sum, to the perfect stem. The tense sign is -era-. 3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding ero, the future of sum, to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends in
2.

-erint,
4.

not in -erunt.

The

tense sign

is -eri-.

All active perfects, pluperfects, and future perfects are formed

on

the perfect stem and inflected in the

same way.

188.

DIALOGUE

The Boys

Titus, Marcus,

and Quintus

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289.

M. Ubi T. Ego
fuimus.

fuistis,

Tite et Qulnte
Itido fui et

in

meo

Quintus in suo ludo

?

fuit.

Boni pueri

Fuitne Sextus in vico hodie

M.

Fuit.

Nuper per agros proximos

fluvio properabat. Ibi is et

Cornelius habent navigium.

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

|t.

Navigium dicis ? Alil^ narra earn fabulam M. Vero ( Yes^ truly) pulchrum et novum navigium
I

Q. Cuius pecunia
iisl

Sextus et Cornelius id navigium parant

Quis

pecuniam dat

M. AmicI Cornell multum habent aurum et puer pecunia n5n eget. T. Quo pueri navigabunt ? Navigabuntne longe a terra ? M. Dubia sunt consilia eorum. Sed hodie, credo, si ventus erit idoneus, ad maximam insulam navigabunt. lam antea ibi fuerunt. Tum autem ventus erat perfidus et pueri magno in periculo erant. Q. Aqua vento commota est inimica nautis semper, et saepe perfidus ventus navigia rapit, agit, deletque. li pueri, si non fuerint maxime
atteritl, irata
/

aqua

et valido vento

superabuntur et

ita interficientur.

189.
I
.

EXERCISE

2.
X,

Where had the boys been before ? They had been in school. Where had Sextus been ? He had been in a field next to the river.

4.

Who Who

has been with Sextus to-day

says so
1

Cornelius has been with him.

Marcus.
6.

5. If

the wind has been suitable, the boys

shall sail

have been
will

in the boat.
if

Soon we

with the boys.

careful."*

7.

There ^

be no danger,

we

are (shall have been)

LESSON XXXII
THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR
CONJUGATIONS
190. Meanings of the Perfect.

The

perfect tense has

two

distinct

meanings.

The

first

of these

is

equivalent to the English present

perfect, or perfect with have^

is

complete at the time of speaking

this

and denotes that the action of the verb as, / have finished my work.
;

As

denotes completed action at a definite time,

it is

called the

perfect definite.
1 Dative case. (Cf. 109.) ^ Ablative of means. ^ The expletive there * This not expressed, but the verb will precede the subject, as in English. predicate adjective must be nominative plural to agree with we.

is

82
The

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

perfect
is

also

used to denote an action that happened some-

time in the past ; as,

fied, this is called

Ifinished my work. As

no

definite time is speci-

the perfect indefinite. It corresponds to the ordinary

use of the English past tense.

a.

Note

carefully the difference

^ {

between the following tenses

,
,.
/.

was finishins:'\
used
to finish

^t

] ^-^

'^"^^ (imperfect, 134)

Ifinished my work (perfect indefinite) / have finished my work (perfect definite)

telling a story the Latin uses the peTfect indefinite to mark the forward steps of the narrative, and the imperfect to describe situations and circumstances that attend these steps. If the following'

When

different

sentences were Latin, what tenses would be used?

**

Last week

went

to Boston.
city.

was trying
I

mine, but he was out of the

Yesterday

an old friend of returned home."

to find
1

191. Inflection of the Perfect.

fect
is

We

learned in

86 that any perthen as follows

CONJ. IV

inflected

by

adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect

in the four regular conjugations
is

stem.

The inflection

CONJ. I

CONJ. II

CONJ. Ill
.

amavi

monui

rexi
.

cepi

audivi

/ have loved I have advised / have ruled T have taken / have heard I took or I heard or I ruled or / advised or / loved or did hear did take did rule did advise did love
'

Perfect Stems

amav-

monu-

rgx-

cep-

audiv-

SlNGULAR
I.

amaVi
amavis'ti

mo'nui
monuis^ti

re'xi
rexis^ti

ce'pi
cepis^ti

audrvi
audivis^ti

2.

3-

amaVit

mo'nuit

re'xit

ce'pit

audrvit
\

Plural
I.

amaVimus
amavis^tis

monulmus
monuis^'tis

re'ximus
rexis^tis

ce'pimus
cepis^tis

audiVimus
audivis^tis

2.
3-

amave^runt

monue^runt

rexe^runt

cepe^runt

audive^runt

or amave^re

or monue^re

or rexe^re

or cepe^re

^raudive^re

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

1.

83

The

first

person of the perfect

is

always given as the third of the

principal parts.

From

this

we

get

the perfect stem.

This shows the

absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly. 2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding -vi
to the present stem.
3.

Like amavi

inflect paravi, vocavi, curavi, laudavi.

Note

carefully the

changing accent in the perfect.

Drill

on

it.

192. Learn the principal parts and inflect the perfects

Pres. Indic. Pres. Infin.

Perf. Indic.
dedi
delevi
.

d5
deleo

dare
delere

give
destroy

habe5

habere

habui

have

moveo
pare5
prohibeo
video
dic5

movere
parere

movi
parui

^
V
*

move
obey
restrain^ keep from
see

prohibere
videre
dicere

prohibui
vidi
dixi
discessi
diixi

disced5

discedere

duco
faci5

ducere
facere

feci

say depart lead make^ do

mitto

mittere
miinire

misi
veni

send
fortify

munio
venio

venire

munivi ^

come

193.

Perseus and Andromeda {Continued^

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290.

Cepheus, adversa fortuna maxime commotus, discessit et multis

cum

lacrimis populo Aethiopiae verba oracull narravit.

Fata Andro-

medae, puellae pulchrae, a toto populo deplorabantur, tamen nullum

erat auxilium.

Deinde Cepheus cum pleno

tristitiae

animo caram
ad saxa
5

suam
dura

filiam

ex oppidi porta ad aquam duxit

et bracchia eius

revinxit.

Tum

amid

puellae miserae longe discesserunt et diu

monstrum saevum exspectaverunt

Tum

forte Perseus, alls fretus, super

et,

Aethiopiam volabat.
attonitus,
:

Vidit

populum, Andromedam, lacrimas,

descendit.
*

magnopere
dabo

ad terram
" Parebo 10

Tum Cepheus ei
Andromedam

totas curas narravit et ita dixit

verbis oraculi, et pro patria filiam

interficies et

meam

sed

si

id

monstrum

servabis, tibi (to

you) earn dabo."

84

PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT, INDICATIVE

LESSON XXXIII
PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE
194.
CoNj.
I

CONJ. II

CONJ. Ill
rego
rex-

CONJ.

IV

amo
Perfect Stems amav-

mone5 monu-

capi5
cep-

audio

audiv-

Pluperfect Indicative Active

Tense Sign
-era-

SINGULAR

/ had loved / had advised / had ruled / had taken

I.

/ had heard
audrveram
audiVeras audrverat

amaVeram
ama'veras ama^verat

monu'eram
monu'eras
monu'erat

re^xeram
re'xeras re'xerat

ce'peram
ce'peras

2.

3-

ce'perat

PLURAL
I.

amavera'mus monuera^mus
amavera^tis

rexera^mus
rexeri^tis

cepera^mus
cepera'tis

audivera^mus
audivera^tis

2.

monuera'tis

3.

amaVerant

monu'erant

re'xerant

ce'perant

audfverant

Future Perfect Indicative Active

Tense Sign
-eri-

SINGULAR

/ shall have I shall have

loved

I shall have I shall have

ruled
taken
ce pero
re'xeris

/ shall have
heard
audiVerS
audiVeris

advised

monuero
monu'eris
3.

ce'peris

amaVerit

monu'erit

re^xerit

ce'perit

audrverit

PLURAL
1

amave rimus monueTimus

amave^ritis

rimus rexe^rimus rexe

rexe^ritis

cepe rimus
cepe^ritis

audive'rimus
audive^ritis

2.

monue'ritis

3.

amaVerint
I.

monu'erint
all

re^xerint
inflected alike

ce'perint

audrverint

Observe that these are

and the

rules for formation

given in 187. 2-4 hold good here. 2. In like manner inflect the pluperfect and future perfect indicative active of do, porto, dele5, moveo, habeo, dico, disced5, facio, venio, munio.
.

PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE

195. The Perfect Active Infinitive.

85
is

The

perfect active infinitive

formed by adding
CONJ.
I.

-isse to the perfect stem.

Perfect Stem

Perfect Infinitive
amavis^se, to have loved

11.

amavmonu(^)rex(b)

monuis^se, to have advised

III.

cep-

IV.

audiv*""

sum
I.

In like manner give

,

Erfect .^HKrfe

Mf

have ruled have taken audivis^'se, to have heard fuis^se, to have been
rexis^se, to

cepis^se, to

infinitive active of d5, port5, deled,

moveo, habeOj

dico,

munio. disced5,^WTO, V< >, venio,

196.
I.

EXERCISES
HabuistI,

I.

moverunt,

miserant.
4.

^Vidit,

dixeris,

duxisse.

3. Misistis,
5.
tis,

paruerunt, discesseramus.
delevi, pafuit,'fuisse.
6.

Munivit, dederam, misero.

Habuerimus,
misisse.
7.

Dederas, muniveritis, venera-

Veneras, fecisse, dederatis, portaveris.

?

8.

Quem
9.

verba oracull moverant

Populum verba
ab

oraculi

move-

rant

Cui Cepheus verba oraculi narraverit?

narrasrerit.

Perseo Cepheus
discesserint.

verba
1 1
.

oracull

10.

Amici

Andromeda
12
.

Monstrum saevum
?

domicilia multa deleverat.

13.

y bi

vidistis

Id in aqua vidimus.

Quid monstrum

faciet.^^

monstrum Monstrum

Andromedam interficiet. II. I. They have obeyed, we have

2.

destroyed, I shall have had.

fortified.

We

shall

have

sent, I

had come, they have

{sing,

3. I
4.

had de-

parted, he has obeyed,

you have sent

and plur.y
(sing,

To have
5
.

destroyed, to have seen, he will have given, they have carried.

He
6. I

had destroyed, he has moved, you have had

have given, you had moved
will

and plur^.
said.
7.

{sing,

and plur^^ we had

will

You

have made

(sing,

and plur,)^
^

they

have

led, to

have given.
it.

8.

Who

had seen the monster? Andromeda had seen

departed from
i

9.

Why
did.

had the

men

the towns

They had departed because

^ ?

the monster had come,

1

o.

Did Cepheus obey ^ the oracle

2

He
^

ex.
.?

What would

ab

mean ?

j)^^

^^^^^ perfect tense.

What

case

86

REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE

LESSON XXXIV
REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE
197.

review of the tenses of the indicative active shows the

following formation
'

Present

= =

First of the principal parts

Imperfect

Preseiifestem

-ba-m
I

TENSES OF THE
INDICATIVE

Future
Perfect
L

Present stem

r-bo, c Conj.

and

II

1 -a-m,

Conj. Ill and

IV

Third of the principal parts

Pluperfect

Perfect stem

-era-m

Future Perfect

Perfect stem

-er5

198.

The

synopsis of the active voice of amo, as far as

is

we have

learned the conjugation,

as follows

Principal Parts amo, amare, amavi

Pres. Stem
'

ama-

Perf. Stem
'

amavamavi

Pres.

am5

Perf,

Indic. <

Imp erf, amabam

Fut. amabo

Indic. < Pluperf.

^

amaveram
,

Fut, perf amaverS

Perf. Infin. amavisse
parts
dico,

Pres. Imj^.

ama
amare

Pres. Infin.

Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal I and synopsis of paro, do, laudo, deled, habeo, moveo, pared, video,
.

discedo, duc5, mitto, capio, munio, venio.^

199. Learn the following principal parts

Pres. Indic
Pres. Infin.
esse

^
:

Perf. Indic
fui
a^fui

sum
Irregular Verbs

be be

ab'sum
d5

abes^se

away

dare

dedi

give

Learn to give synopses rapidly, and not only in the first person singular 2 These are all verbs that you have but in any person of either number. had before, and the perfect is the only new form to be learned.
1

REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE

'

^7
hold in^ keep
teach
.

contineS

continere

continui

doceo

docere
egere

docui

egeo
fave5

egui
favi
iussi

need

favere
iubere

favor
order
injure

Conjugation
II

iubeo

noceo

nocere

nocui
persuasi

persuadeo
responde5
sedeo

persuadere
respondere
sedere

persuade
reply
sit

respondi
sedi
^

studeo

studere

studui
eg!
credidi

be eager

'ago
cred5

agere
credere
.

drive
believe
fiee

fugi5

fugere
iacere
interficere

fugi
ieci

Conjugation
III

iacio
interficio

hurl
kill

interfeci

rapip
resis^t5

rapere
resis^tere

rapui
're^stiti

seize
resist

Conjugation IV

J
1

repe no

reperiTe

rep

pen

find

200.

Perseus and Andromeda (Concluded)

Read the whole
story.

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290.

Perseus semper proelio studebat ^ et respondit/ " Verba tua sunt

maxime

arma sua magica paravit.^ Subito monstrum videtur; celeriter per aquam properat et Andromedae adpropinquat. Eius amici longe absunt et misera puella est sola. Perseus autem sine mora super aquam volavit.^ Subito descendit^ et duro gladio saevum monstrum graviter vulneravit.^ Diu pugnatur,^ diu proelium est dubium. Denique autem Perseus monstrum interfecit ^ et victoriam reportavit.^ Tum ad saxum venit ^ et Andromedam liberavit ^ et eam ad Cepheum duxit.^ Is, nuper miser, nunc laetus, ita dixit ^ " Tuo auxilio, mi amice, cara filia mea est libera tua est Andromeda." Diu Perseus cum Andromeda ibi habitabat ^ et magnopere a toto populo amabatur.^
grata," et laetus
:

10

See

if

you can explain the use of the perfects and imperfects

2

in this

passage.
the

xhe verb pugnatur means, literally, it is fought ; translate freely, battlers fought, o^ the contest rages. The verb pugno in Latin is intransitive,

and so does not have a personal subject

in the passive. verb with an indeterminate subject, designated in English by it, is called impersonal.

88

THE PASSIVE PERFECTS

LESSON XXXV
THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE THE PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE

201.

The

fourth and last of the principal parts ( 183)

is

the perfect

passive participle.

From

it

we

get the participial stem on which are

formed the future

1

active infinitive

and all
parts,

the passive perfects.

first

Learn the following principal

which are for the

time given

in full:

CoNj.
I.

Pres. Indic.

Pres. Infin.

Perf. Indic.

Perf. Pass. Part.

ama^t-us
conjugation.

amo
is

ama^-re
all

amaV-i
first

This
II.

the model for

regular verbs of the

mo^neo
rego
ca^pi5

mone^-re
re^ge-re

mo^nu-i
rex-i

mo^nit-us
rect-us

III.

ca^pe-re
audi^-re
is

cep-i

capt-us
audi^t-us

IV.
2.

au'dio

audiV-I

The

base of the participial stem

found by dropping -us from the

perfect passive participle.

202. In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses
of the indicative passive are
to he

made up
;

of forms of the auxiliary verb

loved,

and the past

participle

as,

I have been

I had been

loved,

I shall have
Very

been loved.

similarly, in Latin, the perfect, pluperfect,

and future perfect

passive tenses use respectively the present, imperfect, and future of

sum

as an auxiliary verb with the perfect passive participle, as

Perfect passive, ama^tus sum,

Pluperfect passive, ama^tus eram,

Future perfect passive,

I.

/ have been or was loved I had 'been loved ama^tus ero, / shall have been loved

In the same

way

give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of

moneo, rego, capi5, and audio, and give the English meanings.

203. Nature of the Participle.

adjective.

A participle is partly verb and

As an

partly
it

As a verb

it

possesses tense and voice.

adjective

THE FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE

is

89

declined and agrees with the

case.

word

it

modifies in gender, number,

and

204.

The

perfect passive participle

in the

is

declined like bonus, bona,

it

bonum, and

compound

tenses ( 202)

agrees as a predicate

adjective with the subject of the verb.

"

Vir laudatus est, the

man was praised^

est,

or has been praised

Examples IN Singular

Puella laudata est, the girl

Consilium laudatum

was praised^ or has been praised the plan was praised^ or has been
or

praised
"

Viri laudati sunt, the

men were praised^

have been praised

Puellae laudatae sunt, the girls were praised^ or have been

Examples in Plural

praised
Consilia laudata sunt, the plans

were praised^ or have been

praised
I.

Inflect the perfect, pluperfect,

and future perfect

indicative passive of

amo, moneo, rego,

capio,

and audio ( 488-492).

is

205. The perfect passive infinitive

formed by adding
;

esse, the

present infinitive of sum, to the perfect passive participle

(-a,

as,

amaVus
have

-um)

esse, to

have been loved; mo^nit-us

(-a,

-um)

esse, to

been advised,
I
.

Form

the perfect passive infinitive of rego, capi5, audio, and give the

English meanings.

206.

The

future active infinitive

is

formed by adding

esse,

the

present infinitive of sum, to the future active participle.

ciple is

This

parti-

made by adding

-urus, -a,

-um

to the base of the participial

stem. JThus the future active infinitive of

esse, to be about to love,
a.
all

amo

is

amat-u^rus

(-a,

-um)

Note

that in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive

we

use

three conjugation stems:

Present, amare (present stem), to love
Perfect,

amavisse (perfect stem),

to

have loved

Future, amaturus esse (participial stem), to be about to love

I.

Give the three tenses of the active

infinitive of laud5,

moneo, reg5,

capio, audio, with the English meanings.

90
207.
I.
I.

REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS

EXERCISES
Fabula Andromedae narrata
3. est.
2.

Multae fabulae a magis4.

tro narratae sunt.

Ager ab
erit.

agricola valido aratus erat.

5.

Agri

ab

agricolis validis arati erant.

Aurum

a servo perfido ad domi-

cilium

suum portatum
8.

6.

Nostra arma a legato laudata sunt.

Quis vestra arma laudavit?

sumus.
Perseo necatum
II.
I.

7.

Ab

ancilla

tua ad cenam vocatae

est,

Andromeda monstro non data

erat.

quia

monstrum a
laid waste,

The

provinces were laid waste, the

2.

field

had been

the towns will have been laid waste.

oracle

The

oracles
3.

were heard, the

oracle will

was heard, the

4.

oracles

had been heard.

laid waste, the
5.

The

have

been heard, the province had been captured, the boats have been
captured.
girls will

The

fields

were

man was

advised, the

have been advised.

will

The towns had been

ruled,

we

shall

have been captured, you

have been heard.

V^LESSON XXXVI
REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS
208.

PREPOSITIONS YES-OR-NO QUESTIONS

The

following

list

shows the principal parts of

all

the verbs you

have had excepting, those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only new form for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts are lacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. A few verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the futur^ active
participle in -urus,

which appears in the principal parts

instead.

Irregular Verbs

sum absum
d5i

esse

fui

futurus

be

abesse

afui

afuturus

be

away

dare

dedi

datus

give

do

is

best classed with the irregular verbs because of the short a in the

present and participial stems.

REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS

Conjugation
ports
I

91

portare

portavi

portatus

carry

So

for

all

verbs of this conjugation thus far used.

Conjugation
contined
dgleo

II

continere
delere

continui
delevi

contentus
deletus

hold
teach

in,

keep

destroy

doceo

docere

docui

doctus

ege5

egere

egui
favi

lack
fautiirus

faveo
ii^be5

favere
iubere

favor
order
\

iussi

iussus

move5
noceo

movere
nocere parere

movi
nocui

motus
nocitiirus

move
injure

pare5

parui
persuasi

obey
persuasus
prohibitus

persuadeo
prohibeo

persuadere
prohibere

persuade
reply

[from

prohibui

responded
sede5

respondere
sedere

respond!
sedi

responsus
-sessus

restrain, keep "^

sit

studeS
video

studere
videre

studui
vidi

be eager

visus
III

see
-

Conjugation
ago
cred5
dico

agere
credere
dicere

egi
credidi
dixi
discessi
diixi

actus
creditus

drive
believe

dictus

say
depart
lead

discedo

discedere
diicere

discessus

duco
facioi

ductus
factus
fugitiirus

facere

feci

make
flee

fugio
iacio
interficid

fugere
iacere
interficere

fagi
ieci

iactus interfectus

hurl
kill

interfeci

mitto
rapio
resist

mittere rapere
resistere

misi
rapui
restiti

missus
raptus

send
seize
resist

Conjugation IV
muni5
reperiS

miinire
reperire

miinivi
rep^peri

miinitus
repertus

fortify

venio
1

venire
facio

veni

ventus

find come
later.

has an irregular passive which will be presented

92

PREPOSITIONS
i.

YES-O^-NO QUESTIONS
learned in 52, 53 that only \hQ accu-

209. Prepositions,
sative

We

and the ablative are used with prepositions, and that preposigovern the ablative case.

tions expressing ablative relations

Those

we have had
learned.

are here summarized.

The

table following should be

a or Sihyfrom^ by cum, with

de,

e or ex,

outfrom^ out of

pro, before^ in front of; for, in behalf of

sine,

down from,
2.

concerning

without

Prepositions not expressing ablative relations

must govern the

accusative ( 52).

Of

these

we have had
among;

the following:

ad, to ; apud,

per, through

There are many others which you will meet as we proceed. 3. The preposition in when meaning in or on governs the ablative;

when meaning

to, into,

against (relations foreign to the ablative) in

governs the accusative,

210.
Fes-or-JVb Questions.

Questions not introduced by some

etc.,

in-

terrogative

word

like

who, why, when,

but expecting the answer

yes or no,
1.

may

take one of three forms

Is he coming? (Asldng for information.

the answer expected.)

Implying nothing as to

2.

3.

Is he not coming? (Expecting the answer ^^^.) He is n''t coming, is he ? (Expecting the answer no^
in Latin as follows

These three forms are rendered

1.

2.

3.

Venitne? is he coming? Nonne venit? is he not coming ? Num venit? he isn''t coming, is he?
usually

a, -ne, the question sign, is

added

to

the verb, which then

stands
b.

first.

learned in % S^-^ ^^^^ yes-or-no questions are usually answered by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead of this, ita,
vro, certe, etc. {so, truly, certainly, etc.)

We

may be used
as,

for yes,

and non,
all.

minime,

etc. for

no

if

the denial

is

emphatic,

by no means, not at

CONJUGATION OF POSSUM
211.

93

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290.

I.
I.

Nonne habebat

Cornelia ornamenta auri? Hab^bat.

in dextro bracchio gerebat?
3.

2.

Num

Sextus legatus scutum

Non

in dextro,

sed sinistro in bracchio Sextus scutum gerebat.

Frustra bella multa

ab Gallis gesta erant.

est,

4.

Ubi oppidum a

perfido Sexto
5.

occupatum
ple-

oppidanl miser! gladio interfecti sunt.

frumenti.
6.

Id oppidum erat

Nonne Sextus ab oppidams frumentum postulavit ? Vero, sed il recusaverunt frumentum dare. 7. Cur oppidum ab Sexto deletum est? Quia frumentum recusatum est. 8. Ea victoria non
dubia
erat.
9.

num

Oppidani erant defessi

et armis egebant.

10.

Num

fugam temptaverunt ? Minime. II. I. Where was Julia standing ? She was standing where you had cfrdered. 2. Was Julia wearing any ornaments 1 She had many ornaments of gold. 3. Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger ? She did. 4. Who captured her ? Galba captured her without delay and held her by the left arm. 5. She didn't have the lady's gold, did she ? No, the gold had been taken by a faithless maid and has been
brought back.

Fourth Review, Lessons XXVII-XXXVI, 513-516

LESSON XXXVII
CONJUGATION OF POSSUM THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH

212. Learn the principal parts of possum,

inflection in the indicative
a.

lam

able^

I can, and
/ am.

its

and

infinitive.

(Cf. 495.)

Possum,

/ can^

is

a compound of potis, able, and sum,

213. The Infinitive with Subject Accusative.

The

infinitive (cf.

173)

is

a verbal noun.

Used

as a noun,

it

has the constructions of

a noun.

As

a verb

it

can govern a case and be modified by an adverb.

The uses

of the infinitive are

much

the

same

in Latin as in English.

/('M^

94
I.

THE INFINITIVE USED AS

like are

IN ENGLISH

In English certain verbs of wishing^ commanding^ forbidding^

and the

used with an object clause consisting of a substantive

in the objective case

flee.

and an

infinitive, as,

he commanded the men

to

Such object clauses are

is

called infinitive clauses,

infinitive.

and the sub-

stantive

said to

be the subject of the

Similarly in Latin,

some verbs

of wishing^ commanding^ forbidding^

infinitive

and the

like are

used with an object clause consisting of an

as, Is

with a subject in the accusative case,

viros fugere iussit, he

commanded the men

214.

to flee,

Rule.

Subject of the Infinitive.

The

subject of the infini-

tive is in the accusative.

215. The Complementary Infinitive.

followed by an infinitive to complete
able to conquer the Gauls.
its

In English a verb
meaning,
as, the

is

often

Romans

are

This

is

called the complementary infinitive,

infinitive.

as the predicate
Similarly in

is

not complete without the added

Latin, verbs of incomplete predication are completed

by the

infinitive.

propero, maturo,

Among such verbs are possum, / am I hasten; tempto, I attempt; as

Romans
to

able,

I can

Romani

Gall5s superare possunt, the

are able to

(or can^

conquer the Gauls

Bellum gerere maturant, they hasten

a.

wage war

predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees

in gender,

number, and case with the subject of the main verb.

Mali pueri esse boni non possunt, bad boys are not able
to (or cannot) be

good
pueri.

Observe that boni agrees with

216. The Infinitive used as a Noun.

In English the

infinitive is

often used as a pure noun, as the subject of a sentence, or as a predicate nominative.

For example. To conquer

seeing)
is to believe

conquering)

is

pleas-

ing ; To see

{^=is

(=

believing).

The same use

of

the infinitive

found

in Latin, especially with est, as

is

Superare est gratum, to conquer

pleasing

Videre est credere, to see is to believe

EXERCISES
a.

95

In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, which

in the accusative case, as

must then be

Galbam superare inimicos

to
b.

est

gratum multis,^r Galba

conquer his enemies

is pleasing to
is

many
Thus, in the senis

An

infinitive

used as a noun

neuter singular.

tence superare est gratum, the predicate adjective gratum

in the neuter

nominative singular to agree with superare the subject.

217.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291.

I.

I.

Magister ludi liberos

cum

diligentia laborare iussit

2.

Egere

cibo at vino est virls molestum.

ibi

3. Viri

armati vetuerunt Gallos castra

?

ponere.

4.

Estne legatus in castello an in mtiro

legatus

Is est pro porta.

5.

Ubi

nostri^ fugere inceperunt,

ab

vestris^ captus est.

6. Galli
7. Alii

castellum

ibi

oppugnaverant ubi praesidium erat inflrmum.

alii

pugnare temptabant,

portas petebant.

8.

Feminae pro
9.

domicilils sedebant

neque

resistere validis Gallis poterant.

Bellum

est

saevum, nee inflrmis nee miseris favet.

10.
1 1.

Sed

viri

arma postu-

labant et studebant Gallos de muris agere.

Id castellum ab Gallis

occupari

Romanis non gratum

erit.

12. Galli ubi a

sunt, esse liberi^ cessaverunt.

II.
I.

13.

Diu

sine

Romanis victi aqua vivere non potestis.

the
for

gates.

The girl began daily to carry water from the river to 2. The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable
3.

a battle.
4.

For a long time they

tried in vain to seize the redoubt.

5.

Neither did they cease to hurl weapons against^ the walls.

But

they were not able to (could not) take the town.

218.
Sabini olim
portaverant.

The

Faithless Tarpe'ia

cum Romanis bellum gerebant et multas victorias relam agros proximos mtiris vastabant, iam oppido adproin Capitolium fugerant et longe periculo

pinquabant.
1

Romani autem
nostri, vestri,

Supply men,
children.

and

sui are often

liberi either as

Not

The Romans used

used as nouns in this way. an adjective, mea.nmg/ree,

or as a noun, meaning the free, thereby signifying their free-born childnn. The word was never applied to children of slaves. ^ in with the accusative.

96
aberant.

EXERCISES
Murls
validis et saxis altis credebant.

Frustra Sablni tela

iaciebant, frustra portas

duras petebant;

castellum occupare non

poterant.
5:'

Deinde novum consilium ceperunt.^

Tarpeia erat puella

5

Romana

pulchra et superba.

Cotldie

aquam

copils

Romanis

in

Capitolium portabat.

Ei^ non nocebant Sabini,

TARPEIA PUELLA PERFIDA

quod ea

sine armis erat

neque Sablni bellum cum feminis

et

liberisque

gerebant.

Tarpeia autem maxime amabat ornamenta

auri.

Cotidie

Sablnorum ornamenta videbat

tinus ex
10 et
^

mox

ea desiderare incipiebat.

Ei

Sablnis

dixit,

"

Due

copias Sablnas intra portas, Tarpeia,

maxima

erunt praemia tua."

1 consilium capere, to make a plan. Why is the perfect tense used here and the imperfect in the preceding sentences ? Explain the use of tenses in the 2 Dative with nocebant. ^ ex, out of, i.e. next paragraph. (Cf. 154.)

from

the

number of;

best translated of

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN

97

LESSON XXXVIII
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN
219. Sentences are simple^ compound^ or complex,
simple sentence is a sentence containing but one statement, that is, one subject and one predicate The Romans approached the town. b. A compound se7itence is a sentence containing two or rnore independa.
:

ent statements

The Romans approached the town and the enemy fled.

|

Note. An independent statement depend upon another statement.

c.

is

one that can stand alone

it

does not

A complex

sentence

is

a sentence containing one independent state-

ment and one or more dependent statements: approached the town the enemy fled.
\

Whe7t

the

Romans

Note.
the

or quaUfies another statement

dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on thus the enemy pled is independent, and whe7t Romafis approached the town is dependent or subordinate.
;

d.

The

separate

statements in a

compound

or complex sentence are

is

called clauses.

In a complex sentence the independent statement

called

the

main

clause and the dependent statement the subordinate clause.

220. Examine the complex sentence

The Romans killed the m,en who were taken

Here
a.
b.

are two clauses

The main clause. The Romans killed the men The subordinate clause, who were taken
is

The word who

men.
It also

a pronoun, for

it

takes the place of the

noun

connects the subordinate clause

the clause
is

who were

taken with the

noun men.

Hence

an

adjective clause.
is

pronoun that

connects an adjective clause with a substantive

called a relative prois

noun^ and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands
called its antecedent.

The
that.

relative

pronouns

in English are

who^ whose^

whom, which, what,

98
221.

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN

The
relative

pronoun

in Latin is qui, quae, quod,

and

it

is

declined as follows

Singular
masc.

Plural
neut.
MASC.
qui

fem.

FEM.

NEUT.

Nom,
Gen,

qui
cuius
cui

quae
cuius
cui

quod
cuius
cui

quae

quae

quorum
quibus

quarum
quibus

quorum
quibus

Dat,
Ace.

quern

quam
qua

AbL
I.

quo

quod qu5
is,

quos

quas
quibus

quae
quibus

quibus

Review the declension of

endings.

The forms

qui, quae,

114, and note the similarity in the and quibus are the only forms showing

new

endings.
cui are

syllables)

Note. The genitive cuius and the dative and coot (one syllable).

pronounced cooiyoos (two

222. The Relative Pronoun

is translated

as follows

^
:

Masc. and Fem.

Neut.
which, what, that

Nom.
Gen.

who^ that

Dat.
Ace.

ofwhom^ whose to or for whom

whom^
from^
that
etc.,

of which, of what, whose to or for which, to or for what

which, what, that

AbL
a.

whom

from,

etc.,

which or what
it

We

see from the table above that qui,

when

refers to a person, is
it

translated

by some form of who or by thatj and that when anything else it is translated by which, what, or that,
A

refers to

223. Note the following sentences

The Romans killed the men who were taken The Romans killed the woman who was taken Romani interfecerunt viros qui capti sunt Romani interfecerunt feminam qiiae capta est
In the first sentence who (qui) refers to the antecedent men (viros), and masculine plural. In the second, who (quae) refers to woman (feminam),
\^

is

and

feminine singular. From

this

we

learn that the relative

must agree

1 This table of meanings need not be memorized. ence when translating.

It is inserted for refer-

THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN

with
its

"

99

antecedent in gender and number.

In neither of the sentences

are the antecedents

accusatives,

and relatives in the same case. Viros and feminam are and qui and quae are nominatives, being the subjects of the

subordinate clauses.

Hence
of

224.

Rule. Agreement
its

the Relative.

relative

pronoun

must agree with

its

antecedent in gender

case is determined by the

way

it is

and number ; but used in its own clause,

pronoun
is

225. Interrogative Pronouns.

An

interrogative

a pro-

noun
which

that asks a question.

?

In English the interrogatives are

are quis ? quid ? (pronoun)

who ?

what ? In Latin they quae? quod? (adjective).

226. Examine the sentences
a.
b.

and qui ?

Who

is the

man f
is

Quis est vir ?

What man

leading them ? Qui vir eos ducit ?

^,

In

a,

who is an interrogative pronoun. In

Observe that
is

what

is

an interrogative

adjective.

in Latin quis, quid

is

the pronoun and qui,

quae, quod

the adjective,
interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod
is

227.

I.

The

declined just

like the relative

2.

pronoun.

(See

221.)

The

interrogative
plural.

pronoun

quis, quid
it is

is

declined like qui, quae,

quod in the

In the singular

declined as follows

Masc. and Fem.

Neut.
quid,
cuius,

Nom,
Gen,

quis,

who?
whose? ox for whom
?

what? which?

cuius,
cui, to

Dat,
Ace,

cui, to

quern,

whom ?
etc.,

Abl,

q\iOyfrom^

whom?

whose? ox for what or which f quid, what ? which ? (\\iLO^from, etc., which or what?

Note. Observe that the masculine and feminine are alike and that all the forms are like the corresponding forms of the relative, excepting quis and quid.
228.
I.

EXERCISES
Quis
est aeger?

I.

Servus quern

amo

est aeger.

2.

Cuius scu-

tum habes? Scutum habeo quod legatus ad castellum misit. 3. Cui. legatus suum scutum dabit ? Filio meo scutum dabit. 4. Ubi Germani

lOO
antiqui vivebant
bant.
5.
?

EXERCISES
In terra quae est proxima Rheno GermanI
viv-

Quibuscum^ Germani bellum gerebant ? Cum Romanis, qui eos superare studebant, Germani bellum gerebant. 6. Qui viri castra ponunt ? li sunt viri quorum
armis Germani
7.

victi

sunt.

Quibus

telis
?

copiae nosGladiis et

trae eguerunt
pilis

nostrae copiae eguerunt

8.

quibus porta sinistra

tenebatur?

sociis
9.

porta

sinistra tenebatur.

Quae

provinciae a

Romanis occuMultae pro-

patae
vinciae

sunt?
a

Romanis occuviris viris

patae sunt. 10. Quibus

dei favebunt.^ dei favebunt.
II.
I.

Bonis

What

victory will
?

you announce
announce
victory

will

to the people the

which
3.

the

sailors

GERMANI ANTIQUI
eager for
battle.
4.

have won.

The men who were pitching camp were

resist

Nevertheless they were soon conquered by the

5.

troops which Sextus had sent.

They could not

our forces,

but fled from that place without delay.

229. Tarpeia,

The

Faithless Tarpeia (Concluded)

pulchris, diu resistere

commota ornamentis Sabinorum

^^
:

non

potuit et respondit
chiis geritis,

Date mihi ^ ornamenta quae

in sinistris brac-

et celeriter copias vestras in Capitolium ducam.''

Nee

^ cum is added to the ablative of relative, interrogative, and personal pro^ Explain the use of the tenses nouns instead of being placed before them.

in this selection.

* to

me.

THE THIRD DECLENSION CONSONANT STEMS

lOI

Sabini recusaverunt, sed per diiras

magnasque

castelli

portas pro-

peraverunt quo^ Tarpeia

stabant

dtixit et

mox

intra validos et altos mtiros

;

Turn

sine

mora
ita

in

Tarpeiam scuta graviter iecerunt

nam
5

scuta quoque in sinistris bracchiis gerebant.

peia interfecta est
;

Ita perfida puella Tar-

Sabini Capitolium occupaverunt,

LESSON XXXIX
THE THIRD DECLENSION
230. Bases and Stems.
sions

CONSONANT STEMS
first

In learning the

and second declenwhich we

porta has

we saw

that the different cases

were formed by adding the case

that did not change,
-a in the first declension,

terminations to the part of the

called the base.
If to

word
is
;

the base

we add

and

-0 in the second,

we

get what

called the stem.

Thus

the base port- and the stem porta-

servus has the base serv- and the

stem

servo-.
-a-

These stem vowels,

and

-0-,

play so important a part in the

formation of the case terminations that these declensions are

named

from them respectively the A- and (9-Declensions.

231. Nouns of the Third Declension.
the Consonant or T^Declension, and
to the
its

The

third declension
classified

is

called

nouns are

according

way the stem ends. If the last letter of the stem is a consonant, the word is said to have a consonant stem ; if the stem ends in -i-, the word is said to have an \-stem. In consonant stems the stem is the same
as the base.

In

i-stems the stem is

i

formed by adding

-i- to

the base.

The presence
the distinction

of the
is

makes a

difference in certain of the cases, so

a very important one.

232. Consonant stems are divided into two classes

I.

Stems that add

-s to the

base to form the nominative singular.

in the nominative singular.

II.
1

Stems that add no termination

quo

= whither^
it

have had
*

to the place where. Here quo is the relative adverb. We used before as the interrogative adverb, whither? to what place?

upon.

I02

THE THIRD DECLENSION CONSONANT STEMS

"^

CLASS

233. Stems that add -s to the base in the nominative singular are
either masculine or feminine

and are declined as follows

lapis, m., stone

Bases OR Stems

princeps, m.,
-

^y^/i?/'

miles, m.,j-^/^2>r
milit/
T

princip-

lapid-

^"
princeps
prm'cipis

Singular
miles
militis
militi

TERMINATIONS
M.
lapis

AND
-s
-is
-i

F.

Nom.
Gen,

lapidis

Dat,
Ace,

prm'cipi

lapidi

prin^cipem
prin^cipe

militem
milite

lapidem
lapide

-em
-e

AbL
Nom,
Gen,

Plural
prin'cipes
milites

lapides

-es

prm'cipum
princi'pibus

milituni

lapidum
lapidibus
lapides

-um
-ibus
-es

Dat,
Ace,

militibus
milites

pnn'cipes
princi^pibus

AbL
Bases

militibus

lapidibus

-ibus

rex, m.,

king

iiidex, m.^

judge

virtiis,

f.,

manliness
TERMINATIONS
M.

OR jregStems

iudic-

virtut-

SlNGULAR

AND
-S
-is
-i

F.

Nom,
Gen.

rex
regis

iudex
iudicis

virtiis

virtu'tis

Dat,
Ace,

regi

iudici

virtu'ti

regem
rege

iudicem
iudice

virtu'tem
virtu'te

-em
-

AbL
Nom.
Gen,

Plural
reges
iudices
virtu'tes

regum
regibus
reges

iudicum
iudicibus

virtu^tum
virtu^tibus
virtu'tes

^s -um
-ibus
-es

Dat
Ace,

iudices
iudicibus
is

AbL
1.

regibus

virtu'tibus
-is in

-ibus

The

base or stem

found by dropping

the genitive singular.

2.

Most nouns
(iudic-),

of two syllables, like princeps (princip-), mfles (milit-),

i

index

have

in the base, but e in the nominative.

EXERCISES
a, lapis is
3.

103

an exception to

this rule.

Observe the consonant changes of the base or stem in the nominative:

a,

A A
s

final -t

or -d

is

dropped before

-s; thus miles for milets, lapis

for lapids, virtiis for virtiits.

b,

final -c

or -g unites with -s and forms -x; thus iiidec

iiidex,

reg

rex.

4.

Review

74 and apply the rules to

this declension.

In like manner decline dux, ducis, m., leader; eques, equitis, m., horse-

man;

pedes, peditis,

r^.^ foot

soldier; pes, pedis, m.,^foot.

234.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291.

I.

I.

Neque

pedites neque equites occupare castellum

Romanum
3.

poterant. 2.

Summa virtu temtiros altos cotldieoppugnabant.

qui

Pedes

militum lapidibus
4.

de muro iaciebantur saepe vulnerabantur.

5. Is

Quod novum

consilium dux cepit?

6.

perfidam puellam pulchri^

7.

ornamentis temptavit.

Quid puella
8.

fecit?

Puella

commota auro

milites per portas duxit.

verat

non
I.

reportavit.

9.

Tamen praemia quae summo studio petiApud Romanos antiques Tarpeia non est
That
(illud) ship
is

laudata.
II.

What
It is
Italy.

ship

is

that which I see.?

the

now with a favorable wind and will soon The 2. judges commanded the savages to be seized and to be killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to flee, but were quickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led the foot soldiers to the wall from which the townsmen were hurling
Victory,

sailing

approach

stones with the greatest zeal.

NAVIGIUM

I04

THE THIRD DECLENSION CONSONANT STEMS

LESSON XL
THE THIRD DECLENSION

CONSONANT STEMS
II

(Continued)

CLASS

235. Consonant stems that add no termination in the nominative

are declined in the other cases exactly like those that add
-s.

They

may be
^36.

masculine, feminine, or neuter.

/
[-'
consul, m.,

PARADIGMS
Masculines AND FeMININES
legi5,f.
legion
legionordo, m.,

pater, m.,

consul

row
ordin-

father
patr-

Bases ^ OR konsulStemsJ
>

SlNGULAR
consul
consulis
legia

terminations
M.

AND

F.

Nom.
Gen.

ordo
ordinis
ordini

pater
patris
-is
-i

legionis

Dat,
Ace,

consul!

legioni

patri

consulem
consule

legionem
legione

ordinem
ordine

patrem
patre

-em
-e

AU^
Nom,
Gen,

Plural
consules
legiones

ordines

patres

-es

consulum
consulibus

legionum
legionibus
legiones

ordinum
ordinibus
ordines

patrum
patribus
patres

-um
-ibus
-es

Dat,
Ace,

consules

AM.
1.

consulibus

legionibus

ordinibus

patribus

-ibus

With

the exception of the nominative, the terminations are exactly

I,

the same as in Class

2.

and the base or stem

is

found

in the

same way.

Masculines and feminines with bases or stems in -in- and -on- drop

and end in -o in the nominative, as legi5 (base or stem legion-), ordo (base or stem ordin-). 3. Bases or stems in -tr- have -ter in the nominative, as pater (base or stem patr-). 4. Note how the genitive singular gives the clue to the whole declension. Always learn this with the nominative.
-n-

THE THIRD DECLENSION CONSONANT STEMS

105

237.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291.

I.
I.

Audisne tubas, Marce

legiones videmus
ibi

Non solum

tubas audio sad etiam

ordines militum et
2
3.
4.

carros impedimentorum plenos videre possum.

?

Quas Quid

Eae legiones nuper ex

Gallia venerunt.

fecerunt?

Studebantne pugnare an sine virtute erant?

et

magnas victorias et multos captlvos reportaverunt. 5 Quis est imperator earum legionum ? Caesar, summus Romanorum imperator. 6. Quis est eques qui pulchram coronam gerit.?
Multa proelia fecerunt ^
.

Is eques est f rater

virtute
II.

mens.

Ei corona a consule data est quia

summa
now

pugnaverat et^ barbarls patriam servaverat.

I.

(nuper).
sister.

Who has seen my He was hastening

When men
^

father to-day?
to

2. I

saw him

just

your dwelling with your mother and

3.

are far from the fatherland and lack food, they

cannot be restrained

from wrong. ^
5.

4.

The

safety of the soldiers

is

dear to Caesar, the general.

The

chiefs

were eager

to
6.

storm a

town

full

of

grain

which was held by the consul.

The king

forbade the baggage of the captives to be destroyed.

Ah}^

LESSON XLI

THE THIRD DECLENSION

and are declined as follows
flumen, n.,

CONSONANT STEMS

(Concluded)

238. Neuter consonant stems add no termination in the nominative

tempus,

n..

opus,

n.,

caput, n.

river
Bases'^

time
temper-

work
oper-

head
capit-

OR V fluminStemsJ

Singular

TERMINATIONS
caput
capitis
-is
-i

Nom, flumen
Gen,
fluminis

tempus
temporis

opus
operis

Dat,
Ace,

flumini

tempori

operi

capiti

flumen
flumine

AbL
1

tempus tempore
to fizht

opus
opere
2

caput
capite
Cf. 180.
3

-e

proelium facere ==

battle.

contineo.

Abl. iniuria.

io6

EXERCISES
Plural X JU
\J J[VXVJ.<

TERMINATIONS
capita
-a

Nom.
Gen.

flumina

tempora

opera

fluminum
fluminibus

temporum
temporibus

operum
operibus

capitum
capitibus
capita
capitibus

-um
-ibus -a -ibus

Dat,
Ace,

flumina
fluminibus

tempora
temporibus

opera
operibus

AbL
1.

74 and apply the rules to this declension. 2. Bases or stems in -in- have -e- instead of -i- in the nominative, as fliimen, base or stem flumin-. 3. Most bases or stems in -er- and -or- have -us in the nominative, as opus, base or stem oper-; tempus, base or stem tempor-.

Review

239.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292.

I.
I.

Barbari ubi
2.

Romam

ceperunt,

maxima regum opera

dele-

Roman! multas calamitates a barbarls acceperunt. 3. Ubi erat summus terror apud oppidanos, animi dubii eorum ab oratore claro confirmati sunt. 4. Roma est in ripls flumlnis magni. 5. Ubi Caesar imperator mllites suos arma capere iussit, ii a proelio contineri non potuerunt. 6. Ubi proelium factum est, imperator reperiri non potuit.
verunt.
7>

Imperator sagitta in capita vulneratus erat et stare non poterat.

8.

Eum magno

labore pedes ex proelio portavit.

et

9. Is bracchiis suls

imperatorem tenuit

eum

ex perlculls summis servavit.

10. Virtu te

sua bonus miles ab imperatore coronam accepit.

II.
I.

The

consul placed a crov^n on the head of the victor.

2.

Be-

fore the gates he v^as received

by the tov^nsmen.

3.

famous orator

praised

him and
5.

said,

^*

land from disaster."

the victor.

4.

By your labors you have saved the fatherThe v^ords of the orator v^ere pleasing to

To

save the fatherland v^as a great task.

CORONA

REVIEW OF CONSONANT STEMS

lO/
7

LESSON XLII
REVIEW LESSON
!\

240. Review the paradigms in 233, 236, 238; and decline

in this selection.
%

all

nouns of the third declension

,

Terror Cimbricus^
Teutones, populi Germaniae,

Olim Cimbri
Italiae

et

cum

feminis liberisque

Romanas maximo proelio vicerant. Ubi fuga legionum nuntiataest, summus erat terror totlus Romae, et Roadpropinquaverant et copias
manl, graviter commoti, sacra crebra deis faciebant et salutem petebant. " Magnam Tum Manlius orator animos populi ita confirmavit
:

calamitatem accepimus.

Oppida nostra a Cimbrls Teutonibusque

Itaque, nisi novis animis proelium

capiuntur, agricolae interficiuntur, agri vastantur, copiae barbarorum

Romae

adpropinquant.

novum
!

faciemus et Germanos ex patria nostra sine mora agemus,

salus feminis nostris liberisque.

erit nulla

Servate liberos

Servate patriam

10

Antea superati sumus quia imperatores

nostri fuerunt infirmi.

Nunc

Marius, clarus >imperktor, qui iam multas

alias victorias reportavit,

legiones diicet et animos nostros terrore Cimbrico liberare maturabit."

Marius tum'

in Africa

bellum gerebat.

Sine

mora ex Africa

in

Italiam vocatus est.

Copias novas non solum

Disciplina

toti Italiae

sed etiam 15

provinciis sociorum imperavit.^

autem dura laboribusque

perpetuis milites exercuit.

proelio studebant,
acriter

Tum cum

peditibus equitibusque, qui iam

celeriter properavit. Diti et

ad Germanorum castra
est.^

pugnatum

Denique barbari fugerunt

et multi in
est.

fuga ab
20

equitibus sunt interfecti.

1

Marius pater patriae vocatus

About the year 100 B.C. the Romans were greatly alarmed by an invasion from the north known as Cimbri and Teutons. They were traveling with wives and children, and had an army of 300,000 fighting men. Several Roman armies met defeat, and the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called upon Marius, their greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the Teutons in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible battle ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed but the terror Cimbricus 2 jjg made a continued to haunt the Romans for many a year thereafter. ^ levy (of troops) upon^ imperavit with the ace. and the dat. Cf. 200. n. 2.
of barbarians
;

io8

THE THIRD DECLENSION /-STEMS

LESSON
241.

XLIII

THE THIRD DECLENSION

To
decline a

/-STEMS

noun
it is

of the third declension correctly

we must

know whether
1

or not

an i-stem.
:

Nouns with

i-stems are

Masculines and f eminines

a.

Nouns

in -es

and

-is

with the same number of syllables in the genitive

caedes, caedis, is an i-stem, but miles, militis,

as in the nominative.
is

Thus
-rs.

a consonant stem.
b.
c.

Nouns Nouns

in -ns

and

of one syllable in -s or -x preceded by a consonant.

-e, -al,

2.

Neuters in

and

-at.
is

242.

The

declension of i-stems

nearly the

same as

that of con-

sonant stems.
a.

Note the following

differences
-is

Masculines and feminines have -ium in the genitive plural and

or

-es in the accusative plural.

b.

Neuters have

-i

in the ablative singular,

and an

-i-

in every

form of

the plural.

243. Masculine and Feminine /-Stems.

Masculine and feminine

i-

stems are declined as follows

caedes,
f.,

hostis,

m.

urbs,

f.,

cliens, m.,

slaughter

enemy
hosti-

city

retainer
clienti-

Stems
Bases

caedi-

urbi-

caed-

host-

urb-

client-

SlNGULAR

TERMINATIONS
M.
cliens
^

AND

F.

Nom.
Gen,

caedes
caedis

hostis
hostis

urbs
urbis

-s, -is,

or-^s

clientis
client!

-is
-i

Dat,
Ace,

caedi

hosti

urbi

caedem
caede

hostem
hoste

urbem
urbe
is

clientem
cliente

-em
-e

(-im)

AbL
1

(-1)

Observe that the vowel before -ns

Cf. 12.
2, 3.

long, but that

it is

shortened before

-nt.

THE THIRD DECLENSION /-STEMS

109
M.

Plural

TERMINATIONS

AND

F.

Nom,
Gen, Dat,
Ace,

caedes

hostes

urbes

clientes

-es

caedium
caedibus
caedis, -es

hostium
hostibus
hostis, -es

urbium
urbibus
urbis, -es

clientium
clientibus
clientis, -es

-ium
-ibus
-IS, -es

AM,
1.

caedibus

hostibus

urbibus

clientibus

-ibus
in
-i

avis, civis, finis, ignis, navis

turris has accusative turrim

2.

have the ablative singular and ablative turri or tune.

or

-e.

244. Neuter /-Stems.

insigne, n.,

Neuter i-stems are declined as foUov^s

animal,
n.,

calcar, n.,

deeoration

anim,al
animali-

spur
calcari-

Stems Bases

insigni-

insign-

animal-

calcar-

SlNGULAR

Nom,
Gen, Dat,
Ace,

Tnsigne
insignis

animal
animalis

calcar
calcaris

TERMINATIONS -e or

-is
-i

insigni

animali

calcari

insigne
insigni

animal
animali

calcar
calcari

-e
-i

or

AM,
Nom,
Gen,

Plural
Insignia

animalia

calcaria

-ia

Tnsignium
insignibus
insignia

animalium
animalibus
animalia

calcarium
calcaribus
calcaria.

-ium
-ibus
-ia

Dat,
Ace,

AM,
1.

insignibus

animalibus

calcaribus

-ibus

74 and see how it applies to this declension. 2. The final -i- of the stem is usually dropped in the nominative. dropped, it is changed to -e.

Review

If

not

3.

A long vowel is

shortened before

final -1

or

-r.

(Cf. 12. 2.)

245.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292.

I.

I.

Quam urbem videmus ? Urbs quam videtis est Roma.

turribus
altis

2.

Gives

RomanI urbem suam

3.
4.

et

muris longis miiniverant.

Venti navIs longas prohibebant finibus hostium adpropinquare.

Imperator a clientibus suls calcaria auri et

alia insignia accepit.

5. Milites

Roman! cum

hostibus bella saeva gesserunt et cos caede

no
magna
7.

EXERCISES
superaverunt.
6.

Alia

animalia

terrain,

alia

mare amant.
ign!

Naves longae quae auxilium ad imperatorem portabant

8.

ab

hostibus deletae sunt.

In eo marl avis multas vidimus quae longe

vidistis navis

a terra volaverant.

9.

Nonne

longas hostium et ignis

quibus urbs nostra vastabatur? Certe, sed nee caedem civium nee

NAVES LONGAE

fugam

clientium vidimus.

10.

Aves

et alia animalia, ubi

ignem
et

vide-

runt, salutem

fuga petere celeriter inceperunt.

?

11.

Num

iudex in

peditum ordinibus stabat

eius insigne
II.
I
.

Minime, iudex erat apud equites

equus

pulchrum gerebat.
village

Because of the lack of grain the animals of the

live.

were

generaP heard the rumor, he quickly sent a horseman to the village. 3. The horseman had a beautiful horse and wore spurs of gold. 4. He said to the citizens, ^^ Send
not able to
2.

When

the

your retainers with horses and wagons to our camp, and you
receive an abundance of grain.'' 5.
to

will

With happy hearts they hastened

obey

his words.^
1

Place

first.

-^q^ ^^g accusative.

Why ?

IRREGULAR NOUNS GENDER

III

LESSON XLIV
IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION THE THIRD DECLENSION
246.
vis,
,

GENDER IN

PARADIGMS
i.^

force

iter, n.,

march
itiner-

Bases vi- and vir-

iter-

and

Singular

Nom,
Gen,

vis VIS (rare)

VI (rare)

iter

itineris
itineri
iter

Dat,
Ace,

vim
VI

Abl.

itinera

Plural

Nom,
Gen,

vires

itinera

virium
viribus
vTris,

itinerum
itineribus
itinera

Dat,
Ace,

or -es

Abl,

viribus

itineribus

247. There are no rules for gender in the third declension that do
not present numerous exceptions.^
of great service,
1.

The

following rules, however, are

and should be thoroughly mastered

-or, -6s, -er, -es (gen. -itis).
iter,

Masculine are nouns in

feminine
;

a, arbor, tree^ is 2.

and

march^

is

neuter.

Feminine are nouns in

-6, -is, -x,

o.

and

in -s

preceded by a con-

sonant or by any long vowel but

a.

Masculine are

in -nis

and -guis

collis (hill\ lapis, xaensis

as ignis, sanguis {blood)

and the four monosyllables

and caput.

(monf/i\ ordo, pes, and nouns

dens,

a tooth; mons, a mountain

pons, a bridge J fons, a fountain

3.

Neuters are nouns in

-e, -al, -ar, -n, -ur, -iis,

1 Review 60. Words denoting males are, of course, masculine, and those denoting females, feminine.

112

EXERCISES
determined
animal
avis

248. Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which
it is

calamitas

flumen
ignis

lapis
legio

navis

caput
eques
finis

opus
salus

caedes
calcar

insigne
labor

mare
miles

urbs

249.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292.

The First Bridge over the Rhine. Salus sociorum erat semper cara Romanis. Olim Galli, amici Romanorum, multas iniurias ab Germanis
I.

qui trans flumen

Rhenum vivebant acceperant. Ubi legati ab iis ad Caesarem imperatorem Romanum venerunt et auxilium postulaverunt,
itineribus

Roman! magnis
ripas

ad hostium
^

finis

properaverunt.

Mox

ad

magnl fluminis venerunt. Imperator studebat copias suas trans

poterat.
vir clarus,

fluvium ducere, sed nulla via

erat aqua.

Nullas navIs habebat.

Alta

Imperator autem,

numquam
visus erat.

adversa fortuna

commotus, novum consilium

10

cepit.

lussit suos^ in^ lato flumine facere

pontem.

Numquam

antea pons in

Rheno

Hostes ubi pon-

tem quem RomanI fecerant viderunt, summo mora fugam parare inceperunt.
II.
I.

terrore commoti, sine

The enemy had taken (possession of) the top of the mountain. 2. There were many trees on the opposite hills. 3. We pitched our camp near (ad) a beautiful spring. 4. A march through the enemies' country is never without danger. 5. The time of the month was suitable for the march. 6. The teeth of the monster were long.
7.

When

the foot soldiers* saw the blood of the captives, they began

to assail the fortifications with the greatest violence.^

1 Abl. of manner. 2 suos, used as a noun, his men, * Place first. a bridge over; the Romans, make a bridge on.

We

say buila

Fifth Review, Lessons

XXXVn-XLIV,

517-520

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION

113

LESSON XLV
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION
250. Adjectives are either of the
bonus, aeger, or
liber),
first

/-STEMS
(like

and second declensions

or they are of the third declension.

251. Nearly

all

adjectives of the third declension have i-stems,

and

they are declined almost like nouns with i-stems.

252. Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in the

nominative for each gender,

as,

bonus, m.

bona,

f.

bonum,

n.

Such

an adjective

is

called

an

adjective

of three endings.

Adjectives of the

third declension are of the following classes

I.

Adjectives of three endings

alike,

a different form in the nominative for each gender.

11.

Adjectives of two endings

the neuter different.

all alike.

masculine and feminine nominative

III. Adjectives of

one ending

masculine, feminine, and neuter nominative

253. Adjectives of the third declension in -er have three endings

those in -is have two endings
;

the others have one ending.

CLASS

254. Adjectives of Three Endings are declined as follows

acer, acris, acre, keen^ eager

Stem

acri-

Base acr-

Singular
MASC
FEM.
acris acris

Plural
NEUT.
acre
acris

MASC
acres

FEM.
acres

NEUT.
acria

Nom,
Gen,

acer
acris

acrium
acribus
acris, -es

acrium
acribus
acris, -es

acrium
acribus
acria

Dat,
Ace,

acri

acri

acri

acrem
acri

acrem
acri

acre
acri

AbL

acribus

acribus

acribus

114

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION

CLASS
II

255. Adjectives of

Two

Endings are declined as follows

^

omnis, omne, every all^

Stem omni-

Base omn-

Singular
MASC.

Plural
NEUT.
MASC.

AND FEM

AND FEM.

NEUTo

Nom,
Gen,

omnis omnis

omne
omnis omni

omnes

omnia

omnium
omnibus
omnis, -es

omnium
omnibus omnia

Dat.
Ace.

omni

omnem
omni

AbL

omne omni

omnibus

ommbus

CLASS
256. Adjectives of

III

One Ending

are declined as follows:

par, equal

Stem pari-

Base par-

Singular

Plural
NEUT.
MASC.

MASC AND
NoTH.
Gen,

FEM.

AND FEM.

NEUT.
paria

par
paris

par
paris

pares

parium
paribus
paris, -es

parium
paribus
paria

Dat,
Ace,

pari

pari

parem
pari

par
pari

AbL
1.

paribus

paribus

All i-stem adjectives have

-i

in the ablative singular.

Observe that the several cases of adjectives of one ending have the same form for all genders excepting in the accusative singular and in the nominative and accusative plural. 3. Decline vir acer, legio acris, animal acre, ager omnis, sciitum omne,
2.

proelium par.

257. There are a few adjectives of one ending that have consonant
stems.
1

They
is

are declined exactly like nouns with consonant stems.

omnis

usually translated every in the singular and all in the plural.

EXERCISES
258.

115

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293.

I.

The Romans invade

the

Enemfs

Country,

Olim pedites RomanI

cum

equitibus velocibus in hostium

urbem
eis

iter faciebant.

Ubi non
et facilem

longe afuerunt, rapuerunt agricolam, qui

demonstravit.

viam brevem

lam RomanI moenia

Romanos,

alta, turns validas aliaque opera

5

urbis videre poterant.

In moenibus stabant multi principes. Prmcipes

iusserunt civis lapides aliaque tela

ubi viderunt
iacere.

de muris
et acer

Turn

mllites fortes contineri a proelio

iussit.

non poterant

imperator signum tuba dari

Summa
Grave
Pauci

vi

omnes properaverunt.
Sextus impe-

Imperator Sexto legato impedimenta omnia mandavit.

dimenta
hostes

in

summo

colle conlocavit.

et acre erat proelium, sed 10

alii

non pares Romanis

erant.

Alii interfecti,

capti sunt.

Apud

captivos erant mater sororque regis.

vulnerati sunt.
fortibus

Romanorum ab
erat gratum.

hostibus

Secundum proelium Romanis

favet.

Fortuna

semper

All. I. Some months are short, others are long. 2. To seize the ^top of the mountain was difficult. 3. Among the hills of Italy are 4. The soldiers were sitting where the bags!^, many beautiful springs.
^I'gage had been placed because their feet were weary.
1^
\

5.

The

city

which the soldiers were eager to storm had been

walls

fortified

by strong

and high towers.

all

6.

Did not the king

intrust a

heavy crown

of gold and

his

money

to a faithless slave? Yes, but the slave

had never before been

faithless.

AQUILA LEGIONIS

Il6

THE FOURTH OR ^/-DECLENSION

LESSON XLVI
THE FOURTH OR
C/'-DECLENSION
259. Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter. 260. Masculine nouns end in -us, neuters in -u.
in -us.
a.

The

genitive ends

Feminine by exception are domus, house; manus, hand; and a

others.

few

PARADIGMS
adventus, m., arrival
cornu, n.,

horn
TERMINATIONS
MASC.
-US
-US
-ui (u)

Bases advent

corn-

SlNGULAR
cornu
cornus

NEUT.
-u
-us

Nom,
Gen.

adventus
adventus
adventui (u)

Dat.
Ace.

cornu

-u

adventum
adventu

cornu
cornu

-um
-u

-u -u

AbL
Nom.
Gen,

Plural
adventus

cornua

-us

-ua

adventuum
adventibus

cornuum
cornibus

-uum
-ibus
-us

-uum
-ibus

Dat,
Ace,

adventus
adventibus
is

cornua
cornibus

-ua
-ibus

AbL
1.

-ibus

Observe that the base

lacus, lake^ has the

found, as in other declensions, by dropping

the ending of the genitive singular.

2.

ending -ubus in the dative and ablative plural;

is

portus, harbor^ has either -ubus or -ibus.

3.

cornu

is

the only neuter that

in

common

use.

261.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293.

Ante adventum Caesaris veloces hostium equites acrem impetum in castra fecerunt. 2. Continere exercitum a proelio non
I.

I.

facile erat.

3.

Post adventum

suum Caesar

iussit legiones

ex

castris

EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
dQci.
4.

I17
est.

Pro

castris

cum hostium

equitatu

pugnatum

5.

Post

tempus breve equitatus trans flumen

erant.
6. 7.

fugit ubi castra

hostium posita

Tum

victor imperator agros vastavit et vicos

hostium

cre-

mavit.
et locus

Castra autem non oppugnavit quia mllites erant defessi

8.

difficilis.

Hostes non cessaverunt iacere

tela,

quae paucis

nocuerunt. 9. Post adversum proelium principes Gallorum legatos ad

/Caesarem mittere studebant, sed populo persuadere non poterant. II. I. Did you see the man-of-war on the lake? 2. I did not see it {fern,) on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of the strong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail. 4. Caesar didn't make an attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he? 6. Who taught your 5. No, he made an attack on the left wing.
swift horse to

obey?

7. I

trained
8.

my

horse with

my

(own) hands,

nor was the task

strength.

difficult.

He

is

a beautiful animal and has great

LESSON XLVII
EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
262.

THE DECLENSION OF DOMUS

We have become
:

thoroughly familiar with expressions like the

followmg

^^j^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ oppidum properat Galba ab (de or ex) oppid5 properat Galba in oppido habitat

From
263.

these expressions

we may deduce

the following rules

Rule.

Accusative of the Place

in

to.

The

place to which is

expressed by ad or
question Whither?
264.

with the

acctisative.

This answers the

Rule.

Ablative of the Place from.

ab, de, e

The

place

from which

is

expressed by a or

or

ex,

with the separative ablative.

(Cf. Rule, 179.)

This answers the question Whence ?

265.

Rule.

Ablative of the Place at or in.

The

place at or in

which is expressed by the ablative

with

in.

This answers the

question

Where?

Il8
a.
(cf.

EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE
The
ablative denoting the place

where

is

called the locative ablative

locus, place).

266. Exceptions.
rus, country,

Names

of towns, small islands,^ domus, home,

in

and a few other words

common

use omit the prepo-

sitions in expressions of place, as,

Galba Athenas properat, Galba hastens to Athens Galba Athenis properat, Galba hastens from Athens Galba Athenis habitat, Galba lives at (or in) Athens Galba domum properat, Galba hastens home Galba rus properat, Galba hastens to the country
Galba doni5 properat, Galba hastens from home Galba rure properat, Galba hastens from the country Galba ruri (less commonly rure) habitat, Galba lives in
the country
a.

Names

of countries, like Germania, Italia,

etc.,

do not come under

these exceptions.

With them prepositions must not

be omitted,

267. The Locative Case.

We

saw above

that the place-relation exlocative ablative.

pressed by at or in

is

regularly covered

by the

ever, Latin originally expressed this relation

by a

Howseparate form known

in the abla-

as the locative case.

This case has been everywhere merged

tive excepting in the singular

number

of the

first

and second declenis

sions.

The form
and
its

of the locative in these declensions

like the genitive

singular,

use

is

limited to

names of towns and small

islands,

domi, at home, and a few other words.

268.
in

which

Rule. Locative and Locative Ablative. To express the place with names of towns and small islands, if they are sin;

gular and of the first or second declension, use the locative; otherwise

use the locative ablative without a prepositioft

Galba Romae habitat, Galba lives at

as,

Rome

Galba Corinthi habitat, Galba lives at Corinth Galba domi habitat, Galba lives at home
1 Small islands are classed with towns because they generally have but one town, and the name of the town is the same as the name of the island.

DOMUS

119

Here R5mae, Corinthi, and domi are locatives^ being singular and of the But in first and second declensions respectively.
Galba Athenis habitat, Galba*lives at Athens, Galba Pompeiis habitat, Galba lives at PoTnpeii
Athenis and Pompeiis are locative ablatives. These words can have no locative case, as the nominatives Athenae and Pompeii zx^ plural and there
is

no

plural locative case form.

269.

The word domus, home^

house^ has forms of both the second

it s

and the fourth declension. Learn

declension ( 468)

270.

EXERCISES

First learn th^ special vocabulary, p. 293.

I.

I.

Gorinthi omnia insignia auri a ducibus victoribus rapta erant.

3.

2.

Caesar Genavam exercitum magnis itineribus duxit.

Quem pon-

tem hostes cremaverant?

4.

Pontem in Rheno hostes cremaverant. Pompeiis multasv Romanorum domos videre poteritis. 5. p.6ma
7.

sedebant.

Imperator iusserat legatum Athenas

8.

cum

multis navibus

longis navigare.

Ante moenia urbis sunt ordines arborum altarum. 9. Propter arbores altas nee lacum nee portum reperire potuimus. ID. Proeliis crebris Caesar legiones suas quae erant in Gallia exercebat.
11. Cotidie

in

loco

idoneo

castra

ponebat

et

muniebat.

W, I. Caesar, the famous general, when he had departed from Rome, hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse.-^ 2 He had
.

heard a rumor concerning the

allies at

Geneva.

3.

After his arrival

to join battle.

Caesar called the soldiers together and

4.

commanded them
^

some because they were afraid, others because^ of wounds. 5. Recently I was at Athens and saw the place where the judges used to sit.^ 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers the one lives at Rome, the other in the country.

The enemy hastened

to retreat,

2 Distinguish be1 Latin says '* by a swift horse." What construction ? tween the English conjunction because (quia or quod) and the preposition ^ used to sit^ express by the imperfect. because of (propter),

DAEDALUS ET ICARUS

120

THE FIFTH OR ^-DECLENSION

271.

121

Daed'alus and Ic'arus

Ibi

Creta est insula antiqua quae aqua alta magni maris pulsatur.
olim

Minos
*

erat rex.

Ad eum

venit Daedalus qui ex Graecia patria

fugiebat.

Eum
-^

Minos rex benignis

in loco

verbis accepit et ei domicilium in

et regi

Creta dedit.
et clara

Quo

Daedalus sine cura vivebat

multa
5

opera faciebat.

Post tempus longum autem Daedalus patriam

caram desiderare

incepit.

Domum

properare studebat, sed regi per-

suadere non potuit et mare saevum fugam vetabat.

aJ-^

LESSON XLVni
THE FIFTH OR ^-DECLENSION
272. Gender.
dies, day,

THE ABLATIVE OF TIME

Nouns

of the fifth declension are feminine except

and meridies, midday, which are usually masculine.

273.
dies, m.,

PARADIGMS
day
res,
ri.,,

thing

Bases

di-

SlNGULAR

TERMINATIONS
-es
-ei
-li

Nom.
Gen.

dies
diei diei

res
rei
rei
'
rei?i

Dat.
Ace.

diem
die

-em
-e

AbL
Nom.
Gen.

re

Plural
dies

res

-es

dierum
diebus
dies

rerum
rebus
res

-erum
-ebus
-es

Dat.
Ace.

Abl.
1

digbus

rebus

-ebus

quo does not here introduce a subordinate relative preceding sentence. Such a relative is called a connecting relative^ and is translated by and and a demonstrative or personal pronoun.
in this place
;

And

clause, but establishes the connection with the

122
1.

ABLATIVE OF TIME
The vowel
e

which appears
-ei after

in every

form

is

regularly long.
r-ei
;

It is

shortened in the ending

a consonant, as in

and before -m
of

in the accusative singular, as in di-em. (Cf. 12. 2.)

2.

Only

dies

and

res are

complete in the
Acies, line

plural.
battle^

Most other nouns

this declension lack the plural.

of

and spes, hope^ have

the nominative and accusative plural.

274.

The

ablative relation ( 50)

which

is

expressed by the prep-

ositions at^ in^ or

on

may
is

refer not only to place, but also to time,

as at noon^ in summer^ on the first day.

to express this relation

The

ablative

which

is

used

called the ablative

of time,
within

275.
which

Rule. The

Ablative of Time.
is

The time when or

anything happens

expressed by the ablative without a

preposition,
a.

Occasionally the preposition

in is

found.

Compare the English Next

day we started and On the next day we

started.

276.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294.

I.

Galba the Farmer,

Galba agricola

ruri vivit.

Cotldie prima lucp

laborare incipit, nee ante noctem in studjo suo cessat.

filia

Meridie lulia

eum ad cenam
filii^

vocat.

Nocte\/pedes def essos

domum

vertitr-

Aestate

agricolae auxilium patri dant.

Ibi magisfer pueris

Hieme

Agricola' eos^ in

ludutn mittit.
Caesaris narrat.

multas fabulas dg-^jehj^s gesjis'

Aestate

filii

agricolae perpetuis laboribus exercentiir

nee grave agri opus est

res adversas timet.
II.
I.

iis

molestum.

Galba sine

ulla cura vIvit

nee

In that month there were

many battles
upon

in Gaul.'

2.

The
4.

cav-

alry of the

enemy made an

attaqk

Caesar's line of battle.

billows.

3.

In

the

first

hour of the night the ship was overconie by the

'

On

the second day the savages were eager to

tection.
6.
5.

The king had

fire

joined battle,

come under' Caesar's promoved by the hope of victory.

and other animals.
7.

That year a

destroyed

many

birds

We

saw blood on the wild

beast's teeth.

PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED
277.

23

Daed'alus and Ic'arus {Continued^

curis

Turn Daedalus' gravibus

^"

commotus

filio

suo Icaro

ita dixit

Animys meus, Icare, est plenus tristitiae nee oculi lacrimis egent. ^Discedere ex Creta, Athenas properare, maxime studeo sed rex re^cusat audire verba mea et omnem reditus spem eripit. Sed numquam rebus adversis vincar. Terra et mare sunt inimica, sed aliam fugae viam reperiam." Turn in artis ignotas animum dimittit et mirum
;

i:^;

'

capit consilium.

Nam

pennas

in ordine ponit et veras alas facit.

LESSON XLIX
PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS

278.

We

have the same kinds of pronouns

in Latin as in English.

They
1.

are divided into the following eight classes

Personal pronouns, which show the person speaking, spoken

\.Vi^

to,

or spoken of; as, ego, //

2.

you ;

is, he,

(Cf. 279, etc.)

Possessive pronouns, which denote possession; as, meus, tuus,

(Cf. 98.)

suus, etc.
3.

Reflexive pronouns, used in the predicate to refer back to the

;

subject
4.

as,

he

saw

himself,

(Cf. 281.)

Intensive pronouns, used to emphasize a

it,

noun or pronoun

as,

I myself saw
5.
is, this^ that,

(Cf. 285.)
;

Demonstrative pronouns, which point out persons or things

(Cf. 112.)

as,

6.

Relative pronouns, which connect a subordinate adjective clause

as, qui,

with an antecedent;
7.

who,

(Cf. 220.)

Interrogative pronouns, which ask a question; as, quis, who'l

(Cf. 225.)
8.

Indefinite pronouns,

which point out

indefinitely

as,

some

one^

any

one^ some, certain ones, etc.

(Cf. 296.)
is, ea, id,

279.
is
it,

The demonstrative pronoun

as

we

learned in 115,

regularly used as the personal

they, etc.).

pronoun of the

third person {he, she,

. .

124
280.

PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS

The
personal pronouns of the
first

person are ego,

vos,

/,

nos,

we;

of the second person, tu, thou or

you ;

ye or you. They are

declined as follows

Singular
FIRST PERSON

SECOND PERSON
tu,

Norn,
Gen,

ego,/
mei, of me

Dat,
Ace,

mihi, to ox for

me
etc.,

me,

me me
Plural

AM,

me, with^from^

you ofyou tibi, to ox for you te, you te, with from etc, you
tui,
^ ^

Nam,
Gen,

n5s,

we
nostri,

vos,

you
vestri,

nostrum or
nos, us

of us

vestrum or
vos,

ofyou

Dat,
Ace,

nobis, to ox for us

vobis, to ox for you

you

AM,
1

nobis,

with^ from

etc.,

us

vobis, with, from, etc.,

you

The

personal pronouns are not used in the nominative excepting for

emphasis or contrast.

281. The Reflexive Pronouns,

tu

i.

The

personal pronouns ego and

;

may be used
video me,
vides te,
2

in the predicate as reflexives

as,

/ see myself
see yourself

videmus nos, we see ourselves

videtis vos,

you

you

see yourselves

The

reflexive

pronoun of the
and

third person {himself, herself,

itself,

themselves^ has a special form, used only in these senses,

alike in the singular
plural.

and declined

Singular and Plural

Gen, sui
Ace,
se se

Dat,

sibi

AM,

Puer se videt, the boy sees himself

Examples

Puella se videt, the girl sees herself

Animal
li

se videt, the

animal

sees itself

se vident, they see themselves

sese, for

a.

The form

se is

sometimes doubled,

emphasis.

CC/M WITH PRONOUNS

3.

25

Give the Latin for

/ Uac^ myself
^

We teach

ourselves

You teach yourself

He
282.
or sui,

teaches himself

You teach yourselves They teach themselves

The
is

preposition cum,
to the
etc.

appended

when used with the ablative of ego, tu, form, as, mecum, with me; tecum, with you ;
EXERCISES

n5biscum, with us ;
283.

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294.

I.

I.

Mea

mater

est cara mihi et tua

mater

est cara

tibi.

2.

Vestrae

litterae
3.

erant gratae nobis et nostrae litterae

erant gratae vobis.

4.

Nuntius regis qui nobiscum est

nihjl respondebit.
5. Si

Nuntii

pacem

aipi;itiamque sibi et suis sociis posl^ulaverunt.

tu

arma sumes,

"^ nostrum.

Uego regnum occupabo. 6. Uter vestriMn est clyis Romanus 1 Neuter7. Eo tempore multi supplicium dederunt quia regnum petierant. 8. Sume supplicium, Caesar, de hostibus patriae acribus.
9.

Prima luce

alii

metti

commoti sese fugae mandaverunt;

exercitus nostri sustinuerunt.
audivit, sese
I
3.

alii

autem magna
regis, ubi
II.
I.

virtute

impetum

10. Sorqr

de adverso proelio

Pompeiis

interfecit.
2.

Whom

do you

teach?

teach

myself.

The

soldier

wounded himself with

he does not
praise.
4.

his sword.

The master

praises us, but

you

Therefore he
5.

will inflict

punishment on you, but

we
7.

shall

not suffer punishment.

?

Who will march (i.e. make a march)

with

me to Rome 6.1 will march with you to the gates of the city. Who will show us ^ the way ? The gods will show you ^ the way.
Daed'alus and Ic'arus {Concluded^

284. Puer Icarus una ^ stabat et

mirum
fill

patris

opus videbat. Postsimilis

quam manus ultima^

avi in auras volavit.
et dixit,
^*

alis

imposita

est,

Daedalus eas temptavit et

adligavit et docuit
soli

Tum alas umeris

fili,

eum volare
Si fluct^bus
5

Te

veto,^mi

adpropinquare aut
alis tuis

aut mari.

adpropinquavens,* aqu^
^

nocebit, et

si soli

adpropinquaveris,*

Not

accusative.

finishing touch.

What

* manus ultima, the Adverb, 'see vocabulary. * Future perfect. Translate by the present. literally
^
.'*

126

THE PRONOUNS IPSE AND IDEM

Turn pater
et fllius iter difficile incipiunt.

ignis eas cremabit."

Alas

movent
paret.
et
5

et aurae sese committunt.

Soli adpropinquat.
amittit.

Sed

stultus

puer verbis patris non

Alae cremantur

et Icarus in

mare

decidit

vitam

Daedalus autem sine uUo periculo trans fluctus ad

Insulam Siciliam volavit.

^"^^

LESSON L
THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN IPSE AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE IDEM
285. Ipse means
even or very.
It is
-self {himself^ herself^ etc.)

or

is

translated

by

used to emphasize a noun or pronoun, expressed

it

or understood, with which

a. Ipse
latter is

agrees like an adjective.

must be

carefully distinguished

from the
is

reflexive sui.

The

always used as a pronoun, while ipse

regularly adjective.

Compare

Homo se videt, the man sees himself (reflexive) Homo ipse periculum yidet, the man himself (intensive) sees the danger Hom5 ipsum periculum yidet, the man sees the danger itself (intensive)
286. Except for the one form ipse, the intensive pronoun
clined
is

de-

exactly like

the

nine

irregular

adjectives

(cf.

io8, 109).

Learn the declension

287.
of
is.

( 481).

The demonstrative
Singular

idem, meaning the same^ is a

compound

It is declined as follows

Plural
NEUT.

MASC

FEM.
e^'adem

MASC
rii^dem

FEM.

NEUT.

C
\
\

Nom. idem
Gen.
eius^dem ei^dem

idem
eius^dem

\ei^dem
f

eae^dem

e^adem
eorun^dem
iis^dem

eius^dem
ei^dem

eorun^dem earun^dem
iis^dem
iis^dem

Dat.
Ace.

ei^dem
l^

eis^dem

eis^dem

eis^dem

eun^dem
eo^dem

ean^dem
ea^dem
like

idem
r

eos'dem
iis^dem
1 eis^dem

eas^dem
iis^dem

e^adem
iis^dem

AM.
a.

eo^dem

eis^dem

eis^dem

From forms
The forms

eundem (eum

-dem), eorundem (eorum

to n.

-dem),

we

learn the rule that

b.

before d

is

changed

iidem, iisdem are often spelled

and pronounced with one

i.

EXERCISES
288.

127

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295.

I.

I.

Ego

et tu

in

eadem urbe

vivimus.

2.

Iter

ipsum non timemus

3.

3ed feras saevas quae in silva densa esse dicuntur.

Olim nos
5.

ipsi

em
in

iter

fecimus.
6.

4.

Eo tempore multas
7.

feras vidimus.

Sed nobis

non nocuerunt.

Caesar ipse scutum de manibus

Itaque milites

militis eripuit et

ipsam aciem properavit.

8.

summa virttite tela in hosin partis^

tium corpora iecerunt.

9.

Romani quoque
et

gravia vulnera acceperunt.

fugerunt.

Denique hostes terga verterunt

omnis

10.

11.

Eadem hora litterae Romam ab imperatore ipso missae sunt. Eodem mense captivi quoque in Italiam missi sunt. 12. Sed
difficile

multi propter vulnera iter

trans montis facere recusabant et

Genavae^e^se dicebantur.

At Pompeii there is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was ^V fln that place, I myself saw that mountain. 3. On the same day many cities were destroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain.
J
II.
r:

?
^

4.
5.

You have

not heard the true stbry of that calamity, have you

^
?

On

that day the very suri could not give light to

tell (to)

men.

6.

You

yourself ought to

us that story.

289.
\

How

HoRATius held the Bridge*

Tarquinius Superbus, Septimus et ultimus rSx

exsilium ab iratis
aiixilium petiit.

Romanorum, ubi

in

^'
Ns;|

Romanis

eiectus est, a Porsena, rege EtruscOrum,

Mox

Porsena magnis cum copiis

erat.

Romam

venit,

et

^
^

ipsa urbs

summo

in periculo

Omnibus

in partibus exercitus

Romanus

lam rex montem laniculum^ occupaverat. Numquam antea Romani tanto metu tenebantur. Ex agris in urbem properabant et summo studio urbem ipsam muniebant.
victus erat.
2 "^ot parts, not you and I, but directions. Cf. 210. The story of Horatius has been made familiar by Macaulay's well-known poem " Horatius " in his Lays of Ancient Rome. Read the poem in connection with this selection. * The Janiculum is a high hill across the Tiber from Rome.
^

Observe that

in Latin
^

we

say

I and you,

128

THE DEMONSTRATIVES

HIC, ISTE, ILLE

LESSON
We
is

LI
HIC, ISTE,

THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS

290.

ILLE

have already learned the declension of the demonstrative

pronoun

and

its

use.

(Cf.

Lesson XVII.) That pronoun refers

to point out

to

persons or things either far or near, and makes no definite reference

to place or time.
If

we wish

an object

definitely in place
like

or time,
is,

we must use

hie, iste,

or

ille.

These demonstratives,

are used both as pronouns and as adjectives, and their relation to

the speaker

may be
hie

represented graphically thus

iste
ille

Speaker
this^

^
he (near)
;

that^ he (remote)

that^ he (more remote)

In dialogue hie refers to a person or thing near the speaker iste, to a person or thing near the person addressed; ille, to a person or thing
a.
;

remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated in the model sentences, 293, which should be carefully studied and imitated.

291. Hie

is

declined as follows
*

Singular
MASC.

Plural
FEM.

FEM.
haee
huius
huie

'

NEUTf.

MASC
hi

NEUT.
haee

Norn, hie huius Gen, huie Dat, hune Ace, AbL hoc
a.

ioe^
huius
huie

hae

horum
his

harum
his

horum
his

hane hae

hoe
hoe'

h5s
his

has
hfs

haee
his

Huius

is

pronounced hobydos^ and huie

is

pronounced hooic (one

syllable).

292.
illud,

The demonstrative pronouns

except for the
illud,

iste, ista, istud,

and

ille, ilia,

nominative and

accusative

singular

neuter

forms istud and

(See
481.)

are declined exactly like ipse, ipsa, ipsum,

THE DEMONSTRATIVES
293.

HIC, ISTE, ILLE

129

MODEL SENTENCES
Estne hie equus validus ?
but that \
Iste

Is this horse {pi mine) strong ?

That horse

(pi yours) is strongs

is

equus est validus, sed

est infirmus
tui ?

one (yonder)

weak

ille

Are

these

(men by m) yourfriends f

Suntne hi amici
Isti

Those (men by you) are my friends^ but \ those (men yonder) are enemies )

sunt amici mei, sed illi sunt inimici

294.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. ^95.

I.

GermaKsChieftain addres
convocavit
-et

manorum dux syos

--vV

mayit.

Tos,

qmin

his linipti^ vlvitiSrm

hunalocurr^ convocavi quia

r-J
v>

is^s^.^mos ab' iniuriis Rppianorum liberare.^ Hoc nobis non difficile erft, quod Hli fesies has^.silvaMj denMs,"feraS saeVas quarum vestigia vident, inontes altos timeiitJr Sr fortes erimus, dei ipsi nobis viam salutis demonstrabunt Ille sov^l
detetis istos .agrdS/S
.

mecum

isti

ocuili

calamitates nostras viderunt.

Itaque

nomen

illius

rei

pu-

biicae

Romanae non solum

nobis, sed etiam

omnibus Jiominibus qui i

Exercete istam
10

4>ertatem amant.

est invisum.

Ad arma
^

vos voco.

istinam virtuteri^ et vmcetis.

II.
I.

Does

that bird (of yours)

sing?

2.

This bird (of mine)^

voice.

sings both^ in
3.
4.

summer and
in

in winter

and has a beautiful

sing
in

Those birds (yonder)^

the

country don't

winter.

Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)^ and
5.

come home with me.

'cs^

With those very eyes

(of yours) ^

you

will see

the tracks of the hateful

attack
inflict
lic

enemy who burned my dwelling and made an

6.

on

my

brother.

For (propter) these deeds

7.

(res)

we ought

to

punishment on him without delay.

suffer punishment.
2

The enemies

of the repub-

do not always
1

The

perfect definite.

(Cf. 190.)

English words in parentheses are

not to be translated. be used. (Cf 290.)

.

They

are inserted to
. .

show what demonstratives should

.

dotA

and^ et

et.

I30

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT

295.

How

HoRATius held the Bridge {Continued)

Sed
paene

Altera urbis pars muris, altera flumine satis munlri videbatur.

erat pons in flumine qu! hostibus iter
dedit.

Turn Horatius

magna voce dixit, Restindite pontem, Roman! BrevI tempore Porsena in urbem copias suas traducet." lam hostes in ponte erant, sed Horatius cum duobus (cf. 479) comitibus ad
Codes,
fortis vir,
^^

extremam pontis partem

runt.

properavit, et hi soli aciem hostium sustinueincipiunt,

Tum

vero cives

et hostes frustra

Roman! pontem a tergo rescindere Horatium superare temptant.

LESSON

LII

vV^ >^/
296.

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

The

some things

pronouns are used to refer to some person or without indicating which particular one is meant. The
indefinite

pronouns quis and qui, which we have learned in their interrogative and relative uses, may also be indefinite and nearly all the other indefinite pronouns are compounds of quis or qui and declined almost like them. Review the declension of these words, 221, 227.
;

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

131
:

297. Learn the declension and meaning of the following indefinites

Masc.
quis

Fem.
quid,

Neut.

some

one^

any one

(substantive)

qui
aliquis

qua or quae

quod, some^

any

(adjective),

483
(substan-

aliquid, so7ne one^

tive),

any one

487

aliqui

aliqua

aliquod, some^

any

(adjective),

quidam
quisquam
quisque

quaedam

quoddam, quiddam, a
one,

certain^

487 a certain

485 quicquam or quidquam (no

one

plural),

any

(at all) (substantive),

486

quidque, each one, every one (substantive),

484

quisque

quaeque

quodque, each, every (adjective), 484

etc.,

Note. The meanings of the neuters, somethingy from the masculine and feminine.
a.

are easily inferred

In the masculine and neuter singular of the indefinites, quis-forms

and quid-forms are mostly used as substantives, qui-forms and quod-forms

as adjectives.
b.

The

indefinites quis

and qui never stand

ne,

first

in a clause,

and are

rare excepting after

si, nisi,

num

(as, si

anything;

nisi quis, unless

some

one).

quis, if any one; si quid, if Generally aliquis and aliqui are

used instead.
c. The forms qua and aliqua are both feminine nominative singular and neuter nominative plural of the indefinite adjectives qui and aliqui respectively. How do these differ from the corresponding forms of the

relative
d.

qui?

Observe that quidam (qui + -dam) is declined like qui, except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural m of qui becomes n (cf. 287. a) quendam, quandam, quorundam, quarundam also that the neuter has quiddam (substantive) and quoddam (adjective) in the nominative and accusative singular. Quidam is the least indefinite of the indefinite pronouns, and
:

implies that
to

you could name the person or thing referred

to

if

you cared

do
e.

so.

Quisquam and quisque (substantive) are declined like quis. Quisquam, any one (quicquam or quidquam, anything), is always f used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The corresponding adjective any is uUus, -a, -um ( 108).

132
298.

EXERCISES
EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295.

I.

I.

Aliquis de ponte in flumen decidit sad sine uUo periculo ser2 .Est

vatus
^3.

est.

vero in vita cuiusque hominis aliqua bona

4.

f ortuna.

Ne

mllitum quidem^ quisquam in castris mansit.

vides, iube

Si^ueni meae

domi

eum

discedere.

5. Si

quis
6.

quidem exercitus capere urbem

et meridie rex
7.
.

potest.

pontem tenet, ne tantus Urbs non satis munlta erat

quidam paene copias suas trans pontem traduxerat. Denique miles quidam armatus in fluctus desiluit et incolumis ad
vertit.

alteram ripam oculos

8.

Quisque

illi

forti militi aliquid

dare

debet g.Tanta vero virtns Romanis semper

rinthus
erat

placuit.

10.

Olim Co-

urbs

satis

magna

et

paene par

Romae

ipsi;

nunc

vero moenia deciderunt et pauca vestigia urbis

1 1.

illius

reperiri possunt.

Quisque libertatem amat,

I.

et aliquibus vero

nomen regis est invisum.

him
to

II.

If

you see a

certain Cornelius at Corinth, send

me.

^2.
~

Almost

all

the soldiers
at

who

fell

down

into the

waves were una

fire.

harmed.

3.

Not even

Pompeii did

I see so great
5.

4. I

myself was eager to

-.'.praising his

tell

something to some one.

6.

Each one was

own

work.
7.

Did you see some one

will
will

in the country?

I did not see

any one.

Unless some one

remain on the bridge

with Horatius, the commonwealth

be

in the greatest danger.

299.

How

Horatius held the Bridge {Concluded^

pontis mansit, Horatius iussit comites disceillius

Mox, ubi parva pars

dere et solus mira constantia impetum

totius exercitus sustinebat.

Denique magno fragore pons

tergum
5

in

flumen

decidit.

Tum

vero Horatius

vertit et
;

armatus in aquas

desiluit.

In

eum

hostes multa tela

iecerunt

incolumis autem per fluctus ad alteram ripam tranavit.

Ei

propter tantas res gestas populus

Romanus non solum

alia

magna
^

praemia dedit sed etiam statuam Horati

in loco publico posuit.

Sixth Review, Lessons XLV-LII, 521-523

Observe that quidam and quidem are different words.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

133

LESSON

LIII

REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

300. The quality denoted by an adjective may exist in either a higher or a lower degree, and this is expressed by a form of inflection called comparison. The mere presence of the quality is expressed by the positive degree,
its

presence in a higher or lower degree by the comparative, and in the

all

highest or lowest of
-est for

comparing an adjective
the superlative;
highest.

is

by the superlative. In English the usual way of by using the suffix -er for the comparative and
as, positive

high^ comparative higher^ superlative

as, positive

Less frequently

we

use the adverbs more and most;

beautiful^ superlative

beautiful^ comparative

more

most beautiful.
suffixes

In Latin, as

in English, adjectives are

compared by adding

or by using adverbs.

301. Adjectives are compared by using suffixes as follows:

Positive
clams, -a, -urn {bright) (Base clar-)
brevis, breve {short)

Comparative
clarior, clarius

Superlative
clarissimus, -a, {brightest)

-um
-um
-um

{brighter)
brevior, brevius
{shorter)
velocior, vel5cius

brevissimus, -a,
.

(Base brev-)
velox {swift) (Base veloc-)
a. -ior

{shortest)

vel5cissimus, -a,
{swiftest)

{swifter)
is

formed from the base of the positive by adding masc. and fem., and -ius neut.; the superlative by adding -issimus,

The comparative

-issima, -issimum.

302. Less frequently adjectives are compared by using the adverbs

magis, more; maxime, most;

as,

idoneus, suitable;
suitable.

magis idoneus,

more suitable ; maxime idoneus, most

303. Declension of the Comparative. Adjectives of the comparative

degree are declined as follows

Singular
MASc.

and fem.

NEUT.
clarius
clarioris
clari5ri

MASC.

Plural AND FEM.

neut.
clariora

Nom,
Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl,

clarior
clarioris
clariori

clari5res

clariorum
clarioribus
clari5res

clariorum
clarioribus
claridra

clariorem
clari5re

clarius
clariore

clarioribus

clarioribus

134
a.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of the

third declension.
b.

Compare

longus, long; fortis, brave; recens (base, recent-), recent;

of each.

and decline the comparative

304. Adjectives in -er form the comparative regularly, but the superlative is

formed by adding -rimus,

;

-a,

-um

to the nominative masculine

of the positive

as,

Positive
acer, acris, acre

Comparative
acrior, acrius

Superlative
acerrimus, -a,

-um

(Base acr-)
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum
pulchrior, pulchrius

pulcherrimus, -a,

-um

(Base pulchr-)
liber, libera,

liberum

liberior, liberius

liberrimus, -a,

-um

(Base
a.

liber-)

In a similar manner compare miser, aeger, creber.

305.

The comparative

is

often translated by quite

as, altior, quite (too,

too^

or somewhat^
altis-

and the superlative by very;

simus, very high,
306.

somewhat) high;

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296.

Quid exploratores quaerebant? Exploratores tempus opportunissimum itineri quaerebant. 2. Media in silva ignis quam creberI.

I.

rimos fecimus, quod feras tam audacis

3.

Antiquis temporibus GermanI erant

numquam antea videramus. fortiores quam Galli. 4. Caesar

5.

erat clarior

quam

inimlci^ qui

eum

necaverunt.

Quisque scutum

ingens et pilum longius gerebat.

audacissimi et fortissiml.
8. Viri
7.

Apud Mens hominum

6.

barbaros Germarii erant

est celerior
9.

aliquarum terrarum sunt miserriml.

quam corpus. Corpora Germanorum

erant ingentiora
sjne
II.

quam Romanorum. ^jw':^i^^y^(jallorum prindpes

uUa mora trans flOmea quoddam equos velocissimos traduxerunt. Aestate dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 12. Imperator quidam

ab exploratoribus de recent! adventu navium longarum quaeslvit.

II.
I.

Of

all

birds the eagle

is

the swiftest.
3.

2.

Certain animals

are swifter than the swiftest horse.

1

The Roman name was most

of hostes ?

Why

is this

word used instead

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

hateful to the enemies of the
inflicted the severest^
ill,

135

commonwealth.

4.

The Romans always

5. I

punishment on

and so

hastened from the city

7.

some

friends dearer than Caesar.^

?

was quite to the country. 6. Marcus had Did you not seek a more recent
faithless allies.

report concerning the battle

8.

Not even

after a victory so

opportune

did he seek the general's friendship.

N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading will be found near the end of the volume. (See p. 197.)

LESSON LIV
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES THE ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT QUAM

307.

The
;

following six adjectives in -lis form the comparative

is

regularly

but the superlative

formed by adding -limus

to the base

of the positive.

Learn the meanings and comparison.

Comparative
facilior, -ius
difficilior, -ius

Positive
facilis, -e,

Superlative

easy

difficilis, -e,

hard

similis, -e, like

similior, -ius

dissimilis, -e, unlike

gracilis, -e,

dissimilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius

slender

humilis,

-e,

low
the

humilior, -ius

-um -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um gracillimus, -a, -um humillimus, -a, -um
facillimus, -a,
difficillimus, -a,

308.

From

knowledge gained

in
is

the preceding lesson

brighter than the
sol

we

should translate the sentence Nothing

Nihil est clarius

sun

quam

But the Romans,

especially in negative sentences, often expressed

the comparison in this way,

Nihil est clarius sole

which,
that
is,

literally translated, is

Nothing

is

brighter

away from
Hence

the

sun;
This

starting

from

the

sun as a standard^ nothing

ablative sole.

is brighter.

relation is expressed
1

by the separative

the rule

after

2 Accusative. In a comparison the noun Use the superlative of gravis. quam is in the same case as the one before it

136
309.

ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES

Rule.
Ablative with Comparatives.

The comparative

de-

gree, if quam is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative.

310.
Fii;st I.

EXERCISES
learn thp' special vocabulary, p. 296.

I.

Nemo

mllites alacriores

Romanis

vidit.

2.

Statim imperat^r
3.

iussit

nuntios

quam

celerrimos litteras
4.

^^jnam
vidl;

port^re.

Multa
clariorl

flymina

sunt ISniora Rheho.

q.

Apud Rfemanos

quis erat

Caesare?\

Nihil ipulchrius

urbe

Roma

6. Suoito; multitiiSb
7.

audacissima

magno clamore

p]:|0dmn;t-acnusj xommi^it.

Num

"Pgt^^lv^

equus tuus tardus?

Noh

Verb tardus, ^ed 'ceferior aquila.

Sexto.

5. Ul^u^J.jj

Romae
cibum

fui,

nemo
11. Ille
vias,

erat mihi amicior

'o.Qua^dam mulieF^k"'^
cms" ex urbe noctu^'^
'

militibus dare cupiveruflt" 10.

Rex

vetuit

discedere.

puer est

gracilior

hac muliere.

12. Explorator ^

duas (/w^)
II.
I.

alteram facilem, alteram difficiliorem, demonstravit.

What

city

have you seen more beautiful than

3.

Rome ?
eagle

2.
is

The
not

Gauls were not more eager than the Germans.

slower than the horse.
the journey by night.
5.
4.

The

and

friendly.

6.

But the

The spirited woman did not fear to make The mind of the multitude was quite gentle king's mind was very different. 7. The king
noble father.
terjcitpry.

was not

like (similar to) his

8.

These

hills

are lower

than the huge mountains of our

ARMA ROMANA

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

^'

137

A^
311.
better, best ;

LESSON LV
{Continued)

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Some

adjectives in English have irregular comparison, as good,

many, more, most.

So Latin comparison presents some

irregularities.

Among

the adjectives that are compared irregularly are

Positive
bonus,
-a,

Comparative
melior, melius

Superlative

-um, good

magnus,
malus,
multus,

-a,

-um, great

maior, maius

-a,

-um, bad
-um,

^ior, peius
'-^

-a,

multi, -ae, -a,

much many

plus

-um -um pessimus, -a, -um plurimus, -a, -um

optimus,
-a,

maximus,

-a,

plurSs, plura

plurimi, -ae, -a

parvus,

-a,

-um, small

minor, minus

312.

The

following four adjectives have two superlatives.

in parentheses.
(exterior, -ius,
r

Unusual

forms are placed

exterus, -a, -um,

extremus,

-a,

-um

"1

outermost,
last

outward
inferus, -a,

outer)

\(extimus,
f

-a,

-um)

-um,

inferior, -ius,

low
posterns, -a, -um,

lower
(posterior, -ius,

-um \ imus, -a, -um \ J f postremus, -a, -um 1

infimus, -a,

lowest

next
superus, -a, -um,

later)
superior, -ius,

\(postumus,

-a.,

-um)

last
j

|supremus,-a,-um|
t,

above

higher

summus,
is

-a,

-um

313. Plus, ?nore (plural more, many, several),

declined as follows

Singular
masc.

Plural
neut.
plus
pluris

and fem.

MASC AND FEM.

plures

NEUT.
plura

Nom,
Gen,

plurium
pluribus
pluris, -es

plurium
pluribus

Dat,
Ace,
plus
plure

plura
pluribus

Abl,
^.

pluribus

In the singular plus

is

used only as a neuter substantive.

138
314.

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

EXERCISES
A
\

v^

\
o"
2.

First Learn the special vocabulary, p. 296.

\j|^

j^J^

^^

1/^

J^

I,

Reliqui hostes,

q'ui

a dextro cornu proelium cpmmiserant, de

supefiore iSco fugerunt et sese in silvam

maximam
3.

receperunt.

In

extrema parte
equitibus ad

silvae castra

hostium posita erant.

4.

Plurimi captivl ab
iussit

Caesarem
5.
est.

duct! sunt.

Caesar vero

eos in servi-

tutem

tradi.

Postero die
6.

magna

multitude mulierum ab Romanis

in valle

ima reperta

Hae

mulieres
7.

maxime

perterritae adventu

Caesaris sese occTdere studebant.

citus

Eae quoque
8.

plurls fabulas

de exer-

Roman!
erat.
9.

sceleribus audiverant.

Fama

illorum militum optima

non
est.
;

In barbarorum

aedificils

maior copia frumenti reperta

10.
I.

Nemo

crebrls proeliis contendere sine aliquo periculo potest.

^
V

The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid themselves. 2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured
II.

"^

and given over

4-

into slavery.

3.

Nothing can be worse than

In the

slavery.

Slavery

is

worse than death.

the worst crime.

5.

were

killed
is

because they refused to be

Roman empire a great many slaves. 6. To surrender the

fatherland

X^^"'
,

--.

:>

LESSON LVI
(Concluded)

y IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

ABLATIVE

OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE

315.

The

following adjectives are irregular in the formation of the

positive.

superlative
theses.

and have no

Forms

rarely used are in paren-

Comparative
citerior,

Superlative
(citimus, hithermost)

hither

interior,
-prior J

inner

(intimus, inmost)
-prmLUs, first

former
further
is

propior, nearer
ulterior,

proximus, next^ nearest

ultimus, furthest

316. In the sentence Galba

a head

taller than Sextus^ the

phrase

a head

taller expresses the

measure

of difference in height

between

ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE

taller

139
is

Galba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be Galba

than Sextus by a head.
is

This

is

clearly

an ablative
measure

relation,

and

the construction

called the ablative of the

of difference.

Examples

altior capita quam Sextus a head taller (taller by a head) than Sextus, Illud iter ad Italiam est multo brevius That route to Italy is much shorter (shorter by much)

Galba est

Galba

is

317.

Rule.

Ablative of the Measure of Difference.

With com-

paratives
to

and words implying comparison

common
this,

the ablative is used

denote the measure of difference,

a. Especially e5,

in this construction are the neuter ablatives

nihil5,^
^

by

by that

by nothing

hoc, by this

paulo, by

little

multo, by

much
EXERCISES

318.

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297.

I. I.

Barbari proelium committere statuerunt eo magis quod Ro2.

man!
vi^la.

infirmi esse videbantur.

Meum
3.

consilium est multo melius

quam tuum
4.

quia multo facilius

est.

Barbari erant nihilo tardiores

Haec via est multo latior quam quam Roman!. 5. Tuus equus
qu! paulo fortiores erant pro7.

\i^st paulo celerior

quam mens.
8.

6. I!

-nibuerunt reliquos aditum relinquere.

.V milites habet optimos.

Inter

illas c!vitates

Germania

Propior via quae per banc vallem ducit est

qu! agros citeriores incolebant, priores
10.

inter

portum

et lacum.

9. Serv!,

dominos relinquere non cup!verunt, quod eos amabant.

Ultimae
1 1
.

Germaniae partes numquam

trans

in

fidem

Romanorum venerunt.
Romano.
difficult

Nam

Rhenum
left

aditus erat multo difficilior exercitu!

difficult

II. I.

Another way much more

through hither Gaul.
2.

(more

by much)
Gaul did

was

In ancient times no state was

3.

stronger than the

Roman
5.

empire.

The

states of further
is

not wish to give hostages to Caesar.

^

4.

Slavery

no better (better by

nothing) than death.

6.

The

best citizens are not loved by the worst.

into the nearest forest,

The
1 nihil

active

enemy immediately withdrew

terrified

for they

were
was

by Caesar's recent
and declined

victories.

originally nihilum

like pflum.

There

is

no

plural.

I40

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

LESSON LVII
FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
319. Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English
(e.g. adj. sweety adv. sweetly).

Like adjectives, they can be compared

but they have no declension.

320. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the
clensions are
first

and second de-

formed and compared as follows

Positive

Comparative
carior

Superlative
carissimus
carissime

Adj,

carus,
care,

dear ^

Adv,
Adj,

dearly

carius

pulcher, beautiful
pulchre, beautifully
liber y

pulchrior

pulcherrimus

Adv.
Adj,

pulchrius
liberior

pulcherrime
liberrimus
liberrime
-e to the
is

free
freely

Adv,
a.

libere,

liberius

The

positive of the adverb is

formed by adding

base of the

positive of the adjective.

The

superlative of the adverb

formed from the

superlative of the adjective in the

b.

The comparative

of

same way. any adverb is the neuter accusative singular of

the comparative of the adjective.

321. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension are

formed

like those described

is

above

in the

comparative and superlative.

-iter to the

The

positive

usually formed

by adding

base of adjectives base of those of

of three endings or of two endings,

and

-ter to the

one ending

as.

Positive

Comparative
fortior

Superlative
fortissimus
fortissime

Adj,

fortis,

brave
bravely

Adv,
Adj,

fortiter,

fortius

audax, bold
audacter, boldly

audacior

audacissimus
audacissime

Adv,
1

audacius

This

is

a good working rule, though there are

some exceptions

to

it.

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

322. Case Forms as Adverbs.
accusative of comparatives
superlative
is

141

As we

learned above, the neuter

used adverbially.

So

in the positive or

some

adjectives, instead of following the usual formation,

;

use the accusative or the ablative singular neuter adverbially

Adj.
facilis,

as,

easy

primus, Tfrj*/

Adv,
Adj\

facile (ace), easily

primum
primo

(diCc),

first

(abl.),

at first

multus,

many
(ace),

plurimus, most

Adv,

multum
mult5

(abl.),

much by much

plurimum

(ace),

most

323. Learn the following irregular comparisons

bene, well
diu,

melius, better
diutius, longer

optime, best
diutissime, longest

long (time)
little

maigno'perey greatly

magis, more

parum,

minus,

less

maxime, most minime, least

proxime, nearest
saepissime, oftenest

prope, nearly, near

saepe, o/ten

propius, nearer
saepius, oftener

324.
rules,

Form adverbs from

:

the following adjectives, using the regular

laetus, superbus, molestus, amicus, acer,

and compare them

brevis, gravis, recens.

325.

Rule.

Adverbs.

Adverbs modify

verbs, adjectives,

and

other adverbs.
326.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297.

I.

I.

Nulla res melius gesta est

quam

proelium illud^ ubi Marius

multo minore exercitu multo maiores copias Germanorum in fugam

dedit.
3.
2.

Audacter
erant

in

Romanorum
5.

cohortis hostes impetus fecerunt.

sustinuit.
4.

Marius autem omnes hos fortissime

Barbaii nihilo

fortiores

videbantur,

quam Romani. tum Romani acrius

Primo barbari esse superiores

6.

contenderunt.
est,

Denique, ubi iam

diutissime paene aequo proelio

fugam petierunt. 7. Quaedam Germanorum gentes, simul atque rumorem illius calamitatis audiverunt, sese in ultimis regionibus finium suorum abdiderunt.

pugnatum

barbari

1 ille

standing after

its

noun means

that well-known, that famous.

142
8.

NUMERALS
quam hostes vicerunt, quod meliora arma habebant. omnis gentis Roman! plurimum valebant. 10. Hae cohortes
saepius
tilla

RomanI

9. Inter

simul atque in aequiorem regionem se receperunt, castra sine

difficultate
II.
I.

posuerunt.

Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Germany is much larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most powerful among the tribes of Italy ? 4. On account of (his) wounds
the soldier dragged his body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty.

was able neither to run nor to fight. 6. certain horseman boldly undertook the matter.
5.

He

Who
7.

saved him?

The rumors

con-

cerning the soldier's death were not true.

W
NUMERALS
etc.

LESSON

LVIII

THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE

may be
classified as follows

327.
1.

The

Latin numeral adjectives

Cardinal Numerals, answering the question

how many ?

as,

unus,

one ; duo, two ;

2.

Ordinal Numerals, derived in most cases from the cardinals and

"^

answering the question in what order

second ;
3.
etc.

as,

primus, yfn*/

secundus,

Distributive Numerals, answering the question

? as,

how many

at a

time

singuli, one at

time,

328. The Cardinal Numerals.

as follows
I,

The

first

twenty of the cardinals are

unus
duo
quattuor

6,
7,

sex

1 1

2,

septem

12,

undecim duodecim

16,

sedecim

17,

septendecim

3, tres

8, octo

4,
5,

9,

novem
decem

13, tredecim 14, quattuordecim

18, duodeviginti
19, undeviginti

quinque
a.

10,

15,

quindecim

20, viginti

Learn also centum

100, ducenti

200, mille

1000.

329. Declension of the Cardinals.

trgs, the

Of

the cardinals only unus, duo,

hundreds above one hundred, and mille used as a noun, are

declinable.

THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE

a.

43

one of the nine irregular adjectives, and is declined like niillus The plural of unus is used to agree with a plural noun of (cf. 109, 470). a singular meaning, as, una castra, one campj and with other nouns in the
unus
is

sense of only^
b.

as, Galli uni,

only the Gauls.

tres,

Learn the declension of duo, two;

three; and mille, a thousand,

the plural of

( 479.)
c.

The hundreds above one hundred

as,

are declined

like

bonus;

ducenti, -ae, -a

ducentorum, -arum, -orum

etc.
etc.

etc.

i *

330.

We

have already become familiar with sentences

like

the

following

Omnium avium

aquila est velocissima

Of all

birds the eagle is the swiftest

Hoc 5raculum erat omnium clarissimum This oracle was the most famous of all
In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word
modifies denotes a part of that whole.
of which a part
is
it

Such a

genitive, denoting the

whole

taken,

is

called a partitive genitive.

?,

331.

often
r

Rule. Partitive Genitive. Words denoting a part are used with the genitive of the whole, known as the partitive
denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and other
regularly take the abla-

genitive.
a.

Words

adjectives.
tive
b.

B^t caxdmgLaumhers^^^^^

with ex or de instead of the partitive genitive.

Mille,

a thousand, in the singular is usually an indeclinable adjective (as, mille milites, a thousand soldiers), but in the plural it is a declinable noun and takes the partitive genitive (as, decem milia militum, ten thousand
soldiers).

Examples
Fortissimi

horum sunt German! The bravest of these are the Germans Decem milia hostium interfecta sunt Ten thousand (^\t. thousands) of the enemy were slain
sister

Una ex captivis erat soror regis One of the captives was the king's

144
332.

THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297.

I.

I.

Caesar maximam partem aedificiorum incendit.

est.

2.

Magna pars

munltionis aqua fluminis deleta

milia

3. Galli

huius regionis quinque

hominum

audlverunt.

cohortes ex

Duo ex mels fratribus eundem rumorem 5. Quis Romanorum erat clarior Caesare? 6. Quinque ilia legione castra quam fortissime defendebant. 7. Hie
coegerant.
4.
^

locus aberat aequo spatio

8.
9.

ab

castris Caesaris et castrls

Germanorum.
Longitudi-

Caesar simul atque pervenit, plus commeatus ab

socils postulavit.
?

Nonne mercatores magnitudinem

insulae cognoverant
10.

nem

sed non latitudinem cognoverant.

Pauci hostium obtinebant

coUem quern exploratores

II.
I.

nostri viderunt.
lives at
3.

have two brothers, and one of them

Rome.
the

2.

Caesar

stormed that very town with three legions.

stroyed a great part of the fortification.
4.

In one hour he de-

When

no longer

defend the gates, they retreated to a

5.

hill

enemy could which was not

resisted the

far distant.*

There three thousand of them bravely

Romans.^

v^
NUMERALS
333. Learn the
first
all

LESSON LIX
(Continued)

THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT

twenty of the ordinal numerals ( 478).

declined like bonus.

The
334.

ordinals are

The

distributive

numerals are declined

like the plural of bonus.

The

first

three are
singuli, -ae, -a,
bini, -ae, -a,

two

terni, -ae, -a,

one each^ one by one each^ two by two three each^ three by three
its

335.
is

We have

learned that, besides

use as object, the accusative

ablative.

used to express space relations not covered by the

We

have had such expressions as per plurimos annos, for a great many
2 Not longius. Ablative of the measure of difference. * accusative. small the space, Not was distant by a
1

Why ?

^ Latin,

THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT

years; per totum diem, for a whole day.

45
is

Here

the space relation

one of extent of time.

We
is

could also say per decern pedes, y^r ten feet

where the space

Latin, the usual

relation

form

is

one of extent of space. While this is correct to use the accusative with no preposition, as,

Vir t5tum diem cucurrit, the man ran for a whole day Caesar murum decern pedes m5vit, CcBsar moved the wall ten feet

336.

Rule.

Accusative of Extent.

Duration of time and ex-

tent of space are expressed by the accusative.

This accusative answers the questions how long? how far? b. Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time how long and the ablative of time when^ or within which.
a.

Select the accusatives of time

in the following

and space and the ablatives of time

When did the general arrive ? He arrived at two o'clock. How long had he been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marched sixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from the river, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the camp is ten feet high. When did the war begin? In the first year after the king's
death.

337.

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298.

I.

Ccesar in Gaul,

Caesar bellum in Gallia septem annos

vicit,

gessit.

Prlmo anno Helvetios

gentes
ei

sese dediderunt.

eodem anno multae Germanorum Multos iam annos German! Gallos vexaet

bant ^ et duces German! copias suas trans

Rhenum

saepe traducebant.^
5

Non
bant.

singul! Veniebant, sed

multa milia hominum in Galliam contendeCaesar, simul atque hunc

coegit.

Qua de

causa principes Galliae concilium convocaverunt atque

statuerunt legatos ad

Caesarem

mittere.

rumorem
est.

audivit, copias suas sine

mora

Prima luce

fortiter

cum Germanis
German!

proelium comm!sit.

Caesar ipse
cecidit.

Totum diem acriter pugnatum a dextro cornu aciem duxit. Magna pars exercittis Post magnam caedem pauc! multa milia passuum
^

lo

ad flumen fugerunt.
Translate as
if

pluperfect

146
II.
I.

DEPONENT VERBS
Caesar pitched

camp two

miles from the river.

2.

He

forti-

fied the

high.

camp with a ditch fifteen feet wide and a rampart nine feet 3. The camp of the enemy was a great way off (was distant by a
4.

great space).
5.

On the next day he hastened ten

all

miles in three hours.

Suddenly the enemy with

ace.)

their forces

with

the rear.

6.

For two hours the

made an attack upon (in Romans were hard pressed

fleeing.

by the barbarians.

7.

In three hours the barbarians were

LESSON LX
^^^s->-

DEPONENT VERBS
are passive in form but active in meaning;
vereor,

338.

A number of verbs
I encourage ;
having
all

as, hortor,

Ifear.

Such verbs are

called deponent

because they have

a. Besides

laid aside (de-p6nere, to lay aside) the active forms.

the forms of the passive, deponent verbs have also

the future active infinitive and a few other active forms which will be noted
later.

(See 375, 403.

^.)

339.
form,

T^e
,^

principal parts of deponents are of course passive in

as^
VSbnj\
\

I
II Ill {a)
(J?)

hortor, hortari, hortatus

^ ^
>

Conj\
Conj. Conj.

vereor, vereri, veritus

IV

sum, encourage sum, fear sequor, sequi, secutus sum, follow patior, patl, passus sum, suffer^ allow partior, partiri, partitus sum, share^ divide
is

Learn the synopses of these verbs. (See 493.) Patior

the passive of capio ( 492).

conjugated like

340.

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE

prepositions with the accusative that occur
ante, before
~

The

most frequently are

ad, to

intra,

apud, among circum, around

\
contra, against^ contrary to

ob,

within on account of (quam ob rem,

wherefore^ therefore)

V\ extra,

upon Winter, between^ among

a.

outside of into^ in, in^ against^

means of behind ^ propter, on account of because of trans, across^ over

per, through^ by

post, after^

the

new

Most of these you have had before. Review the old ones and learn ones. Review the list of prepositions governing the ablative, 209,

EXERCISES
341.

147

EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298.

I.
I.

Tres ex
finis

legatis,

contra Caesaris opmionem, iter facere per

2.

hostium

verebantur.
ils

Quis eos hortatus est?

est,

Imperator eos
3.

hortatus est et

persuadere conatus

sed non potuit.

Quid

legates perterruit?

longitudo viae

Aut timor hostium, qui undique premebant, aut eos perterruit. 4. Tamen omnes fere Caesarem multo
veriti sunt.
6.

magis quam hostis

5.

Fortissimae gentes Galliae ex Ger-

manis oriebantur.

Quam

ob rem tam fortes erant?

Quia nee
sed
nihil

vinum nee
7.

alia

quae virtutem delent ad se portari patiebantur.

Itaque ipse statuit hanc terram petere, et media

Caesar ex mercatoribus de insula Britannia quaeslvit,

8.

cognoscere potuit.
fere

aestate

cum

multis

navibus longis profectus

est.
est.

9.

Magna

celeritate iter confecit et in

opportunissimo loco egressus

10. Bar-

bari

11. lUe summis viribus eum autem barbaros multa milia passuum insecutus est; tamen sine equitatti eos consequi non potuit. II. I. Contrary to our expectation, the enemy fled and the cavalry

ab insula prohibere conati sunt.

followed close after them.

2.

From

all

parts of the multitude the

3.

shouts arose of those

who were
^

being wounded.
4.

Caesar did not

allow the cavalry to pursue too far.^

first

The

cavalry set out at the

5.

hour and was returning

to

camp

at the fourth hour.

6.

Around
the lieu-

the

Roman camp was

a rampart twelve feet high.

7.

Caesar will
all

delay three days because of the grain supply.

Nearly

tenants feared the

^

enemy and attempted

2

to delay the march.

Comparative of longe.

wjn

this

be a deponent or an active form?

Seventh Review, Lessons LIII-LX, 524-526

PART

III

CONSTRUCTIONS
>
The preceding part of
vocabulary.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

this book has been concerned chiefly with forms and There remain still to be learned the forms of the Subjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken up in connection with the study of constructions, which will be the chief subject of our future work.

The special vocabularies of the preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundred words. As these are among the commonest words in the language, they must be mastered. They properly form the basis of the study of words, and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the ^ remaining lessons. For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a continued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. 204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to accompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equal profit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of the life and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who fought in Caesar's campaigns and shared in his triumph. The colored plates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancient life and are deserving of careful study.
148

Plate

III

CAPTIVI INTERROGANTUR
(See page 221)

^"

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

LESSON LXI
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
342. In addition to the indicative, imperative, and
infinitive

moods,

which you have learned, Latin has a fourth

tive.

mood

called the subjunc-

The

tenses of the subjunctive are

Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect

343.

Active and Passive

The

tenses of the subjunctive have the

same time values as

the corresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, each of

them

may refer to future

time.

No meanings of

the tenses will be given

in the

paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used.

344.
CONJ.

The
I

present subjunctive

is

inflected as follows

CONJ.

II

CONJ. Ill

CONJ. IV

Active Voice
SINGULAR
1.

mem

moneam
mo^neas
mo^neat

re'gam
re'gas
re^gat

capiam
ca^pias
ca^'piat

au'diam

2.

a'mes a'met

auMias
au^diat

3.

PLURAL
rega^mus
2.

capia^mus
capia^tis

audia'mus
audia^tis

ame^'tis

monea''tis

rega^'tis

3.

a'ment

mo'neant

re^gant

ca^piant

au'diant

Passive Voice

singular
I.

a'mer
ame'ris
(-re)

mo'near
monea'ris
(-re)

re'gar
rega^ris (-re)

ca^piar
capia^ris (-re)

au^diar
audia'ris (-re)

2.

3.

ame'tur

monea^tur

rega'tur

capia^tur

audia^tur

150

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

PLURAL
rega

1.

aing^w
ame'^inml

mur

capia

mur

audia'mur
audia^mini
audian^tur

2.

rega'mini

capia^'mini

3.

amen^tur
a.
b.

monean^tur

regan'tur

capian^tur

The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem. The mood sign of the present subjunctive is -e- in the first
and -a- in the
others.
It is

conjuga1 2),

tion

shortened in the usual places

first

(cf
.

and

takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in the

tions,
c.

and third conjuga-

but not in the second and fourth.

The

personal endings are the same as in the indicative.

d.
iaci5,

In a similar

way

inflect the

present subjunctive of euro, iubeo, suin5,

munio.

345.

The

present

subjunctive

of

the

irregular

verb

sum

is

inflected as follows:
i:

siin
sis

1.

simus
sitis

Sing.

2.

Plur.

2.

L3. sit

3.

sint

346. The Indicative and Subjunctive Compared,

i.

The two most

If,

important of the

finite

moods

are the indicative and the subjunctive.

then,

The

indicative deals with facts either real or assumed.

we
use

wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire after a

the indicative.
2.

fact,

we

On

the other hand,

if

we wish

to express a desire or wish^ a

purpose^ a possibility^ an expectation^ or

some such
ideas.

notion,

we must

use the subjunctive.

The

following sentences illustrate the difference

between the

indicative

and the subjunctive

Indicative Ideas

Subjunctive Ideas
1.

He

is

brave

May

he be brave

Fortis est

Fortis sit (idea of wishing)

2.

We set out at once

Statim proficiscimur

Let us set out at once Statim proficiscamur (idea of

ing)

will-

You hear him every day

Ck>tidie

3.

You can hear him every day

Cotidie

eum

audis

eum

audias (idea of possi-

bility)

INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE COMPARED

Indicative Ideas
4.

151

Subjunctive Ideas
ship
4.

He

remained

until

the

He

waited until the ship should

arrived

arrive
pervenit

Mansit

dum navis

Exspectavit
ret
^

dum

navis perveni-

(idea of expectation)

5.

CcBsar sends
bridge

men who find

the

5.

Ccesar sends

men who

are to

Caesar mittit homines qui pontem

reperiunt

find {ox to find) the bridge Caesar homines mittit qui pontem
reperiant (idea of purpose)

Note. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be used in either independent or dependent clauses; but it is far more common
in the latter

than in the former.

347.

EXERCISE
verbs in the following paragraph would be in the indicative and
?

Which
which

in the subjunctive in a Latin translation

There have been times in the history of our country when you might be proud of being an American citizen. Do you remember the day

when Dewey
fleet
?

sailed into

Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemy's

seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly
did not even wait until the mines should be
sailed in at once.

You might have

giving his orders.

He

removed from the harbor's mouth, but

Let us not
future add

despair of our country while such valor exists, and

may the

new

glories to the past.

>

LESSON LXII
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE
men

^M

348. Observe the sentence

Caesar homines mittit qui pontem reperiant, Ccesar sends
to find the bridge

The verb
because
it

reperiant in the dependent clause

is

in the

subjunctive

it tells

us what Caesar wants the

men

to

do

in other words,

expresses his will and the purpose

is

in his mind.

Such a use of the

subjunctive

called the subjunctive of purpose.

^ perveniret,

imperfect subjunctive.

152
349.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE

Rule.
Subjunctive of Purpose.

The subjunctive

is

used

in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the

principal clause.
350.
I.

clause of purpose
is

is

introduced as follows

If

something

wanted, by

qui, the relative

ut, conj., in

pronoun

(as

above)
that, that^

order that^ that

quo

(abl.

of qui, by

which\ in order

used when
ablative

the purpose clause contains a comparative.

The

quo expresses the measure of difference.

II.

(Cf. 317.)

If something
ne, conj., in

is

not wanted, by
lest

order that not, that not,

351.
1

EXAMPLES
Caesar copias cogit quibus hostis insequatur
Ccesar collects troops with which to pursue the foe Pacem petunt ut domum revertantur They ask for peace in order that they may return home Pontem faciunt quo facilius oppidum capiant They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily (lit. by which the tnore easily)

2.

3.

4.

Fugiunt ne vulnerentur

They flee that they may not

(or lest they) be

wounded

352. Expression of Purpose in English. In English, purpose clauses

are sometimes introduced

by that or in order

that,

but

much more
as

frequently purpose
eat to live,

is

expressed in English by the

to conquer.

infinitive,

We

She stoops

In Latin prose, on the other hand,

purpose

is

never expressed by the infinitive.

Be on your guard and

do not
353.
I.

let

the English idiom betray you into this error.

EXERCISES
.

^_
1.

Veniunt ut

rdticant, mittant, videant, audiant,

'

' -^

Lducantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur.

^
2.

Fugimus ne

rcapiamur, tradamur, videamus,

-^

Lnecemur, rapiamur, resistamus.

._

THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

3. Mittit nuntios

153

jdicant, audiant, veniant,

qui
4.

\narrent, audiantur, in concilio sedeant.

r

Castra muniunt

sese defendant,

impetum

sustineant,

quo
II.
I.

facilius

Ihostis vincant, saltitem petant.

2.

The

Helvetii send ambassadors to seek^ peace.

They

are

setting out at

before night.
that they

may make a longer march 3. They will hide the women in the forest {ace. with in) may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to
daybreak in order that they

free^ their fatherland

from

slavery.

5..

They

will resist the

Romans^

bravely lest they be destroyed.

A/^^''

LESSON

LXIII

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES

354.

The

imperfect subjunctive

may be formed by
infinitive.

adding the

personal endings to the present active

CONJ.
1.
2.

CONJ. II

CONJ. Ill ACTIVE

re'gerem
re'geres

CONJ.

IV

ama'rem
ama^res
ama'ret

mone rem
mone^ret

caperem
ca^peres
ca^peret

audrrem
audrres
audrret

3.
1.

re'geret

amare^'mus
amare'tis

monere^mus
monere^tis

regere

mus

capere^mus
capere^tis

audire^mus
audire^tis

2.

regere^tis

3.

ama^rent

mone'rent

re'gerent

ca'perent

audrrent

PASSIVE
re^gerer
2. amare^ris(-re) 3. amare'ttir
1.

ca^perer

audrrer
audire^tur

monere^ris(-re) regere^ris(-re) capere^ris(-re) audTre^ris(-re)

monere'tur

regere^tur

capere^tur

amare^'mur

2. 3.

amare^mini
amaren^tur
a.

monere'mur monere^mini
moneren^tur

regere^'mur

capere^mur
capere^mini
caperen^tur

audire^mur
audire^mini
audiren^tur

regere^mini
regeren^tur

In a similar

way
1

inflect the

imperfect subjunctive, active and passive,

of euro, iubeo, sumo, iaci5, munio.

Not

infinitive.

j^q^ accusative.

154
355.

SEQUENCE OF TENSES
The
imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb

sum

is

in-

flected as follows
1.

es^sem
Plur.

T. 2.

esse^'mus
esse^tis

SlNG.-^ 2. es'ses
3.

es'set

3.

es^sent

356.

The

three great distinctions of time 2x^ present^ past^ dind future.

All tenses referring to present or future time are called primary tenses, and

those referring to past time are called secondary tenses.

Now

it is

a very

law of language that in a complex sentence the tense in the dependent clause should be of the same kind as the tense in the principal clause. In the sentence He says that he is comings the principal verb, says^ is present, that is, is in a primary tense and is comings in the dependent clause, is naturally also primary. If I change he says to he said^ in other words, if I make the principal verb secondary in character, I feel it natural to change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say. He said that he was coming. This following of a tense by another of the same kind is called tense sequence^ from sequi^ " to follow."
;

common

In Latin the law of tense sequence

regularity, especially

is

obeyed with considerable

is

when an
is

indicative in the principal clause

followed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause.

tense of the indicative
tive,

Then a primary

followed by a primary tense of the subjuncindicative

is

and a secondary tense of the

followed by a secondtable

ary tense of the subjunctive.

357,

Learn the following

Table for Sequence of Tenses

Dependent Verbs
Principal Verb in the Indicative
in

the Subjunctive

Incomplete or Con-

tinuing Action

Completed Action

><

<

Present Future

Present

Perfect

Future perfect

1
in

Imperfect
Perfect

Imperfect

Pluperfect

Pluperfect

SEQUENCE OF TENSES
358.

155

Rule. Sequence of Tenses. Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses and secondary by secondary,
359.
I.

EXAMPLES
in principal

Primary tenses

and dependent clauses

Mittit 1

Mittet
Miserit

homines ut agros vastent

'that they

sends

may
lay waste the fields

He
II.

will send
will have sent

men<

in order to
to

Secondary tenses in principal and dependent clauses

Mittebati
Misit

homines ut agros vastarent

'that they might'^

Miserat

was sending

HeX

sent or has sent

men \

in order to
to

lay waste the fields

had sent
360.
I.

EXERCISES
rducerent, mitterent, viderent, audirent,

Venerant

ut-^

Lducerentur, mitterentur, viderentur, audirentur.

,_

.,_

Fugiebat ne^
.

rcaperetur, traderetur, videretur,

^_ _ _ Lnecaretur, raperetur, resisteret.

' '
.

'

_ ._ ,^ Misit nuntios qui

fdicerent, audirent, venirent,

\
_ _
,

Lnarrarent, audirentur,

-vi_ sederent. m concilio

.

Castramuniveruntrsese defenderent, impetum sustinerent,

quo
II.
I.

facilius

Ihostis vincerent, salutem peterent.

Caesar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight

2.

more
4.

bravely.

The

Helvetii left their

homes

to

wage war.

3.

The

scouts set out at once lest they should be captured by the Germans.

Caesar inflicted punishment on them in order that the others might

terrified.
5.

be more
victory.

He

sent messengers to

Rome

to

announce the

156

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

)

^
361.
I.

LESSON LXIV
THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE
The
perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflected

as follows

CONJ.

CONJ.

II

CONJ. III

CONJ. IV

Perfect Subjunctive Active

singular

amaVerim
ama'veris

monu'erim
monu'eris
monu'erit

re'xerim
re^xeris
re'xerit

ce^perim
ce'peris

audrverim
audiVeris
audiVerit

2.

3.

amaVerit

ce'perit

PLURAL
I.

amave^rimus
amave^ritis

monue^rimus
monue'ritis

rexe^'rimus
rexe'ritis

cepe^rimus
cepe'ritis

audive^'rimus
audive^ritis

2. 3.

amaVerint

monu'erint

re^xerint

ce'perint

audrverint

Pluperfect Subjunctive Active

SINGULAR
I.

amavis^'sem

monuis'sem
monuis^ses
monuis^set

rexis^sem
rexis^ses
rexis^set

cepis^sem
cepis^ses cepis'set

audlvis^'sem
audivis^ses audivis'set

2.

amavis^ses
amavis^set

3.

PLURAL
1.

amavisse^'mus
amavisse^tis

monuisse^'mus
monuisse^tis
monuis''sent

rexisse^mus
rexisse^tis

cepisse^'mus
cepisse^tis
cepis^'sent

audivisse^'mus
audivisse^tis

2.

3. amavis^'sent

rexis^sent

audivis^sent

Observe that these two tenses, like the corresponding ones in the formed from the perfect stem. d. Observe that the perfect subjunctive active is like the future perfect indicative active, excepting that the first person singular ends in -m and
a.

indicative, are

not in
c.

-o.

Observe that the pluperfect subjunctive active may be formed by adding -issem, -isses, etc. to the perfect stem. </. In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive active of euro, iubeo, sumo, iacio, munio.

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

i^
362.

157

The

passive of the perfect subjunctive

is

formed by combining

the perfect passive participle with sim, the present subjunctive of sum.

CONJ.

CONJ. II

CONJ

Ill

CONJ. IV

Perfect Subjunctive Passive

SINGULAR
I.

ama'tus sim

mo'nitus sim mo'nitus sis

mo'nitus sit

rec'tus

sim

cap'tus sim

audrtus sim
audl^tus sis

2.

ama'tus
ama'tus

sis

rec'tus sis

cap^tus sis

3.

sit

rec'tus sit

cap'tus sit

audi'tus sit

PLURAL
I.

ama'ti simus
ama'ti sitis

mo'niti simus
mo'niti sitis mo'niti sint

rec'ti

simus

cap'ti

simus

audi'ti

sTmus
sitis

2.

rec^ti sitis rec^ti sint

cap'ti sitis
cap'ti sint

audrti

3-

ama'ti sint

audrti sint

363.

The

passive of the pluperfect subjunctive

is

formed by com-

bining the perfect passive participle with essem, the imperfect subjunctive of

sum.
CONJ.
II

^
CONJ. Ill CONJ. IV

CONJ.

Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive

singular
1.

2.

3.

amatus essem monitus essem rectus es.sem captus essem auditus essem amatus esses monitus esses rectus esses /captus esses auditus esses amatus esset monitus esset rectus esset captus esset auditus esset

PLURAL
1

2.

amati essemus moniti essemus recti essemus capti essemus auditi essemus amati essetis moniti essetis recti essetis capti essetis auditi essetis amati essent
a.

3.

moniti essent

recti essent

capti essent

auditi essent

In a similar

way inflect

the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive passive

of

ciiro,

iube5, siimo, iacio, munio.

364.

The

perfect and pluperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb

sum

are inflected as follows

Perfect
fu'erim
fu'eris
fu^'erit

Pluperfect
fuis^sem
fuis^ses
fuis^set

fue'rimus
fue^ritis

fuisse^mus
fuisse^tis

fu^erint

fuis^sent

158
365.

SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

A
He

substantive clause

is

a clause used like a noun,

as,

That the men are afraid is clear enough (clause as ordered them to call on him (clause as object)

subject)

We
way

(cf.

have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in thi^ 213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English
this respect.

usage in

stantive clauses,

and

this

But the Latin often uses the subjunctive in submarks an important difference between the two

languages.
:

366.

Rule.

SnbstA^tive

Clftypftft^nf

^rpnsft.

substantive

^
I

clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as the object of

commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising, where

\y verbs of

in English

we should

usually have the infinitive.

EXAMPLES
1

2.

3.

The general ordered the soldiers to run He urged them to resist bravely He asked them to give the childrenfood

Imperator
currerent

militibus

imperavit ut

Hortatus est ut fortiter resisterent

Petivit ut liberis

cibum darent

4.

He He
a.

will persuade us not to set

advises us to remain at home

Nobis persuadebit ne proficiscamur

out
5.

Monet ut domi maneamus

all

The

object clauses following these verbs

express the purpose or

(Cf. 348.)

will of the principal subject that

something be done or not done.

367.

The

following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose.

Learn the

list

and the

principal parts of the

new

ones.

hortor, urge

peto, quaero, rogo, ask^ seek

imper5, order (with the dative of the

persuadeo, persuade (with the same

construction as impero)
postulo,

person ordered and a subjunctive clause of the thing ordered done) mone5, advise
N.B,
(Cf.

demand^ require
{ci.

suadeo, advise

persuadeo)
in

Remember
1.)

that iubeo,

order,

takes the infinitive as

English.

213.

Compare the sentences

lubed

eum
ei

venire,

Impero

ut veniat,

I order him to come I give orders to himr

that he

is to

come

SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

159

We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the difference in meaning between iubeo and impero in the Latin requires the infinitive in the one case and the subjunctive in the other.
368.
I.

EXERCISES
Petit atque hortatur ut ipse dicat.
iter facerent.
4. Ille 2.

I.

Caesar Helvetiis
iussit

iiripe-

ravit ne per provinciam

3.

Caesar non

Helvetios

per provinciam
discederent.
6.
7. 5.

iter facere.

civibus persuasit ut de finibus suis

Caesar principes rnonebit ne proelium committant.

Postulavit ne

cum

Helvetiis aut

cum eorum
8. lis

sociis

bellum gererent.

Ab
II.

iis

quaesivi ne proficiscerentur.

persuadere non potui ut

domi manerent.
I.

Who ordered

Caesar to

make
2.

the

march

Write this sentence

both with impero

and with

iubeo.)
3.

The

faithless scouts

persuaded

him

to set out at daybreak.

4.

ment.

He demanded

that

They will ask him not to inflict punishthey come to the camp. 5. He advised

them

to

tell

everything (omnia).

Note. Do not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review 352.

LEGIO ITER FACIT

l6o

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER VERBS OF FEARING

^^

LESSON LXV
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF POSSUM VERBS OF FEARING

369. Learn the subjunctive of possum ( 495), and note especially the position of the accent. 370. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.

We

have learned that

what we want done or not done

junctive clause of purpose.

is

expressed in Latin by a sub-

In

this class

belong also clauses after

verbs offearing^ for

it

we

fear either that something will

happen or
If

that

will not,

and we

either

want

it

to
it

happen or we do
will not, the
it

not.

we

want,

a thing to happen and fear that

troduced by ut.
will,

purpose

clause^jj^iii::.
it

ne

is

used.

we do Owing to a
If

not want
difference

to

happen and fear that by that

not^

between the English and Latin

idiom

we

translate ut after a verb of fearing

and ne by

that or

lest,

371.
timeo

EXAMPLES
"]

Tveniat

timebo
timuer5

lut^
J

[venerit

I fear

shall fear shall have feared^ that he will not come^

^

has not come

timebam
timui

veniret

^ut
yenisset

timueram

/ was fearing^ feared^ hadfeared^

The same examples with ne

that he

would not come^

had not come

instead of ut would be translated
etc.

I fear

that or lest he will come, has come,

372.

Rule.

Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.

Verbs of fear-

ing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ut {that not) or ne {that or lest).

THE PARTICIPLES
373.
I.
'2.

l6l

EXERCISES
Caesar verebatur ut supplicium captlvorum Gallls placeret.

I.

Romani ipsi magnopere verebantur ne Helvetii iter per provin^ciam facerent. 3. Timebant ut satis rei frumentariae mitti posset. 5. Timuit ne impeLJ 4. Vereor ut hostium impetum sustinere possim.
dimenta ab hostibus capta essent.
legiones vincerentur.
II.
I.

6.

Caesar

numquam

timuit ne

7.

Legiones pugnare non timuerunt.-^

2.

.coming.

We fear that they are not coming. 3. We feared that they had come.
5.

We fear lest they are 4. We feared that they

camp could not be

had not come.

defended.
6.

They feared
all

greatly that the

Almost

feared^ to leave the camp.

>^

LESSON LXVI
THE PARTICIPLES
374.

The Latin verb has

CONJ.
I

the following Participles

CONJ. Ill
CONJ. IV

CONJ. II

ACTIVE

amans Present J

monens
advising
moniturus

regens

capiens

audiens

\
'

loving

ruling
recturus

taking
capturus

hearing
auditurus

amaturus

Future
y^

about

to

about

to

about
rule

to

about

to

about

to

love

advise

take

hear

PASSIVE

i
"^

f
I

Perfect

amatus monitus rectus captus auditus loved hav- advised^ hav- ruled hav- taken hav- heard having been ing been ing been ing been ing been loved advised ruled taken heard
^ ^

'

amandus
to be

monendus
to be

regendus
to be

capiendus
to be

audiendus
to be

Future^
^^nW^-^^^*"^
^

j^i

loved

advised
is

ruled
afraid to do

taken (complementary
^

heard
infinitive

Distinguish between what one

is

as here) and what one

afraid will take place or has taken place (substantive

2

clause with the subjunctive).

Review

203.

The

future passive par-

ticiple is often called the gerundive.

l62
a.

THE PARTICIPLES
The
present active and future passive participles are formed from the
participial stem.
is

present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are

formed from the

b.

The
In

present active participle

-15
is

formed by adding -ns

-e-,

to the present

stem.

verbs of the third conjugation, and in the fourth conjugation,

the stem

modified by the addition of

as capi-e-ns, audi-e-ns.

It is

declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. 256.)

amans, loving
Base amant-

Stem amanti-

/
MASC.

SiNGULAR

Plural
NEUT.
MASC.

AND FEM.

AND FEM.

NEUT.

Nom. amans
Gen.

amans
amantis

amantes

amantia

amantis

amantium
amantibus
amantis or -es

amantium
amantibus
amantia
amantibus
-i
;

Dat.
Ace,

amanti

amanti

amantem
amanti ^r-e

amans
amanti or -e

AbL
(i)

amantibus

When used as

an adjective the ablative singular ends in

-e.

when used

as a participle or as a substantive, in
(2)
e.

In a similar way decline monens, regens, capiens, audiens.

The

future active participle

the participial stem.

We

is formed by adding -urus to the base of have already met this form combined with esse

to produce the future active infinitive.

d.

(Cf. 206.)

For the perfect passive participle see 201. The future passive participle or gerundive is formed by adding -ndus to the present stem.
e.

All participles in -us are declined like bonus.

f. Participles agree with nouns or pronouns like adjectives. g. Give all the participles of the following verbs euro, iube5, sumo, iacio,
:

muni5.

375. Participles of Deponent Verbs.

Deponent verbs have the

as,

participles of the active voice as well as of the passive; consequently

every deponent verb has four participles,

Pres, Aet.

hortans, urging
hortaturus, about to urge
hortatus,

Fut. Aet,
Perf. Pass, (in form)

having urged

Fut. Pass. {Gerundive) hortandus, to be urged

THE PARTICIPLES
a.

63

Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in form but active in meaning. No other verbs have a perfect active participle. On the other hand, the future passive participle of deponent verbs
is

passive in
b.

meaning

as in other verbs.

Give the

participles of conor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.

376. Tenses of the Participle.

1

The

tenses express time as follows:

The

present active participle corresponds to the Enghsh present

active participle in -ing^ but can

at the

be used only of an action occurring

same time

as the action of the

main verb

as, milites

insequentes

ceperunt multos, the soldiers^ while pursuing^ captured many.

the pursuing and the capturing are going
2.

Here

on

together.
is

The

perfect participle (excepting of deponents)

regularly pas-

sive

and corresponds to the English past

; as,

participle with or without

the auxiliary having been

3.

auditus, heard or having been heard,

to,

The

future active participle, translated about

etc.,

denotes

time after the action of the main verb.

377. Review 203, 204, and note the following model sentences:
1.

Milites currentes erant defessi, the soldiers

who were running

Ccesar,

(lit.

running) were weary.

2.

Caesar profecturus

Romam

non exspectavit,

when about

to set

out

(lit.

about

to set out) for

Rome, did not wait.

3.

Oppidum captum vidimus, we saw the town which had been capImperator triduum moratus prof ectus
est, the

tured (lit. captured town).

4.

general, since {when, or

set out.

after) he

had delayed (lit.

the general,

having delayed) three days,

5. Milites victi terga non verterunt, the soldiers, though they were conquered (lit. the soldiers conquered), did not retreat.

In each of these sentences the

in parentheses.

literal translation
its

of the participle

is

given

proper translation usually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction {when, since, after, though,
note, however, that
etc.),

We

or a relative clause.

Consider, in each case, what translation will

best bring out the thought,

literally.

and do

not, as a rule, translate the participle

64
378.
I.
I.

THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO

EXERCISES
Puer timens ne capiatur
fugit.
2.

j^

Aquila ira commota avis

tela iacere

reliquas interficere conata erat.

3. Milites

ab hostibus press!

non potuerunt.

4.

Caesar decimam legionem laudaturus ad primum

est.

agmen progressus
*'4

5.

Imperator hortatus equites ut

6. Milites hostis

fortiter

puginse-

narent signum proelio dedit

cuti multls

octo milia
7.

passuum

cum

captivis
8.

ad castra reverterunt.

Sol oriens multos

interfectos vidit.

Romanl

consilium audax suspicati barbaris sese

non commiserunt. 9. Navis e portu egressa nullo in perlculo erat. 11.^ I. The army was in very great danger while marching through the enemy's country. 2. Frightened by the length of the way, they
longed for home.
3.

When

the scouts were about to set out, they

4.

heard the shouts of victory.

set fire to the buildings

When we had
5. 6.

delayed

many who

days,

we
I

and departed.

While

living at

Rome

heard orators

much

better than these.

The

soldiers

are fight-

ing across the river are no braver than we.

LESSON LXVII
THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, MALO THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE

379. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of vol6, wish

(ne

nolo

volo), be

unwilling ; malo (magis

volo), be

more

willing, prefer

( 497).

Note the
and

irregularities in the present indicative, subjunctive,

and
a.

infinitive,

in the imperfect subjunctive.

(Cf. 354.)

These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a subject accusative; as, volunt venire, they wish to come; volunt aniic5s venire, they wish theirfriends to come. The English usage is the same.^
380. Observe the following sentences
Magistro laudante omnes pueri diligenter laborant, with the teacher praisings or since the teacher praises, or the teacher praising, all the boys
I.

labor diligently.

1 In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses. the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See 366.)

Sometimes

THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE

2.

65

Caesare ducente
^

nemo

progredi timet, with Ccesar leadings or

^

when

Ccesar leads or if Ccesar leads or Ccesar leadings no one fears to advance. 3. His rebus cognitis milites fiigerunt, when this was known or since
^

this

was known

or these things

having been learned^ the

soldiers fled,
^

commisso multi vulnerati sunt, after the battle had begun or when the battle had begun or the battle having been joined^ many were wounded,
4. Proelio
^

a.

One

of the fundamental ablative relations

(cf.

is

expressed in English by

we have a and the translation shows that in each instance the ablative expresses attendant circumstance. For example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a with relation, and the ablative is the case to use. b. We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to exthe preposition with
50).

In each of the sentences above

ablative,

noun and a

participle in

agreement in the

press the thought in English in a similar way,

we should
is

use the nominative

called the Ablative
is

independent or absolute.
ceedingly
rule,
lute.

In Latin the construction

Absolute, or the Ablative with a Participle.

This form of expression

ex-

common

in Latin, but rather rare in English, so

we must not,

as a

employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative absoThe attendant circumstance may be one of time (when or after), or one of cause (since), or one of concession (though), or one of condition (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, and translate the ablative and its p^ticiple by a clause which will best express the thought.

The ablative of a noun or pro^noun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used
Ablative Absolute.
,

.^'381.

Rule.

-,^"

...

^ to

express attendant circumstance.

^NoteT^ The verb sum has no present participle. In consequence we

find
;

often

two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute with no participle expressed as, te duce, you (being) leader^ with you as leader; patre

infirmS,

^^tF^ Be
participle that
a,
b.

my father (being) weak7^

very careful not to put in the ablative absolute a noun and

form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare

TTie Gauls, having been conquered by Ccesar, returned home The Gauls having been conquered by Ccesar, the army returned home

In a the subject is The Gauls having been conquered by

Qalli a Caesare victi

Ccesar,

and we translate,

domum

reverterunt

66

EXERCISES

is

In ^ the subject is the army. The Gauls having been conquered by Ccesat nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative absolute in

Latin,

and we

translate,

Gallis

a Caesare

victis exercitus

domum

revertit

Note
(cf.

3.

The

fact that only

deponent verbs have a perfect active participle

375. a) often compels a change of voice when translating from one language to the other. For example, we can translate Ccesar havmg encouraged
the legions just as
to say Ccesar

participle to

But if we wish it stands, because hortor is a deponent verb. having conquered the Gauls we have to change the voice of the the passive because vinco is not deponent, and say, the Gauls
^

having been conquered by Ccesar (see translation above).

382.
I.

EXERCISES
Mavis, non
vis, vultis,

I.

nolumus.
malle.
4.

2.

Ut

nolit,

ut vellemus, ut
noUet,

malit.
nolite.
tis,

3. Noli, velle,
5.

noluisse,

Vult,

mavultis, ut
6.

Sole oriente, aves cantare inceperunt.

7.

Clamoribus audi-

barbari progredi recusabant.

8.

Caesare legiones hortato, milites

cognitis, Helvetii finitimis

paulo fortius pugnaverunt.

His rebus
9.

persuaserunt ut secum

iter facerent.
sibi

Laboribus confectis, milites

10. Concilio convocato,

a Caesare quaerebant ut

praemia daret.

principes ita responderunt.

11.

Dux
12.
13.

pluris dies in

Helvetiorum finibus

morans multos vicos

plus reperire potuit.
II.
I.

incendit.

Magnitudine Germanorum cognita,

Mercatoribus rogatis, Caesar nihilo

quidam ex Romanis timebant.

He was unwilling, lest they prefer,

they have wished.

3.

2.

You

prefer, that they

might be unwilling, they wish.

We

wish, they

had preferred, that he may prefer A4. Caesar, when he heard the rumor

rumor having been heard^^ commanded (imperare) the legions to advance more quickly. \^. Since Caesar was leader, the men were
{the

willing to

make

the journey.

6.

few, terrified^ by the reports which

7.

they had heard, preferred to remain at home.

left

After these had been

8.

behind, the rest hastened as quickly as possible.

(

After Caesar

had undertaken the business

taken)^
1

Ccesar^ the business

having been under-

he was unwilling to delay longer.^

the ablative absolute be correct here
?

Would

jvj

ot longius.

Why

1^.

:'^

THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO

67

LESSON LXVIII
THE IRREGULAR VERB
383.

FIO

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

formed regu( 500).

The verb
facio.

fi6,

^e made, happen, serves as the passive of facio,

make, in the present system.

larly

The

rest of the verb

is

from

Learn the principal parts and conjugation

i is

Observe that the

a.

long except before -er and in

fit.

The compounds
Active Passive

of faciS with prepositions usually form the passive

conficiS, conficere, confeci, confectus
conficior, confici, confectus

regularly, as,

sum

384. Observe the following sentences

1

Terror erat tantus ut omnes fugerent, the terror

was

so great that

all fled,
2.

Terror erat tantus ut non facile milites sese reciperent, the terror
so great that the soldiers

was
3.

Terror fecit

did not easily recover themselves. ut omnes fugerent, terror caused all to flee (lit. made
is

that all fled),

a.

Each of

these sentences

complex, containing a principal clause and

clause states

a subordinate clause.
b.

The

principal clause

names a cause and the subordinate

its

the cdnsequence or result of this cause.

c.

The

subordinate clause has

verb in the subjunctive, though

is
is

it is

translated like an indicative.

The

construction

called the subjunctive

of

consequence or result, and the clause

d.
e.

called a consecutive or result clause.

result is the object of the verb fecit.
is

\n the

last

example the clause of

The

conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause

ut

so that; negative, ut non

= so

that not,

385.

Rule.

Subjunctive of Result.

Consecutive clauses of

re-

sult are introduced by ut or ut non

and have

the verb in the

subjunctive.

386.

Rule. Object clauses of

result with ut or ut non are

found after
larity

verbs of effecting or bringing about.

387. Purpose and Result Clauses Compared.

in

There

is

great simiLatin.
If

the

expression

of

purpose and of result

in

68

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

is

the sentence

affirmative, both
;

purpose and result clauses

is

may be

introduced by ut

but

if

the sentence

negative, the purpose clause

has ne and the result clause ut non. Result clauses are often preceded
in the

main clause by such words as

tarn, ita, sic (so)^

and these

serve to point
a.

them

out.

Compare

Tarn graviter vulneratus est

ut caperetur
Graviter

He was He was

so severely

wounded

that he

was captured
est

b,

vulneratus

ut

severely

wounded

in order

caperetur

that he might be captured

Which sentence
388.
I.

contains a result clause, and

how

is it

pointed out

EXERCISES
ut
fiat,
fis,

I. Fit, fiet,

fiebamus.
fiemus.

2. Fio, fies,

ut fierent,

fieri,

fiunt.

3. Fietis,

ut fiamus,

4. Milites 5.

erant

tam

tardi ut ante

noctem
x6. Eius

in castra

non pervenirent.

Sol facitut omnia sint pulchra.

7.

modi

pericula erant ut

nemo

proficlsci vellet.

Equites hosnostri

tium

cum

equitatti nostro in itinere contenderunt, ita

tamen ^ ut

omnibus
fecit

in partibus superiores essent.

8.

Virtus mllitum nostrorum

ut hostes ne

tam audaces tam parvum ut milites

erant
facto

unum quidem^ impetum sustinerent. 9. Homines ut nuUo modo contineri possent. 10. Spatium erat
tela iacere

non

facile possent.

1 1

^f^cTproelio

barbari

ita

perterriti

sunt ut ab ultimls

gentibus legati

ad

Caesarem mitterentur.

12.

Hoc

proelium factum est ne legati ad

Caesarem mitterentur.
II.
2. It
I. It will

happen, they were being made, that

will
it

it

may

happen.

happens, he
lest

be made, to happen.
4.

3.

They

are made,

we were
conquer.

being made,
conquer.
6.

happen.

The

soldiers are so brave that they

5.

The

soldiers are brave in order that they

may

was made so strong that it could not be taken. fortification was made strong in order that it might not be 7. taken. 8. After the town was taken,* the townsmen feared that they would be made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling

The The

fortification

to defend itself
1 ita

emphatic word

2 ^g tamen, with such a result however. ^ quidem, not even. ^ Ablative absolute. is placed between.
^ ^

The

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC

169

LESSON LXIX
THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE
389. Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result
is

the use

of the subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description.

This construction
1

is illustrated

in the following sentences

is there

Quis est qui

suam domum non amet ? who

,

who does not

love

his

own

ho?ne ?

2.

Erant qui hoc facere noUent, there were {some)

this,

who were unwilling

to^

to

do
3.

Tu non

is es

qui amicos tradas,

you are not such a one as

ox you

are not the

4.

man

to^

betray yourfriends,

Nihil video quod timeam,

it).

see

nothing to fear (nothing of such a

character as to fear
a.
tells

Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this
is

thought the subjunctive

sentences

used.

A relative clause

that merely states a fact

and does not describe the antecedent uses the

indicative.

Compare the

CcBsar is the

man who
man
to

is

leading us^ Caesar est

is

qui nos ducit

(mere statement of
CcBsar is the

fact,

no

description, with the indicative)

is

lead us, Caesar est

qui nos ducat (descrip-

tive relative clause with the subjunctive)

b.

Observe that in
\xi

relative, as is qui, are translated

c.

a demonstrative pronoun and a such a one as to, the man to, which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and
this construction

in

which the subjunctive ?

These are not the

men who did this

These are not the m.en to do this

390.

Rule.

Subjunctive of Characteristic.
is often

relative clause

with the subjunctive

This
is

used

to

describe

an antecedent.

called the subjunctive of characteristic or description.

I70

THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

391. Observe the sentences

Romani Caesarem consulem fecerunt, the Romans made Cctsar consul 2. Caesar consul a R5manis f actus est, C&sar was made consul by the Romans,
1

a.
(i)

Observe

in

that the transitive verb f ecerunt,

made^ has two objects

to the

the direct object, Caesarem; (2) a second object, consulem, referring same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The
is

second accusative
b.

called a Predicate Accusative.

is

changed to the passive both of becoming the subject predicate nominative, and the predicate accusative the
the accusatives

Observe in 2 that when the verb

become nominatives, the

direct object

392.
showing,

Rule. Two

Accusatives.

Verbs of making, choosing,

calling,

and

the like^
object.

may

take a predicate accusative along

with the direct

tives

With the passive voice the two accusa-

become nominatives,

393.

The verbs commonly found with two

creo, creare, creavi, creatus, choose

accusatives are

appello, appellare, appellavi, appellatus"

n5mino, nominare, nominavi, nominatus Kcall

voc5, vocare, vocavi, vocatus
facio, facere, feci, factus,

make

394.
I.

EXERCISES
In Germaniae
silvls

I.

sunt^ multa genera ferarum quae reliquis

in locis

non

visa sint.
3.

Erant ^ itinera duo quibus Helvetii

nulla,
4.

domo
domi

dis-

cedere possent.

Erat^ manus

nullum oppidum, nullum praerapto,

nihil

sidium quod se armis defenderet.

'

Toto frumento
5.

erat

quo mortem prohibere possent.

averunt et
multittidinis

summa

celeritate profecti

Romani Galbam ducem cresunt. 6. Neque erat^ tantae

7.

quisquam qui morari

8.

vellet.

German! non

ii

sunt qui
^

adventum Caesaris vereantur.

1

Consulibus occisis erant qui

vellent

Remember
is,

that

when

the verb

sum precedes
^

its

subject

it

is

translated

there

there are, there were, etc.

erant qui, there were (some) who,

wholly indefinite antecedent of qui does not need to be expressed.

CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION

eum regem
II.
I.

CUM

171

creare.

9.

Pace facta erat nemo qui arma tradere noUet

illo

10. Inter Helvetios quis erat qui nobilior

esset
2.

The Romans
the

called the city

3.

Rome.

The

city

was

called

Rome by
king.
4.

Romans.

The
6.

better citizens wished to choose

to run.
5.

him

The brave

soldier

was not the man

There was

no one
friends.

^to call
7.

These are not the men to^ betray their There were (some) who called him the bravest of all.

me

friend.

Eighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, 527-528

^N^iVr^

LESSON LXX

THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION CUM THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

395.

The
:

conjunction

cum has

the following meanings and con-

structions

cum TEMPORAL =
subjunctive

whcfi^ followed

by the

indicative or the

cum CAUSAL = since followed by the subjunctive cum CONCESSIVE = although^ followed by the subjunctive
^

As you

observe, the

sometimes subjunctive.

mood after cum The reason for

is

sometimes indicative and

be made clear by a

this will

study of the following sentences

1.

Caesarem vidi tum cum in Gallia eram,

in

/ saw

CcBsar at the time

when I was
2.

GauL
cum pacem
peterent, Ccesar

Caesar in eos impetum fecit

made an

when they were seeking peace. difficile cum pauci sine vulneribus essent, this was difficulty Hoc erat 3. since only a few were without wounds. 4. Cum primi 5rdines fugissent, tamen reliqui fortiter consistebant, though the front ranks hadfled yet the rest bravely stood their ground.
attack upon them
^

When

The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. 389. cC). the cum clause states a fact and simply yf;r^^ the time at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example, cum in Gallia eram fixes the time when I saw Caesar.
a.
1

relative clause of characteristic or description.

ggg

g ^89. b.

172
b.

THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

On
the other hand,

when

the

cum

clause describes the circumstances

under which the main

act took place, the subjunctive

the second example, the principal clause states that

mood is used. Caesar made an

So, in
attack,

and the cum clause describes the circumstances under which

this act occurred.

The
tion.

idea of time

is also

present, but

it is

subordinate to the idea of descrip-

Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of cause and we translate cum by since; sometimes it denotes concession and cum is translated although.

396.

Rule.

Constructions with

Ci/ttz.

The conjunction cum means

when,
it

since,

or although.
its

It is followed by the subjunctive unless

means when and

Note. Cum

clause jixes the tim,e at which the m^ain

action took place.

in clauses of description with the subjunctive is

much more

common

than

its

use with the indicative.

397. Note the following sentences

Oppidum erat parvum magnitiidine sed magnum multitudine hominum, the town was small in size but great in population. 2. Hom5 erat corpore infirmus sed validus animo, the man was weak
1

in body but strong in courage.

Observe that magnitiidine, multitudine, corpore, and anim5 tell in respect something is true. The relation is one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the ablative of specification.
a.

what

398.

Rule.
in

Ablative of Specification.
respect

The ablative

is

used

to

denote
399.

what

something

is true.

IDIOMS
aliquem certiorem facere, some one more certain)
iter dare, to give

to

inform some one

to be

(lit.

to

make

certior fieri, to be inform^ed

(lit.

made

m.ore certain)

obsides inter

a right of way., allow to pass se dare, to give hostages to each other

400.
I.
?

EXERCISES
Helvetii
consulis

I.

cum patrum nostrorum tempore domo

exercitum in fugam dederant.
Helvetii
esset,
alios
2.

prof act!
in in

essent,

Cum

Caesar

Galliam venit,
citeriore

agros

petebant.

3.

Caesar

cum

GaUia

tamen de Helvetiorum

consiliis certior fiebat.

THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE

4.

73

Cum

Helvetil bello clarissimi essent, Caesar iter per provinciam

5.

dare recusavit.
^

Legatus

cum haec
id

audivisset,

Caesarem

certio-

rem

fecit.

6.

Cum
.

prmcipes inter se obsides darent, Roman! helium

paraverunt.
ficlscl.

Caesar,

cum

nuntiatum

esset,

maturat ab urbe proGermanis.

10. Illud
9.

8.

Ne

virtute

quidem

Galli erant pares

erat.

Caesar

neque corpore neque animo infirmus

incepit

bellum tum

cum Caesar
in

fuit consul.

Observe
for
its

use.

each case what moocj follows cum, and try to give the reasons In the third sentence the cum clause is concessive, in the fourth

and sixth
II.
I.

causal.

That
2.

at

Rome.
the

was fought at the time when (tum cum) I was Though the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless
battle
3.

they did not retreat.

ified,

When

the
4.

camp had been

5.

sufficiently forti-

enemy returned home.

Since the tribes are giving hostages

^10 each other,

we

shall

inform Caesar.

The Gauls and

the

Germans

are very unlike in language and laws.

^iM^

LESSON LXXI

VOCABULARY REVIEW THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE THE PREDICATE GENITIVE

401. Review the word 402. The Gerund.
lists

in

510, 511.
to translate the sentence

Suppose we had

By

overcoming the Gauls CcBsar won great glory

is

We

can see that overcoming here

a verbal noun corresponding to

the English infinitive in -ing^ and that the thought calls for the ablative of

means.

To

translate this
is

by the Latin
indeclinable

infinitive

would be
cor-

impossible, because the infinitive

ablative case form.

and therefore has no

Latin, however, has another verbal

noun of

responding meaning, called the gerund, declined as a neuter of the

second declension in Xh^ genitive^ dative^ accusative^ and ablative singular^

and thus supplying the cases that the

^

infinitive lacks.^

Hence,

to

Sometimes, however, the

infinitive is

used as an accusative.

174

THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE

noun overcoming^ we should use the
infinitive

decline in Latin the verbal

for the nominative

and the gerund for the other

superare^
_

cases, as follows:

,^ Nom,

{overcoming-^ ^ Infinitive X^to overcome]

Gen,

superandi,

of overcoming

Dat,
Ace,

superando, for overcoming

superandum, overcoming
superando, by overcoming
,

Gerund

AbL
Like the
infinitive,

the gerund governs the

which

it is

derived.

same case as the verb from So the sentence given above becomes in Latin

Superando Gallos Caesar

magnam

gloriam reportavit
-ndi, -ndo,

403.

The gerund ^

is

formed by adding
is

-ndum, -nd6, to

the present stem, which

shortened or otherwise changed, as shown

below

Paradigm of the Gerund

CONJ.
I

CONJ.

II

CONJ.

III

CONJ. IV

Gen,

Dat,
Ace,

amandi amand5

monendi monendo

regendi

capiendi

audiendi

regendo

capiend5

audiend5

amandum

monendum
monendo

regendum
regendo

capiendum
capiendo

audiendum
audiendo

AbL amandd
a.
b.

Give the gerund of

euro, deleo,

sumo,

iacic>, venio.

Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice the gerund of conor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.
404, The Gerundive.
passive participle (

(see 493).

Give

The gerundive is the name given to 374.^) when the participle approaches
is

the future

the mean-

ing of a verbal

noun and

translated like a gerund.

It is the adjective

corresponding to the gerund.

For example,

to translate the
its

waging war, we may use the gerund with

consilium gerendi bellum
;

direct

plan of object and say

or

we may

use the gerundive and say conthe

silium belli gerendi, which means,

waged, but which came to

its

plan of the war to be have the same force as the gerund with
literally,

object,
1

and was even preferred

is

to

it.

The gerund

the neuter singular of the future passive participle used

(Cf. 374. d.)

as a noun,

and has the same formation.

THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE

rundive:

75
/^

405. Compare the following parallel uses of the gerund and ge-

Gerund
Gen, Spes faciendi pacem

Gerundive
Spes faciendae pacisj^^-*"^ The hope of Making peace
Locus idoneus castris ponendis

\ ,^

4^'
\q

--^

The hope of making peace Dat, Locus idoneus pugnand5 A place suitable for fighting Ace, Misit equites ad insequendum He sent horsemen to pursue

A place suitable for pitching camp

Misit equites ad insequendos hostis

He

sent horsemen to pursue the

enemy

AbL

Narrando fabulas magister

pueris placuit

Narrandis fabulis magister pueris

placuit

The teacher pleased the boys

by telling stories
a.
(i)
(2) (3)

The teacher pleased the boys by

tellitig stories ^

We

observe

f:

^-^

\x

-^^

That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective. J That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object. That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement

with a noun.

Rule. Gerund and Gerundive. I T/ie Gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive^ dative^ accusative^ and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns, 2, The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the
406.
.

ablative without a preposition.

Even

in these instances the

gerundive construction
407.

is

m.ore usual,

Rule. Gerund or Gerundive of Purpose. The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive with causa ^ (=for the sake
of), is

used

to

express purpose.

Gerund

Gerundive

Ad audiendum
They came
to

venerunt or

Ad urbem videndam
They came

venerunt or

Audiendi causa venerunt

Urbis videndae causa venerunt

to see the city

hear

^ causa always follows the genitive.

J6

THE PREDICATE GENITIVE

Note. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive venerunt ut audirent venerunt ut urbem viderent. In short expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are rather more common.
of purpose,

408.

We

have learned that the word denoting the owner or posis

sessor of something
If,

in the genitive, as,

equus Galbae, Galba's horse.

now,

we wish

to express the idea the horse is Galba's^

Galba

remains the possessor, and hence in the genitive as before, but

stands in the predicate, as, equus est Galbae.
predicate genitive.

now

Hence

this is called the

409.

Rule.

Predicate Genitive.

The possessive genitive

often

stands hi the predicate^ especially after the forms of sum,

is

and

then called the predicate genitive.

410.
alicui

IDIOMS
negStium dare,
to

employ some one

(lit.

to

give
to be

business to

some one)

novis rebus studere, to be eagerfor

a revolution

(lit.

eager for

new

things)

rei militaris peritissimus,

very skillful in the art of war se suaque omnia, themselves and all their possessions

411.
I.

EXERCISES
Caesar

I.

cum
rei

in

GaUia

bellum

gereret,

militibus

decimae
2. Socils

legionis
l._

maxime
dedit

favit quia rei miHtaris

peritissimi erant.
3.

'9egotium

frumentariae curandae.

Legati non solum

4.

'audiendi causa sed etiam dicendi causa venerunt.

Imperator

iussit

./

exploratores locum idoneum

muniendo
ils

reperire.

5.

Nuper hae gentes

7.

novIs rebus studebant

dedant.
6.

mox

persuadebo ut Caesari se suaque omnia

lubere est reginae^ et parere est multitudinis.^

Hoc

proelio facto

quidam ex hostibus ad pacem petendam venerunt. 8. Erant qui arma tradere nollent. 9. Hostes tam celeriter progress! sunt ut spatium pila in hostis iaciendi non daretur. 10. Spatium neque

arma capiendi^ neque

^

auxili
2

petendi

datum

est.
is

Predicate genitive.

Which

of these expressions

gerund and which

gerundive ?

THE IRREGULAR VERB EO

II.
I.

77

These ornaments ^belong

to Cornelia.

2.

Men
3.

very

skillful

in the art of
^/iifound
j;

war were sent

^to capture the town.

The
4.
is

scouts

hill

suitable for fortifying very near to the river.

Soon the
eager

cavalry will

come

^to seek supplies.

5.

The mind
6.

of the Gauls

for revolution
* belongs

and for undertaking wars.

7.

To

lead the line of battle

to look after the

to the general.

^Whom

shall

we employ

grain supply?

LESSON LXXII
THE IRREGULAR VERB EO

INDIRECT STATEMENTS

412. Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of e6,^^ ( 499).
a.

Notice that

i-,

the root of eo,

is

changed to

e- before a vowel, except-

ing in iens, the nominative of the present participle.

-V- is regularly dropped.

In the perfect system

413. Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following

compounds of
ad'^eS,

eo with prepositions:

adrre, adli, adltus,

ex^eo, exi^re, exli, exltus,

tive of the place

go to^ visits with the accusative go forth^ with ex or de and the

abla-

from which
enterupon^ with the accusative ad or in and the accu-

in^eo, inrre, inli, inltus, begin^

red^eo, redrre, redli, red'itus, return^ with

sative of the place to

which

trans^eo, translate, trans^ii, trans^itus, cross^ with the accusative

414. Indirect Statements in English.

Direct statements are those

in

which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted

his

exact language.

Indirect

statements

are those reported in a

writer.

different

form of words from tHat used by the speaker or

following direct and indirect statements:
1.

Compare the

Direct statements

2.

3.

The Gauls are brave The Gauls were brave The Gauls will be brave

1 belong to = are of, 2 Use the gerundive with ad. ^ Use the genitive ^ Compare the first sentence. with causa. Where should causa stand? s Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.

178
after

INDIRECT STATEMENTS
Indirect statements
f i.

a verb in ^

2.

the present tense [3.

Indirect statements
after
f i.

a verb in^

2.

a past tense

13.

He says that the He says that the He says that the He said that the He said that the He said that the

Gauls are brave Gauls were brave

Gauls will be brave

Gauls were brave Gauls

had

been brave

Gauls would be brave

We
a.

see that in English

indirect statement

The

forms a clause introduced by the conjunc*

73)

tion that,
b.
c.

The verb is The tenses

finite (cf
.

and

its

subject

is

in the nominative.

of the verbs originally used are changed after the past

tense,

He

said,

415. Indirect Statements in Latin.

statements above would be as follows
r I
.

In Latin the direct and indirect

Gain sunt

fortes

StFtemenxs

2.

Gam

erant fortSs
fortes

[3. Gain erunt

1

Dicit or Dixit Gallos esse fortis

(He says or

He

said the

Gauls
Indirect
2.

to be brave)

Dicit or Dixit Gallos fuisse fortis

{He says or

He

said

Statements
3.

the Gauls to

have been brave)

to be

Dicit or Dixit Gallos futiiros esse fortis

(He says or
^

He

said the Gauls

about

to be brave)

Comparing these Latin

preceding section,
a.
b.
c.

indirect statements with the English in the

we

observe three marked differences

to that.

There

is

no conjunction corresponding

The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the The tenses of the infinitive are i;iot changed after a

accusative.

past tense of the

principal verb.

416.

Rule.

Indirect Statements.

When a

direct statement beto the infinitive

comes

indirect^ the principal verb is

changed

and

its

subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the

infinitive,

to

These parenthetical renderings are not inserted show the literal meaning of the Latin.
^

as translations, but merely

::

INDIRECT STATEMENTS
417. Tenses of the Infinitive.

79

When

the sentences in

415 were
esse.

changed from the

direct to

the indirect form of statement, sunt

became
418.

esse, erant

became

fuisse,

and erunt became futures

Rule. indicative of a
indirect^

Infinitive

Tenses in Indirect Statements.

A present
and a
de-

direct statement becomes present infinitive of the

infinitive;

a past indicative becomes perfect

infinitive.

future indicative becomes future

Note.
will

When

translating into Latin an English indirect statement,

first

cide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct form. That

show you what tense

of the infinitive to use in the indirect.

419.

Rule. Verbs

followed

by

Indirect Statements.

The accusa-

tive-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is

found

after verbs of saying,

telling,

knowing, thinking,

and perceiving.

420. Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are

a.

Verbs of saying and

telling

dico, dicere, dixi, dictus,

say

nego, negare, negavi, negatus, deny^ say not

nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus,

announce

responde5, respondere, respond!^ responsus, reply

b.

Verbs of knowing
cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, learn^ (in the perf.)
scio, scire, scivi, scitus,

know

know
sum, think^ consider

c.

Verbs of thinking
arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus

existimo, existimare, existimavi, existimatus, think^ believe

iudico, iudicare, iudicavi, iudicatus, 7//^^, decide

puto, putare, putavi, putatus, reckon^ think

spero, sperare, speravi, speratus,
d.

hope

Verbs of perceiving
audio, audire, audivi, auditus,

hear

sentio, sentire, sensi, s^nsxiSyfeel^ perceive

video, videre, vidi, visus, see

intellego, intellegere, intellexi, intellectus, understand^ perceive

Learn such of these verbs as are new

to you.

l8o
421.
postridie eius diei,

EXERCISES
IDIOMS

on the next day (lit. on the next day of that day) beginning of summer memoria tenere, to remember (lit. to hold by memory) per exploratores cognoscere, to learn through scouts
inita aestate, at the

422.
I. I. It,

EXERCISES
Imus,
ite, Ire.

2.

Eunti, iisse or isse, ibunt, eunt. 3. Eundi,

I,

ut eant,

ibitis, Is.

4.

Ne

Irent,

ibant, ierat.
6.

5.

Caesar per explora-

tores cognovit Gallos flumen translsse.

tios inita aestate

RomanI audlverunt Helve7

.

de fInibus suls exituros

esse.

LegatI responderunt
Principes Gallorum

neminem ante Caesarem

9.

illam Insulam adisse.

8.

dicunt se nullum consilium contra Caesaris imperium inituros esse.

Arbitramur potentiam reglnae esse maiorem quam civium.

Gallls erepturos esse.
11.

10.

Ro-

manI negant se llbertatem

nitls

His rebus cog12. Helvetil

sensimus legatos non venisse ad pacem petendam.

sciunt

Romanos

priores victorias

memoria

tenere.

13. Socil

cum

in-

tellegerent multos vulnerarl, statuerunt in suos finis redlre. 14. Aliquis

ntintiavit
II.
I
.

slow.

2.

Marcum consulem creatum esse. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that
3.

the horse was, had been, (and) would be strong.

We

think that the

4.

army
miles

will

go forth from the camp

at the beginning of

summer.

The

next day

we
5.

learned through scouts that the enemy's town was ten

off.^

The king

replied

that

the ornaments

belonged to^

the queen.
1 to

be

offy to

be distant abesse.
^

Latin, were of ( 409).

TUBA

THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO

l8l

LESSON LXXIII
VOCABULARY REVIEW THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS

423. Review the word

lists in

513, 514.

424. Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb fero,
bear ( 498).
I.

Learn the principal parts

ferS,

arid

meanings of the following com-

pounds of

bear:

ad^fero, adfer^re, at^tuli, adla^tus, bring to j report

con^fero, confer^re, con^tuli, conla^tus,
de^fero, defer're, de^tuli, dela^tus,
in^fero, infer^re, in^tuli,

bring together^ collect

bring to; report; grants confer inla^tus, bring in^ bring against

re^fero, refer^re, ret^tuli, rela^tus,

bear back; report

425.
tive

The
(cf.
;

dative

is

the case of the indirect object.

Many

intransi-

verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the
153).

dative

Transitive verbs take a direct object in the acwell.

cusative

but sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as

question^ then^ as to
its

The whole
of verbs,

whether or not a verb takes the

dative^

depends upon

capacity for governing

an

indirect object,

number

some

transitive

and some

intransitive,

which

in their simple

form would not take an

prepositions, have a

indirect object,

when compounded with certain

an indirect object.

meaning which

calls for

Ob-

serve the following sentences

1.

Haec

res exercitui

magnam

calamitatem

attulit, this

circumstance
the

brought great disaster

2.

to the ar7ny.

Germani

Gallis bellum inferunt, the

Germans make war upon

Gauls.
3.

Hae copiae

proelio

n5n intererant, these troops did not take part in

the battle.
4.

Equites fugientibus hostibus occurrunt, the horsemen meet the flee-

ing enemy.
5.

Galba copiis

filium praefecit,

Galba put his son in

command of the

troops.

82

THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS

is

In each sentence there

preposition.

a dative, and in each a verb combined with a

In no case would the simple verb take the dative.

426.

Rule.

Dative with Compounds.

Some

verbs compounded

with

ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, oh, post, prae, pro, sub, super,

admit

the dative of the indirect object.

Transitive compounds

may

take both an accusative

and a

dative.

Note

i.

Among

such verbs are^

ad^fero, adfer^re, at^tuli, adla^tus, bring to ; report ad^sum, ades^se, ad^fui, adfutu^rus, assist ; he present
de^fero, defer ^re, de^tuli, dela^tus, report
;

grants confer

de^sum,

dees^'se, de^fui,

be wanting^ be lacking

in^ferd, infer^re, in^tuli, inla^tus,

bring against^ bring upon

inter^sum, interes^se, inter^fui, interfutu^rus, take part in

occur^ro, occur^rere, occur^ri, occur^sus,

run

against^ meet

praefi^cio, praefi^cere, praefe^ci, praefec^tus,

appoint over^ place

in

command of
,

prae^sum, praees^se, prae^fui,

be over, be in

command

427.

IDIOMS
graviter or moleste ferre, to be
at,

annoyed

at^ to be

indignant

followed by the accusative and infinitive

ad or in, with the accusative, to betake one''s self to alicui bellum inferre, to make war upon some one pedem referre, to retreat (lit. to bear back the foot)
se conferre

428.
I.

EXERCISES
Fer, ferent, ut ferant, ferunt.
2.

I.

Ferte, ut ferrent, tulisse, tule-

rant. 3.

Tulimus, ferens, latus esse,

ferre. 4.

Cum navigia insulae adproreferre conati sunt. 5. Galli

6.

pinquarent, barbari terrore commoti

pedem

moleste ferebant

Romanes

agros vastare.
7.

Caesar

sociis

imperavit

ne

finitimis suis

bellum inferrent.

Exploratores, qui Caesari occur-

rerunt, dixerunt exercitum hostium vulneribus

defessum sese

in alium et

locum contuUsse.
banc rem Caesari
mentis in
1

8.

Hostes sciebant Romanos frtimento egere

periculum adlaturam esse.
9.

summum

Impedi-

unum locum
to

conlatis, aliqui
in is

militum flumen quod non longe

But the accusative with ad or

or against
is

used with some of these, when the

idea of motion

strong.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE
aberat transierunt.
res auditas
10.

IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS

183

Hos

rex hortatus est ut oraculum adirent et

1 1
.

ad se referrent.
legion! praeerat.

Quern imperator

ill!

legion! praef icit

Publius
crebri

ill!

12.

Cum

esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia,

litterlsque

ad eum^ rumores adferebantur

quoque

certior fiebat

Gallos obsides inter se dare.

II.
I.

that the

make war upon Caesar's allies. 2. We heard Gauls would make war upon Caesar's allies. 3. Publius did
The Gauls
will
4.

not take part in that battle.

We
5
.

have been informed that Publius

did not take part in that battle.

The man who was

to retreat.
^

in

command

of

the cavalry
place

was wounded and began

6.

Caesar did not

you

in

command

of the cohort to bring

disaster

upon the army.

LESSON LXXIV
VOCABULARY REVIEW
429. Review the word
430.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT

517, 518.
it

QUESTIONS
lists in

When we

report a statement instead of giving

(Cf. 414.)

directly,

we

have an indirect statement.

instead of asking
it

So,

if

we

report a question

directly,

we have an

indirect question.

Direct Question

Indirect Question

Who
a.

conquered the Gauls f

He

asked who conquered the Gauls

An

indirect question depends, usually as object,

upon a verb

of ask-

ing (as peto, postulo, quaero, rogo) or upon some verb or expression of saying
or mental action.
(Cf. 420.)

431.

Compare

the following direct and indirect questions:

Direct
a.

Indirect

Rogat quis Gallos vincat

He
Quis Gallos vincit?

asks

who

is

conquering the

Gauls
b,

Who

is

conquering the Gauls?

Rogavit quis Gallos vinceret

He
1

asked who was conquering

the Gauls

Observe that when adfer5 denotes motion

cf.

to,

it

is

not followed by the

dative;

footnote, p. 182.

2 -^qx.

the infinitive.

(Cf. 352.)

84

THE SUBJUNCTIVE

IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS
a.

Ubi est Roma?

He
b.

Rogat ubi sit Roma asks where Rome

Rogavit ubi esset

is

Where

is

Rome?

He
a,

asked where

Roma Rome was

Rogat

num

Caesar Gall5s vicerit

He
Caesarne Gallos vicit?
J
\

asks whether Ccesar conquered

the Gauls
b.

Did Ccesar conquer the Gauls?

Rogavit

num

Caesar Gallos vicisset

He
a.

asked whether Ccesar had conquered the Gauls mood, but the

The verb
is

in a direct question is in the indicative

mood
b.
c.

subjunctive in an indirect question.

tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense sequence.

The

Indirect questions are introduced by the

same

interrogative

words as
.

introduce direct questions, excepting

X}!!?^ yes-ox-no

direct questions (cf

210)

on becoming

indirect are usually introduced

by num, whether,

432.

Rule.

Indirect Questions.

In an indirect question the

its tense is

verb

is in

the S7cbjunctive

and

deterTnined by the

law for
433.

tense sequence,

IDIOMS
de tertia vigilia, about the third watch
iniiirias alicui inferre, to inflict injuries

facere verba pro, with the ablative, to

upon some one speak in behalf of

in reliquum tempus,y2?r the future

434.
I.
I.

EXERCISES

Rex

rogavit quid legati postularent at cur ad se venissent.

2.

Quaesivit quoque

num

nee recentis iniurias nee dubiam Romano3.

rum

amicitiam memoria tenerent.

?

Videtisne quae oppida hostes

oppugnaverint
lerint?
5.

4.

Nonne

scTtis

cur Galll sub

montem

sese contu6.

Audivimus quas
Pro

iniurias tibi

German!

intulissent.

De

tertia vigilia

imperator misit homines qui cognoscerent quae esset

7.

natura montis.
navis ad

his orator

verba

fgcit et rogavit

cur consules
8.

plenum summi

periculi

locum mittere
9.

vellent.

Legatis

convocatis dem5nstravit quid

fieri vellet.

Nuntius referebat quid

DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH

in in

185

Gallorum

concilio

de armis tradendis dictum

esset.

10.

Moneo n^
2.

reliquum tempus pedites et equites trans flumen ducas.

II.
I.

What

hill

did they seize

see

what

hill
?

they seized.
3.
4.

Who

has inflicted these injuries upon our dependents

They asked who

Whither did you

had

inflicted those injuries

upon
.^

their dependents.

go about the

third

watch

time did the boys return

returned home.

You know whither I went. 5. At what home? I will ask at what time the boys

LESSON LXXV
VOCABULARY REVIEW
435. Review the word

THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH

521, 522.

lists in

436. Observe the following sentences:

1.

Exploratores locum castris delegerunt, the scouts chose a place for

erat

a camp. 2. Hoc

magno impediments

Gallis, this

was
left

(for)

a great hindrance
legions as (^xt.for)

to the Gauls.
3. Duas legiones praesidi5 a guard to the camp.

castris reliquit,

he

two

In each of these sentences

we

find a dative expressing the

for which something

castris,

is intended or for which it serves. impediments, and praesidio. In the second and third sentences we find a second dative expressing the person or thing affected (Gallis and

purpose or end These datives are

castris). As you notice, these are true for which and to which. (Cf. 43.)

datives, covering the relations of

437.

Rule.

Dative of Purpose or End.

The dative

is

used

to

denote the purpose or end for which, often with afiother dative
de7toting the person or thing affected.

438.

IDIOMS
consilium omittere, to give

up a plan

locum
alicui

a place for a camp magno usui esse, to be of great advantage to some one ([\t. for great advantage to some one)
castris deligere, to choose

86
439.
I.

GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY

EXERCISES
Rogavit cur
illae

I.

copiae relictae essent.

2.

Responderunt

illas

copias esse

praesidio castris.
castris.

Caesar misit exploratores ad locum

dgligendum

3.

Quisque existimavit ipsum nomen Caesaris

4.

magno

terror! barbaris futtirum esse.

Prima luce idem exercitus

proelium acre commisit, sed gravia suorum vulnera magnae curae im-

Romani sibi ornamento et praesidio debere esse. 6. Quis praeerat equitatui quem auxilio Caesari socii miserant ? 7. Aliquibus res secundae sunt summae calamitati et res adversae sunt miro usui. 8. Gallis magno ad pugnam erat impedimento quod equitatus a dextro cornu premebat. 9. Meperatori erant.
5.

Rex

respondit amicitiam populi

moria pristinae

virtutis

non minus quam metus hostium

densa erat
silva ut

erat nostris

magno
II.

usui.

10.

Tam

progredi non possent.

I.I advise you ^to give up the plan ^of making war upon the
2.

brave Gauls.
for a

Do you know ^ where

The
left

the cavalry has chosen a place

will

camp
4.

3.

fear of the

enemy

be of great advantage

to

you.
5.

Caesar

three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage.

(for) a

In winter the waves of the lake are so great ^that they are
6.

great hindrance to ships.

Caesar inflicted severe^ punishment on

those

who burned

the public buildings.

LESSON LXXVI
VOCABULARY REVIEW THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION

440. Review the word

lists in

524, 525.

441. Observe the English sentences

(i)

A man of great courage^ or (2) A man with great courage (3) A forest of tall trees:, or (4) A forest with tall trees
of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description.

Each
the
first

In

two a man

is

described

in the last

two a

forest.

The

descriptive

phrases are introduced by the prepositions of a.nd with.

1

Subjunctive of purpose.
^

(Cf. 366.)
"*

Express by the genitive of the

^

gerundive.

Indirect question.

clause of result.

gravis, -e.

GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY

In Latin the expression of quality or description
is

187

very similar.

The

prepositions of and with suggest the genitive and the ablative

respectively,

and we translate the sentences above (i) Vir magnae virtutis, or (2) Vir magna virtute
Silva altarum arbonim, or
(4)

(3)

Silva altis arboribus

There

is,

however, one important difference between the Latin and

the English.

In English

we may

say, for example,

man

of courage^

using the descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier.

In Latin^

however^ an adjective modifier must always be used^ as above.

a.

Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in that

numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive and descriptions of physical characteristics are in the ablative. Other descriptive phrases may
be in either case.

442.
1.

EXAMPLES

2. and a small head. 3. Rex erat vir summa audacia or rex erat vir summae audaciae, the king was a man of the greatest boldness,

Fossa duodecim pedum, a ditch of twelve feet, Homo magnis pedibus et parvo capite, a man with big feet

443.

Rule.

Genitive

of

Description.

Numerical

descriptions

of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying

adjective.

444.

Rule.

Ablative of Description.

Descriptions of physical

characteristics are expressed by the ablative with

adjective.

a modifying
Descriptions

445.

Rule.

Genitive or

Ablative of Description.

involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics

may

be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative

with a modifying adjective,

446.
Helvetiis in

IDIOMS
animo
est, the

Helvetii intend

(lit.

// is

in ?nind to

the Helvetians)
in

nihil posse, to

matrimonium dare, to give in marriage have no power fossam perducere, to construct a ditch (lit. to lead a ditch th7vugh)

88
447.
I.
I.

EXERCISES
EXERCISES
Mllites

fossam decern pedum per eorum

finis

perduxerunt.

2.

Princeps Helvetiorum, vir

summae

audaciae, principibus gentium

3.

finitimarum sorores in matrimonium dedit.

flrmare voluit quo facilius

Eorum
fere

amicitiam con4.

Romanis bellum
gentis.
6. Gall!
5.

inferret.

non erant eiusdem magms corporum viribus.-"Galll

Omnes

German! et German! erant

Caesar ab

qui oppidum fortiter defendebant

7.

saxa ingentis magnittidinis de muro iaciebant.

exploratoribus quaereret qui illud

Cum

oppidum

incolerent, exploratores
et

responderunt eos esse homines

8.

summa

virtu te

magno

consilio.

Moenia viginti pedum a sinistra parte, et a dextra parte flumen magnae altitudinis oppidum defendebant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam pervenisset, erat rumor Helvetils in animo esse iter per provinciam

Romanam
II.
I.

facere.

10. Caesar, ut eos

ab f!nibus Romanis prohiberet,

fecit.

munitionem ^multa m!lia passuum longam

Caesar was a general of

much wisdom and great boldness, and very skillful in the art of war. 2. The Germans were of great size, and thought that the Romans had no power. 3. Men of the highest courage were left in the camp as (for) a guard to the baggage. 4. The king's daughter, who was given in marriage to the chief of a neighboring state, was a woman of very beautiful appearance. 5. The soldiers will construct a ditch of nine feet around the camp.
6.

A
1

river of great width

vis.

was between us and the enemy.

2 Qgnitives and ablatives of description are use an adverbial phrase to tell how long or how

From

(Cf. 468.)

adjective phrases.

When we
is,

high ox how deep anything

we must use

the accusative of extent. (Cf. 336.)

above multa milia passuum is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying longam. If we should omit longam and say a fortification of many miles^ the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) modifying munitionem would be used, as munitionem multorum milium passuum.

For example,

in the sentence

GLADII

REVIEW OF AGREEMENT

189

LESSON LXXVII
REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE
448. There are four agreements:
1

That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun

it

to

which
2.

belongs ( 76, 81).

adjective, adjective

That of the
( 65).

pronoun, or participle with

its

noun
3.
4.

That of a verb with

its

subject ( 28).
its

That of a

relative

pronoun with

antecedent ( 224).
is,

449.

The

relation expressed

by the genitive
It is

in general,

denoted

in English

by the preposition
^ a.

of.

used to express

As
t

1.

Possession^

attributive ( 38).
.1,

L b.

In the predicate
is

j-

( 409).

/^

2.

The whole

of which a part

taken (partitive genitive) ( 331).

3.

Quality or description ( 443, 445).

450.

The

relation expressed

by the dative

is,

in general,

denoted

in English

by

the prepositions to or for

It is

when they do not imply

motion through space.

used to express

a.

With

intransitive verbs

and with

transitive

verbs in connection with a direct object

in the accusative ( 45).
I.

The

indirect object

b.
c.

With

special intransitive verbs (

54).

With verbs compounded with

sub, super (426).

ad, ante,

con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro,

2.

The
The

object to which the quality of an adjective

is

directed ( 143).

3.

purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative

denoting the person or thing affected ( 437).

igo
451.

GENITIVE, DATIVE, ACCUSATIVE

The
accusative case corresponds, in general, to the English

objective.
1.

It is

used to express

2.

The The

direct object of a transitive verb (37).

predicate accusative together with the direct object after

verbs of fnaking^ choosing^ callings showings and the like (392).

3.
4.

The The

subject of the infinitive ( 214).

object of

prepositions

that

do not govern the ablative

( 340).
5.

6.

The The

duration of time and th5 extent of space ( 336).

place to which ( 263, 266).

452.
I.

EXERCISES
Milites
2.

I.

quos vidimus dixerunt imperium

Helvetii statuerunt quam-^
3.

bell!

esse Caesaris

imperatoris.

maximum numerum

equo-

rum
runt.

et

carrorum cogere.

Totius Galliae Helvetii plurimum value-

4.

Multas horas

acriter
5.

pugnatum
Viri

est

neque quisquam poterat

videre hostem fugientem.

summae

virtutis hostis

decem

milia

passuum
consulem
tissima.

Insecuti sunt.
crearet.
8.
7.

6.

Caesar populo

Romano

persuasit ut se

Victoria exercitus erat

semper imperatorl gra-

Genavam, in oppidum^ hostium, pervenerunt. 9. Caesar audlvit Germanos bellum Gallis intulisse. 10. Magno USUI militibus Caesaris erat quod prioribus proelils sese
iter

Triduum

fecerunt et

exercuerant.
II.
I.

One^ of
2.

the king's sons and

many

of his
to

men were

cap-

tured.
3.

There was no one who wished*

appoint her queen.

The

grain supply
4. I

was always a care

that

(for a care) to Caesar, the

general.

think

the

camp

is

ten

miles

distant.
6.

5.

We
plan

marched for three hours through a very dense

^of

forest.

The
7.

making war upon the

hill

allies

was not pleasing

it

to the king.

When

he came to the
1

he

fortified

^by a twelve-foot wall

2 uj-|)g
^

What

is

the force of

quam with

superlatives ?

itive to a

name

of a town, takes a preposition.

What

or oppidum, apposconstruction is

^ What mood ? used with numerals in preference to the partitive genitive ? * Use the gerund or gerundive, ^ Latin, by a wall of twelve feet. (Cf 390.)
.

REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE

191

LESSON LXXVIII
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE
453.
lish

The

relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed in

by), from (or by),

Eng-

by the prepositions with (or

and

in (or at).

The

constructions growing out of these meanings are

I.

Ablative rendered with (or hy)\

1.

Cause

( 102)

2.

3.
4.
5.

Means ( 103) Accompaniment Manner ( 105)

Measure of
With a

( 104)

difference

(317)

6.
7.

participle (ablative absolute)

(381)

Description or quality ( 444, 445)

Specification ( 398)

8.

II.

Ablative rendered /rom (or hy):

1.

Place from which ( 179, 264)

Ablative of separation (180)

2.

3.
4.

Personal agent with a passive verb (181)

Comparison without quam

309)

III. Ablative rendered in (or at)\

1.

Place at or in which (265, 266)

2.

Time when

or within which ( 275)

454.
I.
I.

EXERCISES
Gall! locis superioribus occupatis itinere exercitum prohibere
2.

conantur.
inceperunt.

Omnes
3.

oppidani ex oppido egress! salutem fuga petere

Caesar docet se mllitum vltam sua salute habere multo

celerius
5.

cariorem.

4.

Cum

omnium opmione

pervenisset, hostes ad
altissimis

eum

obsides miserunt.
6.

Vicus in valle positus montibus

inter Gallos haec
vigilia

undique continetur.

Plurimum
7. 8.

gens

et virtute et

hominum numero

valebat.

Secunda

nuUo certo ordine neque

imperio e castris egressi sunt.

Duabus

legionibus

Genavae

relictis,

192

GERUND, INFINITIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE

reliquis

proximo die cum

audacia et

domum
domo
12.

profectus

est.

9.

Erant itinera duo

quibus itineribus Helvetii

exire possent.
potentia.
1 1
.

10.

Rex

erat

summa

magna apud populum

Galli timore servitutis

commoti bellum parabant.

milites,

Caesar monet legat5s ut contineant

ne studio pugnandi aut spe praedae longius^ progrediantur.

in Gallos

13.

Bellum acerrimum a Caesare

I.

gestum

est.

II.

The

lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained

battle.
2.

his
3.

(men) from
This tribe
is

All the Gauls differ

rest.
4.

from each other

This road
is

in laws.

much
5.

braver than the

^ten miles

shorter than that.

In

winter he returned to Italy.

the
self

summer Caesar carried on war in Gaul, in 6. At midnight the general set out from
7. I
^

camp with
all

three legions.
8.

fear that

you cannot protect

your-

from these enemies.

the Gauls.

After this battle was finished peace was

made by

LESSON LXXIX
REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE TIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE
455.

INFINI-

The gerund

is

a verbal noun and

singular.

is

used only

in the genitive,

dative, accusative,

and ablative

The

constructions of these

cases are in general the

same
is

as those of other

nouns (402, 406.

i).

456.

The gerundive

a verbal adjective and must be used instead

of gerund

+ object,

excepting in the genitive and in the ablative

without a preposition.
struction
is

Even

in these instances the

gerundive con-

more usual

( 406. 2).

457.
I.

The

infinitive is

used

As
As

in English.

a.
b.

To
As

subject or predicate nominative ( 216). complete the predicate with verbs of

infinitive) ( 215).

incomplete

predication

(complementary
,

object with subject accusative after verbs of wishing^

commanding^

forbidding^ and the like (213).

1

longius, too far.

^

(Cf. 305.) defendere.

2 *

Latin, by ten thousands ofpaces.

Ablative absolute.

GERUND, INFINITIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE

II.

193

In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs

of saying

and mental

action.

The

subject

is

in the accusative ( 416,

418, 419).

458.
1.

The

subjunctive

is

used

2.

To To

denote purpose (349, 366, 372). denote consequence or result (385, 386).

3. 4. 5.

In relative clauses of characteristic or description ( 390). In cum clauses of time, cause, and concession ( 396).

In indirect questions ( 432).

459.
I. I.

EXERCISES
Caesar,

cum

pervenisset, milites hortabatur ne consilium oppidi

2.

capiendi omitterent.

Rex,

castrls

prope oppidum

positis, misit ex-

ploratores qui cognoscerent ubi exercitus

Romanus

esset.

3.

Nemo
suos

relinquebatur qui

arma

ferre posset.
in

4.

Nuntii viderunt ingentem

esse.
5.

armorum multitudinem de muro

transire
6.

fossam iactam

Dux

flumen

iussit.

Transire autem hoc fiumen erat difficillimum.

ferrent,

Roman! cum banc calamitatem moleste

7.

tamen terga vertere

recusaverunt.

Hoc rumore

audito, tantus terror

omnium animos
vellent.
itineri faciendo.

occupavit
8. 9.

ut

ne fortissimi quidem

proelium

committere

Erant qui putarent tempus annl idoneum non esse

Tam

acriter

ab utraque parte pugnabatur ut multa milia hominum

10.

occiderentur.

Quid times
not see

Timeo ne Romanis
is

in

animo

sit

totam

Galliam superare et nobis iniurias inferre.

II.
I.

Do you

who

standing on the wall?

up.

2.

We

hear

that the plan of taking the

town has been given

3.

Since the

Germans thought
savages were so
that Caesar

that the

Romans
4.

could not cross the Rhine, Caesar

the bridge

ordered a bridge to be made.

terrified that

When

was
5.

finished, the

they hid themselves.

6.

They feared

would pursue them.

was.
7.

Caesar

asked the traders what the

size of the island

The

traders advised

him not ^to cross the

sea.

8.

He

sent scouts ^to choose a place for a camp.

^

quaerere ab.

Not

infinitive.

Use the gerundive with

ad.

READING MATTER
INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS
How
ing
to Translate.

You have

already had considerable practice in

to the

translating simple Latin,

lies in

and have learned that the guide

If they are carefully

meanskill

the endings of the words.

If these are neglected,

no

can

make

sense of the Latin.

noted and accu-

rately translated, not

many

difficulties

remain.

Observe the following

suggestions:
1.

Read

the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of

etc.
if

nouns, adjectives, verbs,

2.

Read
the

it

again and see

any of the words you know are

will

nominatives or accusatives.
called
object.
3.

This

often give you what

is,

may be
and

backbone of the sentence; that

subject,

verb,

Look up
If

the words you do not know, and determine their use

in the sentence
4.

from

their endings.

you cannot yet translate the sentence, put

all

down

the Eng-

lish

meanings of
will

the words in the same order as the Latin words.

You
5. a.
b.
c.

then generally see through the meaning of the sentence.

careful to

Be

Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong.

Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern.

Translate adverbs with the words that they modify.

d.

Make

sense.

If

you do not make sense, you have made a mistake.

One
6.

mistake will spoil a whole sentence.

When
and

the sentence
try to

is

correctly translated, read the Latin over

it

again,

understand

as Latin, without thinking of the

English translation.
194

THE PARTS OF A SENTENCE

The Parts
remember,
of a Sentence.

95

You

will

sentences than you have had before.

first

now meet somewhat longer To assist in translating them,

meaning and

of

all,

that every sentence conveys a

either tells us something, asks a question, or gives a

command. Every

sentence must have a subject and a verb, and the verb

may

always

have an adverb, and,

if

transitive, will
is,

have a direct

object.

However long a sentence

its

you

will usually

be able to recognize

subject, verb,

and object or predicate complement without any

will give

difficulty.

These

you the leading thought, and they must

never be

lost sight of while

chief difficulty in

making out the rest of the sentence. The translating arises from the fact that instead of a

single adjective, adverb, or noun,

we

often have a phrase or a clause

taking the place of one of these; for Latin, like English, has adjective,
adverbial,

and substantive clauses and phrases.

^

For example,

in the

word idle is an adjective. In The boy wasting his time does not study the words wasting his time form an adjective phrase modifying boy. In the sentence The boy who wastes his time does not study the words who wastes his time form an adjective clause modifying boy^ and the sentence is complex. These sentences would show the same structure in Latin.
the
^ ^

sentence The idle boy does not study

In translating,

it is

important to keep the parts of a phrase and the

parts of a clause together

principal sentence.

and not

let

To

distinguish
is

them .become confused with the between the subordinate clauses

first

and the principal sentence

cult
if

of the

importance, and

is

not

diffi-

you remember that a clause regularly contains a word that marks it as a clause and that this word usually stands first. These
words
join clauses to the

words they depend on, and are

called subor-

dinate conjunctions.

They

are not very numerous, and you will soon

learn to recognize them.

In Latin they are the equivalents for such

if,

words as when, while,

that, that, etc.

since, because,

before, after, though, in order

Form

the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinate

conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the

the verb in the clauses which they introduce.

mood

of

HERCULES

HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

197

THE LABORS OF HERCULES

throughout his
Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an infant he strangled some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his boyhood and

youth he performed various marvelous feats of strength, and on reaching manhood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from the oppression of the Minyae. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle as to how he should cleanse himself from this crime, he was ordered to submit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to perform whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve extraordinary feats known as the Labors of Hercules. His death was caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani^ra. Hercules had shot with his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told her HERCULES ET SERPENTES it would act as a charm to secure her husband's love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charm, soaked one of her husband's garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was
carried off

by

his father Jupiter.

LIII.i

THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

ii

Dr

grave supplicium sumunt de mails, sed

qui legibus^

deorum

parent, etiam post

mortem

curantur.

Ilia vita dis^ erat

gratissima quae

hominibus miserls utiHssima fuerat.

Omnium autem praemierum

est.
5

summum

erat immortalitas.

Illud

praemium Herculi datum

Herculis pater fuit luppiter, mater Alcmena, et

validissimus fuisse dicitur.
1

omnium hominum
may be

Sed luno, reglna deorum, eum, adhuc

read.

This number refers to the lesson after which the selection

Cf. 468.
^

Di and dis are from deus.

legibus, 501. 14.

198

HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY^

nam
el^ et^

Infantem, interficere studebat;

invisi.

Hercules et Alcmena erant

Itaque misit duas serpentis, utramque saevissimam, quae media

nocte

domum^ Alcmenae venerunt

Ibi Hercules,

cum

fratre suo,

non
5

in lectulo sed in scuto ingenti dormiebat.

lam audaces

serpentee

adpropinquaverant, iam scutum movebant.

Tum

frater, terrore

com-

motus,

magna voce matrem

vocavit, sed Hercules ipse, fortior

quam

frater, statim ingentis serpentis

manibus

suls rapuit et interfecit.

LIV,

HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINYiE

difficillimis labori-

Hercules a puero^ corpus suum gravissimis et

bus exercebat
10

et

hoc

modo

vires ^ suas confirmavit.

Iam

adulescens
vali-

Thebis habitabat.
*dissima,

Ibi

Creon quidam
et,

erat rex.

Minyae, gens

erant finitimi Thebanis,

quia olim Thebanos vicerant,

quotannls legatos mittebant et vectigal postulabant.

constituit civis

Hercules autem

suos hoc vectlgali liberare et dixit regl, ^^Da mihi

exercitum tuum et ego hos superbos hostis superabo."

1

Hanc

con-

dicionem rex non recusavit, et Hercules nuntios in omnis partis dimisit

et copias coegit."^

Tum

tempore opportunissimo proelium cum Minyis

est,

commisit.
sustinere

Diu pugnatum

non potuerunt

et

impetum Thebanorum terga verterunt fugamque ceperunt.

sed denique
ill!

HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION

Post hoc proelium Creon rex, tanta victoria laetus, filiam suam
20 Hercull in

matrimonium
furorem

dedit.

Thebis Hercules
;

cum uxore

sua diu

vivebat et ab omnibus
subito ^in

magnopere amabatur
sua

sed post multos annos

llberos suos interfecit.

incidit et ipse

manu

Post breve tempus ^ad sanitatem reductus tantum scelus expiare

cupiebat et constituit ad oraculum Delphicum
25
iter facere.

Hoc autem

oraculum erat omnium clarissimum.

Pythia appellabatur.
^ ei,

Ibi sedebat
iis

femina quaedam quae

Ea

consilium dabat
2

qui ad oraculum veniebant.

et,

to

her,
*

501. 20. 501. 36.

referring to Juno. a ^UQXo^from boyhood.

'^

^^

both

and,

^
^

domum,
Thebis,
^

^ vires,
^

from vis.
in

Cf. 468.

1.

coegit,
lit.

from cogo.

in furorem incidit,

went mad,

ad

S&nitatem reductus,

led back to sanity.

What

good English?

HERCULES STRANGLES THE NEMEAN LION

LV.

199

HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS HE STRANGLES THE NEME'AN LION

suum
Ubi iam Hercules finem
ibi regi

Itaque Hercules Pythiae totam rem demonstravit nee scelus

abdidit.
fecit,

Pythia

iussit

eum ad urbem

Tiryntha^ discedere et
audlvit,

Eurystheo sese committere. Quae^ ubi

Hercules ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurystheo se in

dixit,

servitutem tradidit et

^'Quid primum,

rex,

me

facere lubes?"

HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT

Eurystheus, qui perterrebatur vi et corpore ingenti Herculis et
occidi* studebat, ita respondit: "Audi, Hercules!

eum

Multa mira^ narrantur

de leone saevissimo qui hoc tempore

in valle
illo

Nemaea omnia

vastat.
libe-

lubeo
rare."
1

te,

virorum

omnium

fortissimum,

monstro homines

Haec verba Herculi maxime

placuerunt.

'^Properabo," inquit,

10

whose foundation goes back of Tiryns, a Greek noun.

relative.
^ occidi,

Eu-rys'theus (pronounced U-ris'thus) was king of Tt7yns, a Grecian city, ^ Tiryntha, the ace. case to prehistoric times.

^ Quae, obj. of audivit. It is placed first to make' a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting

pres. pass, infin.

mira, marvelous things y the adj.

being used as a noun.

Cf. omnia, in the next line.

200
''et

SLAYING THE LERNEAN HYDRA

parebo imperio^ tuo."
fecit.

Turn
vidit

in silvas

in

quibus leo habitabat

fecit;

statim iter

Mox

feram

et pluris

impetus

frustra

tamen, quod neque

potuit.
5

sagittis

neque

ullo alio telo

monstrum vulnerare

Denique Hercules saevum leonem

interfecit.

suls ingentibus bracchiis

rapuit et faucis eius

omnibus viribus compressit.

Hoc modo

brevi

tempore eum

Tum

corpus leonis ad oppidum in umeris

reportavit et pellem postea pro^ veste gerebat.

Omnes autem

qui

eam

regionem incolebant, ubi famam de morte leonis ingentis acceperunt,

erant laetissimi et

Herculem laudabant

verbis amplissimls.

LVI.
10

SLAYING THE LERNE'AN HYDRA

est

Deinde Hercules ab Eurystheo iussus

Hydram

occldere.

Itaque

cum amico lolao^ contendit ad paludem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incoleHoc autem monstrum erat serpens ingens quae novem capita bat. habebat. Mox is monstrum repperit et summo^ cum periculo collum eius sinistra manu rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextra manu capita novem
15

abscidere incepit, sed frustra laborabat, quod quotiens hoc fecerat

totiens alia

nova capita videbat.

Quod^
Itaque

ubi

vidit, statuit

capita igni

cremare.

Hoc modo
quod

octo capita delevit, sed

extremum caput

vulnerari

non

potuit,

erat immortale.

illud

sub ingenti saxo Her-

cules posuit et ita victoriam reportavit.

LVII.
20

THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR

est,

Postquam Eurystheo mors Hydrae nuntiata

summus
et in

terror ani-

mum eius occupavit.

cervum quendam
tenere.
;

Itaque

iussit

Herculem capere

ad se reportare
regno suo pedes multo^

nam minime

cupivit

tantum virum
et

Hie autem cervus dicebatur aurea cornua

celeriores vento*^ habere.

25 deinde, ubi

Primum Hercules
vidit,

vestigia animalis petivit,

cervum ipsum

omnibus

viribus currere incepit.

Per

plurimos dies contendit nee noctu cessavit.

imperio, 501. 14. hero's best friend.
ubi,

Denique postquam per

^ lolao, abl.

2 pj.5^ *

for^ instead

of.

of I-o-ld'us^ the
^

Note the emphatic position

venta, 501. 34.

of this adjective.

Quod
1.

when he sanv this, another instance

"^

of the connecting relative. Cf. p. 199,

3.

multo, 501. 27.

CLEANING THE AUGEAN STABLES

totum annum cucurrerat
et

20

ita dicitur

cervum

iam defessum cepit

tem-

ad Eurystheum

portavit.
est

Turn vero iussus

terrebat.
recepit.
vidit,

Hercules aprum quendam capere qui

illius loci

illo

pore agros Erymanthios vastabat et homines

Hercules laete negotium suscepit et in

Ibi

magnopere perArcadiam celeriter se

fossam altam

mox aprum
quam^

repperit.

Ille

autem, simul atque Herculem

perterritus in
difficultate

statim

celerrime fugit et

metu

sese abdidit.

Hercules tamen

summa cum

eum

extraxit,

nee aper
portatus

ullo
est.

modo

sese liberare potuit,

et vivus

ad Eurystheum
10

LVIII.

HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE'AN STABLES AND KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS
tempore regnum

Deinde Eurystheus Hercull hunc laborem multo graviorem imperavit.

Augeas^ quidam, qui

illo

Elidis^ obtinebat, tria milia

boum^

habebat.
triginta

Hi

^ingenti stabulo continebantur.

erat,

Hoc

stabulum,

quod per

annos non purgatum

est.
Ille

Hercules intra spatium

alacriter suscepit, et pri- 15

unlus die! purgare iussus

negotium

maximam fossam fodit per quam fluminis aquam de montibus ad murum stabuli duxit. Tum partem parvam muri delevit et aquam in stabulum immisit. Hoc modo finem operis
labore gravissimo
fecit

mum

uno

die facillime.
iter fecit
;

Post paucos dies Hercules ad oppidum Stymphalum

nam

20

Eurystheus iusserat

eum

avis Stymphalides occidere.

Hae

aves rostra

ferrea habebant et homines miseros devorabant.

Ille,

postquam ad

locum pervenit, lacum

e limo constitit.^

vidit in

quo aves

incolebant.
;

Nullo tamen

modo

Hercules avibus adpropinquare potuit

lacus

enim non ex aqua sed

causa perterritae in 25 Herculis occisa est.
^^ugeas, pro-

Denique autem aves

"^de aliqua

auras volaverunt et
1

magna

pars earum sagittis

quam.
in

What

is

the force of

quam with

a superlative?

nounced
^

English Aw-je'as.

^ Elidis,

gen. case of Elis, a district of Greece.

^ ingenti stabulo, boum, gen. plur. of bos. For construction see 501. 11. ^ constitit, means, but in our idiorii we should say in a huge stable. from consto. ' de aliqua causa perterritae, frightened for some reason.

abl. of

202
LIX.

CAPTURING THE CRETAN BULL

HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND CARRIES HIM LIVING TO EURYSTHEUS
iussit

Herculem portare vivum ex insula Creta taurum quendam saevissimum. Ille igitur navem conscendit nam ventus erat idoneus atque statim solvit. Postquam triduum navi-

Turn Eurystheus

gavit,
5

incolumis insulae adpropinquavit.

Deinde, postquam omnia

taurus vexabat.

parata sunt, contendit ad

eam regionem quam

traxit

Mox

taurum
labore

vidit

ac sine ullo metu cornua eius corripuit.

Tum

ingenti

monstrum ad navem

atque

cum hac praeda

ex insula

discessit.

HERCULES ET TAURUS

THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME'DES

lo in

Postquam ex insula Creta domum pervenit, Hercules ab Eurystheo Thraciam missus est. Ibi Diomedes quidam, vir saevissimus, regobtinebat et omnis a finibus suls prohibebat.

num

Hercules iussus

erat equos

Diomedis rapere

et

ad Eurystheum ducere.

Hi autem

equi

homines miserrimos devorabant de quibus rex supplicium sumere

cupiebat.
15

Hercules ubi pervenit, primum equos a rege postulavit, sed

rex eos dedere recusavit.

Deinde
Itaque
est.

ille

ira

commotus regem

occidit et

corpus eius equis

tradidit.

is

qui antea multos necaverat, ipse

eodem

supplicio necatus

Et

equi,

nuper saevissima animalia,

mansueti erant.

postquam domini

sui corpus devoraverunt,

THE BELT OF HIPPOLYTE

LX.

203

THE BELT OF HIPPOL'YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS

^omnlno ex mulieribus fuisse. Hae cum non verebantur. Hippolyte, Amazonum proelium committere
dicitur

Gens Amazonum^
viris

reglna, balteum habuit pulcherrimum.

Hunc

balteum possidere
iussit

filia

Eurysthei vehementer cupiebat.

Itaque Eurystheus
Ille

Herculem
con5

impetum

in

Amazones

facere.

multis

cum

copiis

navem

scendit et paucis diebus in

postulavit.

Amazonum
potuit.

finis

pervenit, ac balteum
cupivit; reliquis ta-

Eum

tradere ipsa Hippolyte

quidem

men Amazonibus^ persuadere non

commisit.

Postridie Hercules proelium fortissime

et

Multas horas utrimque

quam

pugnatum

est.

Denique tamen mulieres terga verterunt

Multae autem captae sunt,
cules
in

fuga salutem petierunt.

10

quo numero
omnibus

erat ipsa Hippolyte.

Her-

postquam balteum

accepit,

captivis libertatem dedit.

THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER'BERUS

lamque unus modo e duodecim
omnis hie erat
difficillimus.

laboribus relinquebatur sed inter

lussus est enim canem Cerberum* ex

15

Oreo

in

lucem trahere.

Ex Oreo
Prae-

autem nemo antea

ime

reverterat.

terea Cerberus erat

monstrum max-

horribile et tria capita habebat.

Hercules postquam imperia Eurysthei accepit, statim prof ectus est et in

Orcum descendit. Ibi vero non sine summo perlculo Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingenti cum labore ex Oreo
in lucem et

adurbem Eurysthei traxit.

illi^

Sic

duodecim labores

intra

25

duodecim annos confecti

sunt.

De-

mum

post longam vitam Hercules

filio

a deis receptus est et luppiter

suo dedit immortalitatem.

HERCULES ET CERBERUS
^

1 A fabled tribe of warlike women living in Asia Minor. ^ Amazonibus, have consisted entirely of women. 501. 14. berus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead.

omnino,
*

etc., to

The dog Certhose famous.

^ illi,

204
P.

THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY

CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOYi
LXI.

PUBLIUS

IS

BORN NEAR POMPEai

Romanus, amplissima
atque mater
familia^

P. Cornelius Lentulus,^ adulescens

natus est

nam pater

eius,

Marcus, erat dux peritissimus, cuius virtute^

;

et consilio

multae victoriae reportatae erant

eius, lulia, a

clarissimis maioribus orta est.

5

Non

vero in urbe sed

villa

rtiri^

Ptiblius

natus

est, et

cum matre

habitabat in
sita erat.

quae

in maris litore et

sub

radicibus

magni mentis

Mons autem

erat Vesuvius et parva

PUERI ROMANI

urbs Pompeii octo milia^ passuum"^ aberat.

In

Italia

antiqua erant
pul-

plurimae quidem
chrior
10

villae et pulchrae,

sed inter has omnis nulla erat

quam

villa

Marci luliaeque.

Frons

villae

muro

a maris fluctibus

muniebatur.

Hinc mare

et litora et insulae longe lateque conspici^

ac saepe naves longae et onerariae poterant.

latere agri feracissimi patebant.

tergo et ab utroque

copia et
1

magna variorum florum multa ingentium arborum genera quae aestate^ umbram
Undique
erat
is fiction

This story

with certain historical facts in Caesar's career as a

However, the events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt ^ ^ Roman had three names, as, did happen to many a Roman youth. Publius (given name), Cornelius (name of the gens or clan), Lentulus (family ^ Abl. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation name). ( 501. 32).
setting.
* virtute,

501. 24.
^

ruri, 501. 36. i.

milia, 501. 21.

'^

passuum,

501. II.

conspici, infin. with poterant, 215.

villa.
^

Consult the

map

of Italy for

the approximate location of the

aestate, 501. 35.

HIS LIFE

ON THE FARM
et

205

defessis agricolis gratissimam adferebant.

PraetereS erant^ in agris

stabulisque multa animalium genera, non solum equi

boves sed
;

etiam rarae aves.

Etiam erat^ magna piscina plena piscium

nam

RomanI

piscis diligenter colebant.

LXIL HIS LIFE ON THE FARM

Huius villae Davus, servus Marci, omnia curat. Vilicus et uxor in casa
tant.

est vllicus ^ et

cum Lesbia uxore

exercent

humili, medils in agris sita, habi-

A prima luce usque ad vesperum se^ gravibus laboribus

Pltirima
;

ut omnis res bene gerant.^

Vilicus servos regit

enim sunt

officia

Davi

et Lesbiae.

ne

tardi sint^

mittit alios qui agros arent,^ alios

qui hortos inrigent,^ et opera in^ totum

10

diem imponit.

Lesbia autem omnibus

vestimenta parat, cibum coquit,

facit.

panem
et in
IS

Non summo

longe ab
colle

horum casa

situm surgebat domici-

lium ipsius domini dominaeque amplissimum.

Ibi pluris

annos^ Publius

cum matre vitam

felicem agebat;

nam
CASA ROMANA
^

pater eius, Marcus, in terris longinquis

gravia rei publicae bella gerebat nee

20

domum"^
vivere.

reverti poterat.

Eum

multae res

Neque puero quidem molestum est ruri^ delectant. Magnopere amat silvas, agros,
Saepe pluris boras

equos, boves, gallinas, avis, reliquaque animalia.

ad mare sedet quo^^ melius fluctus et navis spectet.

sine comitibus erat,

Nee omnino
aetatis, 25

quod Lydia, Davi

filia,

quae erat eiusdem

cum eo adhuc infante ludebat, inter quos cum annis amicitia crescebat. Lydia nullum alium ducem deligebat et Publius ab puellae latere raro
^

How

are the forms of

sum

translated

when they precede

the subject?

was a slave who acted as overseer of a farm. He directed the ^ se, reflexive pron., object farming operations and the sale of the produce. ^ For the construction, see ^ in, /or. ^ annos, of exercent. 501. 40. 21. ^ ^ domum, 20. 501. j-uri, i. 501. horas, cf. annos, 501. 36.

The

vilicus

"^

line 17.

10

quo

spectet,

349,350.

2o6

MARCUS LENTULUS

IS

SHIPWRECKED
fide-

discedebat.
lissiml,

Itaque sub claro Italiae sole Publius et Lydia, amici

per campos coUisque cotidie vagabantur.

Modo
et

in silva finitima

ludebant ubi Publius sagittis^ celeribus avis deiciebat et Lydia coronis

variorum florum comas suas ornabat;

5

modo aquam

cibum portabant
in casa

ad

Davum

servosque defessos qui agros colebant;

modo

parva

aut horas laetas in ludo consumebant aut auxiliiim dabant Lesbiae,

quae cibum viro

et servis parabat vel alias res domesticas agebat.

LXIII.

MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED -JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM
cum M. Cornelius
Lentulus, pater

lam
e.ius,

Publius ^decem annos habebat

qui quinque annos ^ grave bellum in Asia gerebat, non sine gloria

lo

Namque multa secunda proelia fecerat, maximas hostium copias deleverat, multas urbis populo^ Romano inimlcas ceperat. Primum nuntius pervenit qui a Lentulo^ missus erat "^ut profectionem
domum^revertebatur.

suam
5

nuntiaret.

Deinde

pluris dies^ reditum virl optimi

mater

filiusque

exspectabant et animls^
1

sollicitis

deos immortalls frustra colebant.

Tum

demum
^^

has

litteras

summo cum
spem

gaudio acceperunt
Si vales,

"

Marcus

luliae suae salutem dicit. et

bene

est;

ego valeo.
litteras

Ex
ad

Graecia, quo^^ praeter

te scribo.

opinionem hodie perveni, has

gratia
20

incolumes sumus.
est
et

Namque

navis nostra fracta est; nos autem

-^^dls

est

Ex

Asiae^^ portu
^^nec

navem

lenl

vento

solvi-

mus.

Postquam ^^altum mare tenuimus

iam uUae terrae apparu-

erunt, caelum undique et undique fluctus, subito

magna tempestas

coorta

navem vehementissime
.

adfllxit.

Ventis fluctibusque
.

2 was ten years old. ^ annos, ^ domum, 1 sagittis, 50 1 2 1 . 50 1 24. ^ Lentulo, ^ populo, dat. with inimicas, cf. 16. 20. 501. 33. 501. 501. ^ ^ dies, cf. annos, 1. 9. ^ animis, abl. of manner. ut . . . nuntiaret, 501 40.
.

Do you
Latin

see one in line 15

First

^^

This

is

the usual form for the beginning of a

letter.

we have

the greeting, and then the expression Si vales, etc.

date of the letter is usually given at the end, and also the place of writing, ^^ dis est gratia, ^^ quo, where. not previously mentioned in the letter. ^^ Asia refers to the Roman province of that name thank God^ in our idiom. ^^ nee ^* altum mare tenuimus, we were well out to sea. in Asia Minor. iam, and no longer.
if

The

LENTULUS REACHES HOME

adflictatl^

207

hec solem discernere nee eursum tenere poteramus et

Tris dies^ et
tris

omnia praesentem mortem intentabant.

sine remis velisque agimur.

noctis^
est et

Quarto die^ primum terra visa

litore aberant, deiecti

violenter in saxa,

quae non longe a

;

sumus.

Tum
5

vero maiora pericula timebamus

sed nauta quidam, vir fortissimus,

ex nave

in fiuctus iratos desiluit ^ut

rem summo labore vix effecit. Ita igitur et honorem Nepttino debemus, qui deus nos e periculo eripuit. Nunc Athenis^ sum, quo confugi ut mihi paucas horas ad quietem darem.^ Quam primum autem aliam navem conducam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum conficiam et domum"^ ad meos caros revertar. Saltita nostrum Ptiblium amicissime et valetudinem tuam cura diligenter.
^Kalendis Martiis."

funem ad litus portaret quam omnes servati sumus. Gratias

;

10

LXIV.

LENTULUS REACHES HOME

PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII

WITH HIS FATHER

Post paucos dies navis M. Corneli Lentuli portum Miseni^
qui portus
;

petiit,

non longe a Pompeiis situs est quo in portu classis Romana ponebatur et ad pugnas navalis ornabatur. Ibi naves omnium generum
conspici poterant.
tulus vehebatur

15

lamque
In
alta

incredibili celeritate navis

;

longa qua Lensed etiam

litori

adpropinquavit

nam non solum vento

et

remis impellebatur.
aliqui milites

puppe stabat gubernator

splendidis, inter

non procul

Romani cum armis

quos clarissimus erat 20

;

Lentulus.

Deinde

servi remis contendere cessaverunt ^^

nautae velum

contraxerunt et ancoras iecerunt.

et ^^ad villam

Lentulus statim e navi egressus est

suam

properavit.

Eum
filio

lulia, Publius,

totaque familia

exceperunt.

^^Qui complexus, quanta gaudia fuerunt

^^Postridie eius diei

^ adflictati,

Lentulus

suo

dixit,
2
^

^'

Veni, mi Publi,

mecum.
^ die,

25

perf. passive part. /^^i"^^^^^/.

^

wrh^t construction ?

501. 35. cf. portaret,

ut

.
'^

portaret, 501. 40.

1.

6.

Why

not ad

domum?

^ darem, Athenis, 501. 36. i. ^ Kalendis Martiis, the Calends

^ Misenum had or first of March; abl. of time, giving the date of the letter. an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval

^ Why is the infinitive used station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy. ^^ See Plate I, Frontispiece. ^^ Observe that these with cessaverunt? 13 Postridie eius die!, on the next day. words are exclamatory.

2o8
Pompeios
ria
iter

A DAY AT POMPEII
hodie faciam.

Mater tua suadet^ ut

ut

frtictus et ciba-

emam.
mi

rebus ^
benter,
5

Namque pluris egemus. Ea hortatur

pater," inquit

amicos ad cenam vocavimus et multis

^^

quam primum proficiscamur. " " LiPublius. Tecum esse mihi semper est gravidi.

tum

nee Pompeios
celeriter

umquam

Sine

mora

proficisci paratus sum.''

Tum

currum conscenderunt

et

ad urbis muros vecti sunt.

Stabiana porta ^

urbem

ingressi sunt.

Publius stratas vias miratur et

saxa altiora quae in medio disposita erant et altas orbitas quas rotae
inter

haec saxa fecerant. Etiam strepitum miratur, multitudinem, car-

lo ros, fontis,

domos, tabernas, forum^ cum

statuls, templis, reliquisque

aedificiis publicTs.

LXV. A

DAY AT POMPEII
dixit,

Apud forum

e curru descenderunt et Lentulus

**Hic sunt

multa tabernarum genera, mi Publi.

Ecce, trans viam est popina!

15

^Hoc genus tabernarum cibaria vendit. Fructtis quoque ante ianuam stant. Ibi cibaria mea emam.'' ^^Optime," respondit Publius. "At
ubi,

mi

pater, crustula

emere possumus

Namque mater

nobis impe-

ravit ^ut

haec quoque pararemus.

dicis," inquit

tula."

"Bene

Timeo ut'' ista popina vendat crusLentulus. "At nonne vides ilium fontem
fluit?

a dextra ubi aqua per leonis caput

In

illo

ipso loco est taberna

20 pistoris qui sine dubio vendit crustula."

Brevi tempore^ omnia erant parata, iamque ^quinta hora erat.

Deinde Lentulus
^

et filius

ad cauponam properaverunt, quod fame

^^

et

is

^ rebus, ^ This follows suadeS? 501. 41. 501. 32. the abl. of the way by which motion takes place, sometimes called the

What construction

abl. of route. The construction comes under the general head of the abl. of means. For the scene here described, see Plate II, p. 53, and notice espe" cially the stepping-stones for crossing the street (saxa quae in medio disposita erant). The forum of Pompeii was surrounded by temples, pubHc halls, ^ We say, this and markets of various sorts. Locate Pompeii on the map. ^ ut How pararemus, 501. 41. kind ofshop ; Latin, this kind of shops. ^ tempore, is ut translated after a verb of fearing? How ne? Cf. 501. 42. ^ quinta hora. The Romans numbered the hours of the day con 501- 35secutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short, ^^ fame shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. into twelve equal parts. ending -e is long.
"*
"^

LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON 209

sit!^

urgebantur.
sibi^

Ibi

sub arboris umbra sederunt et puero imperaet

verunt ut
paruit.

cibum

vinum

daret.

Huic imperio^ puer

celeriter

Turn

laeti

se* ex labore refecerunt.

alia urbis spectacula viderent.
Illo 5

Post prandium profecti sunt ut

tempore fuerunt Pompeils^ multa templa, duo theatra, thermae mag-

numque amphitheatrum, quae omnia post paucos annos flammis atque incendiis Vesuvi et terrae motu deleta sunt. Ante banc calamitatem
autem homines
^ nihil

de monte

veriti sunt.

In amphitheatro quidem
in"^

Publius morarl cupivit ut spectacula gladiatoria videret, quae

ilium
10

ipsum diem proscripta erant

et via est longa.

et

iam ^re vera inceperant.

Sed Lentu-

lus dixit, ^^Morari, Publi, ^vereor ut posslmus.

Tempus

suadet ut

Iam decima hora est quam primum domum revertasolis

mur."

Itaque servo imperavit ut equos iungeret, et

occasu^^

ad villam pervenerunt.

LXVI.

LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON

filium

primis annis quidem lulia ipsa

suum

docuerat, et Publius 15

commode legebat Iam Ennium^^ aliosque poetas legerat. Nunc vero et scribebat. Publius ^^duodecim annos habebat; itaque ei pater bonum magistrum,
non solum ^^pure
et Latine loqui poterat sed etiam

^^virum omni doctrina et

virtxite

ornatissimum, paravit, ^^qui Graeca,

illis

musicam, aliasque

artis doceret.

^^Namque
Publio

temporibus omnes fere 20

gentes Graece loquebantur.

Cum

alii

pueri, Lentuli

amicorum

1 sitis, thirsty has -im in the ace. sing., -i in the abl. sing., and no plural. Observe that the reflexive pronoun sibi does not here refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called indh-ect use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses ^ What case.^ Cf. ^ gg^ cf. p. 205, I. of purpose. 7, and note. 501. 14. ^ Pompeiis, ^ nihil veriti sunt, had no fears of the mountain. 501. 36. i. 2
.
.
.
'^

in, for.

11

pure

1 occasu, vereor ut, 501. 42. 501. 35. poterat, freely, could speak Latin well. What is the literal trans^

re vera, in fact.

lation?

i^ duodecim Ennium, the father of Latin poetry. habebat, ^* cf. p. 206, 1. 8, and note. virum, etc., a very well-educated and worthy ^^ qui man. Observe the Latin equivalent. doceret, a relative clause of 1^ In Caesar's time Greek was spoken more widely purpose. Cf. 349, 350. in the Roman world than any other language. 12
.

2IO
filii,^

SCENE IN SCHOOL
discebant.

Nam

saepe apud

Romanos mos
sedebant.

erat ^non in

ludum

filios

mittere sed

domi per magistrum docere. Cotidie

discipuli

cum

magistro in peristylo^ Marci

domus

Omnes

pueri bullam

auream, orlginis honestae signum,

5

in collo gerebant, et

omnes toga

praetexta amicti erant, ^quod

nondum sedecim annos^

nati sunt.

SCENE IN SCHOOL

AN EXERCISE

IN COMPOSITION

Discipul!. Salve, magister.

Magister. Vos quoque omnes,

salvete.
stilos?

^Tabulasne portavistis

et

10

D. Portavimus.

M. lam fabulam Aesopi"^ discemus. Ego legam, vos in tabulls

scribite.

Et

tu,

Pul>li,

da mihi

e capsa^ Aesopi volumen.^

15 audite

lam

omnes: Vulpes

et

Uva,

Vulpes olim fame coacta uvam

dependentem
cessans dixit:
20

vidit.

Ad uvam

TABULA ET STILUS

salie-

bat, stimere conans.

Frustra diu conata, tandem irata erat et salire

acerba; acerbam
?

''Ilia tiva est

uvam

^^ nihil

moror."

Omnia^ne

scripsistis,

pueri

D. Omnia, magister.
1 filii,

in apposition with pueri.

uq^

mittere.

This
is

infinitive clause

repeated in the of docere is filios understood. docere. next clause, domi ^ At the ^ The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade. age of sixteen a boy laid aside the bulla and the toga praetexta and assumed ^ annos, the toga uirtlis or manly gown. 501. 21. The expression nondum sedecim annos nati sunt means literally, they were born not yet sixteen years. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent? ^ Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in
is

the subject of erat.

.
.

Cf. 216.

The same The object

construction

making erasures and corrections. Aesopi, the famous Greek to whom are ^ A cylindrical ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world. ^ Ancient books hatbox. box for holding books and papers, shaped like a
"^

were written on

rolls

made

of papy'rus.

^^ nihil

moror,

/ care

nothingfor.

PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME

LXVII. PUBLIUS

211

GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION

^qumdecim annos
Et
natus, ^primis litterarum ele-

lamque
et

Publius,

mentls confectis,

Romam

petere voluit ut scholas grammaticorum

facillime

philosoph5rum frequentaret.

patri^

suo,

qui ipse

philosophiae studio tenebatur, persuasit.

Itaque ^omnibus rebus ad

equis animosls vecti^ ad
5

profectionem

comparatis, pater
profecti

filiusque

magnam urbem
votis
silvis vestitos

sunt

Eos

proficiscentis lulia totaque familia

precibusque prosecutae sunt.

Turn per loca^ plana

et

collis

viam ingress! sunt ad Nolam, quod oppidum eos hosNolae"^ duas boras morati sunt,
via^
circiter

pitio

modico

excepit.

quod

sol merl-

dianus

ardebat.

Turn recta

viginti

milia^

passuum^
Eo^^ multa
et cibo re-

10

Capuam,^ ad insignem Campaniae urbem, contenderunt.

nocte defessi pervenerunt.
creati,

^^Postridie eius diei,

somno

Capua

discesserunt et ^^viam

Appiam

ingress!,

quae Capuam

tangit et

usque ad urbem

Romam ducit,

ante meridiem Sinuessam per-

venerunt, quod

oppidum

tangit mare. Inde

prima luce profic!scentes

15

Formias ^^ properaverunt, ubi Cicero, orator clarissimus, qui forte apud

suam erat, eos benigne excepit. Hinc ^^itinere v!gint! quinque milium passuum facto, Tarracinam, oppidum in sax!s altissim!s situm, viderunt. lamque non longe aberant paludes magnae, quae multa m!lia passuum undique patent. Per eas pede'stris via est gravis et in nave
villam
viatores vehuntur.

20

Itaque

^^

equis

relictis

Lentulus et Publius navem

conscenderunt,
runt.
1

et,

una nocte

in transitu

consumpta. Forum Appi vene-

Tum

brev! tempore Aricia eos excepit.

etc.,
cf.

Hoc oppidum,
2

in colle

quindecim,

p. 210,

1.

5,

and note.

primis
*
^

confectis, abl.
. .

abs.
cf.

Cf. 501. 28.

5 vecti,

^ patri, dat.

with persuasit.
'^

omnibus

comparatis,

note 2. about the

^

perf. pass. part, of veho.

this
1.

What

is

there peculiar

gender of
p.

word.?

Nolae,
^

locative
^^

case,

501.36.2.
^

via, cf. porta,

t/iere.

208,

7,

and note.

What

construction?

E6,

adv.

^^ Postridie

eius diei, on the next day.

yiam Appiam, the

most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various ^^ Formias, Formice, towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow. one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas ^^ itinere of rich Romans. facto, abl. abs. The gen. milium modifies i^ quis relictis. itinere. What construction? Point out a similar one in
. . .

the next

line.

212

PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

Roma
sedecim milia passuum abest.
ducit ubi

situm, ab urbe

Inde

decllvis via

usque ad latum
Publius venit et

campum

Roma

stat.

Quem

ad locum ubi

Romam

adhuc remotam, maximam

totlus orbis terra-

rum urbem,
Sine

conspexit,

summa

admlratione et gaudio adfectus est

celerrime superato,

mora descenderunt, et, medio intervallo quam urbem porta Capena ingress! sunt.
LXVIII.
Publius iam
spectacula

PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

totum annum
et

Romae morabatur^ multaque

sibi^

urbis

viderat

multos

amicos paraverat.

Ei^

omnes
Publius

favebant; ^de
10 scholas

eo omnes bene
et

sperare poterant.

Cotidie

philosophorum

grammaticorum tanto
clarum exemplum
in curia ^;

studio frequentabat ^ut

aliis

praeberet.
res effecit

Saepe erat cum patre

"^ut

quae

summos

re!

publicae viros et audi-

15

Ubi ^sedecim annos natus est, bullam^ auream et togam praetextam more Romano deposuit atque virilem togam sumpsit. Virilis autem toga erat omnino alba, sed praetexta clavum purpureum in margine habebat -^^Deponere praetextam togam et stimere virilem togam
ret et videret.

20 erat res gratissima puero

vir et civis
^^

Romano, quod postea

ad uxorem suam has
Si vales,

BULLA
litteras scripsit
;

Romanus

habebatur.

His rebus

gestis Lentulus

^^**

Marcus

luliae suae salutem dicit.

bene est

ego valeo.

25

Has nunc Roma per servum fidelissimum mitto ut de Publio nostro quam celerrime scias. Nam hodie el togam virilem dedi. Ante lucem surrexi^^ et primum bullam auream de coUo eius
Accepi tuas
litteras.
1

morabatur, translate as
.
. .

if

pluperfect.

2 sihi, for himself.

Ei,

why dat. }
but what

de

poterant, in English, all regarded him as a ve7y promising youth

.

^ ut does the Latin say ? near the Roman Forum.

.
"^

^ curia, a famous building praeberet, 501 43. ^ sedecim, ut . . . audiret et videret, 501. 44.
.

etc., cf. p. 210,

1.

5,

and note.

bullam,

cf. p.

210,

1.

3,

and note
^^

4.

^^

These
i.e.

infinitive clauses are the subject of erat.

Cf. 216.

His rebus gestis,

^2

the assumption of the toga vinlis and attendant ceremonies.

the beginning of this letter with the one on page 206.
^^

Compare

surrexi,

from surge.

Plate IV

"ECCE CAESAR NUNC TRIUMPHAT

(See page 224)

"

PUBLIUS JOINS CESAR'S ARMY IN GAUL

removi.
vestivi.

213
.v-irili

Hac

Laribus^ consecrata et sacris

factis,

eum
in

toga

Interim plures amici

cum

multitudine optimorum civium et

honestorum clientium pervenerant ^qui Publium

dticerent.

domo

forum deamicissimi

Ibi in civitatem receptus est et

nomen, Publius Cornelius

est.

Lentulus, apud civis

Romanos ascriptum
praedicunt.

Omnes

ei

fuerunt et
est et

magna* de eo

Sapientior enim aequalibus*

magnum
LXIX.

ingenium habet. ^Cura ut.valeas."

PUBUUS JOINS CESAR'S ARMY

armorum

IN

GAUL
aliis

Publius iam adulescens postquam togam virilem sumpsit,

studere incepit et praesertim usti^

rebus

se' diligenter exercuit.

10

Magis magisque amavit

illas artis

quae militarem animum delectant.

lamque erant ^qui ei cursum militarem praedicerent. Nee sine causa, quod certe patris insigne exemplum ^ita multum trahebat. ^^Paucis ante annis C. lulius Caesar, ducum Romanorum maximus, consul creatus erat et hoc tempore in Gallia bellum grave gerebat. Atque in exercitu eius plures adulescentes militabant, apud quos erat amicus quidam Publi. Ille Publium crebris litteris vehementer hortabatur ^ut iter in Galliam faceret. Neque Publius recusavit, et, multis amicis ad
portam urbis prosequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus
die
est.

15

Quarto

postquam

iter

ingressus est, ad Alpis, montis altissimos, per\'enit.

His

summa
Galli,

difficultate superatis,

tandem Gallorum

in finibus erat. 20

Primo autem

veritus est

ut^

castris

Romanis adpropinquare

posset,

quod

maximis

copiis coactis,

Romanos

obsidebant et vias omnis

iam clauserant.

His rebus commotus Publius vestem Gallicam induit

ita

ne a Gallis caperetur, et

per hostium copias incolumis ad castra

^ The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacri^ magna, 2 qui fices w^ere made to them daily. deducerent, 350. ^ Cura * aequalibus, great things^ a neuter adj. used as a noun. 501. 34. at valeas, take good care ofyour health. How does the Latin express this idea? Abl. of means. ^ qui se, reflexive object of exercuit. praedicerent,
, ^
^
'^

multum trahebat, had a great influence in that direction. ^^ Paucis ante annis, a few years before; in Latin, before by a few years ante being ^^ ut an adverb and annis abl. of degree of difference. faceret, 501. 41. ^^ ut, how translated here? See 501. 42.
501. 45.
^ ita
y

14

^O^ THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Intra munitiones acceptus, a Caesare benigne excep-

pervenire potuit.
tus est.
et

Imperator fortem adulescentem amplissimis verbis laudavit

mllitum creavit.

eum ^tribunum

HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Exercitus qui in hostium finibus bellum gerit multis periculis
5

cir-

cumdatus

est.

^Quae

pericula ut vitarent,

Romani summam curam

IMPEDIMENTA
adhibere solebant.

Adpropinquantes

copiis

hostium agmen

ita

dispri-

ponebant ^ut imperator ipse cum pluribus legionibus expeditis^

mum
1

agmen

duceret.

Post eas copias impedimenta^ totius exercitus

The military tribune was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so Caesar ^ Quae pericula, object of vitarent. did not allow them much responsibility. It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence. ^ ut ^ expeditis, i.e. without baggage and ready for duceret, 501. 43. ^ impedimenta. action. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless
. . .

expeditus) carried a heavy pack.

See also

picture, p. 159.

THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

conlocabant.

215

^Tum

legiones quae proxime conscrlptae erant totum

agmen

claudebant.

Equites quoque in omnls partis dimittebantur qui

loca explorarent; et centuriones

praemittebantur ut locum castrls

castrls

idoneum

deligerent.

Locus habebatur idoneus

^qui facile
colle 5

defendl posset et prope

aquam

esset.

Qua de

causa castra^ in

ab utraque parte arduo, a fronte

leniter declivl saepe

ponebantur;

vel locus paludibus cinctus vel in fltiminis ripis situs deligebatur.

Ad
alii

locum postquam exercitus pervenit,

castra munlre incipiebant.
essent,
vallo

alii

militum ^in armis erant,

Nam
castris

^quo tutiores ab hostibus

mllites
lata et 10

neve incauti et imparati opprimerentur, castra fossa

muniebant.

alto

In
fieri

portae quattuor erant ut eruptio

militum omnis in partis

posset.

In angulis castrorum erant turres

^Talibus in castris qualia
est.

de quibus

tela

in

hostis

coniciebantur.

descripsimus Publius a Caesare exceptus

LXX.
Illis

THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

duo centuriones/
alteri virtute
^

in castris erant

fortissimi viri, T.

PuUo

et 15

L. Vorenus,

quorum neuter
modo^

cedere volebat.

Inter eos
finis

iam multos annos infensum certamen gerebatur.

controversiae hoc
pervenit,
hostes,
f actus

Tum demum

est.

Die

tertio

postquam Publius
in

maioribus

copiis

coactis,

acerrimum impetum

castra fecerunt.
^*

Tum

Pullo,

^^cum Romani tardiores^^ viderentur,

20

Cur

dubitas,'' inquit,
?

^^Vorene?

Quam commodiorem

occasionem
dixisset,

exspectas
1

Hie
^ *

dies de virtnte nostra iudicabit.''

Haec^^ cum

The newest
q^i

legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least
.

reHable.
bantur.

posset

esset, 501. 45.

castra, subject of pone. .

.

^ quo under arms. essent. When is ^ Talibus in castris used introduce to a purpose clause? quo See 350. 1. qualia, in such a camp as. It is important to remember the correlatives talis

in armis erant, stood

qualis, such

as.

"^

centurion

commanded

company

of about sixty

men.

was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the picture (p. 216) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his ^^ cum ^ virtute, ^ Abl. of manner. authority. viderentur, 501. 30. ^^ tardiSres, too slow^ a not infrequent translation of the compara 501. 46.
his courage
.
. .

He

tive degree.

^^

Haec, obj. of dixisset.

It is

connection with the preceding sentence.

What

placed before cum to make a close is the construction of dixisset?

2l6

THE ENEMY ARE REPULSED

inrupit.

extra munition's processit et in earn hostium partem quae confertis-

sima ^videbatur
continet, sed

Neque Vorgnus quidem

Turn

turn vallo^ sese

PuUonem

subsequitur.

Pullo pilum in hostis immittit atque

5

ex multittidine procurrentem

traicit.

unum Hunc
scutis

percussum

et

exanimatum hostes

protegunt et in
ciunt.

PuUonem omnes

tela coni-

Eius scutum transflgitur et telum

defigitur.

in

balteo

Hie casus vaginam

10 avertit et

dextram

manum

eius gladium

educere conantis^ moratur.

Eum

ita

im-

peditum hostes circumsistunt.

Tum
sit

vero

*ei laboranti

Vorenus,
dat.

cum

inimicus,

tamen auxilium

Ad hunc

15 confestim ^a Pullone omnis multitudo se

convertit.

Gladio comminus pugnat Vore-

nus, atque,
propellit.

uno

interfecto, reliquos

paulum
infelix,

Sed instans cupidius^

"^pede se fallente, concidit.

20

Huic rursus circumvento auxilium dat

Pullo,

atque

ambo

incolumes,

pluribus

interfectis,

summa

cum

CENTURIO
laude
intra

munitiones se recipiunt.

Sic inimicorum alter alter! auxilium dedit

nee de eorum virtute quisquam iudicare potuit.

LXXI.
25

THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED

deficerent,^ atque hostes Scrius instarent,^ et vallum scindere
vir rei militaris peritissimus,

Cum iam sex horas pugnatum esset^ ac non solum vires sed etiam tela
Romanos
fossamque complere incepissent,^ Caesar,
1

videbatur, inrupit.
Cf. 190.

Why is

the imperfect used in one case and the perfect

of means, but in
1.

in the other?

^ vailo, abl.

Enghsh we should say

^ ^

zuithin the rampart.

Cf. ingenti stabulo, p. 201,

13,

and note.
of dat.
'^

conantis,

pres. part, agreeing with eius.

^ ei laboranti, indir. obj. ^

a Pullone,
lit.

from

Pullo^ abl. of separation.

cupidius, too eagerly.

^

pede se fallente,

the foot deceiving itself; in our idiom, his foot slipping.

rent, instarent, incepissent.

pugnatum

esset, defice-

These are

all

subjunctives with cum.

Cf. 501. 46.

PUBLIUSGOES TO GERMANY
castris

217
ex

suis imperavit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,^ et, signo dato,

erumperent.^

^Quod

iussi

sunt faciunt, et subito ex omnibus

portis

erumpunt. Atque

tarn celeriter milites concurrerunt et tarn pro-

pinqul erant hostes ^ut spatium pila coniciendi* non daretur.

reiectis pills

Itaque

^comminus

gladiis

pugnatum

est.

Diu

et audacter hostes 5

restiterunt et in

extrema spe

salutis

tantam virtutem praestiterunt ut

a dextro cornu vehementer ^multitudine suorum aciem

Romanam

pre-

merent.

"^Id

imperator

cum

animadvertisset, Publium adulescentem

^

cum

equitatu misit qui laborantibus

auxilium daret.

Eius impetum

sustinere

non potuerunt hostes^

et

omnes terga

verterunt.

Eos

in 10

fugam datos Publius subsecutus est usque ad flumen Rhenum, quod ab eo loco quinque milia passuum aberat. Ibi pauci salutem sibi reppererunt. Omnibus reliquls interfectis, Publius et equites in castra
sese receperunt.
essent,

De hac calamitate finitimae gentes cum certiores factae

1

ad Caesarem legates miserunt et se suaque omnia dediderunt.

LXXIL PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY

Inita aestate

ITS

GREAT FORESTS

AND STRANGE ANIMALS

Caesar
litteris certior

fiebat et per exploratores cognos-

cebat pluris civitates Galliae novis rebus studere/^ et contra populum

Romanum

coniurare^^ obsidesque ^Mnter se dare,^^ atque

cum

his

Germanos quosdam quoque sese coniuncturos esse.-^^ His litteris nuntiisque commotus Caesar constituit quam celerrime in Gallos proficlsci,^^ ut eos inoplnantis opprimeret, et Labienum legatum cum duabus legionibus peditum et duobus milibus equitum in Germanos mittere.^^
1

20

intermitterent, erumperent.

they do as ordered.

2 Quod, etc., What use of the subjunctive ? The antecedent of quod is id understood, which would be the
^

4 coniciendi,

purpose or of result? a hand-to-hand conflict ^ multitudine suorum, by their numbers, suorum is was waged with swords. used as a noun. What is the literal translation of this expression.? Id im^ laboperator. Id is the obj. and imperator the subj. of animadvertisset. rantibus. This participle agrees with iis understood, the indir. obj. of daret;
object of faciunt.
ut
.

daretur.

Is this a clause of

402.

comminus

gladiis

pugnatum

est,

"^

^ hostes, subj. of potuerunt. daret is a purpose clause, 501. 40. Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after certior fiebat, ^^ inter se, to he was informed^ and cognoscebat, he learned. Cf. 501. 48, 49. 12 proficisci, mittere. These infinitives depend upon cdnstituit. each other.

qui
1^

"

2l8

THE STORMING OF A CITY

Ab
utroque^ res
pervenit ut
;

^Itaque re frumentaria comparata castra movit.

bene gesta est

nam Caesar

tarn celeriter in

hostium

finis

spatium ^copias cogendi non daretur^; et Labienus de Germanis tarn

grave supplicium stimpsit ut
5 Gallis

nemo ex

ea gente in reliquum 'tempus

auxilium dare auderet.^

iter in

Hoc

Germaniam Publius quoque

vidit.

fecit et,

^cum

ibi

moraretur,

multa mirabilia
nee quisquam
10 verat

Praesertim vero ingentem silvam mirabatur,

quae tantae magnitudinis esse dicebatur ^ut nemo earn transire posset,
sclret aut initium aut finem.

Qua de

re plura cognoibi

a milite
Ille"^
^^

quodam
de

qui olim captus a Germanis multos annos

^^

incoluit.

silva dicens,

Infinitae magnitudinis est haec silva,''

sciat

inquit;

nee quisquam est ^huius Germaniae ^qui initium eius

aut ad finem adierit.

qualia reliquis in locis
1

Nascuntur

illic

multa

talia

animalium genera

non inveniuntur.
Itaque,
si

Sunt boves qui

habent

sunt etiam animalia quae appellantur aloes.

unum ^^ cornu Hae nullos cru-

rum modo
atque

^^

articulos habent.

forte conciderunt, sese erigere nullo

^^

possunt.

Arbores habent pro

cubilibus

ad eas se applicant

ita reclinatae

quietem capiunt.

Tertium

est

genus eorum qui

uri appellantur.

20 est et

Hi sunt paulo minores elephantis.-^^ Magna vis eorum magna velocitas. Neque homini neque ferae parcunt.-^^
LXXIII.

THE STORMING OF A CITY

Germania moratus ^^
Ille

Publius

pltiris

dies in

in Galliam rediit, et

ad

Caesaris castra se contulit.

quia moleste ferebat Gallos^^ eius

regionis obsides dare recusavisse et exercitui

frumentum praebere

1 Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he

carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what ^ copias ^ ^bj^ of personal agent, he could find by foraging. 501. 33. ^ daretur, auderet, is not from audio. auderet cogendi, 501. 37. i. 501. 43.
^ ^ ut . . . posset, Ille, moraretur, 501. 46. sciret, 501. 43. ^ qui . ^ huius Germaniae, 0/ this pa^^t subj. of inquit. of Germany. ^^ unum, only one. ^^ crurum, from crus. sciat . . . adierit, 501. 45.
"^

cum

12 pro,

for^ in place of.

this

1^
i^

used with

verb

moratus.

^* parcunt. What case is elephantis, 501. 34. Is this part, active or passive in meaning?

^^ Gallos, subj. ace.

of the infins. recusavisse

ferebat.

and

noluisse.

The

indirect state-

ment depends upon moleste

THE STORMING OF A CITY

noluisse, constituit eis^ bellum inferre.

219
vicis incensis,

Agrls vastatis,

oppidum validissimum quod et natura et arte mumtum erat. Cingebatur muro vigintl quinque pedes ^ alto. A lateribus duobus mari muniebatur; a tertio latere collis, in quo oppidum erat
pervenit ad
situm,

praerupto

fastigio

ad

planitiem

vergebat;

quarto
facilis.
*

tantum^ latere aditus erat

Hoc oppidum
opus esset
constituit

oppugnare,

cum
10

difficillimum,

tamen
castrls

Caesar.

Et

munitis Publio negotium dedit

ut res ^ad

oppugnandum

neces-

sarias pararet.

Romanorum autem oppugnatio est haec.^ Primum turres

aedificantur quibus
milites
in

VINEA
15

summum murum
murum
;

evadere
;

possint*^;

vineae^ fiunt quibus tecti milites ad

tur post

succedant

plutei^ paran-

quos
et

milites tormenta^^ administrent

sunt quoque arietes

qu!

murum
^^

portas discutiant.

His omnibus rebus comparatis,

deinde

agger ab ea parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et

^
^

cum
.

20

2 pedes, 1 eis, 501. 15. 501. 21. esset, a clause of concession, 501. 46.

tantum, adv. only.

cum

ing purpose.

haec, as follows,
^

ad oppugnandum, a gerund expresspossint, subjv. of purpose. Three similar

These vineae were wooden sheds, open in front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or
constructions follow.
vineae.
rollers.
^ plutei,

large screens or shields with small wheels attached to them.

^^

These were used

to protect besiegers while

the engines of war.

tormenta.

The engines

moving up to a city or while serving of war were chiefly the cata-

and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They ^^ The agger, had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective. or mound, was of chief importance in a siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or beside the agger a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram
pult for shooting great arrows,
(aries) in

the lowest story.

(See picture, p. 221.)

220
vinels

THE CITY
ad ipsum oppidum
agitur.

IS

TAKEN
turris in

Turn

aggere promovetur

arietibus qui sub vineis conlocati erant

ballistis,

mufus
et

et portae discutiuntur

catapultis, reliquisque tormentis lapides et tela in

oppidum

coniciuntur.
5

Postremo cum iam

turris

agger altitudinem muri

milites inruunt

adaequant
et

et arietes

moenia perfregerunt/ signo dato

oppidum expugnant.

LXXIV.

THE CITY

IS

TAKEN

THE CAPTIVES ARE

QUESTIONED
Omnibus rebus
necessarils

ad oppugnandum a Publio comparatis,

ineant.^

deliberatur in concilio

quod consilium ^oppidl expugnandi

Tum
10 vir
*^

unus* ex centurionibus,
militaris

re!

peritissimus,
''

Ego suadeo,"

inquit,

ut ab

ea parte, ubi aditus

sit^ facilli-

mus, aggerem exstruamus^

turrim
15 ariete

et

promoveamus^ atque admoto simul murum

conemur. 6
>)

discutere

Hoc
placedimisit.

consilium
ret,

cum omnibus

Caesar concilium

Deinde
rent,

milites hortatus ut pri-

20 ores victorias
iussit

memoria^

tene-

aggerem

BALLISTA
exstrui,

turrim et arietem admoverl.

ignem

et

Neque oppidanis^ consilium defuit. Alii omne genus telorum de muro in turrim coniecerunt, alii inDiti

gentia saxa in vineas et arietem devolverunt.

1

utrimque acerrime
Is this a
*

perfregerunt,

from

perfringo.

oppidi expugnandi.

gerund or
unus, subj.

a gerundive construction?
of inquit.
^ sit.

This

is

^ ineant, Cf. 501. 37. 501. 50. a so-called subjunctive by attraction,

which means

that the clause beginning with ubi stands in such close connection with the
subjv. clause beginning with ut, that
^

its

verb

is

attracted into the

"^

same mood.

All these verbs are in the

same construction.

Hoc consilium, subj. of

placeret.

For the order

1.

cum,

p. 217,

8.

Haec cum, etc., p. 215, 1. 22, and note; Id imperator ^ oppidanis, 501. 15. memoria, abl. of means.
cf.

THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED

pugnatum
est.

221
Tandem,

Ne

vulnerati

quidem pedem
ill!

rettulerunt.

Me tertia vigilia,
partem^ murl
arietis

Publius, quern Caesar

operi^ praefecerat, nuntiavit

ictibus

_^^

labefactam con-

cidisse.

Qua

re

au-

dita

Caesar

signum
hos-

dat

milites inruunt et

magna cum caede

Postridie eius

tium oppidum capiunt.

diei,

10

hoc oppido expugnato,

^captivorum qui
bilissiml

no-

sunt ad im-

peratorem ante praetorium ^

adducuntur.
TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA
insignis,
15

Ipse, lorlca aurata et

paludamento purpureo

captivos

per interpretem in hunc

modum

interrogat:^

Vos

qui estis*^?
sitis.

Interpres. Rogat imperator qui

CaptIvi.
Filii

regis sumus.
filios

20

Interpres. Dicunt se
Interpres.

esse regis.
iniurias intulistis
?

Imperator. Cur mihi tantas

Rogat cur sibi tantas iniurias intuleritis. Captivi. Iniurias ei non intulimus sed pro patria bellum gessimus. Semper voluimus Romanis esse amici, sed Romani sine causa nos

25

domo

patriaque expellere conati sunt.

^

Interpres.
gessisse.

Negant

se iniurias tibi intulisse, sed pro patria bellum

^Semper

se voluisse amicos

Romanis

esse, sed

Romanos

sine causa se
1

domo

patriaque expellere conatos esse.

in the
^

Between twelve and three o'clock

2
. .
.

morning. The night was divided

partem, subj. ace. of concidisse.

into four watches.

* ^

operi, 501. 15.

captivorum

Study

^ The general's headquarters. sunt, the noblest of the captives. carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect state"^

^ Negant, etc., they say that they have not, etc. See Plate III, p. 148. Negant is equivalent to dicunt non, and the negative modifies intulisse, but not the remainder of the indirect statement. ^ Semper, etc., that they have always^ etc.

ments.

222

CIVIL

WAR BREAKS OUT

in

Imperator. ^Manebitisne
condonata
?

reliquum tempus in

fide,

hac rebellione

Turn vero
esse, et

captivi multis

cum lacrimis

iuraverunt se in fide mansuros

Caesar eos incolumis

domum

dimisit.

LXXV. CIVIL

WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN

Ci^SAR

AND

POMPEY THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA

5

Ne
et

confecto^ quidem hello Gallico, ^helium

est.

civile inter

Caesarem
imperium

Pompeium exortum

Nam

Pompeius, qui

summum

petebat, senatui persuaserat ut

Caesarem

re! ptiblicae

hostem^ iudicaret
Caesar exertotiens

et exercitum eius dimitti iuberet.

Quibus

cognitis rebus

citum

suum

dimittere recusavit, atque, hortatus milites ut

iniuriis

ducem
et

lo victorem

ab inimicorum

defenderent, imperavit ut se

Romam
transito

sequerentur.

Summa cum
belli civilis

alacritate milites paruerunt,

Rubicone^ initium
Italiae

factum

est.

urbes quidem omnes fere ^rebus Caesaris favebant et

eum

benigne exceperunt.
15

Qua

re

commotus Pompeius ante Caesaris adventransiit.

tum Roma

excessit et Brundisium*^ pervenit, inde ^paucis post diebus

copiis

cum omnibus

ad Epirum mare

Eum Caesar cum septem

legionibus et quingentis equitibus secutus est, et insignis inter Caesaris

comitatum erat Publius.

PlUribus levioribus proeliis
20
factis,

salum^

in Thessalia sitam castra

tandem copiae adversae ad Pharposuerunt. Cum Pompei exercitus

.

^ Manebitisne in fide, will you remain loyal? ^ With ne quidem the . ^ The Civil War was caused by the emphatic word stands between the two. jealousy and rivalry between Caesar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of Caesar to the lordship
.

of the

Roman

world.

"*

Rubicon was a small stream

Caesar's province.

^ The hostem, predicate accusative, 501. 22. in northern Italy that marked the boundary of
it

upon Pompey and the

"^

with an armed force Caesar declared war Caesar crossed the Rubicon early ^ rebus Caesaris favebant, favored Ccesar's side. In what in the year 49 B.C. case is rebus? Brundisium, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships ^ paucis post diebus, a few days sailed for Greece and the East. See map.
crossing
existing government.

By

later; literally, afterwards by

a few days.

Cf. paucis ante annis, p. 213,

9,

note.

^
it

The

battle of Pharsalia

was fought on August

48

B.C.

1. 12, and In impop

tance

ranks as one of the great battles of the world.

THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA

esset bis tantus quantus Caesaris,

223

legiones quae Gallos et

tamen erant multi qui veteranas Germanos superSverant vehementer timebant.

Quos^ ^ante proelium commissum Labienus^ legatus, qui ab Caesare nuper defecerat, ita adlocutus est: ^'^Nolite existimare hunc esse
exercitum veteranorum
militum.

Omnibus

interfui

proelils^
illius

neque
multi

temere incognitam rem pronuntio.

qui Gallos superavit adhuc superest.

Perexigua pars

exercittis
est,

Magna

pars occlsa

domum

discesserunt, multi sunt relicti in Italia.

Hae

copiae quas

videtis in ^citeriore Gallia

isset, iuravit

nuper conscriptae

se nisi victorem in
et

idem Pompeius
sicut

omnes

reliqui

cum dixcastra non reversurum esse. ^Hoc iuraverunt, et magna spe et laetitia,
sunt.''

Haec'^

10

certam ad victoriam, copiae e

castrls exierunt.

Item Caesar, animo^ ad dimicandum paratus, exercitum suum

eduxit et septem cohortibus ^^praesidio castris
acie Instruxit.
dedit.
relictis

copias

triplici

Tum,

mllitibus studio

pugnae ardentibus, tuba signum

missa sustinuerunt et

15

Milites procurrerunt et pills missis gladios strinxerunt.

vero

virtiis

hostibus defuit.

Nam

et tela

Neque impetum
et

gladiorum exceperunt et ordines conservaverunt.

acriter

Utrimque diu

pugnatum

est

nee quisquam pedem

rettulit.

Tum

equites

Pompel aciem Caesaris circumire

rere iussit.

conati sunt.

Quod^^ ubi Caesar 20

animadvertit, tertiam aciem,^^ quae ad id tempus quieta fuerat, procur-

Tum
et

vero integrorum impetum ^^ defessi hostes sustinere

non potuerunt
suis

omnes

terga verterunt.

Sed Pompeius de fortunis

desperans se in castra equo contulit, inde

mox cum

paucis
25

equitibus effugit.
ante proelium commissum, before the beginning of the battle, Labienus, Caesar's most faithful and skillful lieutenant in the GaUic War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.C., he deserted Caesar and joined Pompey. His defection caused the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain,
^

Quos, obj. of adlocutus est.

^

45
^

B.C.

Nolite existimare, do^iH think.

is

^ proeliis,

501. 15.
^

^ citeriore

Gallia.

This name

applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps.

^

Haec, obj. of dixisset.

^^

Hoc idem,

obj. of iuraverunt.

1^ praesidio castris, 501. 17.

Quod, obj. of animadvertit.

animo, 501. 30. ^^ ^ciem, subj.

of procurrere.

impetum,

obj. of sustinere.

224

THE TRIUMPH OF C^SAR

LXXVI.

THE TRIUMPH OF C^SAR

eius superatis atque

Pompeio amiclsque
victis,

Caesar imperator

Romam rediit et

omnibus hostibus ubique ^ extra moenia urbis in campo

Turn vero amplissimis
Dictator creatus
est, est.

Martio castra posuit.

honoribus adfectus
et ei

triumphus a senatu est decretus. ^Quo

egit,

die

de Gallls triumphum
in

tanta multitudo

hominum
loca

urbem undique confluxit ^ut omnia essent conferta. Templa patebant, arae
sertis

fumabant, columnae
10

ornatae erant. '*Cum

vero

pompa urbem
sunt

intraret,

quantus hominum
in-

fremitus ortus est!

gress!

Primum per portam

et

senatus

magistratus.

Secuti

sunt tibicines,

signiferl, pedites laurea coronati

canentes: ^^Ecce Caesar nunc triumphat, qui

15

subegit Galliam," et

^'

Mille, mille, mille, mllle

Gallos trucldavimus/'

Multi praedam captabelli in-

rum urbium
strtimenta.

portabant, arma, omnia

Secuti sunt equites, animosis atque

splendidissime omatis equis vecti, inter quos

20

Publius adulescens fortissimus habebatur. AdSIGNIFER

ducebantur
Ita longo

tauri, arietes, ^qui dis

^

immortalibus
sacra via per

immolarentur.

agmine progrediens exercitus

forum

in Capitolium perrexit.

Imperator ipse

cum urbem
"^toga

intraret,

undique laeto clamore multi-

25 tudinis salutatus est.

Stabat in curru aureo

picta,

vehebant.

Indutus

altera

quem quattuor albi equi manu habenas et lauream

1 victorious general with his army was not allowed to enter the city until the day of his triumph. triumph was the greatest of all military honors.

Quo

die,

on the day

that, abl. of time.

^

ut

essent, 501. 43.

Cum

^ The Sacred Way immolarentur, 501. 40. was a noted street running along one side of the Forum to the base of the

intraret, 501. 46.

qui

Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter Capitohnus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions. The toga picta worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian purple covered with golden stars. See Plate IV, p. 213.
'^

CapitoHne

THE TRIUMPH OF C^.SAR

tenebat, altera

225

eburneum sceptrum. Post eum servus in curru stans auream coronam super caput eius tenebat. Ante currum miserrimi
captivl,

reges principesque su-

peratarum
vincti,

gentium,

catenis
vl-

progrediebantur; et

ginti

quattuor lictores^ laurea-

tas fascis ferentes et signiferi

currum Caesaris comitabantur.

Concludit

agmen

multitude
10

captivorum, qui, in servitutem

redact!,

^demisso vultu, vinctis^

sequuntur; quibuslongissimo ordine

bracchiis,

cum veniunt
milites,

etiam hi praedam vel

15

Insignia mllitaria ferentes.

Caesar

cum

Capitolium as-

cendisset, in
pitolino

templo lovi Cafecit.

sacra

"^Simul

captivorum
erant,

qui
in

nobilissimi

abducti

carcerem,^

LICTORES

CUM FASCIBUS
20

interfecti sunt.

Sacrls factis Caesar de Capitolio descendit et in foro

mllitibus suls honores mllitarls dedit elsque

distribuit.

pecuniam ex

belli

praeda

Caesarem ^valere iussit et quam celerrime ad vlllam contendit ut patrem matremque salutaret.
confectis, Publius

His omnibus rebus

25

^De rebus

gestis P. Cornell Lentull hactenus.

1 The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the

bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of 2 demisso vultu, with downcast countenance, ^ vinctis, from vincio. * Simul, etc., At the same time those of the captives who were the noblest, ^ The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill. ^ valere iussit, bade farewell to, 7 jhig sentence marks the end of the story.
fasces^ a

the law.

APPENDIX

DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS,

NUMERALS, ETC
NOUNS
460. Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the
final letter of

the stem and by the termination of the genitive singular.

A-stems, Gen. Sing, Second Declension 0-stems, Gen. Sing, Third Declension Consonant stems and Fourth Declension U-stems, Gen. Sing, Fifth Declension E-stems, Gen. Sing,
First Declension
461.

-ae
-i

I-stems, Gen. Sing, -is

-us

-li

FIRST DECLENSION. -I-STEMS

domina^ lady

Stem domina-

Base domin-

Singular
TERMINATIONS

Plural
TERMINATIONS
-a

Nom.
Gen.

Dat,
Ace.

domina dominae dominae

dominae

-ae

-ae

dominarum
dominis

-arum
-is

-ae

dominam
domina
filia

-am
-a

dominas
dominis
in the dative

-as
-is

Abl.

a.

Dea and

have the termination -abus

226

and ablative

plural,

SECOND DECLENSION
462.

227

SECOND DECLENSION. 0-STEMS

a.

Masculines in -us
Stem dominoBase domin-

dominus, master

SiNGULAR
TERMINATIONS

Plural
TERMINATIONS
-us
-i

Nom.
Gen.

Dat,
Ace.

dominus domini domin5

domini

-i

dominorum
dominis

-orum
-is

-5

dominum
domino
in -us of the

-um
-0

Abl.
1.

dominos dominis

-OS
-is

Nouns

second declension have the termination

-e in

the

vocative singular, as domine.

Proper names in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the vocative singular, and the accent rests on the penult, as Vergi^li, fili.
2.

b.

Neuters
Stem

in

-um
Base
pil-

pilum, spear

pilo-

SiNGULAR
terminations

Plural
terminations
pTla

Nom.
Gen.

pTlum
pili

-um
-i

-a

pilorum
pilis

-orum
-is

Dat.
Ace.

pllo

-o

pilum
pilo

-um
-6

pila
pTlis

-a
-is

Abl.
I
.

Masculines in -ius and neuters in -ium end in -i in the genitive singular,

-ii,

not in

and the accent

c.

rests

on the penult.
in -er

MASaJLINES

AND

-:ir

puer, boy Stems pueroBases puer-

ager, field

vir,

man

agro-

virovir-

agr-

SlNGULAR

terminations
vir
viri
-i

Nom.
Gen.

puer
pueri

ager
agri

Dat.
Ace.

puero

agro

vir5

-0

puerum
puero

agrum
agio

virum
viro

-um
-^

AbL

228

APPENDIX
Plural

Nom,
Gen.

pueri

agri

viri

-i

puerorum
pueris

agrorum
agris

virorum
viris

-5rum
-is

Dat.
Ace.

pueros
pueris

agros
agris

viros
viris

-OS
-is

AbL

463.

THIRD DECLENSION
1

Stems that add

-s to

the base to form the

nominative singular:
feminines only.

masculines

and
the

CLASSIFI-

I.

CATION

Consonant Stems

"

2.

Stems that add no termination

nominative singular:
feminines;
b.

in

a.

masculines and

neuters.

II.

/-Stems

Masculines, feminines, and neuters.

464.
I.

I.

CONSONANT STEMS
to the base to form the

Nouns

that

add -s

nominative singular

masculines

andfeminines

only
lapis , m., stone

princeps, m., chief

miles , m., soldier

milit--

Bases OR ^principStems J
-^

lapid '

Singular

terminations
lapis
-s
-is
-i

Nom.
Gen.

princeps
principis

miles
militis
militi
-,

lapidis
lapidi

Dat.
Ace.

principi

principem
principe

militem
milite

lapidem
lapide
-

-em
-e

Abl.

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

principes

milites

lapides

-es

principum
principibus
principes

militum
militibus
milites

lapidum
lapidibus
lapides

-um
-ibus
-es

Dat.
Ace.

Abl.

principibus

militibus

lapidibus

-ibus

THIRD DECLENSION
rex, m.,

229
virtue

king iudex, m., judge

iiidic-

virtus,
virtiit-

f.,

Bases

OR [regStems .
Norn,
Gen.
rex
regis

SlNGULAR
iudex
iudicis

terminations
virtus
virtiitis

-s
-is
-i

Dat.
Ace,

regi

iudici

virtu ti

regem
rege

iudicem
iudice

virtu tern
virtute

-em
-

AbL
Nom.
Gen,

Plural
reges
iudices
virtutes
-es

regum
regibus
reges

iudicum
iudicibus
iudices

virtu turn

-um
-ibus
-es

Dat,
Ace,

virtutibus
virtutes

Abl,

regibus

iudicibus
in the

virtutibus

-ibus
cf.

Note. For consonant changes

nominative singular,

233. 3.

2.

Nouns

that have no termination in the nominative singular

a.

Masculines and Feminines

legio,
f.,

c5nsul, m.,

ordo, m.,

pater, m.,

consul
Bases OR Stems
I

legion
legion-

row
ordin

father
patr-

consul-

Singular

TERMINATIONS
pater
patris patri
-is
-i

Nom,
Gen,

consul
consulis

legio

ordo
ordinis

legionis

Dat,
Ace,

consul!

legioni

ordini

consulem
consule

legionem
legiane

5rdinem
ordine

patrem
patre

-em
-e

Abl,

Plural

Nom,
Gen,

consules

legiones

ordines

patres

-es

consulum
consulibus
consules

legionum
legionibus
legiones

ordinum
ordinibus
ordines

patrum
patribus
patres

-um
-ibus
-es

Dat,
Ace.

AbL

c5nsulibus

legionibus

ordinibus

patribus

-ibus

Note. For vowel and consonant changes

ct. 236. 1-3.

in the nominative singular,

230

APPENDIX
b.

Neuters
,

flumen,

n.,

river tempus,

n., ti7ne

opus,
oper-

n.,

work

caput,
capit-

n.,

head

Bases OR Stems

flumin-

tempor-

SlNGULAR
Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace.

TERMINATIONS
caput
capitis
capiti
-is
-i

flumen
fluminis

tempus
temporis tempori

opus
operis

flumini

operi

flumen
flumine

AbL
Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl.

tempus tempore

opus opere

caput
capite
-e

Plural
flumina

tempora

opera

capita

-a

fluminum
fluminibus

temporum
temporibus tempora temporibus

operum
operibus

capitum
capitibus

-um
-ibus
-a

flumina
fluminibus

opera
operibus

capita

capitibus
in the

-ibus

Note. For vowel and consonant changes

cf.

nominative singular,

238.

2, 3.

465.
a.

II.

/-STEMS

Masculines and Feminines

urbs,
urbi
f.,

caedes,

f.,

slaughter hostis, m., enemy

hosti-

city

aliens, m., retainer

clienti-

Stems Bases

caedi-

caed-

host-

urb-

client-

Singular
Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl.
caedes
caedis
hostis
hostis

urbs
urbis

cliens
clientis
client!

TERMINATIONS -s, -is, or -es

-is
-i

caedi

hosti

urbi

caedem
caede

hostem
hoste

urbem
urbe

clientem
cliente

-em

(-im)

-e(-i)

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

caedes

hostes

urbes

clientes

-es

caedium
caedibus
caedis, -es

hostium
hostibus
hostis, -es

urbium
urbibus
urbis, -es

clientium
clientibus
clientis, -es

-ium
-ibus
-is, -es

Dat.
Ace.

Abl.
1.

caedibus
Avis,

hostibus

urbibus

clientibus
-i

-ibus

ci vis, finis, ignis,

navis, have the abl. sing, in

or

-e.

2.

Turris has accusative turrim and ablative turri or tune.

'1

FOURTH DECLENSION
h.

23

Neuters
animal,
animalin.,

insigne, n., decoration

animal

.calcar, n.,

spur

Stems
Bases

insigni-

calcari-

insign-

animal-

calcar-

Singula
Norn.
Gen,
Tnsigne
insignis
insigni

TERMINATIONS
calcar
calcaris
-Q
-is
-i

animal
animalis

or

Dat
Ace,

animali

calcari
'

Tnsigne
insigni

animal
animali

calcar calcari

-e
-i

^r

AbL

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

insignia

animalia

calcaria

-ia

Tnsignium
Tnsignibus
insignia

animalium
animalibus
animalia

calcarium
calcaribus
calcaria

-ium
-ibus
-ia

Dat,
Ace,

AbL

Tnsignibus

animalibus

calcaribus

-ibus

466.

THE FOURTH DECLENSION. /-STEMS

adventus, m., arrival
cornii, n.,

horn
Base corn-

Stem adventu-

Base advent-

Stem cornu-

Singular

MASC.
-US
-iis

TERMINATIONS NEUT.
-U

Nom,
Gen,

adventus adventus
adventui
(ii)

cornu
cornus

-US
-ii

Dat.
Ace,

cornu
cornii

-ui(ii)

adventum
adventu

-um
-u

-u -u

Abl>

cornii

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

adventiis

cornua

-us

-ua

adventuum
adventibus

cornuum
cornibus

-uum
-ibus
-lis

-uum
-ibus

Dat.
Ace.

adventus
adventibus

cornua
cornibus

-ua
-ibus

Abl,

-ibus

232
467.
dies, m.,

APPENDIX

THE FIFTH DECLENSION. -STEMS

da^
Base dires,
f.,

thing

Stem

die-

Stem

re-

Base

r-

Singular
Norn,
Gen.
dies
diei

TERMINATIONS
-es

res
rei

Dat,
Ace,

diei

rei

diem
die

rem
re

4i 4i -em
-e

AbL
Nom.
Gen,

Plural
dies

res

-es

dierum
diebus
dies

rerum
rebus
res

-erum
-ebus
-es

Dat.
Ace.

AbL
468.
deus, m.,

diebus

rebus

-ebus

SPECIAL PARADIGMS

god

domus,

f.,

house

visI,
vi-

f.,

strength
viri-

iter. n.,

way
itiner-

Stems
Bases

deode-

domudom-

and

iteriter-

V- and vir-

and and

itiner-

Singular

Nom,
Gen.

deus
del

domus domus
domui,
-0

vis
vis (rare)

iter

itineris
itineri
iter

Dat,
Ace,

de5

vi (rare)

deum
de5

domum
dom5,
-ii

vim
vi

Abl,

itinere

Plural

Nom.
Gen.

del, di

deorum,
deis, dis

deum

domus domuum, -orum

domibus dom5s, -lis domibus
is like

vires

itinera

vTrium
vTribus
vTris, -es

itinerum
itineribus
itinera

Dat.
Ace,

de5s
deis, dis

Abl.
a.
b.

vTribus

itineribus

The The

vocative singular of deus

locative of

the nominative.

domus

is

domL

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES

233

ADJECTIVES
469.

FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.

a.
\)Omxs,

0-

AND A-STEHS

Adjectives in -us
n.,

good

Stems bono- m. and

bona-

f.

Base bon-

Singular

MASa

FEM.

NEUT.

Nom,
Gen,

bonus boni

Dat,
Ace,

bono

bona bonae bonae

bonum
boni

bon5

bonum
bono

bonam
bona

bonum
bono

Abl,

Plural

Nom,
Gen,

boni

bonae

bonSrum
bonis

bonarum
bonis

bona bonorum
bonis

Dat,
Ace,

bonos
bonis

bonas
bonis

bona
bonis

AbL

b.

Adjectives in
m. and

-er

liber, yr^^

Stems

libero-

n., libera- f.

Base

liber-

Singular
MASC
FEM.
liber
liberi

NEUT.
liberum
liberi

Nom,
Gen,

libera
liberae

Dat,

liber5

liberae

libero

Ace,

liberum
libero

liberam
libera

liberum
libero

Abl,

Plural

Nom,
Gen,

liberi

liberae

libera

liberorum
liberis

liberarum
liberis

liberorum
liberis

Dat,
Ace,

liberos
liberis

liberas
liberis

libera
liberis

AbL

234
pulcher, /r.^/'/y

APPENDIX
Stems pulchro- m. and

n.,

pulchra-

f.

Base pnlchr-

Singular
MASC.

FEM.
pulchra
pulchrae pulchrae

NEUT.

Nom.
Gen,

pulcher
pulchri

pulchrum
pulchri

Dat.
Ace.

pulchro

pulchro

pulchrum
pulchro

pulchram
pulchra

pulchrum
pulchro

AbL

Plural

Nom,
Gen.

pulchri

pulchrae

pulchra

pulchrorum
pulchris

pulchrarum
pulchris

pulchrorum
pulchris

Dat,
Ace.

pulchrds
pulchris

pulchras
pulchris

pulchra
pulchris

AbL

470,
alius,

THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

another

Stems

alio-

m. and

n., alia- f.

Base

ali-

SiNGULAR
MASC.

Plural
NEUT.
aliud
alius
alii

FEM.
alia

MASC.
alii

FEM.
aliae

NEUT.
alia

Nom.
Gen.

alius

alius
alii

alius
alii

aliorum
aliis

aliarum
aliis

ali5rum
aliis

Dat.
Ace.

alium
alio

aliam
alia

aliud
alio

alios
aliis

alias
aliis

alia
aliis

Abl.

unus, one, only

Stems uno- m. and

NEUT.

n.,

una-

f.

Base unFEM.

MASC.

FEM.

MASC.

NEUT.

Nom, unus
Gen. unius uni

una
unius

unum
unius

uni
iinorum
unis

unae

unarum
unis

una un5rum
unis
iina

Dat.
Ace.

uni

uni

unum
lino

unam
una
list

unum
iino

unos
unis

Unas
unis

Abl.
a.

unis

For the complete

see ro8.

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES
471.

235

ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. /-STEMS

I.

THREE ENDINGS
Stem
acri-

acer, acris, acre, keen^ eager

Base acr -

Singular
MASC.

Plural
NEUT.
acre
acris
acri

FEM.
acris

MASC.
acres

FEM.
acres

NEUT.
acria

Nom,
Gen.

acer
acris

acris
acri

acrium
acribus
acris, -es

acrium
acribus
acris, -es

acrium
acribus
acria

DaL
Ace.

acri

acrem
acri

acrem
acri

acre
acri

AbL

acribus

acribus

acribus

II.

TWO ENDINGS
^

omnis, omne, every all

Stem omni-

Base omn-

SiNGULAR
MASC AND FEM.
.

Plural
MASC.

NEUT.

AND FEM.

NEUT.

Norn.
Ge?t,

omnis omnis

omne
omnis

omnes

omnia

omnium
omnibus
omnis, -es

omnium
omnibus omnia omnibus

Dat.
Ace.

omni

omni

omnem
omni

AbL

omne omni

omnibus

III.

ONE ENDING
Stem pariBase par-

par, equal

Singular
MASC.

Plural
NEUT.
MASC.

AND FEM.
par
paris

AND FEM.

NEUT.
paria

Nom.
Gen.

par
paris

pares

parium
paribus
paris, -es

parium
paribus
paria

Dat.
Ace.

pari

pari

parem
pari

par
pari

AbL
I.

paribus
-i

paribus

Observe that

all

i-stem adjectives have

in the ablative singular.

236
472.

APPENDIX

PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES

amans, loving

Stem amanti-

Base amant-

SiNGULAR
M^\SC.

Plural
NEUT.
ASC.

Nom.
Gen.

AND FEM. amans

AND FEM.

NEUT.

amans
amantis

amantes

amantia

amantis

amantium
amantibus
amantis, -es

amantium
amantibus

Dat,
Ace,

amanti

amanti

amantem
amante,
iens,
-i

amans
amante,

amantia
amantibus

Abl.

amantibus

going

Stem

Base

ient-, eunt-

Nom.
Gen.

iens
euntis

iens
euntis

euntes

euntia

euntium
euntibus
euntis, -es
-i

euntium
euntibus
euntia

Dat.
Ace.

eunti

eunti
iens
eunte,

euntem
eunte,
-i

Abl
473.

euntibus

euntibus

REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Comparative
MASC.

Positive
MASC.
altus (alto-)
liber (libero-)

Superlative
MASC.
altissimus

AND FEM.

NEUT.
altius

FEM. NEUT.
-a

altior

liberior

liberius

iTberrimus

-a
-a

pulcher (pulchro-)

pulchrior

pulchrius

pulcherrimus audacissimus
brevissimus
acerrimus

audax
acer

(audaci-)

audacior
brevior
acrior

audacius
brevius
acrius

-a -a

brevis (brevi-)
(acri-)

-a

-um -um -um -um -um -um

474.

DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES
altior,

higher

Singular
MASC.

Plurai
NEUT.
MASC.

AND FEM.

AND FEM.

NEUT.
altiora

Nom.
Gen.

altior
altioris
altidri

altius
alti5ris
altiori

altiores

altiorum
altioribus
altiores

altiorum
altioribus
altiora

Dat.
Ace.

altiorem
altiore

altius

Abl.

altiore

altioribus

altioribus

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
plus,

237
plura

more
plures

Nom,
Gen,

plus
pluris

plurium
pluribus
pluris (-es)

plurium
pluribus

Dat, Ace,

plus
plure

plura
pluribus

AbL
475,
Positive
bonus,
-a,

pluribus

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES

Comparative
melior, melius, better

Superlative
optimus,
pessimus,
-a,

-um, good

-um, best
-um, worst

malus, -a, -um,

bad

peior, peius,

-a,

worse

magnus,

-a,

-um, great

maior, maius,

maximus,

-a,

-um, greatest

greater
multus, -a, -um,

much

plus,

more

plurimus, -a, -um, most

parvus, -a, -um, small

senex, senis, old
iuvenis, -e,

minor, minus,

minimus,

-a,

-um, smallest

smaller
senior
iunior
vetustior, -ius
facilior, -ius
difficilior, -ius

young

maximus natu minimus natu

vetus, veteris, old

facilis, -e,

easy

difficilis, -e, difficult

similis, -e,

similar
dissimilar

similior, -ius

dissimilis, -e,

dissimilior, -ius

humilis,

-e,

low
slender

humilior, -ius
gracilior, -ius

gracilis, -e,

-um -um difficillimus, -a, -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um humillimus, -a, -um gracillimus, -a, -um
veterrimus, -a,
facillimus,
-a,

exterus,

outward
below

exterior, outer^

extremus 1 outermost^
extimus J
last
.

exterior
inferus,
Inferior,

lower

Tnfimus^

imus
posterus, following
posterior, later

>

lowest

postremus-l^^^^

superus, above

superior, higher

postumus J supremus^ ^

summus
[cis, citra,

1 . , ^ > htg^hesf

on this

side"]

citerior,

hither

citimus, hithermosf

[in, intra, in^

within']

interior,

inner

intimus, inmost

[prae, pro, before]

prior,

former

primus, first

[prope, near]
[ultra,

propior, nearer
ulterior, further

proximus, next
ultimus, furthest

beyond]

2 38

APPENDIX

476.
Positive

REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Comparative
carius

Superlative
carissime

care (carus), dearly

mi sere

(miser),

wretchedly
'-

miserius
acrius
facilius

miserrime
acerrime
facillime

acriter (acer),

sharply

facile (facilis), easily

477.

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Comparative
diutius

Positive diu, long^ a long time

Superlative
diutissime

bene (bonus), well male (malus), ill

magnopere, greatly

melius, better
peius, worse

optime, best
pessime, worst

magis, m.ore
plus,
-

multum (multus), much

parum,
little

more
less

minus,
saepius

maxime, most plOrimum, most minime, least

saepissime

saepe, often

478.

NUMERALS
cardinal numerals are indeclinable excepting iinus, duo, tres, the

The

hundreds above one hundred, and mille used as a noun. declined like bonus, -a, -um.

The

ordinals are

Cardinals

Ordinals
(In
primus,

{How many)
I,
.

what
-a,

order)
first

unus,

2,

one -um duo, duae, duo two

-a,

-um
alter)

secundus (or
tertius

second
third,
etc.

3, tres^ tria 4,
5,

three^
etc.

quattuor

quartus
quintus
sextus

quTnque
sex

6,
7,

septem

Septimus
octavus

8, octo

9,

novem
undecim duodecim
(decemi(et)tres)

nonus
decimus

10, decern
1 1
,

12,

13, tredecim

14, quattuordecim

undecimus duodecimus tertius decimus quartus decimus

NUMERALS
Cardinals
15,

239
Ordinals

quindecim
sedecim
duodevTginti (octodecim)

quTntus decimus
sextus decimus

16,

17, septendecim
1

Septimus decimus

8,

19, undevTginti

(novendecim)

20, vigintT
fvlginti
'

unus or

duodevTcensimus undevicensimus vTcensimus Jvicensimus primus or

l^unus et vicensimus, etc.

i^unus et vTginti, etc.

30, triginta'

tricensimus

40, quadraginta
50, quinquaginta

60, sexaginta
70, septuaginta

80, octoginta

90, nonaginta

100,

centum
(et)

10 1, centum
1

unus,

etc.

centum 121, centum

20,

(et) viginti (et) vigintT

Onus,

etc.

200, ducenti,

-ae, -a

quadragensimus quinquagensimus / sexagensimus septuagensimus octogensimus nonagensimus centensimus centensimus (et) primus, etc. centensimus vicensimus centensimus (et) vTcensimus primus ducentensimus
.

j;

300, trecenti

trecentensimus

400, quadringenti 500, quTngenti 600, sescenti

700, septingentT

quadringentensimus

qumgentensimus
sescentensimus

septingentensimus octingentensimus
.

800, octingentT

900, nongenti
1000, miUe

nongentensimus
millensimus

479. Declension of duo, two^ tres, three^ and mille, a thotisand.

Masc.

Fem.
duae

Neut.
duo
duobuS

M. AND
tres

F.

Neut.

Sing.

Plur.
milia

N, duo G. duorum

tria

duarum duorum
duo
du5bus

trium
tribus
tris

trium
tribus
tria

D, duobus duabus A, duos ^r duo duas A. duobus duabus

Note.
is

or tres

miUe miUe miUe miUe

milium
milibus
milia

tribus

tribus

mille milibus

Mille

is

used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive, and

occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular.

cf.

For the

declension of unus

470.

240

APPENDIX

PRONOUNS
480.
ego,

PERSONAL

/
Plur.
tu
-tri

tUj,you

sui,

of himself^

etc.

Sing.

Sing.

Plur.

Sing.

Plur.

Nom,
Gen.

ego

nos
nostrum,
nobis

vos
vestrum. tri
suT
sibi

mei
mihi

tuT
tibi

sui
sibi

Dat.
Ace.

vobis

AbL

me me

nos
nobis

te

vos
vobis

se,

sese

se, sese sg, sese

te

se, sese

Note

that sui is always reflexive.

481

DEMONSTRATIVE

Demonstratives belong to the first and second declensions, but have the pronominal endings -lus and -i in the gen. and dat. sing.
ipse, self

Singular
"x
Gen.
MASC. FEM.
ipsa

Plural
NEUT.
MASC.
ipsT

FEM.
ipsae

NEUT.
ipsa

Norn, ipse
ipsfus
ipsi

ipsum
ipsrus
ipsi

ipsfus
ipsi.

ipsorum
ipsis

ipsarum
ipsTs

ipsorum
ipsis

Dat.
Ace.

ipsum
ipsQ

ipsam
ipsa

ipsum
ips5

ipsds
ipsis

ipsas
ipsis

ipsa
ipsis

AbL

hie, this (here),

he
hae
haec

Norn. hie
Gen.
huius
huic

haec
huius
huic

hoc
huius
huic

hi

horum
his

harum
his

horum
his

Dat.
Ace.

AbL
Nem.
Gen.

hunc hoc

banc
hac

hoc hoc
iste>, this^

hos
his

has
his

haec
his

that (pi yours), he

isti

iste

ista

istud

istae

ista

istrus
isti

istrus
isti

istrus
isti

istorum
istis

istarum
istis

istorum
istis

Dat.
Ace.

istum
isto

istam
ista

istud
isto

istos
istis

istas
istis

ista
istis

AbL

RELATIVE PRONOUN
ille,

241

that (yonder), he

Singular
MASC.
FEM.
ilia

Plural
NEUT.
illud

MASC.
ill!

FEM.
illae

NEUT.
ilia

Nom,
Gen,

ille

ilirus
ill!

ilirus
ill!

ilirus
ill!
.

illorum
illTs

illarum
illis

ill6rum
illis

Dat,
Ace,

ilium

illam
ilia

illud
illo

illos
illis

illas
illis

ilia
illis

Abl.

iUo

is, this^

that^

he
ii,

Nom,
Gen,

is

ea
eius
ei

id

ei

eae

ea

eius
ei

eius
ei

eorum
iis,

eSrum
iis,

eorum
iis,

Dat,
Ace,

eis

eis

eis

eum
e6

earn

id

eos
iis,

eas
eis
iis,

ea
els
iis,

AbL

ea

e5

eis

idem, the same

Nom, idem
Gen,
Dat,
Ace.

e'adem

idem

rirdem

\ erdem

eae'dem

e'adem

eiusMem eiusMem eiusMem

erdem

erdem

erdem

e5run'dem earun^dem eorun'dem iis'dem iisMem ( iis'dem

\ eis'dem
e5s'dem
(

eis'dem

eis'dem

eun'dem ean'dem idem

eo'dem
ea'dem

eas'dem
iis'dem

e'adem
iis^dem

iis'dem

Abl,

eo'dem

1 eis'dem

eis'dem

eis'dem
are preferred,

Note. In the
the two
i's

plural of is and idem the forms being pronounced as one.

witli

two

i's

482.
qui,

RELATIVE
who, which, that

Singular
MASC.

Plural
NEUT.

FEM.

MASC
qui

FEM.

NEUT.

Nom.
Gen,

qui
cuius
cui

quae
cuius
cui

quod
cuius
cui

quae

quae

quorum
quibus

quarum
quibus

quorum
quibus

Dat.
Ace,

quem
quo

quam
qua

AbL

quod qu5

quos
quibus

quas
quibus

quae
quibus

242
483.

APPENDIX

INTERROGATIVE
quis, substantive,

who^ what

Singular
MASC'

Plural
mAsc.
qui

AND FEM.
quis

NEUT.
quid
cuius
cui

FEM.

NEUT.

Nom,
Gen.

quae

quae

cuius
cui

quorum
quibus

quarum
quibus
--

quorum
quibus

Dat.
Aee.

quern

quid

quos
quibus
is

quas
quibus

quae
quibus

Abl.

quo

quo

The
484.

interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod,

declined like the relative.

INDEFINITES

quis and qui, as declined above,^ are used also as indefinites {some^
any).

The

other indefinites are

compounds

of quis

and

qui.

quisque, each

Substantive
MASC.

Adjective
MASC.
FEM.

AND FEM.

NEUT.

NEUT.

Nom.
Gen,

quisque
cuius^que

quidque
cuius^que

quisque
cuius'que

quaeque
cuius'que

quodque
cuius'que

Dat.
Ace,
^<^/:

cuique

cuique

cuique

cuique

cuique

.quemque
quoque

quidque

quemque
qu5que
one.,

quamque
quaque

quoque
quidam, a certain

quodque quoque

485.

a certain

Observe that in the neuter singular the adjective has quoddam and the
substantive quiddam.

Singular
MASC.

FEM.
r

NEUT.

Nom,
Gen,

quidam
cuius'dam

quaedam
cuius'dam

quoddam
(subst.)

\ quiddam
cuidam
(

cuius'dam

Dat,

cuidam
queridam

cuidam

Ace,

quandam

quoddam
{subst.)

\ quiddam
quodam
plural.

AM,
1

quodam

quadam
and accusative

qua

is

generally used instead of quae in the feminine nominative singular

and

in the neuter nominative

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
Plural
NOTH,
Gen.

243

quTdam quorun'dam
quibus'dam

quaedam quarun^dam
quibus'dam

quaedam
quorun'dam
quibus'dam

Dat.
Ace,

quosdam
quibus'dam

quasdam
quibus'dam

quaedam
quibus'dam

AbL
486.

quisquam, substantive, any one

MASC.

(at all)

AND FEM.

NEUT.

No?n.
Gen.

quisquam
cuius'quam

quicquam (quidquam)
cuius'quam

Dat.
Ace.

cuiquam

AM.
487.

quemquam quoquam
some

cuiquam quicquam (quidquam)

quoquam
some

aliquis, substantive,

one.

aliqui, adjective,

Singular
Substantive
MASC.

Adjective
MASC.
aliqui
alicu'ius
alicui

AND FEM.

NEUT.
aliquid
alicu'ius
alicui

FEM.
aliqua
alicu'ius
alicui

NEUT.
aliquod
aliculus
alicui

Nom.
Gen.

aliquis
alicu'ius
alicui

Dat.
Ace,

aliquem
aliquo

aliquid

aliquem
aliquo

aliquam
aliqua

aliquod
aliquo

Abl.

aliquo

Plural for both Substantive and Adjective

masc.

fem.
aliquae

neut.
aliqua

Nom.
Gen.

aliqui

aliquo'rum
ali'quibus

aliquaVum
ali'quibus

aliquo'rum
ali'quibus

Dat.
Ace.

aliquos
ali'quibus

aliquas
ali'quibus

aliqua
ali^quibus

AbL
a. quis (qui),

some
its

one.,

some^

any one^ any^ is the least definite ( 297. b). aliquis (aliqm), is more definite than quis. quisquam, any one (at all), and

adjective iillus, any^ occur mostly with a negative, expressed or implied,

in clauses of comparison.

and

244

APPENDIX

REGULAR VERBS
488.

FIRST CONJUGATION. A-VERBS.

AMO

Principal Parts amS, amare, amavi, amatus

Pres. Stem

ama-

Perf. Stem

amav-

Part. Stem amat-

ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT

PASSIVE

/ /ove^ am
amo amas
amat

loving^ do love^ etc.

/ am
amor
amaris, -re

loved^ etc.

amamus
amatis

amamur
amamini
amantur

amant
did love^

amatur
IMPERFECT

/ loved^ was amabam

amabas amabat

loving^

etc.

/ was
amabar
amabaris, -re

loved^ etc.

amabamus
amabatis

amabamur
amabamini amabantur
be loved^ etc.

amabant

amabatur

FUTURE

/ shall love^
amab5
amabis amabit

etc.

/ shall
amabor
amaberis, -re

amabimus
amabitis

amabimur
amabimini amabuntur

amabunt
PERFECT

amabitur

/ have loved^ loved^ did love,

amavi
amavisti

etc.

/ have
^"^^^^^'
-a,

been {was) loved,

_ ^

etc.

amavimus
amavistis amaverunt, -re

fsum
-um
J es

fsumus
\ estis

^"^^^^>

amavit

^^^^

-ae,-a

|^gyjj^

PLUPERFECT

/ had loved,
amaveram
amSveras amaverat

etc.
_

/ had been
amatus,

loved, etc.

amaveramus
amaveratis

Teram
I

^^-^

amati,
-ae,-a

_ .

Teramua
!

^^.-^.^

amaverant

-a,-um

y^^^^

|^gj^jj^

FUTURE PERFECT

/ shall have
amavero
amaveris amaverit

loved, etc.

/ shall have
amatus,^
"*' "^^
_

been loved,
amati,
"^>"*
_ .
I

etc.

amaverimus
amaveritis

ferS
^^..^

ferinuis
^^..^.^

amaverint

[erit

[enmt

FIRST -CONJUGATION
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT amer
ameris, -re

245

amem
ames amet
.

amemus
ametis

amemur
amemini amentur

ament

ametur

amarem
amares amaret

amaremus
amaretis

IMPERFECT amarer
amareris, -re

amarSmur
amaremini amarentur
_ -

amarent

amaretur

PERFECT

amaverim
amaveris amaverit

amaverimus
amaveritis

amatus,
-a, -urn

fsim
1

fsimus

^^^
l^g.^

amaverint

-^^'-^[sint
_^_

PLUPERFECT

amavissem
amavisses amavisset

amavissemus
amavissetis

f essem ^^^^^^'J esses

fessemus

amavissent

-*>-^^lesset

^^^^''J essetis -^' -* [essent

IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
ama, love thou amate, love ye
amato, thou shall love amato, he shall love amatote, you shall love amanto, they shall love

amare, be thou loved amamini, be ye loved

FUTURE
amator, thou shall be loved amator, he shall be loved

amantor, they shall be loved

INFINITIVE
Pres, Per/.

Fut,

amare, to love amavisse, to have loved amaturus, -a, -um esse, to be about to love

[loved amatus, -a, -um esse, to have been [amatum iri], to be about to be loved

amari, to be loved

PARTICIPLES
Pres.

amans,
love

-antis,

loving
-um, about to

Pres.

Fut,
Per/,

amaturus,

Gerundive^
Perf,

amandus,
-a,

-a,

-um, to

be loved

amatus,

-um, having been

loved, loved

GERUND
Nom.
Gen, Dat, Ace, Abl.

amandi, of loving amando, for loving amandum, loving amando, by loving

1

SUPINE
Ace. Abl,

(Active Voice)

[amatum],

to love [amatu], to love, in the loving

Sometimes

called the future passive participle.

246
489.

APPENDIX
SECOND CONJUGATION.

JS'-VERBS.

MONEO

Principal Parts mone5, monere, monui, monitus

Pres. Stem

mone-

Perf. Stem

monu-

Part. Stem monit-

ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT

PASSIVE

I advise^
moneo mones monet

etc.

/ am
moneor
moneris,
-re

advised^

etc.

monemus
monetis

monemur
monemini monentur

monent

monetur
IMPERFECT

/ was
monebam
monebas monebat

advising^

etc.

/ was
monebar
monebaris,

advised^

etc.

monebamus
monebatis

monebamur
-re

monebant

monebatur

monebamini monebantur

FUTURE

/ shall advise^
monebo
monebis monebit

etc.

/ shall be
monebor
moneberis,
-re

advised^

etc.

monebimus
monebitis

monebimur
monebimini monebuntur

monebunt
PERFECT

monebitur

/ have
monui

advised^

I advised^
monuimus
monuistis monuerunt,

etc.

/ have

been (was) advised^

etc.

monuisti

monuit

-re

monitus, -^'-^"^

fsum
1

.-

fsumus
l^sunt

^g

moniti,J ^^^.^

lest

^^'"^

PLUPERFECT

I had advised,
monueram
monueras monuerat

etc.

/ had been
monitus
f
I

advised^
.

etc.

monueramus
monueratis

eram
^^.3 eras

monuerant

[erat

. feramus fera moniti, ^^^^^^'J ^^^^^ era "^'"^

I

.[erant

FUTURE PERFECT

/ shall have
monuero
monueris monuerit

advised^

etc.

/ shall have
{ero
eris
erit

been advised^
.

etc.

monuerimus
monueritis

ferimus
[erunt

'"'^'t^'J eritis

monuerint

-*'-*

SECOND CONJUGATION
(

247

SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT

moneam
moneas moneat

moneamus
moneatis
.

monear
monearis, -re

moneamur
moneamini mqneantur

moneant

monerem
moneres moneret

moneremus
moneretis

moneatur IMPERFECT monerer

monereris moneretui
,

--^
moneremur
-re

monerent

moneremini monerentur
.

PERFECT

monuerim
monueris monuerit

monuerimus
monueritis

monitus,
-a,

sim
sis
sit

fsimus
^{ SltlS

monuerint

-um
'

-ae, -^

[sint
f

PLUPERFECT

monuissem
monuisses monuisset

monuissemus
monuissetis
monitus,^
-a,

essem
esses esset
'

essemus

monuissent

-um

"''^'J essetis -ae [essent

IMPERATIVE
mone, advise thou monete, advise ye
moneto, thou shalt advise monet5, he shall advise monetote, you shall advise monento, they shall advise
Pres, Per/,

PRESENT monere, be thou advised monemini, be ye advised

FUTURE
monetor, thou shalt be advised monetor, he shall be advised

monentor, they shall be advised

INFINITIVE
monere, to advise monuisse, to have advised
moniturus,
-a,

moneri, to be advised monitus, -a, -um esse, to have been

Fut,

um

esse, to be

about
Pres,

to

advise

advised [monitum advised

Pres.

iri],

to

be about to be

PARTICIPLES
monens,
-entis,

advising

Fut,
Per/:

moniturus, -a, -um, about to advise

Ger.

monendus, advised

-a,

-um,

to

be

Perf monitus, -a, -um, having been

advised^ advised

GERUND
JVom, Gen. monendi, of advising Dat. monendo, for advising Ace. monendum, advising AbL monendo, by advising

SUPINE
Ace. Abl.
[monitii],

(Active Voice)

[monitum], to advise
to advise^

in

the

advising

248
490.

APPENDIX

THIRD CONJUGATION. -E-VERBS. REGO

Principal Parts rego, regere, rexi, rectus
Pres. Stem rege-

Perf. Stem rex-

Part. Stem rect-

ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT

PASSIVE

/ rule^
rego
regis
regit

etc.

/ am
re^gor
re'geris, -re

ruled

etc.

regimus
regitis

re'gimur
regi'mini

regunt

re'gitur

regun^tur

IMPERFECT

/ was
regebam
regebas regebat

rulings etc.

/ was
rege'bar
regeba^ris, -re

ruled^ etc.

regebamus
regebatis

regebant

regeba^tur

regeba^mi regeba^mini regeban^tur

FUTURE

/ shall
regam
reges reget

rule^ etc.

/ shall be
re gar

ruled, etc.

regemus
regetis

regent

rege ^r is, -re rege^tur

rege mur rege^mini regen^tur

PERFECT

I have
rgxi
rexisti

ruled^ etc.

/ have
rectus,
-a,

been ruled^
recti,

etc.

reximus
rexistis

fsum
<

rexit

rexerunt, -re

-um

es

^^

W
\

f^^i^^^ estis

[est

PLUPERFECT

I had ruled
rexeram
rexeras rexerat

etc.

/ had been
rectus, _ 1^ eras ^

ruledy etc.
-

rexeramus
rexeratis

feram

recti,

eramus
erant

^^

< eratis
I

rexerant

[erat

FUTURE PERFECT

/ shall have
rgxerS
rexeris
rexerit

ruled^ etc.

/ shall have
rectus, f Ji ens

been ruled^
-

etc.

rexerimus
rexeritis

recti.

erimus

X eritis

rexerint

-^'-""'lerit

[erunt

THIRD CONJUGATION
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT

249

regam
regas regat

regamus
regatis

regar
regaris, -re

regamur
regamini regantur

regant

regatur

IMPERFECT
regerem
regeres regeret

regeremus
regeretis

regerer
regereris, -re

regeremur
regeremini regerentur

regerent

regeretur

PERFECT
rexerim
rexeris
rexerit

rexerimus
rexeritis

rectus,
-a,

fsim
J ^

recti,

rexerint

-um

sis sit

< SltlS

r^if"

-^^'-^Isint
recti,
'

PLUPERFECT
rexissem
rexisses
rexisset

rexissemus
rexissetis

rectus,
-a,

essem
esses
esset

fessSmus
< ^^*'^*-"' essetis
j

rexissent

-um

-ae, -a
'

[essent

IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
rege, rule

thou

regite, rule

ye

regere, be thou ruled regimini, be ye ruled

FUTURE
thou shalt rule regito, he shall rule
regito, regitor.
regitor.

thou shalt be ruled he shall be ruled

.

regit5te, ye shall rule regunto, they shall rule

reguntO]r, they shall be ruled

INFINITIVE
Pres.
regere, to rule
rexisse, to
regi, to be

ruled

Per/.

have ruled

rectus, -a,

-um

eSse,

to

have been

Fut.

recturus, -a,

um

esse, to be

ruled [rectum iri], to be about to be ruled

about to rule

PARTICIPLES
Pres.

Put.
Peff.

regens, -entis, ruling recturus^ -a, -um, about to rule

Pres,

Ger,
Peff.

regendus,

-a,

-um,

to

be

ruled
rectus, -a, -um,

having been

ruled, ruled

GERUND
Nom.
Gen, Dat, Ace.

SUPINE
of ruling regendo, for ruling regendum, ruling
regendi,

(Active Voice)

Ace. Abl.

[rectum], to rule [rectu], to rule^ in the ruling

AbL

regendd, by ruling

250
491

APPENDIX

FOURTH CONJUGATION. /-VERBS. AUDIO

Principal Parts audio, audire, audivi, auditus

Pres.

Stem audi-

Perf. Stem audiv-

Part. Stem audit-

ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT

PASSIVE

I hear,
audio audis audit

etc.

/ am
auMior
audfris, -re

heard,

etc.

audimus
auditis

audi'mur
audfinini audiun^tur

audiunt

audrtur

IMPERFECT

/ was
audiebam
audiebas audiebat

hearing,

etc.

/ was
audie^bar
audieba^ris, -re

heard,

etc.

audiebamus
audiebatis

audiebant

audieba^tur

audieba^mur audieba^mini audieban^tur

FUTURE

/ shall hear,
audiam
audies

etc.

/ shall
au^diar

be heard, etc.

audiemus
audietis

audie^mur
audie^mini audien^tur

audie^ris, -re

audiet

audient

audie^tur

perfect

/ have
audivi
audivisti

heard,

etc.

/ have
auditus, -a
'-j

been heard, etc

audivimus
audivistis

fsum
es
'

audivit

audiverunt, -re

[est

[ sunt

pluperfect

I had heard,
audiveram
audiveras audiverat

etc.

/ had been
,-, , f auditus,

heard,

etc.

audiveramus
audiveratis

eram
_

-,-, auditi, f

eramus
_,

<

eras

audiverant

-ae -a
'

^^^^
I

[erat

[erant

future perfect

/ shall have
audivero audiveris
audiverit

heard,

etc.

/ shall have

been heard,

etc.

audiverimus
audiveritis

audiverint

'

[erit

'

l^erunt

FOURTH CONJUGATION
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT

251

audiam
audias audiat

audiamus
audiatis

audiar
audiaris, -re

audiamur
audiamini audiantur

audiant

audiatur

IMPERFECT
audirem
audires audiret

audiremus
audiretis

audirer
audireris, -re

audlrent

audiretur

audiremur audiremini audlrentur

J. -

PERFECT
audiverim
audiveris
audiverit

audiverimus
audiveritis

Sim
auditus,
< sis

simus

audiverint

[sit

PLUPERFECT
audivissem
audivisses

audivissemus
audivissetis
audjtiis,

(essem
esses esset

,_^-

fessemus
I

^"^'^''J essetis

audivisset

audivissent

essent

IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
thou audite, hear ye
audi, /lear

audire, be

thou heard

audimini, be ye heard

FUTURE
hear audits, he shall hear auditote, ye shall hear audiunto, they shall hear
audits, thou shalt
auditor,

thou shalt be heard

auditor, he shall be

heard

audiuntor, they shall be

heard

INFINITIVE
Pres,

Perf,

hear audivisse, to have heard

audire, to
auditiirus, -a,

audiri, to be

auditus, -a,

heard -um esse,

to

to

have been
to

heard
Fut,

-um

esse, to be

[auditum

iri],

be

about

about

to

hear

heard

PARTICIPLES
Pres,

audiens, -entis, hearing

Fut,
Per/,

auditus, hear

-a,

-um, about to

Pres. Ger,

audiendus,

-a.

-um,

to

be

heard
Peff.
auditus, -a, -um,

having been

GERUND
Nom.
Gen. Dat. Ace.
audiendi,

heard^ heard

SUPINE
of hearing audiendo, for hearing
Ace. Abl.

(Active Voice)

Abl

audiendum, hearing audiendo, by hearing

[auditum], to hear [auditu], to hear^ in the hear-

ing

252
492.

APPENDIX

THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN

-10,

CAPIO

Principal Parts capi5, capere, cepi, captus

Pres. Stem cape-

Perf. Stem cep-

Part. Stem capt-

ACTIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
capiS
capis
capit
*

PASSIVE
ca^pior
.

capimus
capitis

capimur
capi'mini
capiun^tur

ca'peris, -re

capiunt

ca'pitur

IMPERFECT
capiebam
capiebas
capiebat

capiebamus
capiebatis

capie^bar
capieba^ris, -re

capieba^mur
capieba^mini
capieban^tur

capiebant

capieba^tur

FUTURE
capiam
capies
capiet

capiemus
capietis

ca^piar
capie^ris, -re

capie

mur

capie^mini
capien^tur

capient

capie^tur

PERFECT
cepi, cepisti, cepit, etc.

captus, -a,

-um sum,

es, est, etc.

PLUPERFECT
ceperam, cgperas, ceperat,
etc.

captus, -a,

-um eram,

eras, erat, etc.

FUTURE PERFECT
cepero, ceperis, ceperit, etc.
captus, -a,

-um

ero, eris, erit, etc.

SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
capiam, capias, capiat,
etc.

capiar, -iaris, -re, -iatur, etc.

IMPERFECT
caperem, caperes, caperet,
etc.

caperer, -ereris, -re, -eretur, etc.

PERFECT
ceperim, ceperis, ceperit,
etc.

captus, -a,

-um

sim,

sis, sit, etc.

PLUPERFECT
cepissem, cepisses, cepisset,
etc.

captus, -a, -um essem, esses, esset, etc.

IMPERATIVE
PRESENT

2d Pers.

cape

capite

capere

capimini

DEPONENT VERBS
FUTURE

253

2d Pers.

capit5
capito

capitote

capitor

jd Pers,

capiuntS

capitor

capiuntor

INFINITIVE
Pres.
Perf,

capere
cepisse
capturus, -a, -urn
esse

capi
captus, -a,

-um

esse

Fut.

[captum

iri]

PARTICIPLES
Pres,
capiens, -ientis

Pres.

Fut.
Perf,

capturus, -a,

-um

Ger,
Perf,

capiendus, -a,
captus, -a,

-um -um

GERUND
Gen,
capiendi
etc.

SUPINE
Acc,

(Active Voice)

[captum]
[captu]

Abl.

493.
I.

DEPONENT VERBS
hortor, hortari, hortatus vereor, vereri, veritus
II.

Principal

sum, urge sum, y^^r

sum, share^ divide

Parts

III.

sequor, sequi, secutus sumy follow

partior, partiri, partitus

IV.

Note. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain forms from the active. These are marked virith a star. Deponent -io verbs of
the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capio.

Indicative
Pres,

hortor
hortaris, -re

vereor
vereris, -re

sequor
sequeris, -re

partior
partiris, -re

hortatur

veretur

sequitur

partitur

hortamur
hortamini
hortantur

veremur
veremini
verentur

sequimur
sequiminT

partimur
partiminT
partiuntur
partiebar
partiar

sequuntur

Impf
Fut.
Perf.

hortabar

verebar

sequebar
sequar

hortabor
hortatus

verebor

sum

veritus

sum
eram

secutus

sum

partitus

sum
eram

Plup, hortatus cram

veritus

secutus eram

partitus

F,P, hortatus ero

veritus ero

secutus er5

partitus ero

254
Pres. 'horter

APPENDIX
Subjunctive
verear
vererer
veritus sim veritus

sequar
sequerer
secutus sim
secutus essem

partiar
partlrer

Impf. hortarer
Perf.

hortatus sim

partitus

Plup, hortatus essem

essem

partitus

sim essem

Imperative
Pres,

hortare
hortator

verere
veretor

sequere
sequitor

partire
partitor

Fut,

Infinitive
Pres,
hortari

vereri
veritus esse

sequi

partiri

Perf,

hortatus esse

secutus esse

partitus esse

Fut, *hortaturus esse

*veriturus esse

*secuturus esse

*partiturus esse

Participles
Pres, *hortans

*verens
*veriturus
veritus

*sequens
*secuturus
secutus

*partiens
*partiturus
partitus

Fut. *hortaturus
Perf,

hortatus

Ger,

hortandus

verendus

sequendus

partiendus

Gerund
*hortandi,
etc.

*verendi, etc.

*sequendi,

etc.

*partiendi, etc.

Supine
*[hortatum, -tu]
*[veritum, -tu]

*[secutum, -tu]

*[partitum, -tu]

IRREGULAR VERBS
494.
sum, am^ be
Principal Parts sum, esse,
Pres. Stem esfui,

futurus
Part. Stem fut-

Perf, Stem

fu-

Indicative
Present
singular
sum, / am es, thou art
est,

PLURAL
sumus,
estis,

we

are

you are

he

{she, it) is

sunt, they are

Imperfect
eram,
eras,
erat,

/ was
thou wast

eramus,
eratis,

we were
were

you were

he

was

erant, they

IRREGULAR VERBS
Future
ero,
eris,
erit,

255
shall be
be

/ shall

be

erimus,
eritis,

we

thou wilt

you will

he will be

erunt, they will be

Perfect
fui,

/ have

been^

was
wast

fuimus,
fuistis,
-

we have
you have

been^
been^

fuisti, fuit,

thou hast been^

were were

he has been^ was

'
["

they have been, were

Pluperfect
fueram,

/ had been
had
been
.

fueramus,
fueratis,
fuerant,

fueras, thou hadst been

f uerat,

he

we had been you had been they had been we

shall have been
been

Future Perfect
fuero,

/ shall have

been

f uerimus,

fueris,
fuerit,

thou wilt have been

he will have been

fueritis,

you will have

fuerint, they

will have been

Present singular plural simus sim

sis
sitis

Subjunctive
singular essem
esses
esset

Imperfect plural
essemus
essetis

sit

sint

essent

Perfect
fuerim
fueris
fuerit

Pluperfect
fuerimus
fueritis

fuissem
fuisses
fuisset

fuissemus
fuissetis

fuerint

fuissent

Imperative
PRESENT

FUTURE

2d Pers. 2d Pers.

Sing, es, be thou

2d Pers.
2d Pers.

Sing, esto, thou shall be

esto,

Plur, este, be ye

jd Pers. Sing,

he shall be

Plur. estote, ye shall be

sunto, they shall be

jd Pers. Plur.
Infinitive
Pres.
esse, to be

Participle

Per/,

fuisse, to

have been

Fut.

futurus, -a,
to be

-um

esse or fore,

futurus, -a, -um, about to be

about

to be

256
495.

APPENDIX

possum, be able, can

Principal Parts possum, posse, potui,

Indicative

Subjunctive
singular
possim
possTs
possit

singular
Pres,

plural
pos sumus
potes'tis

plural
possi

possum
potes
.

mus

possrtis

potest

possunt
poteracius

possint

Imp/, poteram
Fut.
Per/.

possem
potuerim
potuissem

posse^mus
potuerimus

potero
potuT

poterimus

potuimus

Plup,

potueram
potuero

potueramus
potuerimus

potuissemus^

K P,

Infinitive
Pres,

posse

Petf.

potuisse

Participle
Pres.

potens, gen. -entis, (adjective)

powerful

496
Stem prodesIndicative

prosum, benefit
Principal Parts pr5sum, prodesse, profui, profuturus

Pres.

Perf. Stem pr5fu-

Part. Stem profut-

Subjunctive
SINGULAR
prosim
prosis
prosit

SINGULAR
Pres.

PLURAL
pro^sumus
prodes'tis

PLURAL
prosrmus
prosftis

pr5sum
prodes
prodest

prosunt

prosint

Imp/. proderam
Fut.
Perf.

proderamus
proderimus
profuimus

prodessem
profuerim
profuissem

prodesse'mus

prodero
profui

profuerimus
profuissemus

Plup.

profueram
profuero

profueramus
profuerimus

F.P.

Imperative
Pres.

2d Pers.

prodes, prodeste

Fut.
Infinitive

2d Pers.

prodesto, prodestote

Pres. prodesse

P^f-

profuisse

Fut. profuturus,
profuturus,
-a,

-a,

-um

esse

Future Participle

-um

IRREGULAR VERBS
V0I5, velle, volui,

257
wish

Principal 497. Parts

nolo, nolle,

nolui,

-,

be willing^ will^

-,

malo, malle, malui,

be unwilling^ will not

,

be

more

willing^ prefer
{iiot)

Nolo and malo are compounds of volo. Nolo

is

for ne

vol5,
is

malo for

ma

(from magis, more)

\-

volo.

The second person

vis

and from a

different root.

Indicative

Pres,

volo
VIS

nolo

vult

non non

VIS

vult

malo mavis mavult

PLURAL
volumus
vultis

nolumus non vultis

nolunt

malumus
mavurtis

volunt

malunt

Impf, Fut,
Perf,

volebam
volam, voles,
voliii

nolebam
etc.

malebam
malam, males,
malui
etc

nolam, noles, etc.

nolui

Plup.
F. P,

volueram
voluero

nolueram
noluero

malueram
maluero

Subjunctive
SINGULAR
Pres,

velim
veils
velit

nolim
nolTs
nolit

malim
mails
malit

PLURAL
velfmus
veirtis

noirmus
noirtis

mairmus
malftis

velint

nolint

malint

Impf,

vellem

nollem
noluerim
n5luissem

Perf
Plup,

voluerim
voluissem

mallem maluerim maluissem

Imperative
Pres,
noli
nolite

Fut

nolito, etc.

^
,

258

APPENDIX
Infinitive
velle

Pres,

nolle

malle
maluisse

Perf,

voluisse

noluisse

Participle"
Pres,
volens, -entis

nolens, -entis

498.

fero, bear^

carry endure
^

Principal Parts ferOj ferre,

Pres. Stem fer-

tuli, latus

Perf. Stem tul-

Part. Stem

lat-

Indicative

active
Pres,
fero
fers
fert

PASSIVE
ferimus
fertis

feror
ferris, -re

ferimur
ferimini

ferunt

fertur

feruntur

Impf,
Fut,
Perf,

ferebam
feram, feres, etc.
tuli

ferebar
ferar, fereris, etc.
latus, -a,

Plup.

tuleram
tulero

latus, -a, latus, -a,

P.P.
Pres.

-um sum -um eram -um ero

Subjunctive
feram, feras,
etc.

ferar, feraris, etc.

Imp/.
Perf.

ferrem
tulerim
tulissem

ferrer
latus, -a,
latus, -a,

Plup.

-um sim -um essem

Imperative
Pres.

Fut.

2d Pers. 2d Pers.

fer

ferte

ferre
fertor
fertor

ferimini

fert5

fertote

^d Pers.

fert5

ferunto

feruntor

Infinitive
Pres.
ferre
tulisse
ferri

Perf.

latus, -a,
-a,

-um esse

Fut.

laturus,

-um esse
Participles

Pres.

ferens. -entis
laturus,
-a,

Pres.

Fut.

-um

Ger.

ferendus,
latus, -a,

-a,

-um

Perf

Perf

-um

IRREGULAR VERBS
Gerund
Gen,
ferendi

259
Supine
(Active Voice)

Ace,

ferendum
ferendo
e5,

Ace.

[latum]
[lata]

Dat,

ferendo

AbL

AbL
itum
(n. perf. part.)

499.
Principal Parts eo,
Pres. Stem
1-

go
or iv-

ire, ii (ivi),
i-

Perf. stem

Part. Stem

it-

Indicative

Subjunctive

Imperative
SING.

PLUR.
ite

Pres,

eo
is
it

imus
itis

earn

2d Pers,

eunt

Imp/,
Fut,
Perf,

ibam
ibo
ii

irem
ierim (iverim)

^ 2d Pers,

ito
ito

itote

(ivi)

Xjd

Pers,

eunta

Plup,

ieram (iveram)
iero (ivero)

issem (ivissem)

FP.

Infinitive
Pres.
ire

Participles
Pres,
lens, gen, euntis
iturus, -a,

(472)

Perf,

isse (ivisse)
iturus, -a,

Fut,
Ger,

-um

Fut,

-um esse

eundum
Supine

Gerund
Gen, eundi
Ace,

eundum
eundo

Ace,

[itum]
[itu]

Dat,
a.

eundo
is

Abl,

Abl,

The

passive, as itur,
b,

used impersonally in the third person singular of the itum est, etc, \w the perfect system the forms with v are very rare.
fi5,

verb eo

500.

passive of faci5

be made^ become^
fio, fieri, factus

happen

Principal Parts

sum
Imperative

Indicative
Pres,
fio
fis
fit

Subjunctive
fiam

2d Pers,

fi

fite

fiunt

Impf
Fut,

fiebam
fiam

fierem

26o
Indicative
Petf,
f actus, -a,

APPENDIX
-um sum -um eram -um ero

Subjunctive
factus,
-a, -a,

Plup,
i^ P,

factus, -a,

factus,

-um sim -um essem

factus, -a,

Infinitive
Pres.
Perf,
fieri

Participles
Peff.
factus, -a,

factus, -a,

-um esse

Ger,

faciendus,

-um -a, -um

Fut,

[factum In]

CASTRA MURO FOSSAQUE MUNIUNTUR

APPENDIX
501.

II

RULES OF SYNTAX

Note. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered consecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appears is given at the end
of each.

Nominative Case
1.

The

subject of a finite verb

is

in the nominative

and answers the

question

Who?

or

What?

36.

Agreement
2.
its

A
A

finite

verb must always be in the same person and number as

subject.

28.

3.

predicate

noun agrees

in case with the subject of the verb.

y6.
81.

4.

An

appositive agrees in case with the

noun which

it

explains.

5. Adjectives agree

6.

with their nouns in gender, number, and case. 6^, predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees

in gender,
7.

A
;

number
224.

number, and case with the subject of the main verb. 215. ^. relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and but its case is determined by the way it is u^ed in its own clause.

Prepositions

8.

noun governed by a preposition must be

52.

in the accusative or

ablative case.
Genitive Case

9.

The word
The

genitive

denoting the owner or possessor of something and answers the question Whose? 38.

is

in the

10.

possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after

is then called th.Q. predicate genitive, 409. denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the whole,

the forms of sum, and

11.

Words

known

as the partitive genitive,

331.

12. Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed

by the genitive

with a modifying adjective.

443.

261

262
Dative Case
13.
14.

APPENDIX

II

The The

indirect object of a verb

is

in the dative.
is

45.

dative of the indirect object

used with the intransitive verbs

credo, faveo, noceo, pareo, persuadeo, resisto, studeo,

and others of

like

meaning.
15.

154.

Some

verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, de,

in, inter, ob, post,

prae, pro, sub, super, admit the dative of the indirect object.

Transitive

compounds may take both an accusative and a

16.

dative.

426.

The

dative

is

used with adjectives to denote the object toward which

fit friendly pleasing^ like^

^ ^

Such are, especially, those meaning near^ also and their opposites. 143. 17. The dative is used to denote tho. purpose or end for which; often with another dative denoting the person or thing affected, 437.
the given quality
is

directed.

Accusative Case

18.

The

direct object of

a transitive verb
or

is

in the accusative

and

answers the question

19.

Whom.?

What?

37.

20.

The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 214. The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the
263, 266.
are

accusative.
is

Before names of towns, small islands, domus, and rus the preposition
omitted.

21. Duration of time and extent of space

accusative.
336.

expressed by
like,

the*,

22. Verbs of makings choosing^ callings showings and the

z.

may

take

predicate accusative along with the direct object.

With

the passive voice

the two accusatives

become nominatives.

392.

Ablative Case

denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question Because of what? 102.
23. Cause
24.
the
is

Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers question By means of what? or With what? 103.
Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with cum. This answers With whom? 104. The ablative with cum is used to denote the manner of an action.
omitted,
if

25.
26.

the question

Cum may be

an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers the question How? or In what manner? 105. 27. With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the ^^^j'^/r^ ^^/^r(^^^. 317.

RULES OF SYNTAX
28.
ciple in

263
perfect partiis

The

ablative of a
is

noun or pronoun with a present or

agreement
I.

used to express attendant circumstance. This

called

\h& ablative absolute,

381.
of

29.

Descriptions

physical characteristics
444.

are

expressed by the

ablative with a modifying adjective.

2.

Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical char-

acteristics

may be

expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a

445.
is

modifying adjective.
30.

The

ablative

used to denote in what respect something

is

is true.

398.
31.

The place from which

expressed by a or ab, de, e or ex with

the separative ablative.

This answers the question Whence.'^

Before
omitted.

names

of towns, small islands, domus,

and rus the preposition

is

264, 266. 32. Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to

complete their meaning.

33.

This

is

called the ablative

of separation.
an action
starts,

80.

The word
is

expressing the person from

whom

when
is

put in the ablative with the preposition a or ab. ablative called the of the personal agent. 181.
not the subject,
34. 35.
^.

This

The comparative

degree,

if

quam

is

omitted,

is

followed by the

separative ablative.

309.
is

The time when or within which anything happens

275.
is
I.

expressed by

vthe ablative without a preposition.

36.

The//<^^^ at or in which

expressed by the ablative with

in.

This answers the question Where ? Before names of towns, small islands, and rus the preposition is omitted. 265, 266. 2. Names of towns and small islands, if singular and of the first or second declension, and the word domus express the place in which by the
locative.

268.

Gerund and Gerundive

is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns. 406. i. 2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition.. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more

37.

I.

The gerund

dative, accusative,

usual.

406. 2.

38.

The

accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive

is

with causa,

used to express purpose.

407.

264

'

APPENDIX

II

Moods and Tenses of Verbs

39. Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary bv
secondary.
358.

40.

The

subjunctive

is

used in a dependent clause to express

th.^

pur-

349. substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as object with verbs of commanding^ urging^ askings persuading^ or advising^

'bose of

the action in the principal clause.

41.

where

in English

we should

usually have the infinitive.

366.

42. Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose

introduced by ut (that not) or ne (that or
lest). 372. 43. Consecutive clauses of result are introduced by ut or ut non, and have the verb in the subjunctive. 385.

44. Object clauses of result with ut or ut non are found after verbs of
effecting or bringing about.
386.

45.

relative clause with the subjunctive is often

used to describe an

antecedent.
390-

This

is

called the subjunctive

of characteristic or description,

46. The conjunction cum means when^ since^ or although. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means when and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place. 396. 47. When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive. 416.
48.

The

accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is

saying.^ tellings knowing., thinking.,

found after verbs of 41949.

and perceiving,

A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive

its

of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future

indicative

is

becomes future infinitive. 418. 50. In an indirect question the verb is in the subjunctive and determined by the law for tense sequence. 432.

tense

DOMINA

APPENDIX
REVIEWS'

III

REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR THROUGH LESSON VIII

502. Give the English of the following words
*
:

Nouns
agricola
ancilla

dea

gallina
iniuria

pugna
sagitta
silva

domina
fabula
fera
filia

aqua
casa

insula

luna

terra

causa

nauta
pecunia
puella

tuba
via
victoria

cena
corona

fortuna

fuga

Adjectives
alta

Clara

lata

magna
mala
Verbs
narrat

bona

grata

longa

nova parva

pulchra
sola

amat
dat

est

laborat

nuntiat

portat

sunt
vocat

habitat

laudat

necat

parat

pugnat

Prepositions

Pronouns

Adverbs
cur

Interrogative ^ Conjunctions Particle

et

^a or ab ad

mea
i

-ne

tua

deinde

quia

cum
j

^is
J

non
f

quod
,

_de
e or in

'cuius
fcui

ubi

..-^^

^
is

ex,'

quem
quid
.

suggested that each of tlhese reviews be assigned for a written test. nouns and proper adjecti ves are not repeated in the reviews. Words Proper used in Caesar's ** Gallic War " are in heavy type.
26s

lit

266

APPENDIX

III
^
:

503. Give the Latin of the following words

Underline the words you do not remember.

Do

not look up a single

drill

word till you have gone through the entire you have underlined.
flight
story
tells

list.

Then

on the words

goddess

what

money
calls

wild beast
praises (verb)

way
bad
loves

new
lives (verb)

with

alone

away from who why

forest

your
then in the next place
^

pleasing prepares
are
to

pretty

water
great
is

wreath
deep^ high

daughter to whoin fortune

because

announces
injury^

arrow
cottage

wrong

dinner

famous
labors (verb)
kills

battle (noun)

eutfram
?ny

gives
girl

small
fights (verb)

whire trumpet
lady, mistress

not
in

good
carries

maid

down from
long
cause

and
sailor

chicken
victory

wh^
island^ N. ^ wide ^-5^"

farmer

land

whose

504. Review Questions.

antepenult ?

How many

syllables has a Latin

is

word?

How
is

are words divided into syllables?

What

the ultima? the penult? the

is

When
the

is

a syllable short ?

When

a syllable long ?

What

the law of Latin accent?

the
object;
is

Define the subject of a sentence; the predicate;

copula.

What

is

inflection?

declension?

conjugation?

What

the ending of the verb in the third person singular, and what in
?

the plural

What
is

does the form of a noun show ?

Name

the Latin cases.

What
object.

case

used for the subject? the direct object? the possessor?

What

relation is expressed

by the dative case? Give the rule for the

?

indirect

How

are questions answered in Latin

What

is

a predicate adjec-

tive? an attributive adjective?

rule for the

What

is

meant by agreement? Give the

agreement of the

adjective.

What

are the three relations ex-

pressed by the ablative?

sessive

What

can you say of the position of the pos-

base ?
first

pronoun? the modifying genitive? the adjective? What is the is grammatical gender ? What is the rule for gender in the declension ? What are the general principles of Latin word ord.er ?

What
1

The

translations of

words used

in Caesar are in italics.

REVIEWS
505.
Fill

267
first

out the following

summary
'

of the

declension

Ending

in the nominative singular

The

2.

First or A-Declension
3.

Rule for gender Case terminations J

Irregular

^^

^4.

nouns

^^' ^^^^^^

II.

REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII

:

506. Give the English of the following words

Nouns of the First Declension

agri cultura

copia
diligentia

fama
femina

galea
inopia

lacrima
lorica

patria

constantia

praeda

Nouns of THE Second Declension

ager
cibus

frumentum
gladius

oppidanus

scutum
servus

amicus

consilium

oppidum
pilum
populus

arma

(plural)

domicilium

legatus
liberi

studium
telum
vicus
vir

auxilium

dominus
equus
filius

bellum
carrus

magister
miirus

praemium
proelium

castrum

fluvius

numerus

puer

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions

aeger, aegra,

aegrum
alterum

neuter, neutra,
noster,

alius, alia, aliud

alter, altera,

neutrum nostra, nostrum

nullus, -a,

-um
pulchrum

armatus,
durus, -a,

-a,

-um
crebrum

pulcher, pulchra,

creber, crebra,

-um -um -a, -um

liberum

flnitimus, -a, -uin

infirmus, -a,
legionarius,
liber, libera,

meus,

-um -um miser, misera, miserum multus, -a, -um

maturus,
-a,

-a,

-um suus, -a, -um totus, -a, -um tuus, -a, -um ullus, -a, -um unus, -a, -um uter, utra, utrum validus, -a, -um
solus, -a,

vester, vestra,

vestrum

268
Verbs
arat

APPENDIX
is1,

III

Demonstrative Pronoun
ea, id

Adverbs
iam quo
saepe

curat
desiderat

Conjunctions
an
-que
sed

maturat
properat

Preposition

apud
:

507. Give the Latin of the following words

sword
corselet

war
number

shield (noun)

plan (noun)
people
beautiful

whole
it

man
your (plural)
hasten

my
free
(adj.)

aid (noun)
legionary

children

no (adj.) our
battle

but

among
tear (noun)
village

wall grain

weak arms
master (of school)

spear

weapon
one

food
steadiness

friend
neighboring
sick

strong

plow (verb)
this or that

fatherland

long for
^;^^ (enclitic)
often

town
fort

already

lieutenant
field
report^

helmet
(noun)
(of

camp

want

river

rumor

neither (of two)

which

two)

zeal

abode
boy
his

much
agriculture

care for

any
he
son
slave

or (in a question)

own

other
the other (of

alone

whither

prize (noun)
master (owner)
carefulness

two)

wagon townsman
wretched
ripe

your (singular)
she

hard
booty

woman
horse

plenty
troops

frequent

armed
there
?
1

508. Review Questions.

things must be

How many declensions are

a

known about

noun before
?

it

can be declined

What What

three three
?

cases of neuter nouns are always alike, and in

what do they end

?

in the plural

What two
like the

plural cases are always alike

When is
noun

the vocative singular not

nominative ?

What is

a predicate

With what does

it

agree ?

What

How

an appositive ? Give the rule for the agreement of an appositive. can we tell whether a noun in -er is declined like puer or like ager?
is

REVIEWS
Decline bonus,
is

269
tell

liber, pulcher.

How can we

declined like liber or like pulcher ?

Why

whether an adjective in -er must we say nauta bonus and

not nauta bona?

declined ?

Name

the Latin possessive pronouns.

tuus and
omitted ?

With what does the possessive pronoun agree ? when vester ? Why is suus called a reflexive possessive ? What

How are they When do we use

is

the non-reflexive possessive of the third person?

When

are possessives

What

four uses of the ablative case are covered by the relations

Give an illustration in Latin of the ablative man7ierj_ the ablative of of of cause; of the ablative of means; of the ablative of accompaniment. What ablative regularly has cum ? What ablative sometimes has cum ? What uses of the ablative never have cum ?

expressed in English by with ?

Name
niillus.

the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings.

Decline alius,

Decline
.f*

is.

What

does

is

mean

as a demonstrative adjective or
it ?

pronoun
509,

What

other important use has

Fill

out the following

1.

summary

of the second declension

2.

3.

Endings in the nominative Rule for gender Case terminations of nouns

in -us
:

( a.

Singular
Plural

The Second or
0-Declension
4.

\
J
t.

b.

a.

The
-um

vocative singular of nouns in -us

a.
b.

Case terminations of nouns

in
Peculiarities of

Singular
Plural

5.

6.

Peculiarities

nouns in of nouns in

-er

and -ir -ius and -ium

III.

REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI

:

510. Give the English of the following words

Nouns of the First Declension

disciplina

poena

.^>"

reglna
.

tristitia

f5rma

potentiaA':^rWv\ superbia

'i

\.^
ludus

Nouns of the Second Declension

ornamentum
sacrum
ajO

*"Y ^ocius

verbum

Adjectives of
amicus
antiquus
finitimus

iTHte

First and Second Declensions

interfectus
iratus

gratus^
idoneus

\^J

molestus

septem
superbus

-fV^'M
'J

inimicua

laetus

perpetuus

proximus

'

\_v^

270
Adverbs
hodie
ibi

APPENDIX
mox
nunc
nuper

III

Conjunctions
d-'^'^' etiam non solum sed etiam
.
. .

Personal Pronoun
ego
-.>

maxime
CONJ.

Verbs
I

CONJ.

II

CONJ.

Ill

CONJ. IV
audia, -ire

vol5, -are

deleo, -ere

ago, -ere
capi5, -ere
cred5, -ere
dico, -ere
diico, -ere

doce5, -ere

muni5,

-ire

fave5, -ere

reperio, -ire

habeo, -ere
iubeo, -ere

venio, -ire

IRREGULAR VERB

moneo, moveo,

-ere -ere

facio, -ere

fugio, -ere
iaci5, -ere

sum, esse

noceo, -ere

pareo, -ere

mitto, -ere
rapio, -ere

persuadeo, -ere
sedeo, -ere
studeo, -ere
video, -ere

rego, -ere
resists, -ere

511. Give the Latin of the following words.

always give the
ancient
first

In the case of verbs

form and the present

. .

infinitive.

not only
seven
ally^

nearest
sacred
rite

move
soon

training
take

come
resist

but also

queen
flee

see

companion

glad punishment
believe

have
to-day
unfi'iendly

be
fly

pride

obey
lately

fortify

advise
especially^

drive

I
proud word
sadness

send
sit

constant

favor (verb)
suitable

ornament

Tnost

of all

also

power
make^ do
injure

angry
beauty

pleasing
teach

school

find
rule (verb)
be eager

hear hurl persuade

only

say

neighboring
destroy

now
annoying
lead

command (verb)
there

friendly
seize

for

slain

512. Review Questions.

differences

What

is

conjugation?

Name

two important

between conjugation in Latin and in English.

What

is tense.'*

REVIEWS
What
tive

271

is mood ? What are the Latin moods ? When do we use the indicamood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal endings? Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you have learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they

distinguished

How

is

the present stem found

What

tenses are

formed

from the present stem? What is the tense sign of the imperfect? What the meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in the first two conjugations ? in the last two ? Before what letters is a final long vowel of the stem shortened ? What are the three possible translations of a present, as of pugn5? Inflect aro, sedeo, mitto, faci5, and venio, in the present, imperfect, and future active. What forms of -io verbs of the third conjugation are like audi5? what like rego? Give the rule for the dative with adjectives. Name the special intransitive verbs that govern the dative.
is

What

does the imperative

mood

express?

How

is

the present active im-

perative

formed in the singular ? in the plural ? What three verbs have a shortened present active imperative ? Give the present active imperative of

porto, deleo, ago, facio, munio.

IV.

REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI

:

513. Give the English of the following words

Nouns of the First Declension

ala

cura

mora

porta

provincia

vita

Nouns of the Second Declension

animus
bracchium
deus
locus

aurum

monstrum

navigium oraculum

periculum
ventus

vinum

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions

adversus
attentus

commotus
defessus

dubius

plenus saevus
sinister

maximus
perfidus

earns

dexter

Adverbs
antea
celeriter

diu
frustra

ita

subito

longe

tamen
turn

denique

graviter

semper

Conjunctions

autem

si

ubi

272

APPENDIX
ae
CONJ.

III

Prepositions
per
pro
sine

Verbs
I

CONJ.

II

adpropinqu5
navigo
occupo
postulo

recuso

supero

contineo

report5

tempt5
vasts
vulnero

egeo

servo
st5

prohibeo

responded
teneo

CONJ.
discedo

Ill

IRREGULAR VERB
interficiS

gero

absum
Give the genitive and the

514. Translate the following words.

gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

away wind
be

moreover
greatest
oracle

boat^ ship

sail (verb)
life

through
if savage

danger lay waste

(verb)

save

full
refuse

without hold suddenly dear always

before^

previously
depart^

go away
province
care^ trouble

wound
wine
delay

gate
doubtful
opposite^

god
hold
afar
thus^ so^
in^

heavily

kill

faithless

adverse

monster approach
nevertheless

keep

reply
(verb)

right
seize

demand
finally
attentive

wing
mind^
heart
left{zd\.)

quickly
before^ in

place be without^
lack

asfollows

then^ at

arm (noun) when

in vain

behalf of
battle

that time

moved
gold
restrain^

bear, carry on

weary
or

stand
bring back^

try

down from

overcome^

for a long
time
:

concerning

conquer

keep from

win

515. Give the principal parts and meaning of the following verbs

sum
do
teneo
iubeo

moveo
credo

moneo
capio

pare5

venio
iacio

duco
faci5

rapio
reperiS

doceo

video

rego

persuadeo
sedeo

absum
egeo
gero
st5

ago mitta

deleo
resists

faveo
noce5
dico

studeo
fugio

munio

audio

REVIEWS
516. Review Questions.
voice
?

273
?

What

are the personal endings in the passive

What

is

the letter -r sometimes called

What
.^

are the distinguishing

parts
?

vowels of the four conjugations ?

What forms constitute the principal

What What

are the three different conjugation stems

are the tenses of the indicative.?

How may

they be found?

of the infinitive?

What

tense of

the imperative have you learned?

stem ? on the perfect stem

forms are built on the present on the participial stem ? What are the endings

What
is

of the perfect active indicative?

What

the tense sign of the pluperfect

How is the present active infinitive passive infinitive present How is the present active imperathe formed ? ? tive formed? the present passive imperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed ? the perfect passive infinitive ? How is the future active infinitive formed? What is a participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for the agreement of the participle. How are the
active? of the future perfect active?

and future perfect passive indicative formed ? Conjugate the verb sum in all moods and tenses as far as you have learned it ( 494). What is meant by the separative ablative ? How is the place from which expressed in Latin ? Give the rule for the ablative of separation for the
perfect, pluperfect,
;

ablative of the personal agent.

tive of

How
?

can

we

distinguish between the abla?

means and the

?

ablative of the personal agent

What

is

the perfect

definite

the perfect indefinite

What is

the difference in

meaning between

the perfect indefinite and the imperfect ? What two cases in Latin may be governed by a preposition ? Name the prepositions that govern the ablative. What does the preposition in mean when it governs the ablative ? the accusative ? What are the three interrogatives used to introduce yes-^^xvA-no questions ? Explain the force of each. What words are sometimes used for yes and no ? What are the different meanings and uses of ubi ?

V.

REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV

Nouns

517. Give the English of the following words

first declension
ripa

second declension
barbari

castellum

captivus

impedimentum

THIRD DECLENSION
animal
arbor
avis

calamitas
calcar

cliens

dux
eques
finis

f5ns
frater

ignis

coUis
consul

imperator
insigne
iter

caput
civis

hom5
hostis

caedes

dens

flumen

274
iudex
labor lapis
legio

APPENDIX
mater mensis
miles

III
sanguis
soror

opus
orator

pes

urbs
victor

p5ns
princeps rex salus

mons
navis

ordo pater

tempus
terror
turris

virtus
vis

mare

pedes

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions

barbarus
dexter
sinister

summus
Conjunctions

Prepositions
in with the abl. in with the ace.

Adverbs
cotidie

nee, neque

numquam
Verbs

nee

nee, or

neque

n neque

trans
CONJ.
CONJ. HI
accipiS
incipio

cesso

oppugns
veto

peto

confirmo

pono

vinco vivo

518. Translate the following words.

Give the genitive and the

:

gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs

forbid
rank^

man-of-war
judge
defeat^ disaster

row

conquer consul

redoubt^ fort

sea

brother

mother
retainer
citizen

tower
drill (verb)

force
across

fire
tree

legion

savages

foot soldier
receive

head
safety
assail^

terror
into^ to

horseman never mountain

manliness^

general
highest
fountain

right in

(adj.)

storm
begin

stone

courage
leader

orator
neither
.

march
.
.

blood
labor (noun)

nor

decoration
bridge

put^ place
tim.e

and not
left

king
spur
chief slaughter
strengthen

bird
cease

savage^ barba-

tooth

rous
sister

soldier

man
river

month
city

seek

work (noun)

foot

captive

victor

and
ship

hindrance^

daily
live (verb)

enemy animal
father

baggage

bank

REVIEWS
519. Review Questions.
infinitive

275
What
is

Give the conjugation of possum.

an

Engof the subject of the infinitive ? What is meant by lish ? a complementary infinitive ? In the sentence T/ie bad boy cannot be happy what is the case of happy ? Give the rule. Decline qui. Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses of the interrogative Decline quis. What is the base of a noun ? How is the stem formed from the base.f* Are the stem and the base ever the same? How many declensions of nouns are there? Name them. What are the two chief divisions
?

What three What is the case

uses has the Latin infinitive that are like the

"^

of the third declension

How are

the consonant stems classified

Explain

the formation of lapis from the stem lapid-, miles from milit-, rex from reg-.

have i-stems ? What peculiarities of form do i-stems liave, masc, fem., and neut. ? Name the five nouns that have -i and -e in the abl. Decline turris. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline miles, lapis, rex, virtus, consul, legi5, homo, pater, flumen, opus, tempus, caput, caedes, urbs, hostis, mare, animal, vis, iter.

What nouns

520.

Fill

out the following scheme

Masculine

Gender
Endings

Feminine Neuter
I.

The Third Declension

Case Terminations
II.

Consonant f^. Masc. and fem. Stems | ^. Neuters

a.

/-Stems

Masc. and fem.

{ b.
Jrregular Nouns

Neuters

VI.

REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII

Nouns

521. Give the English of the following words

FIRST DECLENSION
amicitia

SECOND DECLENSION
annus

hora
littera

modus
nuntius
oculus

regnum signum
supplicium,

tergum,

tergum vertere
vestigium

supplicium dare
supplicium sumere de

276
THIRD DECLENSION
aestas corpus

APPENDIX
nox
pars

III

FOURTH DECLENSION
adventus
cornii

impetus
lacus

hiems
libertas

pax
rus
sol

domus
equitatus exercitus
fluctus

manus
metus
portus

lux,

prima lux

vox
vulnus

nomen

FIFTH DECLENSION
acies
res,

indeclinable noun
spes
nihil

dies
fides,

res gestae

res adversae res secundae

res publica

in fidem venire

Adjectives
FIRST

>

AND SECOND DECLENSIONS

pristinus

THIRD DECLENSION
acer, acris, acre

densus
invisus

gravis, grave

publicus

brevis, breve
difficilis, difficile

incolumis, incolume

minis pauci primus

secundus tantus verus

omnis,

omne

facilis, facile

par, par

fortis, forte

velox, velox

PERSONAL
ego nos
sui

Pronouns demonstrative intensive

hie

INDEFINITE
aliquis, aliqui

ipse

idem
ille

quidam
quis}, qui

tu vos

iste

quisquam
quisque

ne 51im
.

Adverbs quidem paene quoque

Conjunctions
satis

Prepositions
ante post propter
CONJ. IV
desilio

itaque
nisi

vero

Verbs
CONJ.
conloco
I

CONJ.

II

CONJ.

Ill

debe5
exerceo

convoco

committcS committere proelium

decido
eripi5

cremo demonstr5

maneo
placed sustineo

mando

sumo. sumere suppliciumide

tradiico
.

verto

REVIEWS
522. Translate the following words.

277
Give the genitive and the

gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

if not unless
^

adversity

bum
that (of yours)
before

peace
back

on account of

unharmed
public

former, oldtime
all,

turn the back.

retreat

every
(at all)

you

(plur.)

commonwealth leap down, dismount

lead across

any one

light

night

this (of mine)

heavy, serious
hateful, detested

daybreak winter
attack
line

hand, force
lake

day
commit, intrust

remain
call together

true

of battle
train

friendship
footprint, trace

burn snatchfrom
letter

army
drill,

a few only
sharp, eager

join battle
house,

we
turn
jK^^(sing.)

each

punishment
infict punish-

fear (noun) hope

therefore

home midday
wonderful
brave

ment on
suffer punish-

/
signal

behind, after
so great

ment
liberty

almost

summer
cavalry

equal
in truth, indeed

sun
sustain

same some, any if any one

the

wound
horn,

wing

that (yonder)

take up, assume

self very

country
second, favor-

a certain
fall

hour
reign,

not even

down

realm

easy

able

owe, ought

messenger
part, direction

dense

short
voice
formerly, once

measure, mode
eye

body

point out, explain

difficult

name
wave, billow thing, matter
exploits

harbor
faith, protection

arrival

first

come under the

protection of

of himself
also, too

arrange, station

please

swift

republic

sufficiently

year

nothing

prosperity

523. Review Questions.

clined?

By what

declensions are Latin adjectives de-

What
?

can you say about the stem of adjectives of the third

?

declension
tell

Into what classes are these adjectives divided

classes

How

can you

to

which of the

an adjective belongs?

Decline acer, omnis,

par.

What

are the nominative endings and genders of nouns of the fourth

278
or u-declension
?

APPENDIX
What nouns

III

tus, lacus, cornu,

are feminine by exception ? Decline advendomus. Give the rules for the ordinary expression of the place to which, the place from which, the place in which. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, and rus ? What What words have a locative case? What is the is the locative case? form of the locative case ? Translate Galba lives at home, Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii. What is the rule for gender in the fifth

or e-declension

Decline dies,

res.

When
fifth

is

the long e shortened?

?

What

can you say about the plural of the

declension

Decline tuba, servus,

pilum, ager, puer, miles, c5nsul, flumen, caedes, animal.

How

is

the time

when expressed?
Decline ego,
tii,

Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. is. What are the reflexives of the first and second perDecline
it.

sons?

What

is

the reflexive of the third person?

Translate
is

see myself, he sees himself, he sees

him.
ille.

Decline ipse.

How

ipse

used?
words.
aliquiS|

Decline idem.

Decline hie,

iste,

Explain the use of these

Decline

Name and

translate the

commoner

indefinite pronouns.

quisquam, quidam, quisque.

VII.

REVIEW OF LESSONS

LIII-LX

524. Give the English of the following words

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION

SECOND DECLENSION
aedificium

aquila

fossa

captivus

imperium negotium

spatium

vallum

concilium

THIRD DECLENSION

agmen
celeritas

gens
latitude
longitiido

mors
mulier

regis

riimor
scelus

civitas

multitude
miiniti5

clamor
cohors
difficultas

magnitiid5

servitus

mens
mercator

nemo
obses
opini5

timer
valles

explSrator

miUe

FOURTH DECLENSION
aditus

FIFTH DECLENSION
res friimentaria

passus

commeatus

REVIEWS
Adjectives
first

279

aequus
bini

and second declensions maximus pliirimus

posterus

singuli

medius

ducenti

minimus
opportiinus

primus
reliquus

superus tardus
terni

duo
exterus inferus

optimus pessimus

secundus
\

unus

THIRD DECLENSION
alacer, alacris, alacre

audax, audax
celer, celeris, celere
citerior, citerius
difficilis, difficile

humilis, humile ingens , ingens

interior, interius
lenis, lene
]

peior, peius
,

plus

prior, prius

recens, recens
similis, simile
tres, tria

dissimilis, dissimile
facilis, facile
gracilis, gracile

maior, mains meliorj melius minor, minus

f

ulterior, ulterius

nobilis , n5bile

Adverbs
acriter

audacter bene
facile

magis magnopere

optime

proxime

parum
paulo pliirimum prope propius

quam
statim

maxime
melius

tam
undique

fere
fortiter

minime multum

Conjunctions atque, ac qua de causa aut quam ob rem

aut
et
.
. .

Prepositions
circum
contra
inter

aut

et

simul atque or simul ac

Ob
trans

nam
Verbs
CONJ.
I

Conor hortor

moror vex5
CONJ.
III

CONJ. obtineo perterreo

patior

II

vale5
vereor

abd5
cado cognosco consequor contends cupio
curro

dedo defendo
egredior

revertor

prem5
proficiscor

sequor
statuo

incendo
incolo

pr5gredior

subsequor
suscipio

quaer5
recipi5

insequor
occido
orior

relinqu5 CONJ. IV pervenio

trad5 traho

28o

APPENDIX

III

525. Translate the following words.

Give the genitive and the

gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs

on account of nearly keenly^ sharply

width
scout cohort tribe^ nation business

fear (verb)
worse
greater, larger

leave

abandon
be strong
receive, recover
terrify, frighten

thousand two opportune remaining above (adj.)

next grain supply

two by two
least (adv.)

by a

little

somewhat
crime
difficult

opinion, expectation

dwell
state, citizen-

approach, entrance trader

equal

pace
shout (noun)

move forward^
advance
multitude
all sides

magnitude, size
council, assembly

ship valley slavery greatly best of all {2Av)

better
{didiY
.)

from

space,

room
.
,
,

against

woman
desire (verb)

either
rise,

or

around
three

arise

well (adv.) very much

further
line

give over, surrender

kill

suffer,

allow

much
unlike
like (adj.)

of march

rumor
region
fortification eagle

overtake
hasten, strive

press hard fall surrender

set fire to

slow
very greatly,
exceedingly building
"f^ '^

hide one
*

defend
possess,

hold

almost
boldly

first second, favorable

bravely
across between^ among hither (did].) so
less

two hundred former

inner middle

delay (verb) nearest (adv.) nearer (adv.)

better
(cidi].)

mind (noMVi)
easily

easy
recent huge, great bold

well known.
noble mild, gentle swift eager

low outward
three by three provisions speed

immediately as soon as

more most
worst
difficulty

for
than
best (adj.)

low

(adj.)

slender

ditch

hostage death

wherefore or
'

one by one no one

least (adv.)
little (adv.)

greatest

follow

close

command^ power
captive

therefore for this reason

fear (noun)
return inquire
set out

learn,

know

encourage annoy, ravage hide

or

drag
undertake

and
arrive attempt^ try length

follow pursue
both
,
.
.

run
fix, decide

and

move

out, dis-

rampart

embark

REVIEWS

281

526. Review Questions. What is meant by comparison ? In what two ways may adjectives be compared? Compare clarus, brevis, velox, and explain the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are the adverbs used in comparison? Compare brevis by adverbs. Decline the comparative of velox. How are adjectives in -er compared? Compare
acer, pulcher, liber.

and superlative?
-limus.

What are possible translations for the comparative Name the six adjectives that form the superlative in
Nothing
is

Translate in two ways

brighter than the sun.

Give
pliis.

the rule for the ablative with comparatives.

Compare bonus, magnus,

Decline

mains, multus, parvus, exterus, inferus, posterns, snperns.

Compare
is

citerior, interior, propior, nlterior.

Translate That route to Italy

much shorter. Give

five

the rule for the expression of measure of difference.

Name
sions
?

are adverbs usually

words that are especially common in this construction. How formed from adjectives of the first and second declenfrom adjectives of the third declension ? Compare the adverbs care,

libere, fortiter, audacter.

What

cases of adjectives are sometimes used as

adverbs?

What

are the adverbs

from

facilis?

mus? bonus? magnus? parvus? Compare

are numerals classified
?

mnltns? primus? prope, saepe, magnopere.

pluri-

How

Give the first twenty cardinals. Decline iinus, duo, tres, mille. How are the hundreds declined ? What is meant by the partitive genitive ? Give the rule for the partitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with this construction ? What construction is used with quidam and cardinal numbers excepting mille ? Give the first twenty ordinals.

How

are they declined?

How

are the distributives declined?

Give

the rule for the expression of duration of time and extent of space.
is

What

the difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time?

What

is a deponent verb? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has a passive meaning ? Conjugate amo, moneo, rego, capio, audio, in the

active

and

passive."

VIII.

REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX

first

527. Review the vocabularies of the

seventeen lessons.

See

502, So3> 506 507528. Review Questions.

time
is

denoted by these tenses ?

Name the What

tenses of the subjunctive.

are the

What
do

mood

signs of the present

subjunctive?

How may
is

the imperfect subjunctive be formed?

How

the perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative active differ in

form?

How

the pluperfect subjunctive active formed?

ciir5, deleo,

Inflect the subInflect the

junctive active and passive of

vinco, rapio, miinio.

282
subjunctive tenses of
ciples in the active?

APPENDIX
sum;
of possum.

III
are the tenses of the parti-

What

What

in the passive?

Give the active and passive

amo, mone5, rego, capio, audio. Decline regens. What pardo deponent verbs have? What is the difference in meaning between the perfect participle of a deponent verb and of one not deponent ? Give the participles of vereor. How should participles usually be translated ? Conjugate vol5, nol5, mal5, fi5. What is the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in their fundamental ideas? How is purpose usually expressed in English? How is it expressed in Latin? By what words is a Latin purpose clause introduced ? When should quo be used ? What is meant by sequence of tenses ? Name the primary tenses of the indicative and of the subjunctive; the secondary tenses. What Latin verbs are regularly followed by substantive clauses of purpose ? What construction follows iubeo ? What construction follows verbs oi fearing? How is consequence or result expressed in Latin? How is a result clause introduced? What words are often found in the principal clause foreshadowing the coming of a result clause? How may negative purpose be distinguished from negative result? What is meant by the subjunctive of characteristic or description ? How are such clauses introduced? Explain the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute
participles of
ticiples

of such frequent occurrence in Latin? Explain the predicate accusative. After what verbs are two accusatives commonly found? What do these
accusatives

become when the verb

is

passive

IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUR

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
The words
in

heavy type are used in Csesar's

^'

Gallic

War."

LESSON
Nouns
dea, goddess (deity)

IV, 39

Verbs
est,

he

{she, it) is j sunt,

they are
killing,

Dia^na,
f era,

Diana
(fierce)

necat, he (she,

it) kills, is

a wild beast

does kill

Lato'na,
sagit^ta,

Latona arrow

Conjunction i
^^^

^^^

Pronouns
quis, interrog. pronoun,

nom.

sing.,

who ?
sing.,

cuius (pronounced cobiydos,

two

syllables), interrog.

pronoun, gen.

whose?
47

LESSON
Nouns
coro'na, wreath, garland,
fa'bula, story (fable)

V,

Verbs
crown
dat, he (she,
it)

gives
it) tells

narrat, he (she,

(narrate)

pecu^nia,

money

(pecuniary)

pugna, battle (pugnacious)

victo^ria, victory

Conjunction
quia or quod, because

cui (pronounced

cdt)i,

one syllable), interrog. pronoun,

dat. sing., to

whom ?

for whom f

LESSON
bona,

VI, 56

Adjectives

good
pleasing
large,

parva, small,

little

gXBitaiy

pulchra, beautiful, pretty

s51a,

magna,

great

alone

mala, bad, wicked

1

conjunction

is

a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or

sentences.

283

284
Nouns
anciria,
lulia,
,

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
Pronouns
mea,

maidservant

my ;

tua, /4y,jK^^r(possessives)

Julia

quid, interrog. pronoun,

sing.,

nom. and

ace.

Adverbs i

what?

cur,

why J

non, not

-ne, the question sign,

an

enclitic (

6)

added

to the first word, which,

^

amat^ne ? does he love? est, he is; estne? is he? Of course -ne is not used when the sentence contains quis, ciir, or some other interrogative word.
in a question, is usually the verb, as amat, he loves but

LESSON
Nouns
casa, -ae,
f.,
f.,

VII, 62

Verbs
ha^bitat,

cottage

he

{she, it) lives, is living,

cena, -ae,

dinner
f.,

does live (inhabit)

laudat, he (she,
it)

galli'na, -ae,
in^'sula, -ae,

hen^ chicken
(pen-insula)

praises, is prais-

f., /j"/^;^</

ing, does praise (laud)

Adverbs
dein^'de, then^

parat, he (she, it) prepares, is pre-

in the next place

paring, does prepare

vocat, he (she, it) calls, is calling,

ubi,

where
Preposition

does call;
ad,
to^

invites,

is

inviting^

does ifivite (vocation)

with ace. to express motion

toward

Pronoun
quern, interrog. pronoun, ace. sing.,

whom ?

LESSON
Nouns
Italia, -ae,
Sicilia, -ae,
f., f.,

VIII, 69

Adjectives
alta, high,

Italy
Sicily ^^

deep

(altitude)

Clara, clear, bright ;

lata,

famous

tuba, -ae,
via, -ae,

f.,

f.,

trumpet (tube) way, road, street

wide

(latitude)

longa, long (longitude)

(viaduct)

nova,

new

(novelty)

An

adverb
as,

adverb;
early.

is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another She sings sweetly; she is very talented; she began to sing very

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

285

LESSON
bellum,
-i, n.,

IX,

^77
-i,

Nouns

war (re-bel)
f.,

murus,
con-

m.,
-i,

wall (mural)
m.,

constantia, -ae,

firmness^

oppidanus^

stancy^ steadiness

oppidum,
pilum,
servus,
-1,
-1,

-i, n.,

townsman town
{^\\q driver)
^

dominus,
inate)

-1,

m., master^ lord {^om.-

-i, n.,

spear

m., slave servant

m., Sextus

equus,

-i,

m., horse (equine)

-i, n.,

Sextus,

frumentum,
legatus,
,

grain

^^^^^
ambascurat, ^^ (^^^, ^/) ^^^r^i'/^r, with ace.
_
.

-i,
'

m., lieutenant,
.

MaTcus[^4,T, V^r.^^,

Mark

V^^V^^^^. he {she, it) hastens

LESSON
amicus,

X, 82

Nouns
friend (amicable) Germania, -ae, f., Germany^ patria, -ae, i., fatherland
-i, xi\,,

populus,

-i,
-i,

m., people
m., the

Rhenus,
vicus,
-i,

Rhine

m., village

LESSON
arma, armorum,
fama,
-ae,
f.,

XI, 86

Nouns
n., plur.,

arms,

es-

"galea, -ae,

f.,

helmet
booty, spoils (preda-

pecially defensive

weapons
reputation,

^raeda,
tory)

-ae,

f.,

rumorj

fame
durus, -a, -um, hard,
feeling, cruel;
(durable)

telum, -1, n.

weapon ofoffense, spear

Adjectives

rough; untoilsome

severe,

Romanus, -a, -um, Roman. As a noun, Romanus, -i, m., a Roman

XII, 90

LESSON
,

Nouns
son
(filial)

Adjectives
finitimus, -a, -um, bordering upon,

filius, fill, m.,

fluvius, fluvi, m.,

'

river (^^uent)

neighboring, near to.

As

a noun,

gladius, gladi, m.,

sword (gladiator)
n.,

finitimi,-orum, vci.,'^MX., neighbors

praesidium, praesi^di,

garrison,

guard, protection
proelium, proeli,
n., battle

Germanus, -a, -um, German. As a noun, Germanus, -i, m., a German multus, -a, -um, much; plur., many

Adverb
saepe, often

286

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON
^ager, agri, m. afield (acre)
c5pia, -ae,
f.,

XIII,

95

^N^
n.,

Nouns
plenty^ abundance (co-

praemium, praemi, (premium)

reward^ prize

pious); plur., troops^ forces

puer, pueri, m., boy (puerile)

Cornelius, Cornell, m., Cornelius

"*lorrca, -ae,
f.,

Roma,

-ae,

f.,

Rome
shield (escutcheon)
(virile)

coat of mail corselet

^

"sciitum,

-i, n.,

vir, viri, m.,

man^ hero

Adjectives
legionarius, -a, -um,^ legionary^ be-

pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, pretty^

longing to the legion.

As

a noun,

beautiful

legianarii, -orum, m., plur., legion-

Preposition
"^^apud, r i
,
.

ary soldiers
,-L

liber, libera,

,-t.

1-t.

liberum,/r^^
liberi,

jr

(liberty).

/vu

..

among, ^-i with

ace.

As

a noun,

-orum, m.,

plur..

Conjunction
sed, but
^

children

(lit.

the free born)

LESSON
auxilium, auxili,
iliary)

XIV,

99

Nouns
n., help,

aid (auxplur.,

consilium, consili,
diligentia, -ae,
f.,

n.,

plan
m.,

(counsel)

dilige?ice,

industry
master,

castrum,

-i,
(^\t.

n.,

fort

(castle)

magister,
teacher'^

magistri,

camp
cibus,
-1,

forts)

TCi.^food

Adjectives
aeger, aegra, aegrum, sick
creber, crebra, cxQhxuiai^ frequent

miser, misera, miserum, wretched,

unfortunate (miser)

LESSON XV,
carrus,
-i,

107
Adjectives
-um,

Nouns m., cart, wagon

f.,

armatus,
.^alidus,

-a,

armed

inopia, -ae,
site

want, lack; the oppon.,

infirmus,--a.,-XLm.yWeak,feeble(mfirm)
-a,

of copia
zeal,

-um, strong, sturdy

studium, studi,
(study)

eagerness

genitive singular masculine of adjectives in -ius ends in -ii and the ^ Observe that dominus, as distinvocative in -ie ; not in -i, as in nouns. the sense of owner. in master magister, means guished from
1

The

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
Verb
maturat, he {she,
properat
-que, conjunction,
it)

287

Adverb
hastens,

Cf

iam, already,

now

and; an

second of two words to

and always added to ^e* be connected, as arma tela^que, arms and weapons,
enclitic (cf. 16)

LESSON
agri cultura, -ae,
f.,

XVII,

117

Nouns
agriculture
n.,

Gallia, -ae,

i,,

domicilium,

domicili,

abode,

Gallus,

-i,

m., a
f.,

Gaul Gaul
tear

dwelling place (domicile)

femina, -ae,
f.,

lacrima, -ae,

wornan

(female)

numerus,

-i,

m., nu?nber {mxn\<tx2S)

Adjective
tnaturus, -a, -um, ripe,

Adverb
mature
quo, whither

Verbs
arat,

Conjunction
(arable)

he

{she, it)

plows
it)

an, or, introducing the second half

of a double question, as Is he a

desiderat, he {she,

misses, longs

for (desire), with

ace.

Roman or a Gaul, Estne Romanus an Gallus ?

LESSON
Nouns
iQdus,
socius,
-T,

XVIII,

124
Adjectives

m., school m.,

iratus, -a, -um,

soci,

companion, ally

laetus, -a,

angry furious (ix2it) -um, happy, glad

,

(social)

Adverbs
hodie, to-day
ibi, there,
*

nunc, now, the present

diate past

moment
imme-

in that place

niiper, lately, recently, of the

mox, presently, soon, of the immediate future

LESSON XX,
Nouns
forma, -ae, i.,form, beauty
i^OQnai;-diQ,i., punishment,

136

regina, -ae,

f.,

queen
f.,

(regal)

penalty

superbia, -ae,
tristitia, -ae,

pride, haughtiness
sadness, sorrow

potentia, -ae,

f.,

power (potent)

f.,

Adjectives
septem, indeclinable, seven^
superbus,
(superb)
-a,

Conjunctions
non solum
.
.

sed etiam, not only

-um, proud, Jiaughty

but also

288

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON
Nouns
sacrum,
-T,

XXI,

140
Adjectives
-um, slain

n., sacrifice^ offerings rite

interfectus, -a,

verbum,

-i, n.,

word (verb)
Verbs

molestus, -a, -um, troublesome^ an-

noying {moX^^t)
perpetuus, -a, -um, perpetual, con-

sedeo, -ere, sit (sediment)

voio, -are,yzy (volatile)
,_
_
/7
/
1

^-1

ttnuous

ego, personal pronoun,

/ (egotism). Always

emphatic in the nominative.

LESSON
/
,

XXII,

146

Nouns
Gaius, Gai, m., Caius, a

disciplinable^. training, culture,

discipline

Roman

first

J
ornament, jewel

name
Tiberius,
Tibe'ri,
first

oxn3imQni\\m.^-/,xi,,

m.,

Tiberius, a

Roman
Verb
doceo, -ere, teach (doctrine)

name

Adverb
maxime, most of all, especially
Adjective

antiquus, -qua, -quum, old, ancient (antique)

LESS^ON XXVII,
ala, -ae,
f.,

168
Adjectives

Nouns wing
1
-i,

deus,

-i,

m., ^^<^ (deity)

n.,

commotus, -a, -um, moved, excited maximus, -a, -um, greatest (maxi-

monstrum, monster
oraculum,

omen, prodigy;

mum)
saevus,
-a,

f
-T,

-um, Jierce, savage

n.,

orach-

Verb
vasto, -are, lay waste, devastate

ita, thus, in this

Adverbs way, as follows

tarn,- then,

at that time

LESSON
Verbs
responde5, -ere, respond, reply
servo, -are, save, preserve

XXVIII,
"

171

Conjunction

autem, but, moreover, now. Usually stands second, never first

Adjective
carus, -a,

Noun
vita, -ae,
f.,

-um, dear (cherish)

life (vital)

For the declension of deus, see

468

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

289

LESSON XXIX,
Verb
supero, -are, conquer^ overcome (in-

176

Adverbs
semper, always
\

superable)

tamen, yet^ nevertheless

Nouns
cura, -ae,
locus,
-i,
f.,

Prepositions
de,

care^ trouble

with

abl.,

down from;
through

con-

m,, plac^ spot (location).

is

cerning
per, with ace,

Locus
is

neuter in the plural and

declined loca, -orum, etc.

-1, n.,

Conjunction
si,

periculum,

danger^ peril

if

LESSON XXX,
Verbs
absum, abesse,
absent^
tive abl.
irreg., be

182

away^

be

discedo, -ere, depart^ go

away^ leave
be without^

be distant^ with separa-

with separative
with separative

abl.

egeo, -ere, lack^ need^

adpropinquo, -are,

draw

near^ ap^

abl.

proach

(propinquity), with dative

interficio, -ere, kill

contineo, -ere,

hold together^ hem

in^

prohibeo, ere, restrain^ keep fro7n

(prohibit)

keep (contain)

vulner5, -are,

wound (vulnerable)
Adjective

Nouns
pr5vincia, -ae,
f.,

province

defessus, -a, -um,

weary worn out

^

vinum,

-i, n.,

wine

Adverb
longe^ /izr, by far, far

away

LESSON XXXI,
Nouns
aurum,
mora,
-T,

188
Adjectives
-a,

n.,
f.,

gold (oriole)
delay
n., boat,

attentus,

-um, attentive, careful

-um, faithless^ treacher-

-ae,

dubius, -a, -um, doubtful (dubious)

navigium, navi^gi,
ventus,
-i,

ship

perfidus,

-a,

m., w^>^// (ventilate)

ous (perfidy)

Verb
navigo, -are, sail (navigate)

Adverb
antea, before, previously

Preposition
sine, with abl.,
^

without

This verb governs the dative because the idea of nearness to is stronger than that of motion to. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ad and the accusative.

290

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON XXXII,
Nouns
animus,
-T,

193

Adjectives
spirit^

m.,

mind^ heart;

adversus, -a, -um, opposite; adverse,^

feeling (animate)
bracchium, bracchi,
n,^ forearm^

contrary

arm

plenus, -a, -um, full (plenty)

porta, -ae. Legate (portal)

Preposition
pro, with abl., before; in behalf of ;
din, for

Adverb
a long time^ long 200

instead of

LESSON XXXIV,
Adverbs
celeriter,

quickly (celerity)

graviter, heavily^ severely (gravity)

denique, finally

subito,

suddenly

Verb
reporto, -are, -avi, bring back^ restore;

win^ gain (report)

LESSON XXXVI,
dexter, dextra, dextrum, right (dextrous)
gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, bear^ carry

211

sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left

friistra, adv.,

in vain (frustrate)

occupo, occupare,

on; wear; bellum gerere, to wage war occupavi, occupatus, seize^ take possession of (occupy)

postulo, postulare, postulavi, postulatus,

demand (ex-postulate)

recus5, recusare, reciisavi, reciisatus, refuse

sto, stare, steti, status,

stand
keep^ hold (tenacious)

tempt5, temptare, temptavi, temptatus, try^ fempt^ test; attempt

teneo, tenere, tenui,
,

which we have used so much in the sense of where in asking a question, has two other uses equally important

The word
ubi

ubi,

1.

= w>^<f, as a relative
= where, as

conjunction denoting time; as, Ubi monstrum audiverunt, fugerunt, when they heard
the monster^ they fled

2.

ubi

a relative conjunction denoting place as, Vide5 oppidum ubi Galba habitat, I see the town where Galba lives
;

Ubi and

is called

a relative conjunction because

in the first sentence
is

it is

equivalent to a relative

pronoun.

When

equivalent to at the time at which;

in which.

in the second,

where

is

equivalent to the place

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

291

LESSON XXXVII, 217

Qeque or nee, conj., neither^ nor^ neque, not J neque . . and
.

castellum,-i,n., r^</<?/^^/,^/^ (castle)

cotidie, adv.,

daily

neither

nor

cesso, cessare, cessavT, cessatus, cease^ with the infin.

incipi5, incipere, incepi, inceptus, begin (incipient), with the infin.

oppugn5, oppugnare, oppugnavi, oppugnatus, storm assail peto, petere, petivi or petii, petitus, aim at^ assail^ storm
^

attack; seek^

ask

(petition)

pono, ponere, posui, positus, place^

put

(position)

castra ponere, to pitch

ca?np

possum, posse, potui,

be able^ can (potent), with the infin.

;

veto, vetare, vetui, vetitus,y2?r^/</(veto), with the infin.

opposite of iube5|

command
vinco, vincere, vici, victus, conquer (in-vincible)
Viv5, vivere, vixi,
,

live^ be

alive (re-vive)

LESSON XXXIX,
barbarus, -a, -um, strange^ foreign^

234

pedes, peditis, m., foot soldier (pedestrian)

barbarous.

As a noun,
plur.,

barbari,

-orum, m.,
rians

savages^ barba-

pes, pedis,^ m.^foot (pedal)

princeps, principis, m., ^>^/^(prinCf.

cipal)
^

dux, ducis, m., leader (duke).

the verb duco

rex, regis, m.,

eques, equitis, m., horseman^ cav-

summus,

-a,

king (regal) -um, highest^ greatest

f.,

alryman

(equestrian)
nx,^

(summit)
virtus, virtutis,

iudex, iudicis,

judge

manliness^ cour-

iapis, lapidis, m., stone (lapidary)

age

(virtue)

miles, militis, m., soldier (militia)

LESSON
Caesar, -aris, m., Ccesar
captivus,
-i,

XL,

237
-T,

m., captive^ prisoner

consul, -is, m., consul

frater,

fratris, m.,

brother

(frater-

hindrance (impediment); plur. impedimenta, -5rum, baggage imperator, imperatoris, m., com-

impedimentum,

n.,

nity)

mander
hominis, m., man^

in

chief general (em-

licm5,

human

peror)

being
^

Observe that

is

hng in

the nom. sing, and short in the other cases.

292
legio, legionis,
f., f.,

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
legion
pater, patris, m.,ytt:/>^<?r (paternal)
salus, salutis,
soror, sororis,
f., f.,

mater, matris,
ord5, ordinis,

mother (maternal) m., row^ rank (order)

safety (salutary)
sister (sorority)

LESSON
calamitas, calamitatis,
f.,

XLI,

239

loss^ dis-

orator, oratoris, m., orator

aster^ defeat (calamity)

ripa, -ae,

f.,

bank

(of a stream)
n.,

caput, capitis,

n.,

head (capital)
river (flume)
^

tempus, temporis,
poral)

time

(tern

flumen, fliiminis,

n.,

labor, laboris, m., labor toil

terror, terroris, m., terror^ fear

opus, operis,

n.,

work^ task

victor, victoris, m., victor

accipio, accipere, accepi, acceptus, receive^ accept

confirmo, cSnfirmare, c5nfirniavi, confirmatus, strengthen^ establish^ en-

courage (confirm)

LESSON
animal, animalis (-ium^),
avis, avis (-ium),
f.,

XLIII,

245

n.,

animal

inimicus, which

means

z.

personal

bird (aviation)
f.,

enemy
ignis, ignis (-ium), va.^Jire (ignite)

caedes, caedis (-ium),

slaughter

calcar, calcaris (-ium), n.,

civis, civis (-ium),
(civic)

spur
f.,

insigne, insignis (-ium), n., decoration^

m. and

citizen

badge (ensign)
n.,
f.,

mare, maris (-ium^),

navis, navis (-ium),
(client)

sea (marine)

cliens, clientis (-ium), m., retainer^

ship (naval);

dependent
finis,

navis longa, man-of-war

m.,

finis

(-ium),

end^ limit

turris, turris (-ium),

f.,

tower (turret)
city (suburb).

(final); plur.,

country^ territory

urbs, urbis (-ium),

f.,

hostis, hostis (-ium),

in

war (hostile).

m. and f., enemy Distinguish from

An
dum

urbs

is

larger than

an oppi-

LESSON XLIV,
arbor, arboris,
f.,

249

tree (arbor)

mensis, mensis (-ium), m.,

month

coUis, coUis (-ium), m., hill

moenia, -ium,
cations.

n., plur.,
.

walls Jortifi-

dens, dentis (-ium), m., tooth (dentist)

fons,
fontis
(-ium),

Cf murus

m., fountain,

spring; source
iter,

itineris,

n.,

march, journey,

mons, montis (-ium), m., mountain; summus mons, top ofthe mountain numquam, adv., never
pons, pontis, m., bridge (pontoon)
is

route (itinerary)
1

The

genitive plural ending -ium

is

written to

mark the

i-stems.

The

genitive plural of mare

not in use.

"SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood (san-

293

trans, prep, with ace, across (transatlantic)

guinary)

summus,

-a,

-um, highest^ greatest

vis(vis),gen. plur.virium,f.,j'/r<?;^^/>^,

(summit)

force^ violence (vim)

LESSON XLV,
acer, acris, acre, sharpy keen^ eager
(acrid)

258
^

omnis, omne, every all (omnibus)

par, gen. par is, equal (par)
pauci,
-ae,
-a,

brevis, breve, shorty brief

difficilis, difficile, difficult

few^ only a few

(paucity)

facilis, facile y/acile,

easy
severe^ serious

secundus, -a, -um, second; favorable^

opposite of adversus

fortis, forte,

brave

(fortitude)
^

gravis, grave,

heavy

signum,

-1, n.,

signal^ sign^

standard

(grave)

vel5x, gen. velocis, swift (velocity)

conloco, conlocare, conlocavi, conlocatus, arrange^ station^ place (collocation)

demonstro, demonstrare, dem5nstravi, demonstratus, point out, explain

(demonstrate)

mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatus, commit, intrust (mandate)

LESSON XLVI,
adi-ventus^-ViSym..,

261

approach, arrival

impetus, -us, m., attack (impetus);

(advent)
ante, prep, with ace, before (antedate)
cornii, -us, n.,

impetum facere in, with ace, make an attack on

lacus,
-iis,

to

dat.

and

abl. plur. lacu-

horn,

wingoi an army
sinistro cornu,

bus, m., lake

(cornucopia); a dextro cornu, on

the right
071

manus,
portus,

-us,

f.,

hand; band, force

the left

wing; a wing
m.,

(manual)
-iis,

m., harbor (port)

equitatus,
exercitus,

-iis,
-iis,

m., cavalry

post, prep, with ace, behind, after

army

(post-mortem)

cremo, cremare, cremavi, crematus,

bum

(cremate)

exerceo, exercere, exercui, eyiexQxtVi^y practice, drill, train (exercise)

LESSON
Athenae, -arum,
Corinthus,
-1, f.,

XLVII,

270

f.,

plur.,

Athens
f.,

Corinth
house,
Cf. domicilium

Genava, -ae, f., Geneva Pompeii, -orum, m., plur., Pompeii,

a city in Campania.

domus,

-iis,

locative domi,

See

map

home

(dome).

294

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
tergum,
vulnus,

propter, prep, with ace, on account

because of rus, ruris, in the plur. only nom. and

of^

back; a tergo, hind^ in the rear

tergi, n.,

be-

vulneris,

n.,

wound

(vul-

ace. rura, n.,

country

(rustic)

nerable)

committo, committere, commisi, commissus, intrust^ commit; proelium

committere, join battle
convoco, canvocare, convocavi, convocatu^, call together^

summon

(convoke)

timeo, timere, timui,

vert5, vertere, verti, versus, turn^

fear; be afraid (timid) change (convert)

terga vertere, to turn

the backs^ hence to retreat

LESSON
acies, -ei,
f.,

XLVIII, %216
liix,

line

of

battle

lucis,

f.,

light (lucid);

prima
plur.,

aestas, aestatis,

f.,

summer

lux,

daybreak
-e,

year (annual) dies, diei, m., day (diary) fides, fidei, no plur., i., faith trust;
annus,
-i,

m.,

meridies, ace. -em, abl.

no

m.,

midday

(meridian)
f.,

nox, noctis (-ium),

turnal)

night (noc-

promise^ word; protection; in

fidem venire, to come under the
p?'otection
fluctus, -lis, m.,

primus,
res, rei,

-a,
f.,

-um, first (prime) things matter (real)

(lit.

res

wave^ billow
winter

(fluc-

gestae, deeds^ exploits

things

tuate)

performed)
f.,
f.,

res adversae, adver-

hiems, hiemis,
h5ra, -ae,

sity ; rea secundae, prosperity

hour

spes, spei,

f.,

hope

LESSON XLIX,
amicitia,
cable)
-ae,
f.,

283
messenger,
Cf,

friendship (amiso, therefore, ac-

niintitlSy nunti, m.,

nuntio

itaque, conj.,

and

pax, pacis,

i.,

peace

(pacify)

cordingly
littera, -ae,f.,

regnum,

-i,

n.,

reign, sovereignty,

a letter of the alphabet; plur., a letter, an epistle metus, metiis, m.,fear indeclinable, n., nothing nihil,
(nihilist)

kingdom
supplicium,
7nent;
supplied,
n.,

punishde,

supplicium

sumere

with abl., inflict punishment on; supplicium dare, suffer punish-

ment.

Cf.

poena
Cf.
1

placeo, placere, placui, placitus, be pleasing to, please, with dative.

54

sumo, siimere, sumpsi, sumptus, take up, assume

sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus, sustain

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

295

LESSON
corpus, corporis,
n.,

L,

288

body (corporal)

olim, adv., formerly^ once

upon a

densus, -a, -um, dense

time
pars, partis (-ium),
f.,

idem, e^adem, idem, demonstrative

part^ region^

pronoun, the same (identity)

ipse, ipsa,

direction

ipsum, intensive pronoun,

quoque, adv., also.

self; even^ very

mirus, -a, -um, wonde^'ful^ marvel-

sol, solis,

word which it m., sun

Stands after the emphasizes

(solar)

ous (miracle)

verus, -a, -um, true^ real (verity)

debeo, debere, debui, debitus, owe^ ought (debt)

eripio, eripere, eripui, ereptus,

snatch

from

LESSON
hie,

LI, 294

haec, hoc, demonstrative proit

nomen, nominis,
nate)
oculus,
-i,

n.,

name

(nomi-

noun, this (of mine); he^ she^

ille,

ilia,

illud,

demonstrative proit

m., eye (oculist)

noun, that (yonder); he^ she^

invisus, -a, -um, hateful^

pristinus, -a, -umy

(pristine)

former, old-time

detested^

with dative=

Cf. 143

publicus, -a, -um, public, belonging

to the state; res publica, rei

iste, ista, istud,

demonstrative pro;

pu-

noun, that (of yours)

libertas, -atis,
f.,

he^ she, it

blicae,

f.,

the

commonwealth, the
n.,

liberty

state, the republic

modus, -i, m., measure; manner, way, ?node

.

vestigium,

vesting!,

footprint,

track ; trace, vestige

vox, vocis,
f.,

voice

LESSON
incolumis, -e,

LIT,

298
enough, sufficiently (satis-uxxa^

unharmed

satis, adv.,

ne

quidem, adv., not even. The emphatic word stands between ne

. .
.

faction)

tantus, -a,
vero, adv.,

so great

and quidem
if paene, adv., almost (pen-insula)
,
, ,

truly,

indeed, in fact.

nisi, conj., unless,

not

As

a conj. but, however, usually

first.

stands second, never

decido, decidere, decidi,

fall

down

(deciduous)

down, dismount mane5, manere, mansi, mansurus, remain

desili5, desilire, desilui, desultus, leap

traduco, traducere, traduxi, traductus, lead across

296

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

LESSON
aquila, -ae,
f.,

LIII,

306
f.,

eagle (aquiline)
audacis,
adj.,

audax,
celer,

gen.

bold^

mens, mentis (-ium), tal). Cf. animus

mind (men-

audacious
celeris,

opportiinus, -a, -um, opportune

celere,

swifts quick

quam,

adv., than.

With

the super-

(celerity).

Cf. velox
-oris,

lative

quam

gives the force of as

expl5rator,
(explorer)

m.,

scout

spy
huge^

possible^
viri,

as

quam

audacissimi

me7t as bold as possible

ingens,

gen. ingentis,

adj.,

recens, gen. recentis, adj., recent

vast
medius, -a, -um, middle^ middle part

tam,

adv., so.

Always with an
adverb,

adis

jective

or

while

ita

^(medium)

generally used with a verb

quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, ask^ inquire., seek (question).

Cf peto
.

LESSON
alacer, alacris, alacre, eager., spirited^

LIV,

310

excited (alacrity)
celeritas, -atis,
f.,

j;^^^</ (celerity)

from nullus), no plur., m. and f., no one nobilis, nobile, well known., noble
(gen. nullius, abl. null5,

clamor, clamoris, m., shout., clamor

lenis, lene, mild^

noctu, adv. (an old

(nocturnal)

abl.),

by night

gentle (lenient)
f.,

mulier, muli^eris,

woman
f.,

statim, adv., immediately., at once

subito, adv.,

multitiido, multitudinis,

multitude

nemo,

dat.

nemini,

ace.

neminem

tardus, -a, -um,

suddenly slow (tardy)

(cupidity)

cupio, cupere, cupivi, cupitus, desire.,

wish

LESSON
aedificium,
aedifi^ci,
n.,

LV,

314

building,

reliquus, -a, -um, remaining., rest of.

dwelling (edifice) imperium, impe^ri,

mors, mortis (-ium),

As
n.,

a noun, m. and n. plur., the

command.,

rest (relic)
scelus, sceleris, n.,
servitiis, -iitis,
f.,

chiefpower J ejnpire
f.,

death (mortal)

crime slavery (servitude)

f.,

valles, vallis (-ium),

valley

abdo, abdere, abdidi, abditus, hide

contendo, contendere, contendi, contentus, strain., struggle; hasten (contend)
occido, occidere, occidi, occisus, cut down., kill.

Cf. neco, interficio

perterreo, perterrere, perterrui, perterritus, terrify., frighten

recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus, receive^ recover; se recipere, betake one^s

self withdraw^ retreat

trado, tradere, tradidi, traditus,

_.^
deliver
(traitor)

give

over., surrender.,

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

297

LESSON
aditus, -us, m., approach^ access

LVI,

318
con]., /or

nam,

entrance
civitas,
civitatis,
f.,

obses, obsidis,

m. and

f.,

hostage

citizenship j

paulo, adv. (abl. n. of paulus), by

little,

body
inter,

of citizens^ state (city)

with ace,
(interstate

somewhat

prep,

amo7ig

between; commerce)
-,

incolo, incolere, incolui, -

transitive,

inhabit; intransitive, dwell,

Cf.

habito, vivo
relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, leave,

abandon

(relinquish)

statu5, statuere, statui, statutus, fix, decide (statute), usually with infin.

LESSON
aequus,
-a,

LVII, 326
gens, gentis (-ium),
f.,

-um, even, level; equal

f.,

race, tribe,

cohors, cohortis (-ium),

cohort, a

nation (Gentile)
negotium, negoti,
n.,

tenth part of a legion, about 360

business, affair,

men
curro, currere, cucurri, cursus, ru7i

matter

{Ti^goi\2X)
f.,

regio, -onis,

region, district

(course)
difficultas, -atis,
f.,

riimor, riimoris, m.,

difficulty

rumor, report,

Cf.

fama
conj.,

fossa, -ae,

f.,

ditch (fosse)

simul atque,

as soon as

suscipio, suscipere, suscepi, susceptus,

undertake
(ex-tract)

traho, trahere, traxi, tractus, drag,

draw

valeo, valere, valui, valitiirus, be strong; pliirimum valere, to be

most

powerful, have great influence

(value).

Cf validus
.

LESSON
Commeatus,
longitMo,
tude)
-iis,

LVIII,

332
mercat5ris,
m.,
trader,

m., provisions

mercator,

latitiido, -inis,

f.,

width
f.,

(latitude)

7ne7xhant
muniti5, -onis,
nition)
f.,

-inis,

length (longi-

fortification (mu-

magnitudo,
tude

-inis,

f.,

size,

magni-

spatium, spati,
tance; tiine

n.,

room, space, dis-

cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, learn; in the perfect tenses,

(re-cognize)

know

compel (cogent) defendo, defendere, defend!, defensus, defend

cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus, collect;

298

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES
to^

incendo, incendere, incendi, incensus, set fire

obtineo, obtinere, obtinui, obtentus, possess^ occupy^

burn (incendiary). Cf cremo hold (obtain)

.

perveni5, pervenire, perveni, perventus,

come through^ arrive

LESSON
agmen, agminis, n., line of march^ column; primum agmen, /.^^ van; novissimum agmen, />^^ r^<2r
atque, ac, conj.,

LIX, 337
Kelvetii, -orum, m., the Helvetii^ a
Gallic tribe

passus,

passus,
feet;

m.,

and; atque

is

used

Roman
mile

mille

a pace^ five passuum, a

a

before vowels and consonants, ac before consonants only. Cf. et and

thousand

(of) paces,

Roman

-que
concilium, concili,
n.,

qua de causa, for this reason, for

council, as-

what reason
vallum,
-i, n.,

sembly

earthworks, rampart

cado, cadere, cecidi, casiirus, fall (decadence)

dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditus, surrender, give

up; with a

reflexive pronoun,

surrender

one''s self,

submit, with the dative of the indirect object

premo, premere, pressi, pressus, press hard, harass

vexo, vexare, vexavi, vexatus, annoy, ravage (vex)

LESSON
aut, conj., or; aut
. . .

LX,

341
f.,

aut, either

opinio, -onis,

opinion, supposi-

or

tion, expectation

causa, abl. of causa, y^r the sake of,

res friimentaria, rei friimentariae,

(^\t.

f.

because of

Always stands after

it

the grain affair), grain supply

Cf. timeo

the gen. which modifies

fere, adv., nearly,

timor, -oris, m,,fear.

almost

undique, 2AY,,from all sides

sum, attempt, try egredior, egredi, egressus sum, move out, disembark ; progredior, move forward, advance (egress, progress) moror, morari, moratus sum, delay orior, oriri, ortus sum, arise, spring; begin; be born {from) (origin) proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, set out revertor, reverti, re versus sum, return (revert). The forms of this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., reverti Note the following comsequor, sequi, seciitus sum, follow (sequence). pounds of sequor and the force of the different prefixes consequor (follow with), overtake; insequor (follow against), pursue; subsequor (follow under), follow close after
Conor, conari, conatus
,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such
to
;

they are inserted

show etymological meanings.

ad-fero,

ad-ferre,

at-tuli,
repo'rt,

ad-latus,

a or ab, prep, with 2iO\. from^ by, off. Translated on in a dextro cornu, on
the right wing ; a fronte, on the front

bring,

convey;

announce;
to,

render, give (426)

ad-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [ad,
facio,

+
of

or in front ; a dextra, on the right;

do^

affect, visit

a latere, on the side ;

ab-do, -ere,

etc.

adflictatus,

-a,

-um,

adj.

[part,

-didi, -ditus, hide,

conceal

adflicto, shatter'],

shattered

ab-duco,
lead

-ere, -duxi, -ductus,

lead

off,

ad-fligo, -ere,
strike

-flixi, -flictus,

dash upon,

away
off,

upon; harass,
-ui,

distress
[ad,
to,

abs-cido, -ere, -cidi,-cisus [ab(s),

caedo, cuti, cut off

ad-hibeo, -ere,

-itus

habeo, hold], apply, employ, use

ab-sum,

-esse, afui, afuturus, be

away,

ad-hiic, adv. hitherto, as yet, thus far

be absent, be distant, be off; with a

aditus,

-us,

m.
access

[adeo,
;

approach],
Cf.

or ab and

abl., 501.

32

approach,

entrance.

ac, conj., see atque

adventus
to,

ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [ad,

capio, take^, receive, accept

ad-ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, bind to, fasten

ad-loquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, dep.

;

acer, acris,

acre, adj. sharp

figura-

verb [ad,
to,

to,

loquor, speak], speak

tively, keen, active, eager

acerbus,
acies,

-a,

(471) -um, adj. bitter, sour

sharps, edge ; line of

address, with ace.

-avi, -atus,

ad-ministro, -are,
direct

manage,

-ei, f. [acer,

battle

admiratio,

-onis,

f.

[admiror,

wonder
move
come

acriter, adv. [acer, sharpi,

,

compared

at],

adm,iration, astonishment
-ere,

acrius, acerrime, sharply fiercely

ad-moveo,
to
;

-movi, -motus,

ad, prep, with ace.

to,

towards, near.

apply, employ
-are, -avi, -atus,

With the gerund

ad-aequo,

or gerundive, to, for

ad-propinquo,

-are, -avi, -atus,

make

equal,

near, approach, with dat.

make

level

with
lead
to

ad-sum,

-esse, -fui, -futurus, be pres;

ad-duco,

-ere, -duxi, -ductus,

ent ; assist

with dat.,

426
f.

move, induce
ad-e5,
-ire, ~ii,

adulescens, -entis, m. and

-itus,

[part, of

go

to,

approach,

adolesco,

grow] a youth young man,

,
,

draw

near, visit, with ace. (413)

young person
299

300
adventus, -us,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
adventus
m.
[ad,
to,,

ancilla

+ venio,

alacriter, adv. [alacer, active],

comp

come\ approach^ arrival { 466) ad versus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of adverto,
turn
to]f

alacrius, alacerrime, actively, eagerly

albus,
alces,

-a,

-um,
elk

adj.,

white

turned towards^ facing;

res adversae, ad-

-is, f.

contrary^ adverse*
versity

Alcmena,
aliquis

-ae,

f.

Alcme^na, the mother

-qua,
one,

of Hercules
[aedifico, build],

aedificium, aedifi'ci,n.
building, edifice

(-qui),

-quid

(-quod),
(

indef. pron.

some

some

487)
adj.

aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus [aedes, house,

-f-

alius, -a, -ud (gen. -ius, dat.

-i),

facio,

make], build

ahother, other*
. . .

alius

alius,

one

aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj. sick, feeble

another,

alii

alii,

some ...

aequalis^

-e,

adj. equal, like.

-is,

As

others (110)

noun, aequalis,
the

m. or

f.

one of

Alpes, -ium,

f.

plur. the

Alps
-i),

same age
-a,

alter, -era, -erum (gen. -ius, dat.

adj.
.
. .

aequus,
fables

-um, adj. even, level; equal

the one, the other (of two),

alter, the

alter
1

Aesopus,

-i,

m. y^op, a writer of
f.

one

the other (

10)

altitudo, -inis,

f.

[altus, high], height

tall,

aestas, -atis,

summer,
age
f.

inita aestate,

altus, -a, -um, adj. high,

deep

at the beginning of summer

Amazones, -um,
ambo,

f.

plur.

Amazons, a

aetas, -atis,

f.

fabled tribe of warlike

Ethiopia, a country

women

Aethiopia, -ae,
in Africa

-ae, -0, adj. (decl. like duo), both

\z.xmzvis,

amice, adv.
f.

friendly], superl.

Africa, -ae,

Africa

amicissime, in a friendly
adj.

manner
wrap

Africanus,

-a,

-um,
to

of Africa,

amicio,

-ire,

-ictus [am-, about,

name given
vs\. field,

Scipio for his

iacio,

throw], throw around,

victories in Africa

about, clothe

ager, agri,

farm, land ( 462. c)

amicitia,

-ae,

f.

[amicus, friend],

agger,

-eris,

m. mound

friendship

agmen, -inis, n. [ago, drive], an army on the march, column, primum agmen, the van
ago, -ere, egi, actus, drive, lead; do,
perform.
Yitaxa. O-g^XQ,

amicus,
friend
a-mitto,

-a,

-um,

adj.

[amo,

love],
-i,

friendly.

As

a noun, amicus,

m.

-ere,

-misi,

-missus,

send
be

pass

life

agricola, -ae, m. [ager, field,

cultivate]
,

colo,

farmer
f.

agri cultiira, -ae,

ala, -ae,
f.

agriculture

away; lose amo, -are, -avi, fondof[%^Z%) amphitheatrum,

amplus,
-a,

-atus,

love,

like,

-i,

n.

amphitheater

wing
-ere,

-um, adj. large, ample;

introducing the second

alacer,

-cris,

adj. active, eager.

honorable, noble

Cf. acer

an, conj.
-atis,
f.

or,

alacritas,

[alacer,

active],

part of a double question

ancilla, -ae,
f.

eagerness, alacrity

maidservant

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
ancora
ancora, -ae,
f.

301

auratus
arduus,
-a,

anchor
-ae,
f.

-um, adj. steep

Andromeda,
Perseus
angulus,
-1,

Andromfeday

Aricia, -ae,

daughter of Cepheus and wife of

f. Aricia, a town on the Appian Way, near Rome [raw

m.

angle.,

comer
[animus,

aries, -etis, m. battering-ram (p. 221), arma, -orum, n. plur. arms, armor,

anim-adverto,

-ere, -ti, -sus

weapons.

Cf. telum

mind,

adverto, turn to], turn the

notice
n. ^dimmdi^hreathl, animal

armatus,

-a,

-um,

adj.

[armo, arm],

mind to,
(465.^)

armed, equipped
aro, -are, -avi, -atus, plow, till
ars, artis,
f.

animal, -alls,

art, skill

animosus,
anir|ius,
-1,

-a,

-um, adj. spirited

breath],

articulus,

-i,

m. joint
scribo,

m. [anima,

mind,

ascribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus [ad, in

addition,
enlist

heaf(t ; spirit, courage, feeling, in this

write],

enroll,

sense often plural

annus,

-i,

m,year

Asia, -ae,

f.

Asia,

i.e.

Asia Minor

ante, prep, with ace. before

at, conj. but,

Cf. autem, sed

f.

antea, adv. [ante], before, formerly

Athenae, -arum,

plur.

Athens

antiquus,

-a,

-um, adj. [ante, before],

Atlas, -antis, m. Atlas, a Titan

who

former, ancient, old

aper, apri, m. wild boar

was said

to hold

up the sky

at-que, ac, conj. and,

Apollo,

-inis,

m. Apollo, son of Jupiter

[ad

what

is

more, atque

and also, and may be used

and Latona, brother of Diana

ap-pareo,
-ere, -ui,

before either vowels or consonants,

ac before consonants only

+ pareo,

appear], appear

attentus,
tends,

-a,

-um, adj.
(the

[part,

of at-

ap-pello, -are, -avi, -atus, call by name,

direct

mind)

toward],

name, Cf. nomino, voco Appius, -a, -um, adj. Appian

ap-plico, -are, -avi, -atus, apply, direct,

attentive, intent on, careful

at-tonitus, -a, -um, adj. thunderstruck,

astounded
audacia, -ae,
f.

turn

[audax, bold], boldness,

apud, prep, with ace. among;

the house

at,

at

audacity

of
water
f.

audacter, adv. [audax, bold], compared

audacius, audacissime, boldly

aqua,

-ae,

f.

aquila, -ae,
ara, -ae,
f.

eagle

audax,
audeo,
audio,

-acis, adj. bold^

-re,

daring

altar

ausus sum, dare

or
-ii,

arbitror, -ari, -atus sum, think, sup-

-ire, -ivi

-itus, hear, listen

pose [%A^20,c), Cf. existimo, puto

arbor, -oris,
f.

tree ( 247. i. a)
f.

Arcadia,

-ae,

Arcadia, a district in

to (420.^,491) Augeas, -ae, m. Angelas, a king whose stables Hercules cleaned

southern Greece
ardeo, -ere, arsi, Srsurus, be on fre,
blaze,

aura, -ae,

f.

air, breeze

auratus,

-a,

-um, adj. [auram, gold],

bum

adorned with gold

302
aureus,
-a,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
aureus
-um, adj. [aurum,
golcf\y

casa

C
C. abbreviation for Gaius, Eng. Caius

golden

aurum,
autem,
first,

-i,

n.

gold
aut
.
. .

cad5, -ere,
aut, either
. .
.

ce^cidi,
f.

casurus,/^//

aut, conj. or.

or

caedes,

-is,

[caedo, cut], [a cutting

( 465. a)

conj., usually second,

never

down), slaughter, carnage

in the

clause, but, moreover,

Cf. at, sed

caelum,
Caesar,

-i,

n. sky,

heavens
Ccesar, the

however, now.

-aris,

m.

auxilium,

auxi^li, n. help, aid, assist-

general, statesman,

famous and writer

calamity, defeat,

ance ; plur. auxiliaries

a-verto, -ere,
aside
-ti,

calamitas,

-atis, f loss,
.

-sus, turn

away, turn

disaster

calcar, -aris, n. spur ( 465. b)

avis,

-is, f.

bird

( 243. i)

Campania,

-ae,

f.

trict of central Italy.

Campania, a See map

adj.
field,

dis-

B
ballista, -ae,
f.

Campanus,
an engine for
belt

-a,

-um,

of Campania
esp. the

ballista,

campus,

-i,

m. plain,

hurling missiles
balteus,
-i,

(p. 220)

Campus Martius, along the Tiber

just outside the walls of

m.
n.

belt,

sword

Rome

barbarus,

-i,

m. barbarian, savage
war. bellum inferre, with

canis,

-is,

m. and

f.

dog
,

bellum,
dat.

-i,

cano, -ere, ce^cini,

sing

make war upon

canto, -are, -avi, -atus

[cano,

sing\,

bene, adv. [for bone, from bonus], com-

sing

pared melius, optime, well

benigne, adv. [benignus, kind], com-

Capenus,

-um, adj. of Capena, esp. the PoTi^a Cape^na, the gate at Rome
-a,

pared benignius, hQmgmssmiQy kindly

benignus,
-a,

leading to the Appian

capio, -ere,
cepi,

Way

-um, adj. good-natured,

captus, take, seize,

kind, often used with dat.

bini, -ae, -a, distributive

numeral
(

adj.

capture (492) Capitolinus, -a, -um, adj. belonging

to the Capitol,

two each, two at a time

bis, adv. twice

334)

Capitoline
n.

Capitolium,

Capitoli,

[caput,

bonus,

-a,

-um, adj. compared melior,

head], the Capitol, the hill at

Rome
of

optimus, good, kind ( 469. a) bos, bovis (gen. plur. boum or bovum,

on which
capsa, -ae,
captivus,
f.

stood the

temple

Jupiter Capitolinus and the citadel

and abl. plur. bobus or bubus), m. and f. ox, cow

dat.

box for books

-i,

m.

[capio, take], captive

bracchium,
brevis,

bracchi, n.

arm

-e, adj.

short
n.

Capua, -ae, f. Capua, a large Campania. See map

caput,
-itis, n.

city of

Brundisium,
bulla, -ae,
f.

-i,

port in southern Italy.

Brundisium, a seaSee map

head

( 464. 2. b)

career, -eris, nv. prison, jail

bulla, a locket

made

of

carrus,

-i,

m.

cart,

wagon

small concave plates of metal fas-

carus, -a, -um, adj. dear, precious

casa, -ae,
f.

tened by a spring

(p.

212)

hut, cottage

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
castellum
castellum,
-1,

303

collum
of castrum,

n.

[dim.

Cimbri, -orum, m. plur. the Cimbri

Cimbricus,
-a,

fort], redoubt, fort

-um, adj. Cimbrian

swj'rounded

castrum,
plural,

-i,

n. fort.

Usually in the
a
military

cinctus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of cingo,

castra,

-orum,
to

surround],

girt,

camp, castra ponere,

casus,
-us,

pitch

camp

cingo, -ere, cinxi, cinctus, gird, sur-

m.

[cado, fall], chance

round
circiter, adv.

misfortune, loss

about

catapulta, -ae,

f.

catapult,

an engine

circum, prep, with ace. around

circum'-do, -dare, -dedi, -datus, place

for hurling stones

catena, -ae,

f.

chain
f.

around, surround, inclose

circum''-e6, -ire,
-ii,

caupona,
causa,

-ae,
f.

inn
cause, reason,

-itus,

go around
,

-ae,

qua de

circum-sisto, -ere, circum^steti,

Cdi\xsdi,

for

this reason

stand arotmd, surround

circum-venio,
-ire, -veni,

cedo, -ere, cessi, cessurus, give way,

retire

-ventus {come

around), surround
citerior,
-ius,

celer, -eris, -ere, adj. swift, fleet

adj. in

comp., superl.

celeritas, -atis,
ness, speed

f.

[celer, swift], swift-

citimus, hither, nearer (475)

civilis, -e, adj. [civis], civil

celeriter, adv. [celer, swift],

celerius, celerrime, swiftly

compared

civis, -is,

m. and
f.

f.

citizen ( 243. i)

ci vitas, -atis,

[civis, citizen], {body

cena, -ae,

f.

dinner

centum, indecl. numeral adj. hundred centurio, -onis, m. centurion, captain

of citizens), state ; citizenship clamor, -oris, m. shout, cry

clarus, -a,

-um, adj. clear; famous,

bright,
fleet

Cepheus (dissyl.), -ei (ace. Cephea), m. Cepheus, a king of Ethiopia and

father of

renowned ;
classis, -is,
i.

shining

Andromeda
m. Cerberus, the fabled

claudo, -ere,
clavus,
-i,

-si,

-sus, shut, close

Cerberus,

-i,

m.

stripe

three-headed dog that guarded the

entrance to Hades

cliens, -entis,

m. dependent,

retainer,

client ( 465. a)
[certo,

certamen,
certe,

-inis,

n.

struggle],

Codes,

-itis,

m. {blind in one

eye).

struggle, contest, rivalry

Codes, the surname of Horatius

adv. [certus, sure],

compared
certain,
{to

CO-gnosco, -ere, -gnovi, -gnitus, learn,

kjtow, understand.
Cf. scio ( 420. b)
to-

certius, certissime, surely, certainly

certus,
sure.'

-a,

-um,

adj. fixed,

cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus [co(m)-,

gether,

aliquem certiorem facere

certain),

+ ago, drive],
drive
f.

{drive together),

make some one more

inform some one
cervus,
-1,

to

collect ; corn-pel,

cohors, cohortis,

cohort, the

tenth

m.

stag, deer

part of a legion, about 360

collis, -is,

men
coUe, on

cesso, -are, -avi, -atus, delay, cease

cibaria, -orum, n. ^^XMx.food, provisions

m.

hill,

in

summo
2.

cibus,

-i,

m.food, victuals

of the hill ( 247. collum, -i, n. neck

top

a)

304

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
colo

con-scend5
con-curr5, -ere, -curri, -cursus [com-,
together,
rally,

colo, -ere, colui, cultus, cultivate^ till;

honor worship ; devote one^s self to columna, -ae, f column, pillar

^
.

curro, run],

run

together;

gather
f.

com-

(col-,

con-,

cor-,

co-),

a prefix,

condicio, -onis,
dico,

[com-, together, \-

together^ with,

or intensifying the

talk],

agreement,

condition,

meaning coma, -ae, f. hair COmes, -itis, m. and

of the root

word
[com-, together,

terms

con-don5,
f.

-are, -avi, -atus,

pardon
bring
one's

con-diico, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, hire

eo, go^,

companion, comrade
[comitor,

con-fer5,
together,

-ferre,

-tuli,

-latus,

comitatus, -us, m.

accom-

se

conferre,

betake

pany],
comitor,

escort,
-ari,

company
sum, dep. verb

self

-atus

con-fertus, -a, -um, adj. crowded, thick

[comes, companion], accompany

confestim, adv. immediately

con-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [com-,

com-meatus, -us, m. supplies com-minus, adv. [com-, together, manus, hand], hand to hand
com-mitto,
gether; commit,
intrust,
battle,

com-

pletely,

+ facio,
,

do],

make, complete^

-ere, -misi, -missus, join to-

accomplish fin ish con-firmo, -are, -avi, -atus, makefirm^

establish, strengthen, affirm, assert

proelium

committere, join

se commit-

con-fluo, -ere, -fluxi,

^flow together

tere with dat., trust one's self to

con-fugio, -ere, -fugi, -fugiturus, flee

commode,

adv. [commodus,

fit],

com-

for

refuge, flee

pared commodius, commodissime, conveniently fitly

,

con-ici5, -ere, -ieci, -iectus [com-, in-

tensive,

iacio, throzv],

hurl

commodus,
com-m5tus,
com-paro,
tensive,

-a, -a,

-um, adj. suitable, fit

-um, adj. [part, of com-

con-iungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunctus [com-,

together,

+ inn^, join], join together,

moveo, move], aroused,

moved

unite
con-iuro, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, together,
-f iuro,

-are, -avi, -atus [com-, in-

paro, prepare], prepare;

swear], unite by oath, con-

provide, get

spire
-plevi, -pletus

com-pleo,

-ere,

[com-,

con-loco, -are, -avi, -atus [com-,

gether,

to-

intensive, 4- ^X^h, fill], fill

up
-pressus

+ loco, place],
conlo'qui,

arrange, place,

complexus,

-us,

m. embrace
-pressi,
-f-

station

com-primo,
[com-,

-ere,

conloquium,
gether,

n.

[com-, to-

together,

premo, press],

+ loquor, speak], conversation,

-atus sum, dep. verb, en-

press together, grasps seize

con-cido, -ere,
sive,
-cidi,

conference

[com-, inten-

Conor,

-ari,

Cdi^O, fall], fall

down

deavor, attempt, try

concilium, concili, n. meeting, council

con-cludo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus [com-,
intensive,

con-scendo,

-ere,

-scendi,

-scensus

[com-, intensive, -f scando, climb],

claudo, close], shut up^

climb up, ascend,

dere, embark,

navem

conscen*

close; end, finish

go on board

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
con-scribo
con-scribo,
[com-,
-ere,

305

cresco
-scriptus
write],

-scrips!,

controversia, -ae,

f.

dispute, quar7'el

together^

scribo,

con-venio,
together,

-ire,

-veni, -ventus

[com-,
to-

(write together), enroll, enlist

+
+

venio, come],

come

con-secro, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, intensive,

gether, meet, assemble

sacro, consecrate], consecrate,

con-verto, -ere, -verti, -versus [com-,

intensive,
verto, turn], turn
to-

devote

c6n-sequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, dep.

con-voco, -are, -avi, -atus [com-,

gether,
co-orior,

verb [com-, intensive,

low],

sequor,y^/-

voco, call], call together

pursue ; oveHake ; win

-iri,

-ortus sum,

dep. verb

con-servo, -are, -avi, -atus [com-, intensive,

[com-, intensive, -f orior, rise], rise,

servd, save], preserve, save

break forth

consilium, consign, n. plan, purpose,

design
;

copia, -ae,

f.

[com-, intensive,

ops,

wisdom
-ere,
-stiti,

wealth], abundance, wealth, plenty.

-stilus

con-sisto,

[com-,

Plur. copiae, -arum, troops

intensive,

+ +

sisto,

cause to stand],

coquo,

-ere, coxi, coctus, cook

stand firmly, halt, take one^s stand

con-spicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus [com-,
intensive,
spici5, spy], look at at-

Corinthus,
city

Corinth, the famous on the Isthmus of Corinth

-i,
f. f.

Cornelia, -ae,

Cornelia, daughter of

tentively, perceive, see

Scipio and mother of the Gracchi

steadiness,

constantia, -ae,
perseverance

i, firmness,

Cornelius,

Corne^li,

m. Cornelius, a

Roman name
cornu, -us, n. horn ; wing of an army, a
dextro cornu, on the right wing{% 466)

con-stituo, -ere, -ui, -utus [com-, intensive,

statuo, set], establish, de-

te'rmine, resolve

corona, -ae,
-staturus [com-,
be

f.

garland, wreath ; crown

con-sto, -are,
together,

-stiti,

coronatus,
corpus,

-a,

-um, adj. crowned

sto,

stand], agree;

-oris, n.

body

certain

consist

consul, -ulis,

of m. consul

cor-ripio, -ere, -ui, -reptus [com-, in(

464.

2. a)

tensive, -f rapio, seize], seize, grasp

con-sumo,

-ere,

-sumpsi,

-sumptus
take], con-

cotidianus,

-a,

-um, adj. daily

[com-, intensive,

sumo,

cotidie, adv. daily

sume, use up
con-tendo, -ere,
ten
;

creber, -bra, -brum, adj. thick, crowded,

-di, -tus,

strain

has-

numerous, frequent
credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, trust, believe,

fight, contend, struggle

-ui,

con-tineo, -ere,

-tentus [com-,

to-

with dat.

( 501. 14)

gether, -f teneo, hold], hold together,

cremo,
creo,

-are, -avi, -atus,

-avi,

bum
make;
elect,

hem

in, contain

restrain

-are,

-atus,

contra, prep, with ace. against, contrary to

appoint

Creon,

-ontis,

m. Creon, a king of
rise,

con-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus [com-,

together,

Corinth
cresc5, -ere, crevi, cretus,
increase

traho,

draw], draw

to-

grow^

gether; of

sails,

shorten, furl

3o6
Creta, -ae,
f.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Creta
Crete^ a large island in

densus
de-cido,
-ere, -cidi,
,

[de,

down,

the Mediterranean

cado, fall] fall

down
adj. tenth

Cretaeus,

-a,

-um, adj. Cretan

n. pastry^ cake

decimus,

-a,

-um, numeral

crus, cruris, n. leg

declivis, -e, adj. sloping

downward

criistulum,
cubile,

-i,

de-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus, give up, surrender,

-is, n.

bed
culture^ cultivation

se dedere, surrender one^s self

cultura, -ae,

f.

de-diico, -ere, -diixi, -ductus [de,

\- diico, lead],

down,

cum, conj. with the indie, or subjv. when; since; although ( 501. 46) cum, prep, with abl. with ( 209) cupide, adv. [cupidus, desirous^ compared cupidius, cupidissime, eagerly
cupiditas, -atis,
desire,
f.

lead down, escort

-fensus, zuard
off,

de-fendo, -ere,
repel,

-di,

defend

de-fer5, -ferre, -tuli, -latus [de, down,

-f fero, bring],

bring down

report,

[cupidus, desirous'],

announce
de-fessus,

( 426)

longing
-ivi

-a,

-um, adj. tired out, weary

\pJ^^

cupi5, -ere,
wish.
ciir,

or

-ii,

-itus,

desire,

de-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus

-f facio,

from,

Cf. volo

make], fail, be wanting;

adv. why, wherefore

f.
f.

revolt from,

cura, -ae,
curia, -ae,

care,

pains ; anxiety

de-figo, -ere,
f igo,

-fixi,
,

-fixus [de,
,

down,

senate house

fasten] fasten fix

cur5, -are, -avi, -atus [cura, care], care

for, attend
to,

de-ici5, -ere, -ieci, -iectus [de,

down,
bring

look after

+
run

iacio,

hitrl],

hurl down

curr5, -ere, cucurri, cursus,

dozun, kill

currus, -us, m. chariot

de-inde, adv. (from thence), then, in

the next place
\c\x^\xiSy guard],

cursus, -us, m. course

custodio, -ire, -ivi, -itus

delecto, -are, -avi, -atus, delight

guard, watch

deleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, blot out, destroy

delibero, -are, -avi, -atus, weigh, deliberate,

ponder

Daedalus,

-i,

m. Dced^alus, the

'sup-

de-ligo, -ere, -legi, -Iectus [de, from,

posed inventor of the first flying machine Davus, -i, m. Davus, name of a slave
de, prep, with abl.

lego gather], choose, select

-a,

Delphicus,

-um, adj. Delphic

demissus,

-a,

-um

[part,

of demitto,

down from, from

send down], downcast, hum,ble

de-monstro,
-are, -avi, -atus [de, out,
4- VDJctTLStXQ, point],

concerning, about, for ( 209).

qua.

de causa, for this reason, wherefore

point out, show

not
till then,

dea, -ae,

f.

goddess
-ui,

( 461.

<2)

demum,

adv. at

last,

tum
Cf.

debeo,

-ere,

-itus

[de,

fvm,

-f

demum, then
denique,
postremo
adv.

at last at
last, finally.

habeo, hold], owe, ought, should

decem, indecl. numeral

adj. ten

de-cerno, -ere, -crevi, -cretus [de,/n7w,

dens, dentis, m. tooth

( 247. 2. a)

cerno, separate], decide, decree

densus,

-a,

-um, adj. dense, thick

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
de-pendeo
de-pendeo,
-ere,
,
-

307

dis-tribu5
[de,

down,

differ,

differre inter se, differ fivm

pendeo,

hang\ hang from, hang

each other
dif-ficilis, -e,
lis,

down
de-ploro, -are, -avi, -atus [de, intensive,

adj.

[dis-,

not,

faci-

easy], hard, difficult ( 307)

f.

ploro, wail], bewail, deplore

[de, down,

diflicultas, -atis,
difficulty

[difficilis,

hard],

de-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus

'^ono,

put], put
-ere, -di,
,

down
-scensus [de, down,
,

diligenter,

adv.

[diligens,

careful],

de-scendo,

compared

diligentius, diligentissime,

+ scando, climb]
down,

climb down descend

industriously, diligently
diligentia, -ae,
f.

de-scribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptus [de,

[diligens,

careful],

scribo, write], write

down

industry, diligence

desidero, -are, -avi, -atus, long for

de-sili5, -ire, -ui, -sultus [de,
salio, leap], leap

di-mic5, -are, -avi,

-dX\x%, fight, struggle

[di-, off,

down,

di-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus

down
away
[de,

mitto, send],

send away, dismiss,

de-spero, -are, -avi, -atus [de,

disband,
one^s

dimittere

animum in, direct

from,

spero, hope], despair -spexi, -spectus

mind to,
-is,

apply one^s self to

de-spici5, -ere,

Diomedes,
tion,

m. Dt-o-me'des, a name
expressing separa-

down], look dozvn upon, despise

dis-, di-, a prefix

off,

de-sum,

-esse, -fui, -futurus [de,

away
lack,

apart, in different directions.

from, -f- sum, be], be wanting, with dat. ( 426)

deus,
-i,

Often negatives the meaning

dis-cedo,
apart,
-ere,

-cessi,

-cessus

[dis-,

m. god
-ere,

468)
-volutus
[de,

CQ^o,go],depa7't from, leave,

de-volvo,

-volvi,

withdraw, go away
dis-cerno, -ere,
-crevi,

down,

volvo, roll], roll

down
down,

-cretus

[dis-,

de-voro, -are, -avi, -atus [de,

apart, -f cerno, sift], separate;

dis-

voro, swallow],

devour
a dextro cornu,

tinguish
disciplina, -ae,
ing, discipline
f.

dexter, -tra, -trum (-tera, -terum), adj.

to the right, right,

instruction, train-

on the right wing

discipulus,
disciple

-i,

m.

[diseo, learn], pupil,

Diana,
dico,

-ae,

moon

Diana, goddess of the and twin sister of Apollo

f.

disco, -ere, didici,

learn
[dis-,

-ere,

dixi,

dictus

(imv.

die),

dis-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussus

apart,

say, speak, telL

Usually introduces

quatio, shake], shatter, dash

indirect discourse ( 420. a) dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, dictate],

dictator,

to pieces

dis-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus

apart,

[dis-,

chief

magistrate

with

pono, put],

put here and

unlimited power
dies, -ei or die, m.,
sing.,

there, arrange, station

sometimes

f.

in

dis-similis, -e, adj. [dis-, apart,

si-

day (467)

milis, like], unlike, dissimilar ( 307)

dif-fero, -ferre, distuli, dilatus [dis-,

dis-tribuo,
distribute

-ere,

-ui,

-utus,

divide,

apart,

fero, carry],

carry apart;

3o8
diu, adv.,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
diu
eruptlD
diutius, difitis-

compared

ecce, adv. seel behold! there! here!

e-diico, -ere, -duxi, -ductus [e, out,

sime, /or a long time^ long (477) do, dare, dedi, datus, give, in fugam
dare, dare,

duco, lead'], lead out,

draw out
[ex, thor-

put

to flight,

alicui

negotium

ef-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus

employ some one

-ui, -tus, teach ^

oughly,

+ facio, do], work out;

-ere,

make,

doceo, -ere,
doctrina,

show
teacher\y

cause
ef-fugio,
-fugi,

-ae,

f.

[doctor,

-fugiturus

[ex,

teachings learning,

wisdom
adj.

from,
[domus,

fugio, y?^^], escape

-ui,
,

dolor, -oris,

va.

pain, sorrow

egeo, -ere,

be in need of, lack,

domesticus,

-a,

-um,

housel, of the house, domestic

with abl. ( 501. 32) ego, pers. pron. /; plur. nos,

e-gredior,
[e,
-i,

we
go

480)

domicilium,

domici^'li,

n.

dwelling,

egressus sum, dep. verb

house, abode,

Cf.

domus

out

of,

gradior, go],

out,

go

domina,

-ae,

f.

mistress (of the house),

forth,

e navi egredi, disembark

[e,

lady (461)

e-icio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus

iacio,

forth,

dominus,

-i,

m. master (oi the house),

hurl], hurl forth, expel

-i, n.,

domus,

owner, ruler ( 462) -us, f house, home, domi, loca.

elementum,
ciples,

in plur. first prins

rudiments
-i,
f.

tive, at

home
nx.

468)

elephantus,
Elis, Elidis,

m. elephant

dormio,

-ire, -ivi, -itus, sleep

E'lis, a district of south-

draco, -onis,

serpent,

dragon

ern Greece

dubito, -are, -avi, -atus, hesitate

dubius,

-a,

-um, adj. [duo, twol, [mov-

emo, -ere, emi, emptus, buy, purchase. enim, conj., never standing first, for^
in fact, indeed,
Cf.

ing two ways), doubtful, dubious

du-centi, -ae, -a,

nam

numeral

adj.

two

Ennius, Enni, m. Ennius, the father of

hundred
diico, -ere, duxi, ductus (imv. due), lead,

Roman
eo, ire,

poetry, born 239 B.C.

iturus,

ii (ivi),

go

499)

conduct

eo, adv. to that place, thither

dum,
duo,

conj. while, as long as

Epirus,
adj.

-i, f.

Epi'rus, a district in the

duae,

duo,

numeral

two

north of Greece
eques,
-itis,

(479)

m. [equus,

horse], horse-

duo-decim, indecl. numeral

pitiless, bitter

adj. twelve
;

diirus, -a, -um, adj. hard, tough

harsh,

man, cavalryman equitatus, -us, m. [equito, ride],cavaliy

equus,
-i,

m. horse
[e,

dux, ducis, m. and

leader,

f.

[cf.

duco, lead^

e-rigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus

rego,

out, -f

commander

make

straight], raise

up

e-ripio, -ere, -ui, -reptus [e, out of, -f

rapio, seize], seize; rescue

? or ex, prep, with

abl.

out of from,

e-rumpo,
-|-

-ere, -rflpi, -ruptus [e, forth^

#;^/(209)
eburneus,
-a,

rump5, break], burst forth

-um,

adj.

of ivory

eruptio, -onis,

sally

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
Erymanthius
Erymanthius, -a, -um, adj. Erymantkian, of Erymanthus, a district in southern Greece
et, conj.

309
[explore, investi-

fama
expl6ratO|:, -5ris,

m.

gate]} spy, scout

explore, -are, -avi, -atus, examine, explore

and^ also, et

et, both

and.

Cf. atque, ac, -que

[et, also^

ex-pugno,

-are, -avi, -atus [ex, out,

etiam, adv. (rarely conj.)

,

^^^^1 fight],
exsilium,
is hm, en t,

take by storm, capture

[exsul, exile], ban-

iam, nowl yet^ still; also, besides. Cf

exsi^'li, n.

quoque.

non s51um
.

. . .

sed etiam, not

exile
otit,

only

but also

ex-specto, -are, -avi, -atus [ex,

specto, look], expect, wait

Etrusci, -orum, m. the Etruscans, the

people of Etruria. See

map

of Italy

ex-struo, -ere,

-striixi,

-structus [ex,

Europa, -ae, Eurystheus,

Europe -i, m. Eurys'theus, a king of Tiryns, a city in southern Greece

f.

out, -f struo, build], build up, erect

exterus,
terior,

-a,

-um,

adj.,

compared

ex-

extremus or extimus, outside,

e-vado, -ere, -vasi, -vasus

vado,
go~\,

[e, out,

outer (312)
extra, prep, with ace. beyond, outside of ex-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus [ex, out^

go forth, escape

ex, see e

exanimatus,

-a, -um [part, of exanimo, put out of breath (anima)], adj. out

traho , drag] drag out,pu II forth

,

extremus,

-a,

-um,

adj., superl. of ex-

of breath, tired; lifeless

ex-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [ex, out,

terus, utmost, farthest (312)

capio, takel, welcome, receive

-i,

F
fabula, -ae,
f.

exemplum,

n.

example, model

story, tale, fable

ex-eo,-ire,-ii,-iturus [ex, out,

eo,^^],

facile, adv. [facilis, easy],

compared

go out, go forth (413)

ex-erceo, -ere, -ui, -itus [ex, out,

facilius, facillim, easily ( 322)

facilis, -e, adj. [cf. facio, make], easy,

arceo, shut'X, {shutout), employ, train,

exercise, use

without
facio,

difficulty ( 307)
feci,

-ere,

factus

(imv.

fac),

exercitus, -us,

m.

[exerceo,

traini,

make, do; cause, bring about,

impe-

army
ex-istimo, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, out,
aestimo,
reckon"],

tum

facere in,

make an

attack upon.
battle,

proelium facere, fight a

facere,

iter

estimate;

think,

make a

m^arch or journey.
facere,

judge
ex-orior,

420. c). Cf. arbitror, puto

-ortus

aliquem

certiorem

inform
factus

-iri,

forth,

orior,

sum, dep. verb [ex, rise], come forth, rise

some one. facere verba

behalf of

pro, speak in
fieri,

Passive

fio,

expeditus, -a, -um, adj. without baggage

ex-pello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus [ex, out,

sum, be done, happen,

be informed

certior fieri,

+ +

pello, drive], drive

out

fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsus, irip^ betray,

ex-pio, -are, -avi, -atus [ex, intensive,

pio,

deceive

atone for],

make amends for^

fama,

-ae,

f.

report^

rumor; renown,

aione for

fame, reputation

3IO
fames,
-is (abl.
.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
fames
fame),
f.

fuga

hunger

flumen,

-inis, n. [cf.

Um, flowl,

river

f amilia, -ae, f servants^ slaves ; house-

(464.2.^)
fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxus,^?^^

hold^ family

fasces, -ium (plur. of fascis),

f.

fasces

fluvius, fluvi,

m.

[cf. flu6,^^zc;],

river

(P-225J fastigium,
descent

fodio, -ere, fodi, fossus, dig

fasti^gi,

n.

top;

slope.,

fons, fontis,

m.. fountain (

247.

2.

a)

forma,
fate destiny
^

-ae,

i.form, shape, appearance ;

fatum,

-i, XV.

beauty

fauces, -ium,

f.

plur.yVzwj-, throat

Formiae, -arum,

f.

Formiae, a town of

faveo, -ere, favi, fauturus, be favorable

favor, with dat. ( 501. 14) felix, -icis, adj. happy, lucky
to,

LatiumontheAppianWay. See map

forte, adv. [abl. of fors, chance'l, by
cha77ce

femina,

-ae,
f.

f.

woman,

Cf. mulier

fortis, -e, adj. strong; fearless, brave

fera, -ae,

[ferus, wildl,

wild beast

fortiter,

adv.

[fortii,

strong],

com-

ferax, -acis, ^.^y fertile

fere, adv. about, nearly, almost

pared
bravely
graviter

fortius, fortissime, strongly;

fero, ferre, tuli, latus, bear,

fortuna, -ae,

f.

[fors, chance], chance,

or

moleste

ferre,

be

annoyed
iro7t\,

(498)
ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum,

fate, fortune forum, -i, n. market place, esp. the

Forum Romanum, where the

life

of

made of iron
fidelis, -e, adj. [fides, trust\, faithful,

Rome
in
trust, faith ; promise,

centered

Forum Appi, Forum ofAppius, a town

Latium on the Appian
f.

true
fides, fidei <?rfid,

Way

fossa, -ae,

[cf. fodio, dig\, ditch

word ;

protection,

in

fidem venire,
in fide

fragor,

-oris,

m.

[cf.

frango, break],

come under the protection,

manere, rem-ain loyal
filia, -ae (dat.
f.

crash, noise

frango,

-ere, fregi, fractus,

break

and

abl. plur. filiabus),

frater, -tris,

m. brother
-avi, -atus,

daughter
fill

( 461. a)
fili),

fremitus, -us, m. loud noise

filius,

finis, -is,

m. son m. boundary, limit, end;

(voc. sing,
-a,

frequents, -are,
in

attend

fretus, -a,

-um, adj. supported, trusting.

abl. of

plur. territory, country ( 243. i)

Usually with

means
a fronte, infront

finitimus,

-um, adj.

[finis,

boundPlur.

f rons, frontis , i.fron t.

ary], adjoining, neighbori^tg.

finitimi, -orum,
fio, fieri, factus

fructus, -us, m. fruit

m. neighbors

friimentarius,
to

-a,

-um,

2^6.].

pertaining

sum, used as passive

facio ( 500)

grain,

res

frumentaria,

grain

of faci5.

See
i.

supplies
f riimentum,
-1,

flamma,

-ae,

fire, flame

n.

grain
fugio, flee], flight.
to flight

flos, floris, 1^. flower

frustra, adv. in vain, vainly

fluctus, -us,

m.

[cf. fLnOi flow'\, flood,

fuga, -ae,
in

f.

[cf.

wave, billow

fugam di^xt^put

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
fugio
fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus,^*?^,
avoids

3"

honestus

run;

gratia, -ae,

f.

thanks, gratitude

shun
vmoke

gratus,
ing.

-a,

-um, adj. acceptable, pleas'

dat. ( 501. 16)

fumo,
funis,

-are,

Often with
-e,

-is, m. rope furor, -oris, m. [furo, rageX^ madness, in f urorem incidere, go mad

gravis,

heavy; disagreeable; serious, dangerous ; earnest, weighty graviter, adv. [gravis, heavy'X, comadj.

pared gravius, gravissime, heavily ;

greatly,

seriously,

graviter

ferre,

Gaius, Gai, m. Gaius, a

abbreviated C, English form

Galba,

-ae,

m. Galba,
helmet

Roman name, Cams a Roman name

bear

ill,

take to
-oris,

heaH
m. [guberno,
piloi\,

gubernator,
pilot

galea, -ae,
Gallia, -ae,

f.

H
habena,
habeo,
-ae,
f.

f.

Gaul^ the country comis

halter, rein
-itus,

prising what

now

Holland, Bel-

-ere,

-ui,

have, hold;

gium, Switzerland, and France

Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. Gallic
gallina, -ae,
f.

regard, consider,

deem
[cf.

habito, -are, -avi, -atus

habeo,
Cf.

hen^ chicken

have^ dwell,
incolo, vivo

abide,

inhabit,

-i, m. a Gaul gaudium, gaudi, n.joy Genava, -ae, f. Geneva^ a

Gallus,

hac-tenus, adv. thus far

city

in

Helvetii, -orum,
Gallic tribe

m. the

Helvetii,

Switzerland

gens, gentis,

f.

[cf.

gigno, beget^ race,

tribe

Hercules,

-is,

m.

Hercules,

son of

family ; people, nation,

genus,
-eris, n.

Jupiter and Alcmena, and

god of

kind, variety

strength

Germania, -ae, f. Germany Germanus, -i, m. a German

gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, carry, wear;

Hesperides,

-um,

f.

the Hesperides,

daughters of Hesperus,

who kept
adj.

the garden of the golden apples

hie,

wage,

helium gerere, wage war, res bene gerere, carry

haec,

hoc,

demonstrative

gestae, exploits,

and pron.
hiC, adv. here

this (of
it

mine)

as pers.

on successfully
gladiatorius,
-a,

pron. he, she,

(481)

-um,

adj. gladiatorial

gladius, gladi, m. sword

gloria, -ae,
i,

hiems, -emis,
hinc, adv.
y

f.

winter
hence
Hippolyte, queen of

glory, fame

[hie, here'], from here,

Gracchus,

-i,

m. Gracchus name of a
family

Hippolyte,
the

-es,

f.

famous

Roman
n.

Amazons
form of hoc
die,

gracilis, -e, adj. slender ( 307)

ho-die, adv. [modified

Graeca, -orum,

plur.

Greek writ-

on

this day], to-day

f.

ings, Greek literature

Graece, adv. in Greek

Graecia, -ae,
f.

homo, -inis, m. and man, person

honestus,
-a,

(human

being),

Greece
-1,

-um, adv. [honor, honor]^

grammaticus,

m. grammarian

respected^

honorable

312
honor,
-oris,
f.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
honor
in-cautus

m. honor hour Horatius, Hora^ti, m. Horatiusy a

hora, -ae,

im-mitto,
against,
let

-ere,

-misi,

-missus

[in,

+ m\ttQysefid~[,send against
upon,

in
-are, -avi, -atus [in,

Roman name
horribilis, -e, adj. terrible^ horrible

immolo,
meal;

mola, meal'\, sprinkle with sacrificial

offer, sacrifice

hortor,
urge^

-ari,

-atus sum, dep. verb,

exhort^

incitey

encourage

im-mortalis,

-c, adj. [in-, not^

mor-

(493) hortus, -i, m. garden

talis, mortally,

immortal
-atis,
f.

im-mortalitas,
host^

[immortalis,

hospitium,
hostis,

hospi^'ti, n. [hospes,

immortal^, immortality

hospitality
-is,

im-paratus,

-a,

-um, adj.

[in-, not,

m. and

f.

enemy, foe

yaiSitxx^,

prepared^, unprepared
-i,

(465.^) humilis, -e, adj. low, humble

impedimentum,
(

n. [impedi5, hin-

307)

der],

hindrance ; in plur. baggage

-a,

Hydra,

-ae,

f.

the Hydra, a mythical

impeditus,
im-pello,
against,

-um, adj. [part, of im-

water snake slain by Hercules

pedio, hinder'], hindered,

-ere,
-puli,

burdened
[in,

-pulsus

pello,

strike],

strike

iacio, -ere, ieci, iactus, throw,

hurl

against ; impel, drive, propel

iam, adv. now, already,

nee iam,

and

imperator,

-oris,

m.

[impero,

com-

no longer laniculum,
ianua, -ae,

-i,

n. the

Janiculum, one

of the hills of
f.

Rome

mand], general imperium, impe'ri, n. [impero, command], command, order; realm, empire
;

door

power, authority
-are,
-avi,

ibi, adv. there^ in that place

impero,

-atus,

Icarus,

-i,

m.
m.

Ic'arus,

the

son of
blow

order.

Usually with dat.

command, and an ob-

Daedalus
ictus, -us,
[cf. ico, strike^,

ject clause of

purpose (501.41).

With

ace. object, levy, impose

-us,

idem, e'adem,
pron.
[is

idem,

demonstrative

impetus,

idoneus,

-a,

dem], same (481) -um, adj. suitable, Jit

facere in,

m. attack, impetum make an attack upon

[in,
;

im-pono, -ere, -posi^i, -positus

upon,

igitur, conj.,

seldom the

first

word,
2,a\

pono, place], place

upon
to,

impose,

therefore, then,

Cf. itaque
i; 247.

assign
in, prep,

ignis,

-is,

m.fire (243.
-a,

with ace. into,

against, at,
in

465,

I)

upon, towards ; with

abl. in, on,

ignotus,

-um, adj.

[in-,

not,

reliquum tempus,.^^^ the future

in-,

(g)notus,
ille, ilia,

knownl, unknown, strange illud, demonstrative adj. and

(481)
yonder, there

inseparable prefix. With nouns and adjectives often with a negative

force, like English un-, in-'

pron. that (yonder); as pers. pron.

he, she, /V
illic,

in-cautus,

-a,

-um, adj.

[in-,

not,

adv.

[cf. Hie],

cautus, carefuf], off one*s giiord

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
incendium
incendium, incendi,
ignis,
w..

313

in-struo
Cf.

flame^ fire.

ingenium,
mous,

inge'ni, n. talent^ ability

flamma
-di,

ingens, -entis, adj. vast, huge, enor-census, set fire

tOy

in-cendo, -ere,

large,

Cf.

magnus

burn
in-cido, -ere, -cidi,
CdidJOy fall '\y fall

in-gredior, -gredi, -gressus

[in, /,

sum

[in, in,

on^

gradior, walk], advance^ enter

-a,

in, fall

on

happen.

inimicus,

-um, adj.

[in-,

not,

in

furorem incidere, go
begin

mad

Bxs^QAX^, friendly], hostile.

As a noun,

in-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [in, on^

inimicus,

-i,

capio,

take'\<,

initium,
[in-, not, -f

ini^ti,

m. enemy, foe. Cf. hostis entrance, beginning

inita

in-cognitus, -a, -um, adj.

cognitus,

initus, -a, -um, part, of ineo.

aestate, at the beginning of

knownl, unknown
[in, in,

summer

in-col5, -ere, -ui,

dwell'],

colo,

iniiiria, -ae,

f.

[in,

against,

ius, law],

inhabit; live
-e,

injustice,
safe,

wrong, injury,
infiict'

alicui in-

Incolumis,
inju7'ed,

adj.

sound,

un-

iurias inferre,

wrongs upon
needy], want,

unharmed
-e,

some one
[in-,

in-credibilis,

adj.

not,

inopia, -ae,
need, lack

f.

[inops,

credibilis, to be believed], incredible

indey from that place, thence

in-opinans, -antis,
opinans,

adj.

[in-, not,

induo, -ere,

-ui, -vXyx^,

put on

thinking],

not

expecting,

indiitus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of induo,

taken by surprise
inquit, said he, said she.

put

on], clothed
-ii,

Regularly

in-eo, -ire,

-itus [in, into,

+ +

e5, go],

inserted in a direct quotation

in-rigo, -are, -avi, -atus, irrigate, water

go into ; enter upon, begin, with ace.

(413)
in-fans, -fantis, adj.
[in-, not,

in-rumpo,
*fans,
4-

-ere, -rupi, -ruptus [in, into, in, break in

rumpo, break], burst

speaking], not speaking.

As

a noun,

in-ruo, -ere, -rui,

[in, in,

+ ruo,

m. and

f.

infant

rush], rush in

in-felix, -icis, adj. [in-, not,

felix,

in-sequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, dep.

happy], unhappy, unlucky

verb

[in,

on,

+
n.

sequor, follow], fol-

infensus,

-a,

-um,

adj. hostile
in^'tuli, inla^'tus

low on, pursue

[in,

in^-fero, infer^'re,

in-signe,
^

-is,

badge,

decoration

against,

+ fero,
infiict,

bea'r],

bring against

(465.^)

or upon,

with ace. and dat.

dat.,

insignis, -e, adj. remarkable, noted

(501. 15). bellum inferre, with

instans, -antis, adj. [part, of insto, be

at hand], present, immediate

make war upon

inferus,
-a,

-um,

adj.

low,

below

in-sto, -are, -stiti, -staturus [in, upon,

(3J2)
[in-,

in-finitus, -a, -um, adj.

finitus,

not,

+ sto, stand], stand upon; hand; pursue^ press on

instriimentum,
-1,

be at

bounded], boundless, endless

-a,

n.

instrument
[in,

in-firmus,

-um, adj.

[in-,

not,

in-struo, -ere, -struxi, -structus

on^

firmus, strong], weak, infirm

struo, build],

draw uf

314
insula, -ae,
f.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
insula
island
iste, -a, -ud,

lacus

demonstrative adj. and

it

integer, -gra, -grum, untouched^whole;

pron. that (of yours), he, she,

^

fresh

new

(481)
Cf. sic

intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectus [inter, be-

ita, adv. so, thus.

and tam

tween^ + lego, choose\ perceive^ under-

Italia, -ae,

f.

Italy

stand (420.^)
intento, -are, -avi, -atus,

ita-que, conj.

and so,

therefore

aim ;

threaten

item, adv. also

iter, itineris, n. journey,

inter, prep, with ace. between^

among;

march, route

during, while ( 340) interfectus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of interficio,

kiU\

slain,

dead
[inter,

way, passage ( 247. \.a', 468). iter ^diXQ,givea right of way, allow to pass. iter facere, march (see p. 1 59)
iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, order, com-

inter-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus

between,

facio,

makel, put out of

.

mand. Usually with the

subj. ace. (213)
iiidex, -icis,

infin.

and

the way, kill.

Cf

neco, occido, trucido

interim, adv. meanwhile

interior, -ius, adj. interior, inner (315)

m. and

f.

judge

( 464. i)

iudico, -are, -avi, -atus [iudex,y2/^^],

inter-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, leave

off,

judge, decide (420.

liilia, -die,Julia^

r)

suspend
f.

interpres, -etis, m. and

interpreter

liilius, lull,

Roman name m. fulius, a Roman name

a

inter-rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, question

iung5, -ere, iunxi, iunctus, y^//^ ; yoke,

harness

inter-sum, -esse,
between,

-fui,

-futurus [inter,
take

+ sum,
-1,

bel, be present,

luno, -onis,

part

in,

with dat.

( 501. 15)

inter-vallum,
intra, adv.

n. interval, distance

f. funo, the queen of the gods and wife of Jupiter luppiter, lovis, m. fiipiter, the su-

and prep, with

go

ace. within^

preme god
iiiro, -are, -avi, --dXus^swear,

in
intro, -are, -avi, -atus,
into, enter
[in,

take an oath

iussus, -a, -um, part, of iubeo, ordered

in-venio,

-ire, -veni,

-ventus

upon^
L., abbreviation for Lucius

+ venio,

come],fnd
labef actus,
a friend of
facio,
-a,

invisus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of invideo,

envyl, hated, detested

-um, adj. [part, of labe-

lolaus,

-i,

m.

I-o-lafus,

cause to shake], shaken, weak-

Hercules
ipse, -a, -um, intensive pron. that very,
this very; self himself, herself, itself
_

ened, ready to fall

Labienus,

-i,

m. La-bi-e^nus, one of

Caesar's lieutenants

{481)
f.

labor, -oris, m. labor, toil

ira, -ae,

wrath, anger

laboro, -are, -avi, -atus [labor, labor],

labor; suffer, be

iratus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of irascor,

be angry], angered, enraged
is, ea, id,

hard pressed
abl. plur. lacubus),

lacrima, -ae,

f.

tear

demonstrative

adj.

and pron.

lacus, -us (dat.

and

this, that; he, she, it

(481)

m. lake

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
laete
laete, adv. [laetus, glad],
laetius, laetissime, gladly

magis
compared
levis, -e, adj. light

lex, legis,

f.

measure, lazv

laetitia, -ae,

f.

[IsietuSj

glad], joy

libenter, adv. [libens, willing], com^

laetus, -a, -um, adj. glad, joyful

lapis, -idis, m. stone {%% 247.
2. a-,

pared
i

libentius,

libentissime, will-

464.

ingly, gladly
liber, -era, -erum,
liberi, -orum,
did],

Lar, Laris, m.

plur. Lares,

-um

(rarely

-ium), the Lares or household gods

late,

m.

[liber, free],

free ( 469. b) children

adv.

[latus,

wide],

compared

libero, -are, -avi, -atus [liber, /r<<],^^^

free, release, liberate

latius, latissime,

widely
Latine loqui,

Latine, adv. in Latin.

to

libertas, -atis,
liberty

f.

\^qx^ free], freedom,

speak Latin
f.

latitude, -inis,

[latus, wide],

width

lictor, -oris,

m.

lictor (p. 225)

Latona,

-ae,

f.

Latona,

mother of

limus,

-i,

m.
.

mud

Apollo and Diana

latus, -a, -um, adj. wide

littera, -ae, f a letter of the alphabet in plur. a letter, epistle

latus, -eris, n. side, Jlank.

latere,

ab utroque

litus, -oris, n. seashore, beach

on each side

locus,

-i,
Ti.),

m.

(plur. loci

and

loca,

m.

laudo, -are, -avi, -atus [laus, praise],

p7'aise

and

place, spot

longe, adv. [longus,^;^^], comp.longif.

laurea, -ae,

laurel

us, longissime, a long

way

off;

by far

laureatus,
laurel

-a,

-um, adj. crowned zvith

longinquus, -a, -um, adj. [longus, long\

distant, remote

laus, laudis,
lectulus,
-i, -1,

f.

praise

longitiido, 4nis, f [longus, long], length

.

legatus,

m. couch, bed m. ambassador; lieutenant

f.

longus,

-a,

-um,

adj.

long

loquor, loqui, locutus sum, dep. verb,

talk,

legio, -onis,

[cf. lego,

gather], (body

speak
f.

of

soldiers), legiojt,

about 3600

men

15rica, -ae,

[lorum, thong], coat of

( 464. 2. a)

mail, corselet
-a,

legionarius,

-um, adj. legionary.

liido, -ere, lusi, lusus,

play

Plur. legionarii, -orum,

m. the

soldiers

liidus,

-i,

m. play ;

school, the

elemen-

of the legion
lego, -ere, legi, lectus, read
lenis, -e, adj. gentle, smooth,

tary grades.
liina, -ae,
f.

Cf. schola

moon
f.

leniter, adv. [lenis, gentle],

lenius, lenissime, gently

mild compared

liix,

lucis,

(no gen.

plur.),

light.

prima lux, daybreak

Lydia,

-ae,

f.

Lydia, a

girl's

name

Lentulus,
family

-i,

m. Lentulus, a

Roman

name
m. lion
-a,

M
M., abbrejyiation for Marcus

le5, -onis,

Lernaeus,

-um, adj. Lerncean, of

Lesbia, a girl's

magicus,

Lerna, in southern Greece

Lesbia, -ae,
f.

-a, -um, adj. magic magis, adv. in comp. degree [magnus,

name

great], more, in a higher degree (323)

316
magister,
teach 67'
-tri,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
magister
m. master^ commander;

minime
matrimonium, matrimo^ni,
riage.
n.

in

matrimonium ducere,

mar many
Cf.

magistratus, -us, m. [magister, master\ magistracy

;

mattir5, -are, -avi, -atus, hasten.

contendo, proper

magistrate
f.

magnitudo,

-inis,

[magnus, great\^

matiirus,

-a,

-um, adj.

ripe, m,ature

greatness^ size

maxime,

adv. in superl. degree [maxi-

magnopere, adv. [abl. of magnum opus], compared magis, maxime,

greatly exceedingly (323)
y

vcm.s, greatesil,

magis, maxime, especially, very

compared magnopere, much

adj., superl.

(323)
maior,

magnus, -a, -um, adj., compared

m^ximus,
(311) maior, maius,

maximus,

-a,

-um,

of mag-

greats large; strongs

loud

nus, greatest, extreme (311)

medius^, -a, -um,

-oris,

adj.

middle part;

adj.,

comp. of

middle, intervening

magnus, greater, larger (311) maiores, -um, m. plur. of maior, ancestors

melior, -ius,

-oris, adj.,

comp. of bonus,

better {% 2)^1)

melius, adv. in comp. degree, com[magis, more,

malo, malle, malui,

pared bene, melius, optime,

(323)

better

+ void, wish^
malus,
-a,

wish more, prefer ( 497)

adj.,

-um,

compared

peior,

pessimus, bad, evil, wicked ( 311)

mando,

-are, -avi, -atus

[manus, hand,

do, /^/],

[put in hand), intrust;

mansi, mansurus, stay,

order,

command
-ere,

memoria, -ae, f. [memor, mindful}, memory, memoria tenere, remember mens, mentis, f. mind. Cf. animus mensis, -is, m. month ( 247. 2. a) mercator, -oris, m. [mercor, trade'},
trader,

maneo,

merchant
-a,

remain, abide

meridianus,

-um, adj. [meridies,

(ace. -em, abl. -e),

Manlius, Manli, m. Manlius,di

Roman
of

noon}, of midday

name
mansuetus,
mansuesco,
-a,

meridies,

m.

-um,

adj.

[part,

[medius, mid,

dies, day},

noon

tame"],

tamed
force,

metus,

-us, va.fear,
-a,

dread

manus,
Marcus,
first

-us,
-i,

f.

hand;

band

meus,
miles,

-um, possessive adj. and

( 98)

m. Marcus, Mark, a

Roman

pron. my, mine

-itis,

name
-is, n.

m.

soldier ( 464. i)

mare,

(no gen. plur.), sea, mare

militaris, -e, adj. [mfles, soldier}, military,

tenere, be out to sea

res militaris, science of war

mar go,

-inis,
-i,

m.

edge, border

milito, -are, -avi, -atus [miles, soldier},

serve as a soldier

maritus,

m. husband

Marius, Mari, m. Manus, a

Roman

mille, plur. milia, -ium, numeral adj.

name, esp.
Martius,
the
-a,

C,

Marius, the general

-um, adj. of Mars, esp.

and subst. thousand (479) minime, adv. in superl. degree, compared parum, minus, minime, leasts very little; by no means ( 323)

Campus Martius
-tris,
f.

mater,

mother

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
minimus
minimus,
degree,
-a,

317

nauta
in

-um,

adj.

superl.

compared parvus, minor,

leasts

minimus,
degree,

smallest (311)
adj.

minor, minus,

-oris,

in

comp.
minor,

compared parvus,
less

moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, remind, advise, warn ( 489) m5ns, mentis, m. mountain{% 247. 2. a) monstrum, -i, n, monster mora, -ae, f. delay
moror,
-ari,

minimus, smaller,

{311)

-atus

sum, dep. verb

Minos,

m. Alinos, a king of Crete minus, adv. in comp. degree, compared parum, minus, minime, less
-ois,

[mora, delay], delay, linger; impede

(323)

mors, mortis, f. [cf. morior, die], death mos, moris, m. custom, habit motus, -us, m. [cf. moveo, move],
motion,

Minyae, -arum, m. the Minyae, a. people of Greece mirabilis, -e, adj. [miror, wonder at],
wonderful, marvelous

movement,

terrae

motus,

earthquake

moveo, -ere, movi, motus, move mox, adv. soon, presently

mulier,
-eris,
f.

miror,

-ari,

-atus

sum,

dep.

verb

woman
f.

[mirus, wonderful], wonder, marvel,

adm,ire

multitiido,

-inis,

[multus,

much],

multitude

mirus,

-a,

-um, adj. wonderful

-i,

multum
(477)

(multo), adv. \mv\\.\x^^ much],

plus,

Misenum,

Mise^num, a promon-

compared
multus,
-a,

plurimum,

much
plus,

tory and harbor on the coast of

Campania. See_map
miser, -era, -erum, adj. wretched, unhappy, miserable

-um,

adj.,

compared

pluximus,

much ;

plur.
-ii,

many

(311)

munio,

-ire) -ivi

or

-itus, fortify,

missus,

-a,

-um, part, of mitto, sent

defend
miinitio, -onis,
f.

mitto, -ere, misi, missus, send

[munio, /^^/;?^], de-

modicus,

-a,

-um [modus, measure],

modus, measure,
only, merely, just

fense, fortification

modest, ordinary

miirus,

-i,

m. wall. Cf. moenia

f.

modo, adv.

[abl. of
0],
.

musica^

-ae,

music

with shortened

now, modo
sometimes
,

modo,

now

now,

N
nam, conj.y^n
nam-que,
Cf. enim
conj., a

sometimes

modus, -i, m. measure; manner^ way ; kind moenia, -ium, n. plur. [cf. munio, fortify], walls,

strengthened nam,
seeing that
relate

introducing a reason or explanation, y^r,

and

in fact

ramparts

narro, -are, -avi, -atus,

tell,

moleste, adv. [molestus, troublesome],

nascor, nasci, natus sum, dep. verb,

be born, spring from

compared
annoyed
molestus,
-a,

molestius, molestissime,

annoyingly.

moleste

ferre,

to

be

natura, -ae,

f.

nature
[for navita,

natus, part, of nascor

-um, troublesome, annoy-

nauta,

-ae,

m.

from

navis,

ing, unpleasant ( 501. 16)

ship], sailor

3i8
navalis,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
navalis
-e, adj. [navis,

Hum
ship\ naval

nihilum,

-i, n.,
f.

see nihil
Ni'obe, the
of

navigium,
navigo,

navi^gi, n. ship^ boat

Niobe,

-are, -avi, -atus [navis, ship^

ago, drive], sail, cruise

-is

queen Thebes whose children were stroyed by Apollo and Diana

-es,

de,

navis,

(abl.

-i

or

-e),

f.

ship

nisi, conj. [ne, not,

si,

if], if not,

( 243. i).

navem

conscendere, em-

unless, except

bark, go on boa7'd.
set sail,

navem

solvere,

nobilis, -e, adj. well

known

noble

navis longa, man-of-war

noceo, -ere,

-ui, -iturus [cf. neco, kill],

ne, conj.

and adv. in order that

quidem, not even

not,

hurt,, injure,

with dat.

( 501. 14)

that (with verbs of fearing), lest;

not.

noctu,

abl.

used as adv.

[cf.

nox, night],

ne

cd night, by night
Nola,
-ae, f. Nola, a town in central Campania. See map
[ne, not,
-}-

-ne, interrog. adv., enclitic (see 16,

210).

Cf. nonne

and num
[ne, not,

nee or neque, conj.

and],

que,

nolo, nolle, nolui,

volo,

and
. . .

?tot,

nor.

nee

nee or

wish], not to^wish, be unwilling^ 497

neque

neque, neither
-a,

nor

nomen,

-inis,

n.

[cf.

nosco,

know],

necessarius,
necessary

-um,

adj.

needful,

[means of knowing), nam,e

neco, -are, -avi, -atus

kill.

[cf.

nex, death],

nomino, -are, -avi, -atus [n5men, name], name, call. Cf. appello, voco
non, adv.
[ne, not,
. . .

Cf. interficio, occido, trucido

-are, -avi, -atus, deny,

unum,

one], not.
7tot

nego,

say not

non solum
.
.
.

sed etiam,

only

(420.^)

but also
adv. not yet

neg5tium, nego^ti, n. [nee, not,

negotium dare,
to

+ otium,
alicui

non-dum,

ease], bic sines s, affair, matter,

non-ne, interrog. adv. suggesting an

affirmative answer,
-ne
;^7^
.?

employ some one

adj.

(210). Cf.

Nemaeus,
nemo,
f.

-a,

-um,

Nemean, of
abl.

and num

Neme'a, in southern Greece

dat.

nos, pers. pron.

noster,
-tra,

we

(see ego) ( 480)

nemini (gen. nullius,

-trum,

possessive

adj.

nullo,

supplied from nuUus), m. and

not,

[ne,

homo, man], (not a

man), no one, nobody

Neptiinus,
-i,

and pron. our, ours. Plur. nostri, -drum, m. our men ( 98) novem, indecl. numeral adj. nine
novus,
-a,

m. Neptune, god of the

-um, adj. new. novae res, a

sea, brother of Jupiter

revolution

neque, see nee

neuter, -tra, -trum (gen. -trius, dat.
-tri), adj.

nox, noctis,
at night
niillus, -a,
[ne, not,

f.

night,

multa nocte,

late

neither (of two) (108)

-um

(gen. -ius, dat.

-i)

adj.

ne-ve, conj. adv.

and not, and that not,

[ne, not,

+ uUus, any], not any, none,

and

lest

no

( 108)

nihil, n. indecl.

hilum, a

num,

interrog. adv. suggesting a neg-

whit], nothing,

nihil posse, to

have

ative

no power

nonne.

answer (210). Cf. -ne and In indir. questions, whethef

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
numeruj?
nuifierus,
-i,

319
all\, altogether,

orior

m. number

Omnino, adv. [omnis,

numquam,
eyer\i

adv. [ne, not,

umquam,

wholly, entirely

never

omnis,
navis

-e, adj. all, every.

Cf. totus
load'l,

nunc, adv. now. Cf. iam

nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus [nuntius, mes-

oneraria,

-ae,

f.

[onus,

with

expressed

or

understood,

senger\ report, announce

nuper, adv. recently,

420. a)

merchant
onus,
Opinio,

vessel, transport

nuntius, nunti, m. messenger

lately,

-eris, n. load,

burden
[opinor,

just

now

-onis,

f.

suppose^,

nympha,

-ae,

f.

nymph

opinion, supposition, expectation

oppidanus,
ob, prep, with ace. on account

-i,

m. [oppidum,

town'X,

of.

In
ob

townsman Oppidum, -i,

opportiinus,

n.

town, stronghold

eompounds
of,

it

often
is

means

in front

-a,

-um, adj. suitable,

against, or

intensive,

quam

opportune, favorable

rem,y^r
obses,

this reason' ( 340)

op-primo,

-ere, -pressi, -pressus [ob,

-idis,

m. and

f.

hostage
\^\i ^against,

against, 4- premo,
against), crush
;

pressi,

{press

ob-side5,-ere,-sedi, -sessus
4- sedeo, sit\, besiege

surprise
f.

oppugnatio,

-onis,

storming, assault

obtineo, -ere,

-ui, -tent us [ob, against,

Oppugno,

-are, -avi, -atus [ob, against,

4- teneo, hold\, possess,

occupy, hold

4- '^\xgno,fght'],fght against, assault,

occasii, -onis,

i.

favorable opportunity,

storm, assail

favorable

moment
-cidi, -cisus \^\>^\down, 4-

optime, adv. in superl. degree, com~

OCCasus, -us, m. going down, setting

occido, -ere,

pared bene, melius, optime, very well,

best

caedo, strike\, strike

kill.

down ;

cut down,

of all ( 323) optimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree,

Cf. interficio, neco

-avi, -atus [ob, completely,
seize,

compared bonus,
best,

melior, opti-

occupo, -are,
4- capio,

mus,
Opus,

take\

take possession

most excellent (311) -eris, n. work, labor, task

of occupy. Cf. rapio

oc-curro, -ere, -curri,-cursus [ob, against,
4- curro,

(464.2.^) oraculum, -i,

orator,
orbis,
-oris,

n. [oro, speaki, oracle

run'l,
(

run towards ;

meet,

m.

[ofo, speak'],

orator

with dat.

426)

-is,

m.

ring, circle,

orbis terra-

oceanus,

-i,

m. the ocean

rum, the earth, world

orbita, -ae,
f.

OCto, indecl.

numeral
n.

adj. eight

[orbis, wheel\,

rut

oculus,

-i,

m. eye
duty

Orcus,
ordo,

-i,

m. Orcus, the lower world m.

row,
order,

officium,

offi^'ci,

-inis,
2. a)

rank
source,

51im, adv. formerly, once upon a time

( 247.

omen,

-inis, n. sign, token,

omen
[ob, over,

origo,

-inis,

f.

[orior,

rise\,

0-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus

past, 4- mitto,
send'X,
^^l

origin
orior,
rise
-iri,
;

S^t omit.

ortus sum, dep. verb, arise,

;

consilium omittere, give

up apian

begin

spring, be

bom

320
ornamentum,
ornatus,
-a,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
ornamentum
-i,

per-suadeo

n.

[orno, fit

out\

pax, pacis,
pedes,

f.

(no gen. plur.),/^^<:^

f.

ornament^ jeivel
-um, adj.
[part, of orno,

pecunia, -ae,
-itis,

[pecus, cattle],

money
on

m.

[pesy foot], foot soldier

fit out']^ fitted

out ; adorned

pedester,

-tris, -tre, adj. [pes,y^^/],

orno, -are, -avi, -dXws^fit out, adorn

foot; by land
peior, peius, -oris, adj. in comp. de-

gree,
P., abbreviation for Publius

compared malus,
f.
i.

peior, pessi-

mus, worse (311)

pellis, -is,

paene, adv. nearly, almost

palus, -udis,

skin, hide

paludamentum, f. swamp, marsh

-i,

n.

military cloak

penna,
per,

-ae,

feather
through,

prep,

with ace.

by

panis,

-is,

m. bread

means of on account of In com-

par, paris, adj. equal (471.

m)

position

it

often has the force of

paratus,

-a,

-um, adj. [part, of par5,

prepare\, prepared^ ready

percussus,

thoroughly, completely, very ( 340) -a, -um, adj. [part, of percutio, strike through], pierced

parco, -ere, peper^'ci (parsi), parsurus,

spare, with dat. {501. 14)

per-diico,

-ere,

-duxi,

-ductus

[per,

pareo, -ere,
( 501- 14)

-ui,

obey,

with dat.

throtigh,

duco, lead], lead through.

to

fossam perducere,
per-exiguus,
-a,

construct a ditch

paro, -are, -avi, -atus, prepare for^ pre-

-um, adj. [per, very,

,

pare ; provide, procure

pars,
partis,
f.

exiguus, j/;^<2//] very small, very short

part,

share;

side,

perfidus, -a, -um,

erous, false

did],

faithless, treach-

direction

parum,
parvus,

adv.,

compared minus, minime,

per-fringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus [per,

too little, not

-a,

enough (323) -um, adj., compared minor,

little

through,

frango, break], shatter

perrexi,
rego,

pergo,

-ere,

perrectus

[per,

minimus, small,
passus, -us, m.
pateo,
open
pater,
patior,

(311)
mille pas(331.
<^)

through,

+
-i,

conduct], go on,

step, pace,

proceed, hasten

suum, thousand paces, mile

-ere, patui,
;
,

periculum,

n. trial, test; n. peristyle,

danger

lie

open, be

peristylum,

-i,

an open
it

stretch,

extend
464.
2. a)

court with columns around

peritus, -a, -um, adj. skillful

-tris, x^. father (

-1,

passus sum, dep. verb, bear,

perpetuus,
Perseus,

-a,

-um,

2id].

perpetual

sufi^er,

allow, permit
f.

-ei,

Perseus, a

Greek

'hero,

patria, -ae,

[cf. i^atex, father], father-

son of Jupiter and Danae

persona,
-ae,
i.

land, (one^s) country

part, character, person

paucus,

-a,

-um, adj. (generally plur.),

per-suadeo,

-ere, -suasi,

-suasus [per,

few, only a few paulisper, 2.^yf.fora

paul5, adv. by a

thoroughly, + suadeo, persuade], perlittle

while

little, little little,

suade, advise, with dat. ( 501. 14), often with an object clause of pur-

paulum, adv. a

somewhat

pose (501.41)

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
per-terreo
per-terreo, -ere, -ui, -itus [per, thor-

321
parapet

potentia
pluteus,
-i,

m.
i.

shield,

oMghly^

terreo,

frighten], thor-

poena,

-ae,

punishment, penalty
procession

oughly

terrify,
-ire,
-j-

alarm
-veni,

poeta, -ae, m.poet

-ventus
[per,

per-venio,

pompa,

-ae,

i.

through y

venio, cornel, ar7'ive, ^^^^h,

come

to
re-

pes, pedis, m.foot. pedem referre,

treat ( 247. 2, a)

Pompeii, -orum, m. Pompeii, a city of Campania. See map Pompeius, Pompe^'i, m. Pompey, a

pessimus,
gree,

-a,

-um,

adj. in superl. de-

Roman name pomum, -i, n. apple

pono,
-ere, posui, positus,

compared malus,
-ii,

peior, pessi-

put, place.

mus, worst (311)

peto, -ere, -iyi or
seek, beg,

castra ponere, pitch

-itus, strive for,
to.

camp
( 247. 2. a)

pons, pontis, m. bridge

ask

m^ake for, travel

popina,

-ae,
-i,

f.

restaurant

Cf. postulo, quaere, rogo

populus,

Pharsalus,
lia,

-i,

f.

Pharsa'lus or Pharsa'-

m, people Porsena, -ae, m. Porsena, king

Etruria, a district of Italy.
f gate,
.

of

town

in Thessaly, near

which

See map

Caesar defeated Pompey, 48 B.C.

porta, -ae,

door

philosophia, -ae,

i.

philosophy
philosopher

porto, -are, -avi, -atus, bear, carry

philosophus,

-i, nx.

portus, -us, m.

[cf.

^rta, gate], harbor

pictus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of ping5,

paint], colored, variegated

posside5, -ere, -sedi, -sessus, have,

own, possess

pilum,

-i,

n. spear, javelin {%Afi2.b)

f.

possum,

posse, potui,

irreg.

verb

piscina, -ae,

\^\'&q\^, fish], fish

pond

[potis, able,
( 495)-

sum, I am], be able, can

piscis, -is, TCi.fish

^^il posse, have no power

pistor, -oris,

m. baker
-ui, -itu^y please, be pleas-

post,

prep, with ace. after, behind

placeo, -ere,

ing, with dat. ( 501. 14)

( 340) postea, adv. [post,

after,

ea, this],

planities,

-ei, f.

[planus, level], plain

adj. level, fiat

afterwards
(posterus), -a,

planus,
plenus,

-a,
-a,

-um,

-um,

adj.,

compared

-um, adj. /2///

in

postenor,

postremus or postumus,
conj. after, as soon as

pliirimum, adv.
very much,

superl.

degree,

following, next (312)

compared multum,
infiuential (322)

plus, plurimum,
be

postquam,
postremo,
last],

plurimum valere,

most

adv.

[abl.

of

postremus,
Cf.

at last, finally.

demum,

pliirimus, -a, -um, adj. in Superl. degree,

denique (322)
postridie, adv. [postero, next,
day], on the next day

compared multus,

plus, pliiri-

die,

mus, most, very many (311) pliis, pluris, adj. in comp. degree,

postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask, demand,

require.

compared multus,
more, several (311)

plus,

plurimus
plur.

Cf. peto, quaero, rogo

f.

sing. n. as substantive,

more;

potentia, -ae,

[potens, able], might,

power, force

322
prae-beo, -ere,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
prae-be5
-ui, -itus
offer,

pro-pello
[prae, yj?^/^,

princeps,

-cipis,

m. [primus,

first,

habeo, holdl,
.

give

capio, take'X, [taking the first place),

chief, leader ( 464. i)

praeda,

-ae, f booty, spoil,

plunder
[prae,

prae-dico, -ere, -dixi, -dictus

before,

prior, prius,-6ris, adj. in

superl.
^xivci\x^^

comp. degree,
former, previ-

+
+

dico, tell\ foretell, predict

former (315)
^.6],

prae-ficio,
before,

-ere,
facio,

-feci,

-fectus

[prae,

pristinus, -a, -um,

make\, place in com-

ous
pro, prep, with abl. before; for, for
t/^ sake
of,

mand, ^ith.
prae-mitto,
forward,

ace.

and

dat. ( 501. 15)

-ere, -misi,

-missus [prae,

in behalf of; instead

of,

mitto, send\, send for.

as ( 209).

In composition, forth,

ward praemium,
praeruptus,

forward
forward,
proceed

praemi, n. reward, prize

-a,

pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus [pr5,

-um

[part,

of praesteep

cedo, go'l,

go forward,

rumpo, break

off^,

broken

off,

praesens, -entis, ad].present, immediate

praesertim, adv. especially, chiefly praesidium, praesi^di, n. guard, garrison, protection

procul, adv. far, afar off pro-curro, -ere, -curri (-cucurri), -cur-

sus

\j^xo,

forward,
proeli,

+
n.

curro, run"],

run

forward
[prae, be-

prae-sto, -are,
fore,

-stiti, -stilus

proelium,
proelium

battle,

combat.
battle.

sto,

stand'\,

(stand before),
( 501. 15)

committere,

join

excel, surpass,

with dat.

proelium facere, fight a battle

profectio, -onis,
proficiscor,
set out,
-i,
f.

show, exhibit

departure

prae-sum,
^<?/^r^,

-esse, -ful, -futfirus [prae,

be\, be over, be

-fectus

sum, dep. verb,

+ sum,
,

in com-

march.

Cf. egredior, exeo

mand of

with dat.

( 501. 15)

pr5-gredior, -i,-gressus sum, dep. verb

[pr5, forth,

praeter, prep, with ace. beyond, contrary to (340) praeterea, adv. [praeter, besides,
this'l,

gradior,

go'X,

go forth,

proceed, advance.

Cf. pergo, procedo

ea,

progressus, see progredior

in addition, besides, moreover

2id\.

prohibe5, -ere,

-ui, -itus

[pro, forth,

praetextus, -a, -um,

bordered, edged

awayfro7n,

habeo, hold\, keep

away
[pro,

praetorium,

praeto^ri, n. prcetorium

prandium, prandi, n. luncheon premo, -ere, pressi, pressus, press

hard, compress; crowd, drive, harass
(prex, precis),
i,

from, hinder, prevent pr5-move5, -ere, -movi, -m5tus

forward, + moveo, ward, advance
move"],

move for-

prayer

pro-niintio, -are, -avi, -atus \^i^^ forth,

primo, adv. [primus, ^rj-/], at first, in

the beginning ( 322)

+ nunti5, announce"] ,proclaim, declare

prope, adv., compared propius, proxi-

primum, adv. [primus, firsts first. quam primum, as soon as possible

primus,
-^,

mo, nearly. Prep, with ace. near

pr5-pell5,
-ere,
-puli,

-pulsus

[pro,

-um, adj. in superl. degree,

prior,

forth, 4- pello, drivel^ drive forth;

compared

primus,^rj/ (315)

move, impel

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
propero
propero, -are,
tends, maturo
-avi,

323

qui
[properus,
Cf. con-

-atus

pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj. beautiful,

pretty ( 469. b 304) Pullo, -onis, m. Pullo, a centurion
;

quick], go quickly, hasten.

propinquus,

-a,

-um, adj. [prope, near\,

pulso, -are, -avi, -atus,

strike, beat
f.

near, neighboring

puppis,

-is (ace. -im, abl. -i),

stern

propior, -ius,
gree,

-oris, adj. in

comp. denearer

of a ship, deck
piire, adv. [purus,/^/^^],

superl.

proximus,

comp. purius,

(315) propius, adv. in comp. degree, com-

purely
piirgo, -are, -avi, -atus, cleanse, clean

pared prope, propius, proxime, nearer

(323) propter, prep, with ace. on accou?tt
because of ( 340) pro-scribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptus [pro,
of,

purpureus,
red

-a,

-um, adj. purple, dark.

puto, -are, -avi, -atus, reckon, think

( 420, ^).

Cf. arbitror, existimo

f.

Pythia,

-ae,

Pythia, the inspired

forth, -f scribo, write], proclaim, publish,

priestess of Apollo at Delphi

Cf. pronuntio

pro-sequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, dep.

verb
escort,

[pro, forth,

-|-

sequor, follow],

qua de causa, for

fore

this reason, where-

attend
profui, profuturus
be], be useful, bene;

pro-sum, prodesse,
[pr6,y2?r, -f
fit,

qua

re, therefore, for this reason

-ere,
-sivi,

sum,

quaero,

-situs,

seek, ask,

with dat..( 496 501. 15) pro-teg5, -ere, -texi, -tectus [pro, in
front,
protect
-f-

inquire.

Cf. peto, postulo, rog5

qualis, -e, interrog. pronom. adj. of

tego, cover], cover in front,

what

sort,

what kind
.

of.

talis

qualis, such
f.

as
after a

provincia, -ae,

territory,

province

quam,
tive,

adv.

how;

compara-

proxime, adv. in superl. degree, compared prope, propius, proxime, nearest,

than

with a superlative, trans-

lated as ... as possible,

quam

pri-

next;

last,

proximus,
gree,

-a,

most recently (323) -um, adj. in superl. depropior, proximus,

mum,
how

as soon as possible
-a,

quantus,

-um,

adj.

[quam, how],
tantus

compared

great,

how much,

nearesty next (315) piiblicus, -a, -um, adj. [populus, Z^^ple], of the people, public, res publica, the

quantus, as great as

quartus,

-a,

-um, numeral

adj. [quat-

tnoY, four], fourth

commonwealth
f.

quattuor, indecl. numeral 2id].four

puella, -ae,
boy], girl,

[diminutive of puer,

quattuor-decim, indecl. numeral

fourteen
-que, conj., enclitic,
ac, atque, et

adj.

puer,

-eri,

maiden m. boy ; slave

i. fight,

( 462. c)
^

and

( 16).

Cf.

pugna, pugno,
fight.

-ae,

battle.

Cf. proelium

-are, -avi, -atus [pugna, battle],

qui, quae, quod,

rel.

pron. and adj.

(

Cf. contends, dimico

who, which, what, that

482)

324

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
quia
re-linquo
raro, adv. [rarus, rare], rarely
Cf. quod

quia, conj. because,

quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam), indef. pron. and adj. a certain one,
a certain, a
(

rarus,
re-

-a,

-um, adj. rare

or

red-,

an inseparable

prefix,

485)

again, back, anew, in return

rebelli5, -onis,
lion
f.

quidem, adv.
deed,

to be su7r, certainly, in.

.

renewal of war,
rece7it

rebel-

ne

quidem, not even

repose

quies, -etis,

f.

rest,

recens, -entis, adj.

quietus,

-a,

-um,

adj. quiet, restful

2.^]. fifteen

re-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [re-, back,

quindecim, indecl. numeral

quingenti,
-ae, -a,

capio, take], take back, receive,

se

numeral

adj. five

recipere,

withdraw, retreat
-a,

hundred
quinque, indecl. numeral
quiritus, -a, -um,
adj.yfz/^
adj.yf/?//

re-clinatus,

-um, part, of reclino,

leaning back
re-creatus,
refreshed
-a,

numeral

-um, part, of recreo,

quis

(qui), quae, quid (quod), interrog.

pron. and adj.

who

what ? which

rectus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of rego, keep

straight], straight, direct
re-ciiso, -are, -avi, -atus, refuse

(483) quis (qui), qua (quae), quid (quod),

indef. pron.
nisi, ne,

and

adj.,

used after
484)

si,

red-actus,

-a,

-um, part, of redigo,

re-

num, anyone, anything, some some

(

duced, subdued
red-e5,
-ire, -ii, -itus [red-,
.

one, something, any,

back,

e5,

quisquam, quicquam or quidquam (no fem. or plur.), indef. pron. any one
(at all),

go] ,go back, retu r/^ ( 4 1 3 )

Cf

reverto

reditus, -us,
return,
re-diico,

m.

[cf.

redeo,

return],

anything

(at all) (

486)

going back
-ere,"

quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque),

indef. pron.

-duxi, -ductus [re-, back,

and

adj. each, each one,

duco, lead], lead back

every ( 484)

re-fero, -ferre, rettuli, -latus [re-, back,

rel.

quo, interrog. and

adv. whither,

+ fer5, bear]
referre,

bear back ; report, pedem

where
qu5, conj. in order
to,

withdraw, retreat
make], m.ake again, repair

that,

with comp.
Cf. quia

re-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [re-, again,

degree (350) quod, conj. because, in

+
that.

facio,

se reficere, refresh one*s self

quoque,
word,

conj., following
also, too.

an emphatic

regina, -ae,
regio, -onis,

f.
f.

[rex, king],

queen

Cf. etiam

region^ district

quot-annis, adv. [quot,

quotiens, interrog. and
often ? as often as

how many
rel.

regnum,

-i,

n. sovereignty ;
[cf.

kingdom
rex, king],

annus, year'l, every year, yearly

adv.

reg5, -ere, rexi, rectus

how

govern, rule

490)

re-icio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus [re-, back,

iacid,

hurl], hurl back ; throw

away

re-linqu5, -ere, -liqui, -lictus

[re-, be-

radix,

-icis, f

root

foot

hind,
leave,

linqud, leave], leave behind,

rapio, -ere, -ui, -tus, seize, snatch

abandon

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
reliquus
reliquus,
-a,

325

sapiens
[cf.

-um, adj.

relinquo,

leave], left

over, remaining.
rest

As

noun, plur. the

Roma, -ae, f. Rome. See map R5manus, -a, -um, adj. [Roma, Rome], Roman, follows its noun. As a
noun, m. and
rosa, -ae,
f. f.

remotus,
re-moveo,

-a,

-um, adj. [part, of re-

Roman
In

moves, remove], remote, distant

-ere, -movi,

rose
n.

-motus

[re-, back,

r5strum,
in the

-i,

beak of a ship.

moveo, move], remove

-i,

plur., the rostra,

the speaker's stand

remus,

m. oar
[re-,

Roman Forum
f.

re-peri5> -ife, repperi, repertus,yf/^^

rota, -ae,

wheel

re-porto, -are, -avi, -atus

back,

Rubico,
in

-onis,

porto,

carry],

carry

back,

bring

northern
-oris,

m. the Rubicon, a river Italy. See map

report,

back, win,
res, rei,
f.

gain

rumor,
riirsus,

m.

rumor
turned

thing, business, matter, deed,

.

adv.

[for

reversus,

event, circumstance ( 467 )

retell

quam ob

back], again, in iu7'n

riis, ruris

for

this reason,

res adversae,

(locative abl.

riiri,

no

gen..,

adversity,
supplies,

res

frumentaria, grain
res

dat, or abl. plur.), n. the country

(^ 501. 36. i).

res

gestae, exploits,

Cf. ager, patria, terra

militaris, science

of war. res publica,

res

the

commonwealth,
-ere,
-scidi,

secundae,

prosperity

Sabinus,
-scissus
[re-,

-a,

-um, adj. Sabine.

As

re-scindo,
back,

scindo,

cut],

cut

off,

cut

down
re-sisto, -ere, -stiti,
[re-,

back,
re-

and f. a Sabine. The Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. See map sacrum, -i, n. [sacer, consecrated],
noun, m.
som^ething consecrated, sacrifice
ally in plur., religious rites
;

sisto,

cause

to

stand], oppose,

usu-

sist,

with dat.

( 501. 14)

re-spondeo,
[re-,

-ere,

-spondi,

-sponsus

saepe, adv., compared saepius, saepissime, often, frequently

in return,
(
-i,

s^QxA^^, promise],

answer, reply
re-verto, -ere,
re-vertor,
-i,

420. a)
,

saevus,
or dep. verb
[re-,

-a,

-um, adj. cruel, savage

i..

sagitta, -ae,

arrow
safety;
health,

-sus

sum

back,

salio, -ire, -ui, saltnsy Jump

verto, turn],

turn back, return. Usuthe perf. system

-vinxi,

salus, -utis,

f.

salu-

ally active in

tem
[re-,

dicere,

send greetings

re-vincio, -ire,
back,

-vinctus

saliito, -are, -avi, -atus [salus, health],

greet, salute

vincio, bind], fasten

[cf. rego, rule], king m. the Rhine, a river of

rex, regis, m.

salve, imv. of salveo, hail, greetings

Rhenus,
ripa, -ae,

-i,

sanguis,

-inis,

m. blood
f.

( 247. 2. a)

Germany
f.

sanitas, -atis,

[sanus, sound], health,

bank
Cf. peto,

sanity

rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask.

postulo, quaero

sapiens, -entis, adj. [part, of sapid,

be wise], wise, sensible

326
satis, adv.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
satis

solv5
servus,
sese,
-i, m. slave emphatic for se

and

indecl. noun, enough^

sufficient^ sufficiently

saxum,

-i,

n. rock^ stone

sex, indecl. numeral adj. six

scelus, -eris, n. crime^ sin

Sextus,

-i,

m. Sextus, a

Roman

first

sceptrum,
schola,
grades.
scientia,
skill,

-i,

n. scepter
f.

name
the

-ae,

school,

higher

si,

conj. if

Cf. ludus
-ae,
f.

sic, adv. thus, in this

way. Cf

ita,

tam

[sciens,

knowing],
tear

Sicilia, -ae,

f.

Sicily.

See map

knowledge, science
ctit,

sic-ut, just as, as if

scindo, -ere, scidi, scissus,

sci5, -ire, -ivi, -itus,

signifer,

-eri,

know

{%\2o.b).

fero, bear],

m. [signum, standard, + standard bearer (p. 224)

standard ; sig7tal
wood, forest
adj.,

Cf. cogn5sc6

signum,
buckler
similis,

-i,

n. ensign,
f.

scribo, -ere, scrips!, scriptus, write

silva, -ae,

scutum,

-i,

n. shield,

-e,

compared

similior,

se, see sui

simillimus, like, similar ( 307)

secum

se

+ cum
-um, adj. \s^^ox^ follow],
next, second; favorable,
res secundae, prosperity

simul, adv. at the same time

secundus,

-a,

simul ac or simul atque, conj. as

soon as
sine,

following,
successful,

prep, with abl. without

209)

sed,

conj. but, on the contrary,

.
.

non
. . .

singuli, -ae, -a, distributive numeral

adj.

solum

sed etiam,

not only

one at a time, single

334)

but also

sinister, -tra, -trum, adj. left

adj. sixteen

sedecim, indecl. numeral

sede5, -ere, sedi, sessus,

Sinuessa,

-ae,

f.

Sinues'sa, a

town
plur.),

in

sit

Campania. See map

sitis, -is (ace. -im, abl.
-i,

semper, adv. always, forever

senatus, -us, m.
cil
[cf.

no

f.

senex, old], coun-

thirst

of elders, senate
-ire,

situs, -a, -um, adj. [part, of sino, set],

senti5,

sensi, sensus,/^^/,
.

know,

situated, placed, lying

perceive ( \20.d).

septem, indecl.
Septimus,
seventh
-a,

Cf intellego, video numeral adj. seven -um, numeral adj.

dep. verb,

socius, soci, m. comrade] ally

s51, solis (no gen; plur.),

sole5,

-ere,

solitus

m. sun sum, semi-dep.

adj.

verb, be wont, be accustomed

sequor,

-i,

secutus sum,

sollicitus,

-a,

-um,

disturbed,

follow (493)
serpens,
-entis,
f.

anxious
[serpo,

crawT],

solum, adv.
non solum

[solus, alone], alone, only.

.

serpent, snake

sed etiam, not only

sertae, -arum,
laftds

f.

plur. wreaths, gar-

but also

solus, -a,
-utis,
f.

-um

(gen. -ius, dat.

-i),

adj.

servitiis,

[servus,

slave],

alone, only X% 108)

slavery, servitude

solvo, -ere, solvi, solutus, loosen, unbind,

servo, -are, -avi, -atus, save, rescue, keep

nay em solvere,

set sail

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
somnus
somnus,
spatium,
-i,

327

super-sum

m.
.

sleep

Stymphalus,
district

soror, -oris, f sister

spati,
n.

m. Stympha'lus, a of southern Greece with

-i,

space^

distance;

a town, mountain,

and

lake, all of

time; opportunity

the same

name
-si,

spectaculum,

-1,

n. [specto, look at],

suadeo,

-ere,

-sus, advise, recom-

show, spectacle
specto, -are, -avi, -atus, look
ness
at, wit-

mend,

with

subjv.

of

purpose
under,

(501-41) sub, prep, with ace. and

below,

abl.

spero, -are, -avi, -atus

hope, expect (420.
c)

[spes, hope\,

up

to ; at

ox

to the foot

of

sub-igo, -ere, -egi, -actus [sub, under,

spes, spei,

f.

hope
adv.

( 273. 2)

+
com-

ago, drive], subdue, reduce

splendide,

[splendidus],

subito, adv. [subitus, sudden],suddenly

pared

splendidius,

splendidissime,

sub-sequor,

-i,

-secutus sum, dep. verb

splendidly,

handsomely
-a,

[sub, below,
brilliant,

sequor, follow], fol-

splendidus,

-um,

adj.

low

close after, follow

-ere,

up
-cessus
[sub,

gorgeous, splendid

suc-cedo,
below,

-cessi,

Stabianus,

-a,

-um, Stabian

cedo, go], follow, succeed

stabulum,

-i,

n. [cf. sto, stand], stand-

sui, reflexive pron.

itself,

ing place,

stable, stall
[cf.

themselves) (480).

of himself {herself secum =

statim, adv.

sto, stand],

on the
set],

se

cum. sese, emphatic form of se

spot, at once, instantly

sum,
place,

esse, fui, futurus, irreg. verb, be;

statua,
statue

-ae,

f.

[sisto,

exist ( 494)

summus,
-ui,

-a,

-um,

adj.

in

super!.

statuo, -ere,
decide,

-utus [status, station],

degree, compared superus, superior,

determine

supremus or summus ( 312), supreme,

(p.

stilus,

-i,

sto, -are,

m. iron pencil, style steti, status, stand

210)

highest; best, greatest, in

summo coUe,

stratus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of stemo,

spread],

paved
-us,

(oi ^tx^^t^)

on the top of the hill siim5, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus, take up assume, ^put on, sumere supplicium
de, inflict punishment

strepitus,

m.
din

[strepo,

make a
bind

on
abl. over,

noise], noise,

super, prep, with ace. and

strictus,

strings,

-ere,

strinxi,

above

tight; draw, unsheathe

superbia, -ae,

f.

[superbus, proud],

studeS, -ere,
to,

-ui,

give attention

pride, arrogance

be eager, with dat. ( 501. 14)

studi, n. [cf. studeo, be eager

superbus,
supero,
above],

-a,

-um,

^.6],

proud, haughty
[superus,

studium,

superior, comp. of superus

-are,
-avi,

for], eagerness, desire, zeal, devotion

-atus

stultus, -a, -um,

did],

foolish, stupid

go ovr ; subdue, overcome;

-esse, -fui,

Stymphalis,

-idis, adj. f.

Stymphalian,

surpass, excel

of StymphaUuSf a lake in southern Greece

super-sum,

be ever,

survive, with dat. ( 501.15)

328
superus,
superior,
-a,

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
superus
-um,
adj.,

timeo

compared

Tarracina,
taurus,

-ae,

f.

Tarraci'na, a

town

supremus or summus,^^^z/^,
suppli^'ci,

in Latium.
-i,

See map
[part,

upper

(% 2,-^2)

m. bull
of tego,

supplicium,

n.

[supplex,

tectus, -a, -um, adj.

kneeling in entreaty\ punishment^

torture,

cover\, covered, protected

supplicium sumere de, in-

telum,

-i,

n.

weapon
-atis,
f.

supplicium flict punishment on. dare, suffer punishment surgo, -ere, surrexi, [sub, from

temere, adv. rashly, heedlessly

tempestas,

[tempus, time\

storm,, tempest

below y
under^

+
+

rego, straighten^ rise

-ere,

templum,
[sub,
as-

-i,

n. temple,

shrine

sus-cipio,

-cepi,

-ceptus

tempts, -are, -avi, -atus, try, test; make

trial of, attempt

capio, take\

undeHakey

sume, begin
suspicor,
-ari,

tempus,
-atus sum, dep. verb,

-oris, n.

time

464. 2.b).

in

reliquum tempus, y^?^ the future

teneo, -ere, tenui,

suspect, surmise, suppose

hold, keep
07t

sus-tineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus

[sub,
bear,

tergum,
rear,

-1,

n. back,

a tergo,

the

under,

teneo,

hold\ hold up,

tergum vertere,

retreat, flee

sustain, withstand

terni, -ae, -a, distributive

adj.

numeral

adj.

suus,

-a,

-um, reflexive possessive

three each, by threes ( 334)

and pron.,

his, her, hers^ its, their,

terra, -ae,

f.

earth,

ground, land, orbis

theirs (98)

terrarum, the whole world

T
shop, stall

terror, -oris,

m.

[cf. terreo,

frighteni,

T., abbreviation of Titus

dread, alarm, terror

tertius, -a, -um,

taberna, -ae,
tabula, -ae,
f.

f.

tablet for writing

talis
. . .

talis, -e, adj. such,

qualis,

such

as
Cf. ita, sic

tarn, adv. so, such.

tamen, adv. yet, however, nevertheless tandem, adv. at length, finally

tango,
tantus,
tantus
-ere, tetigi, tactus, touch

numeral adj. third Teutones, -um, m. the Teutons theatrum, -i, n. theater Thebae, -arum, f. Thebesy a city of Greece Thebani, -orum, m. Thebans, the people of Thebes thermae, -arum, f. plur. baths
Thessalia,
-ae,
f.

tantum, adv.
-a,
.

[tantus], only

Thessaly, a district

-um, adj. so great, such.

.

of northern

Greece
f.

quantus, as large as

Thracia,
Tiberius,

-ae,

Thrace,

district

tardus,

-a,

-um, adj. slow, late; lazy

f.

north of Greece
Tibe^ri,
first

Tarpeia,

-ae,

Tarpeia (pronounced

m.

Tiberius,

Tar-pe'ya), the

maiden who opened

Tarquin,
a

Roman

name
[cf. MSQidi^ pipe\, piper,

the citadel to the Sabines

tibicen, -inis, m.
flute player

Tarquinius,

Tarqui^ni,

With the surname Superbus, Tarquin the Proud

king.

Roman

timeo,

-ere, -ui,

%fear, be afraid of.

Cf. vereor

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
timor
timor,
-oris,

329

usus

m.

[cf.

timeby /earjj /ear^

triumphus,
sion,
celebrate

dread, alarm,

Cf.

metus
f.

triumph,

Tiryns, Tirynthis,
cient

Ti'ryns,

an an-

m. triumphal procestriumphum agere, a triumph

-1,

town
f.

in

southern Greece,

trucido, -are, -avi, -atus, cut to pieces,

slaughter.
tii,

where Hercules served Eurystheus

toga, -ae,
[cf.
-i,

Cf. interficio, neco, occido

tego, cover'l, toga

n.

tui (plur. vos), pers. pron. thou,

tormentum,
totus, -a,
all,

engine of war

you (480)
tuba, -ae,
f.

totiens, adv. so often, so

many

times
-i),

trumpet
f.

-um

(gen. -ius, dat.

adj.

Tullia, -ae,

Tullia, a

Roman name

the whole, entire {108)

turn, adv. then, at that time

turris, -is,
tiitus, -a,
f.

tra-do, -ere, -didi, -ditus [trans, across,

tower

465. 2)

do, deliver\,

give up,

hand

over,

-um, adj. safe

stcrrender, betray

tuus,^-a, -um, possessive adj.

and pron.

tra-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus [trans,

across, +'duc6, lead'\, lead across

your, yours ( 98)

traho, -ere, traxi, tractus, draw, pull,

multum long much

drag,
4- iacio,

ixahQXQ^ protract, pro-

ubi, rel.

and interrog. adv. where, zvhen

ubique, adv. everyzvhere

ullus, -a,

tra-ici6,-ere,-ieci,-iectus [trans, across,

-um

(gen. -ius, dat.

-i),

adj.

hurl^, throw across ; transfix

any

( 108)

tra-no, -are, -avi, -atus [trans, across,

ulterior,-ius,-oris, adj. in

comp., superl.

no,

swimi, swim across

prep,

u\tim.n^, farther,
oii^r

more remote (315)

farthest (315)

trans,

with ace.

across,

ultimus,

-a,

-um, adj. in superl. devXt^XYix:),

( 340) trans-eo,

gree (see
-ire, -ii, -itus [trans, across,

60> go\'>

g^

across, cross
-fixi,

(413)
[trans,

umbra, -ae, f. shade umerus, -i, m. shoulder

trans-figo, -ere,

-fixus

umquam,
at the

adv. ever, at

through,
transitus,
[cf.

figo, drivel, transfix

una, adv. [unus, one\,

any time in the same place,

(ace.

-um,

abl. -u),

m.

same time
decimus, tenth], eleventh

transeo,

cross

over],

passage

iindecimus,-a,-um, numeral adj. [unus,

one,

across
tres, tria,

numeral

adj. three ( 479)

triduum,

tridui, n. [tres, three,

dies,

undique, adv. from every quarter, en all sides, everywhere

iinus,
-a,

days], three days'* time, three days

-um
adj.

(gen.

-ius,

dat.

-i),

triginta, indecl. numeral adj. thirty

triplex,
-icis, adj. threefold, triple

numeral
urbs,

one; alone
465. a)
,

( 108)

-is, f. city (

tristis, -e, adj.

sad;

severe, terrible

urgeo, -ere, ursi,

crowd,
iirus,
-i,

press upon,

tristitia, -ae,

f.

[tristis, sad\,

sadness,

hem

in

sorrow

m. wild ox, urus

triumpho,

-are, -avi, -atus [triumphus,

usque, adv. all the way, even

USUS, -us, m. use, advantage

triumph], celebrate a triumph

330

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
ut
Via
velocitas, -atis,
ness
f.

ut, conj. with the subjv. that^ in order

thai, that not (with

[velox, swift], swift-

verbs of fearing),

so that, to ( 350. i)

velox,
-i), in-

-ocis, adj. swift, fleet

-i,

uter, -tra, -trum (gen. -ius, dat.

terrog. pron. which of two?
( 108)

which?
indef.

velum, vend5,
veni5,

n. sail

-ere, vendidi, venditus, sell

-ire, veni,
-i,
-i,

ventus, come, go

uterque,

utraque,

utrumque,

ventus,

m. wind
n.

pron. each of two, each, both,

ab

verbum,
vereor,

word, verba facere pro,

utraque parte, on both sides

utilis, -e, adj. [utor,

speak in behalf of
-eri,

us el, useful

-itus

sum,

dep.

verb,
Cf.

utrimque, adv. [uterque, each of two"], on each side, on either hand

uva,
uxor,
-ae,
f.

fear; reverence, respect

timed
Vergilius,

( 493).

grape, bunch of grapes

.

Vergi% m.
^^^-

Vergil, the
,

poet

-oris, f

wife

verg5, -ere,

turn,

lie

ver5, adv. [verusj true], in truth, surely;

conj. but, however, tum vero, then you may be sure, introducing the cHmax of a story

vagina,
vagor,

-ae, sheath,
-ari,

scabbard

-atus

sum,

dep.

verb,

wander
valeo, -ere,
-ui, -iturus, be powerful, be

verto, -ere,

-ti,

-sus,

turn,

change.

tergum vertere,
verus,
-a,

retreat, flee

well; in the imperative as a greeting, y^r^w^//.

-um, true, actual

plurimum

valere,

have

vesper,

-eri,

m. evening

the most

power
-inis,
f.

vaster, -tra, -trum, possessive adj.

[vale5,

and

valetudo,
health

be

wdl'],

pron. your, you7's

( 98)

vestigium,
-a,

vesti^gi,

n.

[cf.

vestigo,

validus,

-um, adj.

[of.

valeo,

be

track], footstep, track, trace

strong], strong, able, well

valles,

-is, f.
-i,

valley

vestimentum, garment
vestio,
clothe, dress

-i,

n. [vestis, clothing],

vallum,
varius,

n.

rampart, earthworks

-ire, -ivi, -itus [vestis,

clothing],

-a,

-um, adj. bright-colored

vasto, -are, -avi, -atus [vastus, empty],

vestis,
robe

-is, f.

clothing, attire, garment,

(make

empty), devastate, lay waste

-alis, n. tax, tribute

vectigal,

vestitus, -a, -um, adj. [part, of vestio,

eager],
clothe], clothed

vehementer, adv. [vehemens,

sime, eagerly, vehemently

compared vehementius, vehementisveho,

-ere, vexi, vectus, convey, carry.

Vesuvius, VesuVi, m. Vesuvius, the

volcano near Pompeii.
veteranus,
veto, -are,
-a,

See map

-um, adj.

old, veteran

In the passive often in the sense of

ride, sail

-ui, -\t\xs^

forbid, prohibit

vexo,
vel
.
.
.

-are, -avi, -atus, trouble,

-ae,
f.

annoy
way^

vel, conj. or.

vel, either

.or.

via,

way, road,
iter

street;

Cf. aut

manner. Cf.

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
viator
viator, -oris, m. [via], traveler
victor, -oris,
vis,
(vis),
f.

331
might,

vulpes
strength, power,

m.

[vinco, conquer'], con-

violence ( 468)

queror^ victor.

In apposition, with
[victor, victor], victory

vita, -ae, f

[cf.

vivo, live],

life,

vitam

adj. force, victorious

agere, spend ox pass life

vito, -are, -avi, -atus, shun, aveid
/'vivo; -ere, vixi,
incolo

vict5ria, -ae,

f.

vicus,

-i,

m. village
vidi,

live.

Cf. habito,

vidfeo, -ere,

visus, see, perceive.

<f

Pkss. be seen f^seem ( 420.

vigilia, -ae,
f.

vivus,

-a,

-um, adj.

[cf. vivo, live], alive,

[vigil,

awake], watch, de

living
vix, adv. scarcely, hardly

tertia vigilia, abotit the third

watch

viginti, indecl. numeral adj. twenty

vilicus,
-1,

VOCO, -are, -avi, -atus,

invite,

call,

summon,

m.

[villa,

farm], steward,

Cf. appello, nomino

overseer of a farm
villa, -ae, i.farm, villa

volo, -are, -avi, -aturus,^?^/

VOlo, velle, volui,

tie,

irreg. verb, will,

vincio,
fetter

-ire,

vinxi, vinctus, biitd,

be willing, wish ( 497).

Cf. cupio

vinco,

-ere,

viei,

victus,

conquer,

volumen, Vorenus,
rion

-inis, n. roll,
-i,

book

m.

Vore'nus, a

centu-

defeat, overcome.

Cf. subigo, supero

(p.

vinea, -ae,

f.

shed

219)

vos, pers. pron.

you

(see tu) ( 480)

vinum,

-i,

n.

wine
[violentus,
violent],

v5tum,-i,

n. [neut. part, of voveo,

vow],

violenter,

adv.

vow, pledge, prayer

compared
vir,
viri,

violentius,

violentissime,

VOX, vocis,
zvord

f.

[cf.

VOCO, call], voice, cry

violently, furiously

m.

man, husband; hero

man], manly man], manliness
464. i)
;

vulnero,

-are,

-avi,

-atus

[vulnus,

( 462. c)

wound], wound,
vulnus,
vulpes,
-eris, n.
-is,
f.

huTi:

virilis, -e, adj. [vir,

zvound, injury

virtiij^ -utis,

[vir,

i.fox

courage, valor;

vi7i:ice (

EQUES ROMANUS

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin exercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to the Latin-English vocabulary. The
figures
i, 2, 3, 4,

after verbs indicate the conjugation.

a, an,

commonly not translated

possum, posse, potui,

and so, itaque Andromeda, Andromeda,

angry,
Iratus, -a, -_um
-alis,
i

-ae,/.

able

(be),

(495) abode, domicilium, domicilii, n,

animal, animal,

n.

announce, nuntio,
another,
alius, -a,

about about

[adv.), circiter

annoying, molestus,
abl.
act.

-a,

-um

[prep.), de,

with

-ud

( 109)

about to, expressed by fut. abundance, c5pia, -ae,/.

across, trans, with ace.
active,' acer, acris,

part,

any,

ullus, -a,

-um

( 108)

any one, anything, quisquam, quam or quidquam ( 486)

appearance, forma, -ae,/.
appoint, creo,
i
i,

quic-

acre

advance, progredior, 3 advantage, usus, -us, m.

advise, moneo, 2
after (conj.), postquam; often expressed

approach, adpropinquo,
as a copula,
arise, orior, 4

with dat.

are, used as auxiliary, not translated)

sum

494)

by the perf. part.

after [prep.), post, with ace.
contra, with ace.

against,

in,

aid, auxilium, auxiTi, n.

all,

omnis, -e

t5tus, -a,

-um

( 108)

arm, bracchium, bracchi, n. armed, armatus, -a, -um arms, arma, -orum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -us, m.
around, circum, with
ace.

allow, patior, 3
ally, socius, soci,

m.
solus, -a,-um( 108)

arrival, adventus,

-lis,

m.

almost, paene
already, iam

fere
;

arrow,

sagitta,

-ae,/

alone,iinus,-a,-um

art of war, res militaris

as possible, expressed by
superl.

quam and
i

quoque always, semper ambassador, legatus, -T, m. among, apud, with ace.
also,

ask, peto, 3
assail,

quaero, 3
i

rog5,

oppugno,
or

at, in, with ace.

abl.

with names of
abl.

ancient, antiquus,

-a,
;

-um
-que

towns, locative case or abl. without a

preposition ( 268)
;

and, et

atque (ac)

time when,

332

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
at once
at once, statim at the beginning of
aestate

333

carry
boat, navigium, navi'gi, n.

summer,

inita

body, corpus,

-oris, n.
;

bold, audax, -acis

fortis, -e

Athens, Athenae, -arum,/". attack, impetus, -us, m.

attempt, conor,
i
;

boldly, audacter

fortiter

boldness, audacia, -ae,y.

i

tempto,

booty, praeda, -ae,/.

[utrumque
et

away

from, a or ab, with

abl.

both, each (oftzvo), uterque, utraque,

both

and, et
-eri,

B
bad, malus,
-a,

boy, puer,
brave,

m.

-um

fortis, -e

baggage, impedimenta, -orum, n.plur. bank, rlpa, -ae,/. barbarians, barbarl, -orum, m. plur.
battle, proelium,proeli,?2.;pugn.,-ae,/.

bravely, fortiter
bridge, pons, pontis, m,
bright, clarus,
-a,

-um
i

bring back, reporto, bring upon,

2vith ace.

be^ sumr( 494)

Infero, -ferre,
(

-tuli, -latus,

be absent, be far, absum be afraid, timeo,

2
(
;

( 494) vereor, 2

and dat.

426)

brother,

f rater, -tris,

m.
aedifi'ci, n.

be away, absum
be in

494)

building, aedificium,
dat.

command

of,

praesum, with

burn, cremo,

incendo, 3

( 494, 426)

business, negotium, neg5'ti, n.

but, however, autem, sed
(

be informed, certior fio be off, be distant, absum

be without, egeo, with
beast (wild), fera,
-2iQ,/.

494)

by,

a,

ab, with abl.

denoting means,

abl.

(180)

abl.

alone; sometimes implied in a

participle

beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum

by
abl.

night, noctu

because, quia; qupd

because

of, propter,

with

ace.

or

of cause
before, heretofore {adv.), antea

Caesar, Caesar, -aris> m.

calamity, cadamitas, -atis,/

call, voco,
I
;

before

[prep.), ante,
abl.

with ace; pro,

appello,

ndmino,

with

call together, convoco,

begin, incipio, 3 believe, credo, 3, with dat, (153)

camp,
can,

castra, -orum, n. plur.

could,

possum, posse, potui,

occupo,

belong to, predicate genitive

best, optimus, superl.
<?/"

( 409)

bonus

(495) capture, capio, 3

care, ciira, -ae,/

betray, trado, 3 better, melior, comp.

^ bonus

care for,

ciir5, i-a,

between,

inter, zvith ace.

-lis,

careful, attentus,

-um
latus ( 498)

billow, fluctus,

m.

carefulness, diligentia, -ae,/

carry, fero, ferre,
porto,
I

bird, avis, -is,/. (243.1)

tuli,

blood, sanguis,

-iniSj

m.

334

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
carry on

dwelling

carry on, gero, 3

cart, carrus,
-1,

D
daily, cotldie

m.
-us,

cause, causa, -ae,/.

danger, perlculum,

-T,

n.
{%6'j)

cavalry, equitatus,
cease, cesso,
i

m,
m.

daughter,
day,

fllia,

-ae,/

dies, -ei,

m.
liix

Cepheus, Cepheus,
certain
(a)
,

-T,

daybreak, prima
dear, carus,
-a,

quidam, quaedam, quoddam

-um

(quiddam) (485) chicken, gallina, -ae,/.

chief, princeps, -cipis,

death, mors, mortis,/.

deed,
res,

rei,/

m,

deep,

altus, -a,

-um

children, llberl, -orum, m. plur.

defeat, calamitas, -atis,/

choose, deligo, 3 choose, elect, creo,

citizen, civis,
-is,

defend, defendo, 3 delay {noun), mora, -ae,/

( 243. i)

m. and f,

delay

[verb),

moror,
i

city, urbs, urbis,/".

demand,

postulo,
-a,

clear, clarus, -a,

-um
-rtis,/".

dense, densus,

-um
;

cohort, cohors,

depart, discedo, 3
ciscor,
i,
3'

exeo, 4

profi-

come, venio, 4

command,
( 45)
;

impero,
iubeo,
.

with

dat.

dependent,
desire,

cliens, -entis,

m.

praesum,

with

design, consilium, consi% n.

cupio, 3

(426) commit, committo, 3

dat.

destroy, deleo, 2

commonwealth,
cae

res publica, rei publi-

Diana, Diana, -ae,/

differ, differo, differre, distuli, dilatus

concerning, de, with

abl.

(498)
different, dissimilis, -e
difficult, difficilis, -e

conquer, supero,
consul, consul,

vinc5, 3

construct {a ditch), perduco, 3

-ulis,

m.
ace,

difficulty, difficultas, -atis,/

contrary to, contra, with

Corinth, Corinthus,
-1,

diligence, dlligentia, -ae,/

/.

dinner, cena, -ae,/

disaster, calamitas, -atis,/

Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae,/.

Cornelius, Cornelius,
corselet, lorica, -ae,/.

Corne% m,

distant

(be),

absum,

-esse, afu!, afu-

cottage, casa, -ae,/

turus ( 494) ditch, fossa, -ae,/

do, ag5, 3 faci5, 3 ; when used as aux' iliary, not translated
;

country, as distinguished from the city,

riis,

ruris, n.\ as territory,

fmes,-ium,

m.,phcr.

finis

down

from, de, with

abl,

courage,

virtiis, -iitis,/

crime, scelus,

-eris, n.

drag, traho, 3 drive, ago, 3

dwell, habito,
i
;

cross, transeo, 4 ( 499)

incolo, 3

vivo, 3

crown, corona, -ae,/.

dwelling, aedificium,

^edifi^cl, n.

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
each
full
find, reperio, 4

335

E
each, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (484)

finish, conficio, 3 fire, ignis, -is, m. ( 243.1)

each of two, uterque, utraque, utrum-

firmness, constantia, -ae,/.

first,

que
each other, inter with
alacre
ace.

primus,
3

-a,

-um

of a

reflexive

flee, fugia,

eager, acer, acris, acre ;

alacer, alacris,

flight, fuga, -ae,/.

fly, volo, I

eager

(be),

studeo, 2

foe, see

enemy

eagerness, studium, studi, n,

eagle, aquila,
easily, facile
-"ae,/".

follow close after, subsequor, 3 food, cibus, -i, m.

foot, pes, pedis,

m.
-itis,

easy,

facilis, -e
. . .

foot-soldier, pedes,
.

m.

either

or, aut

aut

for

(conj.),

enim,

nam

empire, imperium, impe'ri, n.

for (prep.)i sign of dat.; de, pro, with

abl.;
to

employ, negotium do
encourage, hortor,
i

express purpose, ad, with

ace,

gerundive ; implied in

of time

enemy,
cus,

hostis,
tn.

-is,

m, and f.; inimi-

and of extent of space

for a long time, diu
forbid, veto,
i

-T,

enough,

satis
-a,

entire, totus,

-um

( 108)

forces, copiae, -arum,/.,//^r.

forest, silva, -ae,/.
fort, castellum,
-i,

^copia
-1,

expectation, opinio, -onis,/.

eye, o cuius, -\^m.

n.\ castrum,

n,

fortification, miinitio, -onis,/.

F
faithless, perfidus,

fortify, miinio, 4

famous,

clarus, -a,

-um -um
-a,

fortune, fortuna, -ae,/

fourth, quartus,
free, liber, -era,
-a,

-um
i

far, longe

-erum

farmer, agricola,

-ae,

m.

free, liberate, libero,

farther, ulterior, -ius

frequent, creber, -bra, -brum

friend, amicus,
-1,

father, pater, patris, m,

m,
-a,

fatherland, patria, -ae,/.

favor, fave5, 2

friendly

(adj.),

amicus,

-um

friendly [adv.\ amice

-a,

favorable, idoneus,
-a,

-um secundus,
;

friendship, amicitia, -ae,/

frighten, perterreo, 2
ex, with abl.

-um
m,

fear^ metus, -us, in.\ timor, -oris,

from, a or ab, de,

without a prep.

e,

Often

fear, be afraid, timeo, 2

expressed by the separative ablative

few, paucT,
fifteen,

-ae, -a

field, ager, agri,

m, quindecim
;

from each other,

reflexive pron.

inter,

with

ace.

of a

fight, contendo, 3

pugno,

full, plenus, -a,

-um

336

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
Galba

m
have no power,
nihil
;

possum
or not expressed

Galba, Galba,

-ae,

m.

he,

is

hie

iste

ille

garland, corona,

-2iQ^f.

head, caput,

-itis,

n,

garrison, praesidium, praesiMi, n,

gate, porta, -ae,/.

hear, audio, 4 heart, animus,

-1,

m,

Gaul, Gallia, -ae,/.

heavy, gravis, m.
-oris,

-e

Gaul

(a),

Gallus,

-i,

Helvetii (the), Helvetii, -orum, m.phw.

general, imperator,

m,

hem

in, contineo, 2

Geneva, Genava, -ae,/

gentle, lenis, -e

hen, gallina, -ae,/

her, eius
ive^
;

huius
-a,

istius

illius

reflex-

German, Germanus, -a, -um Germans (the), Germanl, -orum, m.

plur.

suus,

-um (116)

hide, abdo, 3

Germany, Germania, -ae,/

get (dinner)^ paro,
girl, puella,
i

-um highest, summus, -a, -um.

high,
altus, -a,
hill, collis,
-is,

m.

._.-- -^
self
-T,

-ae,/
trado, 3

himself,

suT.

See

give, do, dare, dedi, datus

hindrance, impedimentum,
his, eius
;

n,

give over, surrender, dedo, 3

huius istius
;

illius

reflexive^

give up, omitto, 3

go, e5, 4 ( 499) go forth, progredior, 3 god, deus, -1, m. ( 468)

suus,

-a,

-um (116)

hither, citerior, -ius (315) hold, teneo, 2

goddess, dea, -ae,/ (67) gold, aurum, -1, n.

good, bonus,
-a,

-um
-\^

home, domus, -us,/ (468). domi ( 267) hope [noun), spes, speT,/ hope (verb), spero, i
horse, equus,

at home,

grain, frumentum,

n.

grain supply, res frumentaria

great, ingens, -entis
;

greatest, maximus,
-a,

-a,

magnus, -a, -um -um summus,

;

-1, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, m. and/, hostile, inimicus, -a, -um

-um

hour, hora, -ae,/

guard, praesidium, praesiMi, n.

house,

domicilium,

domici''li,

n.\

domus, -us,/ (468)

hurl, iacio, 3

hand, manus, -us,/ happy, laetus, -a, -um

harbor, portus,
-us,

m.
;

I)

^g^

280)

or not expressed

hasten, contendo, 3
pero,
I

maturo,

pro-

if, sT.
ill,

if not, nisi

aeger, -gra, -grum

-um haughty, superbus, -a, -um

hateful, invisus,
-a,

immediately, statim
in {of place),

have, habeo, 2

with abl.; (of time or of specification ) abl, without prep.

in,

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
in order that
in order that,
ut,

337

love

with subjv. ; in order

L
labor (noun), labor,
labor (verb), labor5,
-oris,
i

that not, lest, ne, with subjv. in vain, frustra

m.

industry, diligentia, -ae,/.

inflict injuries

lack (noun), inopia, -ae,/. lack (verb),

ego-o, 2,

upon, iniurias Infer5

with

abl. ( 180)

with dat.
inflict

426)
*

lady, domina, -ae,/

lake, lacus, -us, m. ( 260. 2)

punishment on, supplicium

one, aliquem certiorem

sumo de inform some

facio

land, terra,

-2iQ,f.

language, lingua, -ae,/

large, ingens, -entis
;

magnus,

-a,

-um

injure, noceo,

2,

with dat,

53)

larger, maior, maius

lately,

injury, iniuria, -ae,/.

into, in, with ace.

nuper
legis,/
i

Latona, Latona, -ae,/

;

intrust, committa, 3
invite, voc5,
is,
i

mando,

law,

lex,

lay waste, vasto,

used as auxiliary^ not translated

as a copula^

sum
iste
;

494)

lead, duco, 3 leader, dux, ducis, m.

learn,

island. Insula, -ae,y.

it,
is
;

andf. know, cogn5sc5, 3

hie

ille

or not ex-

pressed
Italy, Italia, -ae,/.
its,

leave, depart from, discedo, 3 leave behind, abandon, relinquo, 3

left, sinister, -tra,

-trum

eius

huius

istius

illius

re-

legion, legio, -onis,/

flexive^ suus,
itself, sul.

-a,

-um

( 116)

legionaries,

legionaril,

-orum,

m.

See

self

plur.

length, longitud5, -inis,/

lest, ne,

with subjv.
littera,

join battle, proelium committ5

letter

(of the alphabet),

-ae,

journey,

iter, itineris, n. (

468)

(an epistle) litterae, -arum,

judge (noun), judge

just

iiidex, -icis,
i

m.

plur.

(verb), iudico,

lieutenant, legatus,
light, lux, lucis,/

-i,

m.

Julia, Julia, -ae,/.

now, nuper

like (adj.), similis, -e

like, love,

amo,
-a,
;

line of battle, acies, aciei,/

keep, contineo,

2;

prohibeo,

teneo, 2

little,

parvus,
i

-um
;

keep on doing something, expressed

by the imp/, indie.
kill, interiicio, 3
;

live, habito,

incolo, 3

vivo, 3

long, longus,
i
;

-a,

-um
i

neco,

occido, 3

long, for a long time, diu

king, rex, regis, m.

long for, desidera,

look after, euro,
; i

kingdom, regnum, -1, n. know, cognosco, 3, in per/.

scio, 4

love, amo,

e
make,
viri,

cU/^ ^(^ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

maid
once

H^aT

^^AJh-

M
maid, maid servant,
facia, 3
ancilla, -ae,/!

N
name, nomen,
-inis,

n,

nation, gens, gentis,/.

infero

make war upon, bellum

dat. (426)

wM
vir,

-um nearest, proximus, -a, -um

near, propinquus,
-a,

man, hom5,

-inis, m. and /,; m. man-of-war, navis longa

nearly, fere

neighbor, finitimus,

-T,

m.
-a,

neighboring, finitimus,
neither, neque or nee
;

-um
. . .

many,

multi, -ae,

-a,

plur. of multus
( 468)

neither

nor

march, iter, itineris, ;^. Mark, Marcus, -T, m.

marriage,
mo'ni, n.

neque (nee)
never,
matri-

neque (nee)

numquam
-a,

matrimonium,
m.\

nevertheless, tamen

new, novus,
-i,

-um
diei
-a,

master,
-tri,

dominus,

magi^ter,

next day, postrldie eius next

to,

m.
;

proximus,

-um

matter, neg5tium, nego'ti, n.

rei,/.'

res,

night, nox, noctis,/*.

nine,

novem

means, by means

of, the abl.

no,

minime; or repeat verb with a

-a,

messenger, nuntius, nunti, m. midnight, media nox

mile, mille passuum
miles, milia passuum
( 331.
<^)

negative (210)

no, none, nuUus,

-um (109)

'N

nemo, nuUius nor, neque or nee

no

one,"

mind, animus, -1, m.\ mens, mine, meus, -a, -um

mistress, domina,
-2i^^f.

mentis,/*.

not,

n5n
. .

not even, ne not only

. .
.

quidem but also, non solum

.

money, pecunia, -ae,/". monster, m5nstrum, -i, n, month, mensis, -is, m. moon, luna, -ae,/*. more [adj.)^ pliis, pluris (313); or a
co77iparative.

sed etiam
-1,

nothing, nihil or nihilum,

n,

now, nunc number, numerus,

-1,

m.

Adverb^ magis
-a,

most

(adj.),

plurimus,

-um superL
; ;

obey, pareo,
of, sign

2,

with dat.

153)
of,

degree. Adverb,

maxime

pliirimum

mother, mater,

matris,/*.

of gen.; de, with abl.; out e or ex, with abl,

mountain, m5ns, mentis, m. move, moveo, 2 moved, commotus, -a, -um much (by), multa
multitude, multitude,
-inis,/.

often, saepe

on [of place),
abl.

in,

with abl,; {of time)

with ace.; 01

without prep.
of, propter,

on account
abl.

my, meus,

-a,

-um
See
self

on

all sides,

of cause undique

myself, me,

reflexive.

once (upon a time), 5lim

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
one
one, unus,
-a,

339
(

rest
prefer, malo, malle, maluT,
.

-um

( io8)
. .

497)

one

another, alius

alius

prepare for, paro,

protection, fides,

i,

with

ace.

(110) only (adv.), solum; tantum

press hard, premo, 3

fidei, /.
-ae,y*.

Opportune, opportunus,
opposite, adversus,
oracle, oraculum,
-I,

-a,

-um

province, provincia,
public, publicus,
-a,

-a,

-um

-um
-ae, f.\

n.

Publius, Publius, Publl, m.

orator, orator, -oris, m.

order, irripero,
i
;

punishment, poena,
cium, suppli^ci, n.
n.

suppli-

iubeo, 2
-I,

ornament, ornamentum,
other, alius,
-a,

purpose, for the purpose

of, ut, qui,

-ud ( 109)

or quo, with subjv.; ad, with gertcnd or gerundive; causa, following

the genitive of a

others

(the), reliqul,

-orum, m. plur.

ought, debeo,
our, nosterj

gerund or gerun-

-tra,

-trum
object.

dive

ourselves, nos, as reflexive

self

See

pursue, insequor, 3

overcome, supero,

vinco, 3

own

(his, her, its, their), suus, -a,

-um

queen, regina, -a.e,f quickly, celeriter

quite, expressed by the comp, degree

part, pars, partis,/.

peace, pax, pacis,/*. people, populus,

-1,

m. m.
2,

rampart, valium,
rear,

-\,n.

Perseus, Perseus,

-T,

novissimum agmen
-2.0^,

persuade,

persuadeo,

with

dat.

reason, causa,

f.
;

(153) pitch camp, castra pono

receive, accipio, 3 excipi5, 3 recent, recens, -entis

place {noun), locus,

-1,

m.
i

recently, nuper

place, arrange, conloco,

redoubt, castellum,
refuse, recuso,
i

-1,

n.

place, put, p6n5, 3 place in command, praeficio, 3, with

ace.

remain, maneo,

2
-a,

and dat.
(a),

426)

remaining, reliquus,
reply, responded, 2

-um

plan

consilium, c5nsi^lT, n.
2,

please, placeo,

with dat. (154)

-a,

report (noun), fama,

-oris,

-ae,

/;

riimor,

pleasing, gratus,

-um

m.

plow, aro, I ^ Pompeii, Pompeii, -orum, m. plur.

possible
superl.
(as),

report (verb), adfero; defero; refero

(498) republic, res publica
require, postiilo,
i

expressed by

quam and

powerful

(be), valeo, 2
i

resist, resisto, 3, with dat. ( 154)

praise, laudo,

rest (the), reliqui, -drum, m. plur.

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
restrain
restrain, contineo, 2

stand
she, ea; haec; ista;
expressed
ilia

(115); orftot
[navi'gi, n.

retainer, cliens, -entis, m.

retreat,

pedem

referd; terga verto

ship, navis,

-is,/. (

243. i); navigium,

return, redeo, 4; reverter, 3 revolution, res novae

short, brevis, -e

shout, clamor,

-5ris,
i

m.

Rhine, Rhenus,
right, dexter,

-1,

m.
-trum
n.\ fluvius, fluvT,

show, demonstro,
m.
sick, aeger, -gra,

-tra,

Sicily, Sdcilia, -ae,/

river, flumen,-inis,

-grum

road, via, -ae,y.

side, latus, -eris, n.

Roman, Romanus, -a, -um Rome, Roma, -ae,/.

row, ordo,
-inis,

siege, obsidio, -onis,/ since, cum, with subjv. (396); the abl.

m.
m.

abs.[%z^i)
sing, can5, 3
;

rule, rego, 3

canto,

rumor, fama,
run, curro, 3

-ae,/.; rumor, -oris,

sister, so^or, -oris,/

sit,

sedeo, 2

size,

magnitude, -inis,/
-a,

S
sacrifice,

skillful, peritus,
n.

-um

sacrum,

-1,

slave, servus,

-T,

m.

safety, salus, -utis,/.

sail, navigo,
i

slavery, servitus, -iitis,/

slow, tardus,

-a,

sailor, nauta, -ae,

m,
c^M^^i^ following

smaU,

parvus,

-a,

-um -um

sake, for the sake of,

snatch, rapm, 3
so, ita; sic-

a gen.

tam
-a,

same. Idem, eadem, idem ( 287) savages, barbarl, -orum, m. plur.

save, servo,
i

so great, tantus,
so that, ut
;

-um

so that not, ut
-itis,

non

soldier, miles,

m.

say, dico, 3 school, ludus,

-i,

m.\ schola, -ae,/

-oris,

some, often ^ot expressed; quis (qui), qua (quae), quid (quod); aliqui, aliqua, aliquod

scout, expl5rator,
sea, mare,
-is,

m,

n.
-a,

second, secundus,
see, video, 2

-um

some some

one, quis; aliquis

.

(
.

487)
alii

others,

alii

(110)

seek, peta, 3 seem, videor,

seize, occupo,
self, ipse, -a,

something, quid; aliquid (487) son, filius, fill, m,

2,
i
;

passive t/ video
rapio, 3
( 286); sui (

soon,

mox
-I,

space, spatium, spati, n.

281)

-um

spe^r, pilum,
spirited,

n.
acris,

send, mitto, 3 set fire to, incendo, 3

set out, proficiscor, 3

acer,

acre;

alacer,

alacris, alacre

spring, fons, fontis, m.

spur, calcar,
-aris, n,

seven, septem

Sextus, Sextus,

-1,

m.

stand,

sto, i

, ; ;

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
state
state, civitas, -atis,/.

341

tree

that, in order that, in purpose clauses

ut; after verbs offearing,
-2iQyf.

station, conloco,

ne ( 349,
ne

steadiness, c5nstantia,
stone, lapis,
-idis,
i

366, 372)

m.

that not,

lest, in

purpose

clauses,

storm, oppugno,
story, fabula,
street, via, -ae,y.

after verbs of fearing, ut

( 349,

-ae,/".

z^^^ 372) the, not expressed

theily gen. plur. of is;
reflexive, suus,

strength,
strong,

vis,

(vis),/

fortis, -e; validus, -a,

-a,

-um

sturdy, validus,
such,
talis, -e

-um

-um (116) their own, suus,

-a,

-a,

-um

( 116)

then, at that time, tum

then, in the next place, deinde, tum
there, as expletive, not expressed there, in that place,
-a,

suddenly, subito
suffer

punishment, supplicium do

sufficiently, satis

ibi

suitable, idoneus,

-um

therefore, itaque

summer,
sun,

aestas, -atis,/.

they,

il

hi

isti
i

illi

or not expressed
i
;

sol, solis,

m.

think, arbitror,
third, tertius,

existimo,

puto,

supplies, commeatus, -us, m.

-a,

-um
;

surrender, trado, 3 suspect, suspicor, i

swift, celer,
-eris, -ere;

this, hie, haec,

hoc

is,

ea, id
(

though, cum, with subjv.

velox, -ocis

396)

thousand, mllle
three, tres, tria

479)
479)
ace.

sword, gladius,

gladi,

m.

through, per, with

thy, tuus,
take, capture, capio, 3 take part in, intersum, -esse,
-futurus, with dat. ( 426)
to, sign
-a,

-um
-oris, n.

time, tempus,
-fui,

of dat. ; ad, in, with ace. ; expressing purpose, ut, qui, with subjv.
ad, with

take possession
tall, altus, -a,

of,

occupo,

gerund or gerundive
ace.

-um

to each other, inter, with

reflexive

of a

task, opus, operis, n. teach, doceo, 2 teacher, magister,

-tri, 7n.

pron.

to-day, hodie

toilsome, durus,

-a,

-um
-um

tear [noun), lacrima, -ae,/

tell, dico, 3;

tooth, dens, dentis, m.

narro,

top

of,

summus,
ti^rris,

-a,

ten, decern
terrified, perterritus,
-a,

tower,

-is,/ ( 243. 2)
-1,

-um

town, oppidum,

n.
-1,

terrify, perterreo, 2

townsman, oppidanus,
of saying and the

m.

than,

quam
not expressed

trace, vestigium, vesti'gT, n.

that

(conj. after verbs

trader, mercator, -5ris, m,

train, exerceo, 2
tree, arbor, -oris,/

like),

that

(J>ron.)y is; iste; ille

342

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
tribe

woman
weak, inflrmus, -a, -um weapons, arma, -orum,
-orum, n. plur.
n. plur.; tela,

tribe, gens, gentis,/.

troops, copiae, -zxwva^ f. plur, true, verus, -a, -um

trumpet, tuba,
try, Conor,
i
;

-ae,/.

tempto,

wear, gero, 3 weary, defessus,

-a,

-um

twelve, duodecim

what, quis
(

(qui),

quae, quid (quod)

two, duo, duae, duo

479)

(483)

when,ubi cum
;

396)

often expressed

U
under, sub, with
ace.

by a participle

or

abl.

undertake, suscipio, 3

unharmed, incolumis,
unless, nisi

-e

where, ubi which, qui, quae, quod (482); which of two, uter, utra, utrum ( 108)
while, expressed by a participle

unlike, dissimilis, -e

whither, qu5

unwilling
(

(be), nolo, nolle, nolui,

who

{rel.)^

qui,

quae

482); (interrog.)

497)

quis ( 483)

up

to, sub, with ace.

US, n'os, ace. plur. 0/ ego

-um ( 108) whose, cuius; quorum, quarum, quorum, gen. ^qui, quae, quod, rel. ; or ^quis, quid, interrog.
whole,
totus, -a,
-a,

Yeryy super/, degree; maxime; ipse,

why,
wide,

cur
-a, -um -um

-um

285)

wicked, malus,
latus, -a,

victor, victor, -oris, m.

victory, victoria, -ae,/.

village, vicus,
-1,

width,
willing

latitude, -inis,/
fera,

m.

wild beast,
(497)

-ae,/

violence, vis, (vis),/.

violently, vehementer
voice, vox, vocis,/

(be), volo, velle, volui,

win

(a victory), reporto,

W
wage, gero, 3 wagon, carrus,
wall, murus,
-\,
-1,

wind, ventus, -1, m, wine, vinum, -1, n. wing, cornii, -iis, n.

winter, hiems, -emis,/

m,

m.

wisdom, consilium,
;

consign, n.

want, inopia, -ae,/. war, bellum, -1, n. watch, vigilia, -ae,/

water, aqua, -ae,/

wish, cupio, 3 volo, velle, volui, ( 497); wish not, nolo, nolle, nolui,
(497)

with, cum, with

alone

abl.; sometimes abl.

wave^ fluctus, -us, m. way, iter, itineris, ^. ( 468) via, -ae,/ way, manner, modus, -1, w. we, nos, plur. of ego or not expressed
;
;

withdraw,
without,

se recipere

sine, with abl.

;

woman, femina, -ae,/

mulier, -eris,/

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
wonderful
wonderful, mlrus,
-a,

343

zeal

-um
year, annus,
n.
-i,

Y
m.
vero;
or,

word, verbum, -i, n. work, labor, -oris, m. opus, -eris, worse, peior, peius, comp. ^malus
;

yes, certe;

ita;

more usually,

repeat the verb ( 210)

worst, pessimus,

-a,

-um, superl. of
-eris, n.
i

yonder

(that), ille, -a, -ud

(

malus

yoUy sing. tu;plur. vos

expressed

480)

or not

wound wound

(noun)^ vulnus,
(verb), vulnero,

your, sing, tuus,

-tra,

-a,

-um; plur. vester,

wreath, corona, -ae,/. wretched, miser, -era, -erum wrong, iniuria, -ae,y^

-trum (98.^)

zeal, studium, studi, n.

INDEX
The numbers
in all cases refer to sections.

a-declension of nouns, 57, 461 a-verbs, conjugation of, 488

ablative case, 48, 50 absolute, 381

formation, regular, 320, 321

irreg-

323 agent, expressed by the

adf 181

ular, 322,

abl.

with d or

after a comparative, 309 of accompaniment, 104

agreement
of adjectives, 65, 215.^5 of appositives, 81
of predicate nouns, 76 of relative pronouns, 224 of verbs, 28
aliquis,

of agent, 181 of cause, 102 of description, 444, 445 of manner, 105 of means or instrument, 103 of measure of difference, 317

487

alius, 108,

no, 470

of place from which, 179, 264 of place where, 265

of separation, 180
of specification, 398 of time, 275
accent, 14-16

alphabet, 1-3
alter, 108,

no
;

accent of, 9. 3 apposition, 80, 81

antepenult,
article,

not used in Latin,

22.

accompaniment,

abl. of,

104

base, 58
cardinal numerals, 327-329, 478 case, 32. 2

accusative case, 33 as subject of the infinitive, 214

object, 37

of duration and extent, 336

of place to which, 263, 266 predicate, 392

causal clauses with cum, 395, 396 cause, expressed by the abl., 102
characteristic, subjv. of, 389,

390

with prepositions, 340

adjectives, 54, 55

comparative, declension of, 303 comparison

abl. of,

agreement, 65 comparison, regular, 301 by adverbs, 302; irregular, 307, 311, 312,315 declension of comparatives, 303 of first and second declensions, S^,
;

309 degrees of, 300

of adjectives, 300-315;
irregular,

311-315, 473' 475 of adverbs, regular, 320, 476

irreg-

93

469

477 positive wanting, 315

six adjectives in -//>, 307 complementary infinitive, 215 compound verbs, with the dative 425,

ular, 323,

of third declension, 250-257, 471 with the dative, 143

adverbs, 319

comparison, 320, 323

426
344

INDEX
concessive
clauses with cum^ 395,
fearing, subjv. after verbs of,

345
370372 conjugation
declension

396
conjugation stems, 184
conjugations, the four regular, 126.
fero,

of,

498
272, 273, 467

fifth or e-declension,
filia,

488-491
consonants, 2
copula, 21

irregular,

494-500

of,

67

fnius, declension of,

finite verb,
fi5,

87-89

defined, 173
of,

cum, conjunction, 395 cum, preposition, 209

dative case, 43 of indirect object, 44, 45 of purpose, or end for which, 437 with adjectives, 143

conjugation

50a
461

first conjugation,

488

first or a-declension, 57,

fourth conjugation, 491 fourth or u-declension, 259, 260, 466 from, how expressed, 1 78-181

future participle, formation

future perfect,
;

of, 374. c

with compound verbs, 426 with special verbs, 153 dea, declension of, 67
declension, 23, 32

formation of, active. passive, 202 187. 3 future tense, formation of, 137, 156
gender
in English in the

degree of difference, expressed by the

317 demonstrative adjectives and pronouns, 1 1 2-1 1 5, 290-292,- 481 deponent verbs, 338, 339, 493
descriptive ablative

abl.,

and

in Latin,

60

in the first declension, 61

second declension, 72

and

genitive,

441-

in the third declension, 247 in the fourth declension, 260

445
descriptive
relative

in the fifth declension, 272 clause,

with the

subjv., 389, 390 deus, declension of, 468

difference,

general observations on declension, 74 genitive case

English equivalents

of,

33
%"]

measure

of,

316, 317

diphthongs, 6
direct statements,

of description, 443, 445 of nouns in -ius and -ium,

partitive, 331

414 334

distributive numerals, 327. 3, domi, locative, 267

possessive, 38, 409

domus, declension

of,

468

gerund, a verbal noun, 402, 403 gerundive, a verbal adjective,

duo, declension of, 479 duration of time, expressed

404; with ad to express purpose, 407

of, 290,

by the
hie,

ace, 336

how
e-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467 e-verbs, conjugation of, 489 e-verbs, conjugation of, 490 ego, declension of, 280, 480 enclitics, 16 60, conjugation of, 499 extent of space, expressed by the ace.
1,

declension and use to read Latin, 17

291

consonant, 3

i-stems of nouns, 231, 241-244

i-verbs, conjugation of, 491

idem, declension
lens,
ille,

of, 287,

481
of,

declension of, 472 declension and use

481

290-293.

346

INDEX
means, abl. of, 103 measure of difference, abl. of, 316, 317 mille, declension of, 479 construction
;

imperative, formation of i6i, 175; irregular, 161. 2 in commands, 161

imperfect indicative, formation and use

of, 133, 134, 165.
I

Imperfect subjunctive, 354

indefinite pronouns

with, 331.^,^ moods, defined, 121

and adjectives, 296,

210 with negative clauses of purpose, 350. II with verbs of fearing, 370 nine irregular adjectives, 108-110 nolo, conjugation of, 497 nominative case, 35, 36 nonne, in questions, 210 nos, declension of, 280, 480
-ne, enclitic, in questions,

297, 484-487

independent clauses, 219

indirect object, 44, indirect questions, indirect

ne, conj., that not,

lest,

45 430-432 statements, 414-419

infinitive

as object, 213

as subject, 216

complementary, 215
definition of, 173

does not express purpose, 352 formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206
in indirect statements,

nouns, 19. 2 first declension, 57, 461 second declension,7 1-74, 87-92, 462
third declension, 230-247, 463-465 fourth declension, 259, 260, 466
fifth

415-419 used as in English, 213-216

inflection, defined,

23

declension, 272, 273, 467

103 intensive pronoun, ^^j^, declension and

instrument, abl.

of, 100. ^,

num, in questions, 210

number, 24 numerals, 327-334, 478, 479
o-declension of nouns, 71-74, 87-92,

481 interrogative pronouns and adjectives,

of, 285, 286,

use

225-227, 483
intransitive verbs, defined, 20. a
;

with

the dative, 1 53 io-verbs of the third conj., 492 ipse, declension and use of, 285,481
irregular adjectives, 108 irregular comparison, of adjectives, 307, 311, 312 ; of adverbs, 323 irregular nouns, 6^^ 246, 468 irregular verbs, 494-500

object,

462 20

direct, 37

indirect, 44, 45

order of words, 68
ordinal numerals, 327.
2,

478

participial stem, 201. 2

participles, defined,

agreement
formation,

of,

203 204
;

declension and use of, 11 3-1 16 iste, declension and use of, 290, 292,
is,

374. b of future, 374. of deponent verbs, 375 perfect, 201

;

of present,

of
c,

iter,

481 declension

tenses
of,

of,

376

468

Latin word order,

locative case, 267

(:^

translated by a clause, 377 partitive genitive, 330, 331 passive voice, defined, 163 formation
;

of, 164,
;

magis and maxime, comparison by, 302

mal5, conjugation of, 497 manner, abl. of, 105

penult, 9. 3 perfect indicative

202 accent

of,

formation, in the active, 185, 186; in the passive, 202

INDEX
meaning
definite,
of,

347
of,

190

pronunciation, 4-7

190

indefinite, 190

prosum, conjugation purpose

dative

496

distinguished from the imperfect,

190
perfect infinitive, active, 195
;

passive,

205
perfect passive participle, 201
perfect stem, 185
'

of, 436, 437 expressed by the gerund or gerundive with ad, 407 not expressed by the infinitive,

352 subjunctive
;

of,

348-350, 365-367

perfect subjunctive, active, 361

sive,

pasquality, gen. or abl. of,

362

person, 122

personal endings, active, 122; passive,

164
personal pronouns, 280, 480

place,where, whither, whence, 263-265

of towns and domus and 266-268 pluperfect indicative, active, 187.2;

names

rus^

passive, 202

441-445 quam, with a comparative, 308 quantity, 11 -13 questions, direct, 210; indirect, 430-432 qui,decIension and use of, 220,221, 482 quidam, declension of, 485 quis, declension and use of, 225-227, 483 quisquam, declension of, 486 quisque, declension of, 484
reflexive pronouns, 281

pluperfect

subjunctive,

active,

361
relative

passive, 363
plus, declension of, 313

clauses

of

characteristic

or

possessive pronouns, 97, 98

possum, conjugation
predicate, defined, 19

of,

495

description, 389, 390 relative clauses of purpose, 348, relative pronouns, 220, 221

349

predicate adjective, defined, 55 predicate noun, 75, 76

prepositions, with the abl., 209; with

result clauses, 384-387

reviews, 502-528 rus, constructions

of,

266
ipse, 285.

the ace, 340 present indicative, 128, 130, 147 present stem, 126. a
present subjunctive, 344

se,

distinguished from

primary tenses, 356

principal parts, 183

second conjugation, 489 second or o-declension, 71-93, 462 sentences, simple, complex, compound,

219
separation, abl. of, 180

pronouns
classification of, 278

a demonstrative, 481
defined, 19.
2.
I

indefinite, 297, 484-487 intensive, 285, 286, 481

separative ablative, 1 78-1 81 sequence of tenses, 356-358 space, extent of, expressed by the ace, 336
specification, abl. of,

398
;

interrogative, 483 personal, 480

stems, of nouns, 230 of verbs, 184 subject, defined, 19. 2 ; of the infinitive, 213,

possessive, 97, 98 reflexive, 281

relative, 220, 221

214

subjunctive, formation

of the present, 344

348
of the imperfect, 354 of the perfect, 361, 362 of the pluperfect, 361. ^, 363 subjunctive constructions

INDEX
i-stems, 241-244, 465 irregular nouns, 246

time, abl. of, 275 time, ace. of, 336

characteristic or description, 389,

390
indirect questions, 430-432

purpose, 349, 366, 372

result, 385, 386 time, cause, or concession, with cMin^

towns, rules for names of, 266, 267, 268 transitive verb, 20. ^ tres, declension of, 479 tu, declension of, 280, 480 tuus, compared with vester, 98. b

395' 396 subjunctive ideas, 346 subjunctive tenses, 342, 343 subordinate clauses, 219
sui,

u-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466

ultima, 9. 3

verbs

declension of, 281, 480 sum, conjugation of, 494 suus, use of, 98.^, 116
;

agreement

of, 28 conjugation of, 126, 488-491 deponent, 338, 339, 493

syllables, 8
ofi

division of, 9

quantity

irregular,

494-500
of, 122,

13 syntax, rules of, 501

personal endings
vester,

164

principal parts of, 183

compared with
of,

iuus,, 98. b

temporal clauses with cum^ 395, 396 tense, defined, 120

tense signs

vis,

declension

468

vocabularies

imperfect, 133 future, 137, 156 pluperfect active, 187. 2 future perfect active, 187. 3 tenses, primary and secondary, 356;

English-Latin, pp. 332-343 Latin-English, pp. 299-331

special, pp. 283-298 vocative case, ^6. a

of

nouns

in -us of the

second de-

clension, 73. b
of proper
ftlius, 88
voice, defined, 163
V0I6,

sequence of, 357, 358 third conjugation, 490, 492 third declension of nouns
classes, 231,

nouns

in

-ius

and of

463

conjugation

of,

consonant stems, 232-238, 464

gender, 247

vos, declension of, 280,

vowels, sounds

Of, 5,

497 480 6 quantity

j

of, 1

cut

'^

"^"^

"
.

'.j.y'wri''

.4,

'^''^

^
'w'

yusv,^|-at-.tr"/
(

^j.

J^

Ar\J<lA,^yJ

H "t-^V

.A*^/\

^^jJH
.c,A^

d.

DATE DUE
SEP
1
i3i6 ''

(7-^
APR
1

4 ni

9W
/^

NOV

;ot

DEMCO

38-297

'^^w--

lllillillllllllllill

31197 11971 5701